The historie of man sucked from the sappe of the most approued anathomistes, in this present age, compiled in most compendious fourme, and now published in English, for the vtilitie of all godly chirurgians, within this realme, by Iohn Banister, Master in Chirurgerie, and practitioner in phisicke.

The historie of man sucked from the sappe of the most approued anathomistes, in this present age, compiled in most compendious fourme, and now published in English, for the vtilitie of all godly chirurgians, within this realme, by Iohn Banister, Master in Chirurgerie, and practitioner in phisicke.

Table of contents

Title page

¶ TO THE RIGHT WORSHIPfull, Syr Frauncis Willoughby, Knight, Iohn Banister, your most bounden, wisheth the dayly encrease of vertuous knowledge, and happy h•…alth, both here, and euerlastyngly.

TO THE WORSHIPFVLL THE Maister, Wardens, Assistantes, and fellowly Fraternitie of Chirurgians in London: and from them to all godly, true and zealous professours of Medicine, throughout this Realme of England, Iohn Banister wisheth the testimonie of a cleare conscience, before the highest Auditor.

❧ THE PROEME.

❧ Iulius Borgarucius amico suo Banisterio. S. P. D.

❧ William Clowes Chirurgian, to his louyng frend Iohn Banister.

1

❧ The second Booke of the Historie Man, discoursing the Cartilages.

❧ Of the History of Man, the third Booke, of Ligamentes.

4

¶ Of the Hihory of Man, the fift booke describyng the instrumentes seruyng to nourishment, which is brought to effect, by meate drinke, that is, Of the nutritiue and naturall partes.

¶ Of the History of Man, the vj. Booke of the instrumentes seruyng to the propagation of mankynd. That is to say, The generatiue partes.

¶ Of the History of Man, the vij. Booke: of the makyng of the hart, and of the Instrumentes ministryng to his function: commonly called, The Vitall or Spirituall partes.

❧ Of the History of Man, the viij. Booke, of the brayne, and Instrumentes seruyng to the Animall function.

¶ Of the History of Man the ix. booke, discoursing the marey conteined in the Bones, Periostion, and the heares.

§

❧ A Table wherein is quoted the place of euery Principall matter contained in this History, to be sought vnder the Letter Alphabeticall, and to be founde by the direction of the Figure. Wherein the Reader is to be forewarned, that euery Praedicare is to be sought vnder his subiect, not els to be found in this Table: as to seeke the Appendaunces, Veynes, Nerues of the Teeth, he must looke vnder the name of Teeth, not of Veynes, Nerues or Appendances: and this order is obserued in all the other.

§

§

§

[Page]

[Page]

THE Historie of Man, sucked from the sappe of the most approued Anathomistes, in this present age, compiled in most compendious fourme, and now published in English, for the vtilitie of all godly Chirurgians, within this Realme, by Iohn Banister, Master in Chirurgerie, and Practitioner in Phisicke.

Ter. And.

Si illum obiurges, vitae qui auxilium tulit,

Quid facias illi, qui dederit damnum aut malum?

If that for him that aydes thy lyfe, thou chidynges vp doest lay?

What canst thou do to him that hurtes, or seeketh thy decay?

AT LONDON, Printed by Iohn Daye, dwellyng ouer Aldersgate. Anno. 1578.

❧ Cum gratia & Privilegio Regiae Majestatis.

¶ TO THE RIGHT WORSHIPfull, Syr Frauncis Willoughby, Knight, Iohn Banister, your most bounden, wisheth the dayly encrease of vertuous knowledge, and happy h [...]alth, both here, and euerlastyngly.

[Page]

[Page]

LIke as the earth was not made to lye was [...]e, and voyde, as arude congested heape, but to bring forth copious store, and that in sundry sortes, of creatures, corne, and fruites: neither those, as to glory in the riches of her owne proper nature, ordained, but for the speciall behoofe, vse, and v [...]ilitie of mankinde: euen so (right worshipfull) is man for mā, and all things for the cause of others, engēdred. Nothing hath a peculiar life. Nothing ioyeth without societie of other.

Wherfore there ought to be one purpose, andCic. o [...]. Iib. 3. inclination in all men, that a like vtilitie, and of all thinges, may be to euery one. Which if any man do snatch vnto himselfe, all humane felowship is dissolued.

And if nature do praescribe this, that one man should assist, and take care of an other, if it be but onely for the cause that he is a man, it is necessarie, according to the same nature, that the vtilitie of all things be cōmon. For no man, of wit, or vnderstandingDemosthenes. Orat. de. Cor. (saith Dem [...]sthenes) will suppose himselfe to be borne onely to his father, and mother, but also to his coūtrey. Why, what is betwene? Euen this, that he, who supposeth himselfe onely to be borne to his parentes, expecteth afatall and naturall death: but he, that acknowledgeth his birth to his countrey, rather, then he will see the same in seruitude, shall willingly put him selfe into the handes of death. Which caused that valiaunt young Romane Curtius to prostrate himselfe, headlong, intoTitus Iiu. M. Curtius. the insatiable gulphe of the earth, which sodeinly had opened in the market place, that (I say) he might free, and (as it were) raunsome the whole Citie from the terrour of that monster. With no lesse pietie haue some abandoned themselues, lest, by their own prosperitie, the state of the cōmons might be impaired. As Genutius Cipus,Val. Max. Ii. 5. ca. [...]. G [...]nutius Cipus. being Pretor, and walking forth of one of the gates of Rome, their sprāg forth of his bead ij. hornes, vpon a soaaine, and aunswere being giuen, that, if he would returne into the Citie, he should be king: he, that it might not come to passe, forthwith freely cōmaunded him selfe into perpetuall exile. If then it be so, that a solid common wealth is most prosperous, and that is a solid common wealth, whereof the faithfull inhabitantes beare themselues as the true members of it, their naturall body: of duetie ought we that are the partes, to vse, inuent, and communicate that (eche one according to the portion of his talent) amongest ourselues, which may procrastinate the continuaunce of the healthfull state of our body, that is, the common wealth.

And he that endeuoreth nothing to further it, is vnnaturall, like as he that hindreth the same, is, as arotten member, worthy to be cut away. To this saith theI [...]an [...]ib. [...]. do Catone. Poete, commending vnto vs the maners of Cato, that is,

[Page]

servare modum, finém (que) tenere,

Naturám (que) sequi, patriae (que) impendere vitam,

Nec sibi, sed toti genitum se credere mundo.

Also that deuine Cicero saith, that, to take away any thing from an other, or [...] off. lib. [...]. one man to encrease his owne profite, by the discommoditie of an other, is more cō trarie to nature, then death, then pouertie, then payne, or then whatsoeuer may chaūce to our body, or outward things. For if so we be affected, that euery one may catch vnto him selfe, and hide from others, there is loue broken, then is humane societie buried. It is more laudable therfore, and according to nature (sayth Cicero) to take vpon vs the greatest labour, and molestatios, for the conseruation and helping (if it may be) of all nations, imitating that same Hercules (whom fame, mindfull of all benesites, hath canonized, or as it were made a God) then to liue in all securitie: not onely without any griefes, but abounding also in all pleasures, and riches, beautie, and strength.

Which, ô so sacred a sayeng (right worshipfull) hath made me, quite forgetting my impotencie, willingly to put on armour also against ignoraunce, and boldly to march towardes the castle of Arte, there to offer my seruice to sciēce, the generall. Of one thing being sure, that the armour, which I carie, is most precious and costly. Wherfore, I shall humbly craue at his handes, that I may, not as an enemy, be receiued into his gates: and thē, if he shall esteme me vnworthie, or vnhable to carie so costlie and waightie armour, I shall (right gladly) yeld the same, to the vse of some of his valiaunt Captaines: to whom my good will, now shewed by endeuour, is nothing inferiour.

Which good will in deede, is all that I am hable to shewe, and that taken away, my burden might easely presse me to the ground: for considering so ripe a world, such plenty of Artes, such profound wittes, such learned eares, and, there withall, such Tigrish whelpes of Momus pampering, if feare should haue surprised my senses, and there withall (if it had bene possible) vanquished my zeale, to the vtter ruine of these my labours, the wise would not haue meruailed at all. Good will ther fore may, of right, he called the bulwarke of the commō wealth. For what thing is so hard, that good will maketh not easie? what is so highe, that good will may not reach? what is so worthy, that good will shall not winne? It is loue, it is truth, it is the author of all artes, and the key of all treasure saith Demosthenes. In sine, there [...]. is nothing so highe in the heauens aboue, nothing so low in the earth beneath, nothing so profound in the bowels of Arte, nor any thing so hid in the secretes of nature, as that good will dare not enterprise, search, vnclose, or discouer.

And this benefite I am assured my beneuolence shall purchase, that either, be it, others shal [...]e moued, to fall, and fashion these my rough forged labours, or els, accē sed with the like pietie, and the rather by example hereof, which shall moue them (as it were) to aemulation, to builde a new worke out of the ground, that may, in all thinges, perfourme that, whiche here I haue wished to haue bene fulfilled. Of both which, whether soeuer shali come to passe, my desire shalbe satisfied.

And, howsoeuer it be, I hope the godly mynded will rather prayse my beneuolence thē discourage my want at all. As for those of Marius sect, which euer scorneVal. Max. Li. 5. ca. 6. Manus. Curt [...]us. the noble courage of Curtius: such Syllaes, as alway deride the rare vertue of Genutius:Sylla, Genutius. [Page] and such Cinnaes, as perpetually laugh at the meruailous pietie of Aelius,Cinna. Ath [...]. what should I force at all? nay, I am farre frō taking care for their endles malice, as that it shall greatly ioy me, if my vertue may shorten their liues. To the which (I hope) all the souldiers of science will hold vp their handes. For although it be so, as the Poete saith,

Invidia vexantur opes: nam (que) optima livor

[...]al. Lib. 2.

Quae (que) malus laedens, odit foelicia semper.

Yet vertue is a sufficient spurre vnto vs: and well it is sayd,

Verum age nate tuos ortus, nec bella pavescas

[...]. Ital. [...]ib. 13.

Vlla, nec in coelum dubites te tollere factis.

There is one thing also, which ought to be a great comfort vnto the godly minded, that is, that none do persecute vertuous proceedynges, saue onely the enemies4. ad [...]eren. of vertue. And enuy (saith Cicero) of force will accompany vertue. Wherfore, lettingDemost. 2. [...]pist. such go as retaine onely the figure of man, since Adversus invidiam nihil prodest vera dicere, & especially time present cānot say well, as Martial saith.

Esse quid hoc dicam, vivis quòd fama negatur,

Lib. 5.

Et sua quòd rarus tempora lector amat?

Hi sunt invidiae nimirum, Regule, mores,

Praeferat antiquos semper ut illa nobis.

Whereto also Ouid.

Pas [...]itur in vivis livor, post fata quiescit:

[...]ib. 1. Elig.

Tunc suus ex merito quém (que) tuetur honos.

He that intendeth in deede to beare the name of a man, must first consider hisCic. 2. de. [...]nib. birth, and secōdly his calling. For as the horse to runne, the Oxe to plough, and the dogge to hunte: euen so man (saith Aristotle) is borne to two thinges, that is, to vnderstād, & to do, or endeuour: as who should say, we are not borne onely to haue vnderstāding, but also to put it in vse. For els in deede we shall know nothing, but liu [...] in silthy ignoraunce: that the song of the Poete might be verisied, who saith,

Deni (que) nil sciri si quis putat, id quo (que) nescit

Lucretius Lib. 4, d [...] nat. Re [...]um.

An sc [...]ri possit, quo nil se scire fatetur.

Then which abhominable crime, what to be more vnseemely in a man, cānot be declared or thought. But he that detesteth that, and entreth in vnto the vnderstā ding of him selfe, accordingly also imploying his time, his calling shalbe to a higher steppe: which likewise shalbe required of him. For therfore sayth the renowmed Athenian Oratour, By how much thou hast a more excellent nature, by somuchDemosth. ex. or. ama. thou exspectest greater dignities, and somuch the rather, I iudge, thou wilt make triall of thy selfe. And surely Cicero supposeth it cannot be in a man to hid his vertue2. de. Finib. in him selfe. Which moued him to say, we are driuen to it of nature, to desire to prosite many, especially in teaching, and reuealing the reasons of wisedome. Therfore it is not easie to sinde such a one, as will not be cōtent to teach that vnto an other, which he knoweth him selfe. So that we are not onely inclined to learne, but to teach also. And truth it is in deede, for what pietie is in him, that seeth another [Page] out of his way, and will not shew him of it? or what humanitic hath he that carnestly vseth his tyme, in gathering together the goodes of vertue, and at length, in one instant, causeth them to perish with his body?

As therfore (saith Demosthenes) he is accompted great and mighty, whom euery [...]. Olinth. 2. one do iudge to make eche thing profitable to him: euē se, by the same thinges he shall be reiected, when he is conuicted to haue done all for the cause of his owne vtilitie. Which thinges cōsidered, I shall not neede to render accompt of my enterprise, neither (I hope) to craue the further ance of the godly learned. For although, to discusse the secretes of nature, which are so meruatlous in mās body, it is the hardest point in Philosophie, yet is not the difficultie therof such, as ought wholly to terrisie vs from the searche therof: nay, rather it ought to spurre vs forward, to vse more serious diligence therein. Since the payne is not halfe so great, that is taken in the winning therof, as the vtilitie rewaraeth of that which is obtained.

And albeit this is so worthy a matter, as needeth no authours commendation, and therfore should worthely merite the labour of the learned: yet as Darius denounced [...]. that to be the sweetest draught that euer he dronke, which, in his wearie flight, he had drawne from a silthy standyng puddle, because, it seemeth before, he had neuer drunke thirstie: euen so, I hope, my labour shalbe thankfully taken, of all honest Chirurgians, considering the barren draught, that Chirurgerie, throughout the Realme of England, in this present age, endureth: and which can neuer be quenched, by the fruitefull water that sloweth from the fountaines of Anathomie. Of which, I haue now endeuoured to turne one cocke. Which faithfully beyng done, accordyng to my might, such as it is, I offer, before all others vnto you right worshipfull, and my most bounden, beseeching you, to accept the dedication of these my rude labours: which, were they as worthy as Galens, you might of duetie chalenge. Notwithstandyng, whatsoeuer they are, good will is full in them. And that is the rest of my hope, and that is it, which your worship neuer denied. Which cherishing me, I am bold to publish this History of Man, vnder your name, to the benesite of my Christian brethren, the godlie, and toward Chirurgians of England.

Whereupon also if your worship, sometyme in Ciceroes ocium (whereto you are much addicted) shall chaunce to looke, no doubt, but you shall take great delite in the matter therof. Which, now also, of force, cōmittyng to the sundry iudgementes of infinite opinions, I ceasse, beseechyng vnto your worship, and all that godly shall vse me, the sweete encrease of all slourishyng vertues: and vnto the rest, the obtainyng of a better mynde in Christ Iesu.

Your worsh. in all I may, Iohn Banister.

TO THE WORSHIPFVLL THE Maister, Wardens, Assistantes, and fellowly Fraternitie of Chirurgians in London: and from them to all godly, true and zealous professours of Medicine, throughout this Realme of England, Iohn Banister wisheth the testimonie of a cleare conscience, before the highest Auditor.

[Page]

After the publication of my vnpolished Booke of vlcers (most graue Patrons) withdrawyng my selfe into my naked study, and deuising how best to performe my promise therein, but first considering, and in deede more deepely waying (accordyng to the state of tyme, and present want) whiche way I might most of all seeke the aduauncemēt of Chirurgerie in England, in the which cogitatiō (I confesse) my zeale hath long tyme turned: At last I called to remembraunce, that the greatest want that raigneth in Chirurgians at this day, is ignoraunce in the subiect of their worke, waying also on the other side, that no English Authour, which hitherto hath written, hath sufficiently applyed his tyme to the amendement therof. Then was I wholly ouercome in this purpose, and then did I clearely see, how that to write Methodes or meanes to cure the affected partes of the body, the partes them selues beyng altogether vnknowen, or falsely imagined of, might rather be a meane to indurate the cataract of inscience, then to eate it through, or take it away. So thus I decreed to chaunge my purpose, that is, in steede of the Booke of Tumours, which I had before promised, to compile some worke of Anathomy, whiche might occupy fufficient scope to entreate of all the partes of man.

But as the wanton child, that cryeth oft to handle that thyng which his strength is not able to meddle, but rather to endamage or hurt him selfe: Euen so did I full litle vnderstand the waight of my burden, till I had it on my Caluisius shoulders: when as itCaluisius Sabin [...]. immediately had dissolued my good enterprise, had not then the flames of zeale accensed the courage of Hercules in my brest. By [...]. meanes whereof although the same be now finished, yet so, as I determine nothyng lesse then hereby to hinder the proceedyng of others in the lyke cause, nay rather I am resolued, that hereby I shall instigate and set forward the endeuours of such as are equally mynded, to the aduauncement of the famous Arte Chirurgerie. For, as to the buildyng of some riche tower, or strong castle, beside the deuisours of the woorke and free Maso [...]s, there are required [Page] sondry inferiour Officers and labouryng persons, neither all to one ende, vse, or office, but some to digge, some to square stones, some to carie them to woorkemen, &c: Euen so I, not hauyng the knowledge to deuise, nor the pollicie to digge for the best stone, neither the skill to temper the mortar, nor yet the reason rightly to square the stone, notwithstandyng because my zeale is nothyng inferiour to the chiefe Masons, haue had the will to gather the stones, and lay them by the workemen, now also hopyng that some cunnyng Mason will reache his hand to my heape, and lay of the stones of my gatheryng to the buildyng of this famous tower of health: since I shall conceiue incredible felicitie, if I may hereafter, in viewyng this renowmed buildyng (for so I hope surely to see it) cast myne eye vppon those stones whiche my homely handes had so rudely congested, and see them cunnyngly wrought, and aptly applyed to the buildyng.

Into which consideration of me I first beseech you (most graue Seniors and Christian brethren) to enter, before you take any occasion to accuse me of temeritie, whiche crime I had worthely incurred if zeale should not mediate my cause, so do I hope, that you will not onely fauour the fruites of my labours, and adde to them your helpyng handes, but also be (in my behalfe) the shield of Pallas, agaynst such Serpentine tounges as duely seeke to prophane of all godly endeuours.

But to returne to my first determinatiō, whē I had wholly giuē my consent to this end, I might see first a farre of, what sondry & great mutatiōs nature hath vsed in ye body of mā since Galen wrote in Anathomy: and omitting diuers old writers, whose workes had not all equall successe, I came at length to Vesalius, whose whole worke seemed as tedious as his Epitome ouerculled & short. But whē I saw Fuchsius to haue extract a notable Epitome out of Vesalius & Galen, I had thought to looke no further till Collumbus appeared in my sight: whose labours then reuoluyng, and seyng him in some thynges vse sufficient prolixitie, as in his Bookes of Bones and Muscles, & in other causes to be somewhat brief (because Vesalius had sufficiently hādled them) as in the nutritiue partes, immediately I refused to bynde my selfe to any peculiar translation, chusing rather to picke a posie of the chiefest flowers frō all their Gardens, the opinion of Fernelius and others not beyng vtterly refused, as throughout the History is diligently noted.

And somuch the rather I esteemed this the best, because that way I perceiued I might both more playnly describe the partes to the iudgement of the Reader, as also vse sufficient scope vpon the dissention of Authours in the most notable causes. These considerations vsed, I set foreward in this matter, purposing (to speake briefly) to penne it in fourme of a History, least the Uolume of the [Page] booke should ouer hastely encrease, whereby I might be inhibited to vse requisite prolixitie in conuenient causes.

And now finally beyng finished, as I may, not as I would, I (the least of the number) do offer the first fruites thereof vnto you, the auncient fraternitie of Chirurgians in London, and conse quently from you, to all Godly, and single professours of the Arte of Chirurgerie, throughout this Realme of England: into whose myndes, I beseech God to inspire the grace of his holy spirite, that we may all (yet at length) with one consent together, endeuour, study, searche, knocke, and call at the gate of Gods mercy, for the guidyng of his holy spirite, that, in all our proceedynges, beyng thereby protected, we may seeke the aduauncement of the glory of God, in healyng our afflicted brethren, whereto his diuine power shall (so oft as it pleaseth him) [...], and appoynt vs Ministers, that (I say) with the testimonie of a cleare conscience, we may render our vauntaged talentes vnto the high Auditour, in the day of commyng, which, we know not how neare, approcheth.

As for you, O ye chaffe of the earth, ye stinge of the Godly, ye Impes of Hell, and children of wrath, you (I say) that, vnder pretence of the sacred Arte of Medicine, deuoure the sheepe of Gods pasture, slea the laboures in his Haruest, and denye your Lord the fruites of the Uineyard: since no warnynges may admonishe you, no exhortation amende you, no lawes bridle you, no punishementes tame you, nor any feare of God sinke into your brestes: behold, all the true professours of Christ Iesus, and who carefully endeuour Godly to discharge their functions, do cry for vengeaunce from heauen vppon you. And I (in these my labours) from the depth of my hart renounce you, hopyng assuredly, that from none of the flowers of this Garden any of you shall take oportunitie to sucke that, whiche may maintaine the infection of your pestilent wretchednesse hereafter. If therefore I haue any where frequented a phrase aboue the common vse of our Englishe language, or vsed woordes litle different from the Latin, esteeme the same to be done onely for your cause, since (as much as in me lyeth) I haue endeuoured euery where, to shade the kernell with a harder shell then you shalbe able to cracke. Away therefore you Uipers. Let these my simple labours, whatsoeuer they are, be entertained in the handes of thee true, vertuous, and honest Artistes, and professours of Chirurgerie, that my expectation may be fulfilled, Arte rightly aduaunced, and God duely worshipped.

And now returnyng to you agayne (most Godly gouernours, for whose sakes I was most encouraged to perseuer in this enterprise) consideryng your Godly affection towardes me heretofore, and that it hath euer pleased you to esteeme of me, farre more, then the vttermost of my power, at any tyme, may merite, I thought [Page] it not onely the office of pietie, by this meanes, to pricke foreward the myndes of some of the learned sort, but also to commit this vnto you, as a pledge of my vnfeyned zeale to the Arte of Chirurgerie, and consequently to you the chief pillours thereof in this Realme: which, beyng thankefully receiued of your gratefull hartes, may testifie for me, that inwardly I wishe, whiche outwardly I am not able to manifest.

Haue now therfore this History of Man, picked from the plenty of the most noble Anathomistes aboue named, wherein I haue earnestly, though rudely, endeuoured to set wyde open the closet doore of natures secretes, whereinto euery Godly Artist may safely enter, to see clearely all the partes, and notable deuises of nature in the body of man. From the Female, and that (as I suppose) for sundry good considerations, I haue wholly abstained my pēne: least, shunnyng Charibdis, I should fall into Scylla headlong. No more, but vouchsafe to accept Sinaetes faythfull offer, and protect this handfull of water, from the pollution of straunge beastes.

Farewell from Nottingham.

❧ THE PROEME.

[Page]

TYme, the generall rust of the world, which weareth eateth, consumeth, and perforateth all thynges, hath denied that the preceptes of the deuine parentes and progenitours of Phisicke, should for euermore remaine insoluble, or free from all future chaūge: els what should withstand, wherby the workes of Hipocrates and Galene should not suffice all posterities that come after? For what thyng notable haue they not noted? what secret so daintie, that they haue not vncouered yea what misterie so couert, the doore wherof they haue not opened? And yet notwithstandyng, these deuine Oracles haue not taken from posteritie all occasion to write, neither shall the bookes which hitherto are written, do the like to those that come after. But ech age hath his tyme, eche nation his nature, and ech nature his property.

Albeit, this excellencie we ascribe to Hipocrates and Galen, that neuer any hath bene their equals, and that from their fountaines flow the springyng streames, that nourishe Phisicke for euer. So that what good thing soeuer we haue, or atcheiue, we are to consecrate the same vnto their honor and prayse: and what worke soeuer is published, if the same be worth the reading, we owe it wholly vnto them. What thē (you will say) is the cause, that their workes suffer in these dayes such sundry contradictions, especially in the partes of mans body? It is aunswered a litle before, how that tyme, natures, and nations must be respected.

For first; that the magnitude of our body is greatly diminished, it is aIac. Sil [...]. in Isag. Pre. thing in readynes to euery man, not onely by the authoritie of auncientPh. Lib. 7. cap. 6. writers, but also that dayly, and (as I suppose) throughout the world, the stature of mā in all pointes decreaseth: especially in those regions: wheras matrimonie is ouer liberally, & before the iust age, permitted. Who is so ignoraunt; to whom the Scriptures haue not ere now testified, how much longer then in these dayes, the age of mā hath bene in times past?Iac. Sil. Ibid. how aboundantly do our bodies testisie, how sondry of the inner partes both in magnitude, number, figure, and situation, do differ from those in others of other regions? neither are the same in all our bodies in these dayes, as, in elder time the auncient Anathomistes most commōly obserued: do not their writynges, and our bodies make it manifest to all liuing? but towhat end? that it might not seeme to vs incredible, that in men of euery region, like as in beastes, yea in the plantes them selues, is either some thyng peculiar from others, or els some certaine mutation from the sirst nature to haue chaunced.

As, to come first to the exāples of beastes. In Ciria the sheepe haueArist. Lib. 8. hist. ca. 28. tayles a cubite broad, and the goates eares ix. intches in length. What meruaile is it when as the ramme and the ewe, whiche both in Affrica [Page] beare hornes, in Pontus a prouince of Scythia, to haue therfore none at all? As other where sheepe, so in Cilicia goates are clipped. The oxen, sheepe, hartes, and such others, are greater in Aegipt then in Greece: but for that the dogges, wolues, foxes, hares, and hawkes, are greater in Greece thē in Aegipt. Oxē in Scythia through cold possesse no hornes. Oxen in Phrygia haue hornes that are mouable. The Isle Ithaca is destitute of a hare, like as the field called Ager Lebadicus of a moule, and Sardinia of a wolfe.

If histories be to be beleued, then these are true: if not, what do we with auncient testimonies? why credite we thynges written, or beleue any thyng to be true which our owne eyes haue not witnessed vnto vs? yea let vs reiect the monumentes of our elders, detract their doynges, and wholy obliterate their writynges. And if the bookes of Aristotle, Plinie, and others most famous Historiographers, be worthy to be opened, thē are beastes in Asia, all more cruell, in Europe more stronger, and in Aphrica more diuersly fourmed. But, to speake more appertinēt to the body of man, these aforesayd varieties, obserued of auncient writers, arguyng onely vnto vs, that, as beastes are bred diuersly in eche nation, and accordyng to the nature therof, so to be in men some dissimilitude, & by the same reason, was not denied. Euery one knoweth that the Moores haue onely white teeth, but blacke skinne and nayles. But it is not a thyng so commō that they, and also the inhabitantes of such hoateCor. Cels. Li. 8. ca. [...]. countreys, are without seames in their Sculs, which with vs is a thyng somuch approued.

But, omittyng those natiōs which differ a litle amōg thē selues, let vs come to those which more manifestly vary in figure. In Asia are a people named Macrocephali, hauing very long heades, though first of customeHipochr. de. [...]ere. Aquis et lo [...]is Lib. then after of nature: of custome, because they kept the compressed heades of their children, swathed so, till some consistence of yeares grew on them, which thyng afterward made their children beget the like, though in tract of tyme, and through their negligence, nature amē ded that fault. The people called Phasiani, inhabityng a marish ground and rayny region, are in figure from other men very diuers: as, of mighty stature, and marueilous corpulēt, so that neither veynes, nor ioyntes are in them apparaunt, alway bearing a yellow colour, like persons afflicted with the iaundes, and in voyce most base and terrible.

It is straūge to vs that womē haue beardes, albeit not so euery where:Hipp. Lib. 6. Epid. for in Caria it is a thyng familiar: whereas some of them beyng a while frutefull, but after widowes, and for that suppressed of naturall course, put on virilitie, being then bearded, hoarie, and chaūged in voyce. Shall it be counted a fable that toucheth the transformation of one kinde into an other, as the Male into the Female and so contrariwise? surely PlinieLib. 7. Cap. 4. saith. No: since him selfe to haue sene a woman chaunged into man, in the day of mariage, he playnly auoucheth. And agayne, a child of a yeare old, from a mayden to a boy. There are certaine wild men whose [Page] feete are turned backward on the legges, and some of them hauyng viij.P [...]i. I: b. 7. cap. 2. toes on a foote. What shall we say of the Cyclopes, whose eyes haue in thē two apples or balles? I omit to speake of those that haue but one eye: of those that are both Male & Female: of such as haue heades like dog [...]: of the people which haue no heades: of them who with one legge couer their whole body: of those without mouthes: and so forth of such sortes many, which are in Indie very familiar.

True it is also that the Scythiās, named Nomades, are very corpulēt,Hipp. [...]ib. d [...]. [...]. Aquis. et. [...]. and fleshy, their inferiour bellyes euer slippery, & their ioyntes through moysture very weake, in somuch as they are euer found to haue applied fier to their shoulders, armes, handes, brestes, hippes, and loynes, for no other cause, then for the naturall moysture and softenes: for thus if they should not do, they would not be able to hold their bowes, or cast their darts, for losenes of their loints, through slippery humors so obnoxious to luxation. And it is no more truly written of the Pygmeiās, then meruailousLib. [...]ast. cap. 15. to our vnderstandyng, since they are of so small stature (for they exceede not in height the length of a cubite) that dayly they are prest to put on armour agaynst Cranes.

These Argumentes, and sundry such others, which Iacobus SiluiusIac. Sil. [...]. [...]. hath gathered together, and therfore I thinke them also most fitte for this place, may not lightly moue vs, to beleue likewise that in our bodies sometyme sundry mutations do happen.

In places either very hoate, or very cold, men are in countenaunceSec. 1 [...] Pr [...]b. and maners fierce and cruell: notwithstanding they that inhabite hoate places are more fearefull, though wiser: and they which dwell in cold, strōger. The Asians are fairer, greater, more gentle, feareful, effoeminate, and vnapt to warre for the temperature of the ayre and lawes.

The Europ [...]ans cōtrariwise are in magnitude much different amōgHipp. Loc. [...]. them selues, cruell, of hauty courage, bold, vpright or honest, and giuen to warre. They differ (I say) in magnitude, and fourme, through the mutations of the tymes of the yeare, which there are great and often: as strōg heate; vehemēt cold, much rayne, long draught, and strōg windes, whereby euery where, sundry, and many mutations are made. In Asia so the other creatures, and all plantes are more happely produced then in Europe. Many kyndes of men are in Europe, which in magnitude, fortitud [...], fourme, and stature are much different among them selues. The caus [...] of which varietie is somewhat before touched, but HipocratesLoc. cit. more clearely doth descriue. As they which inhabite a place or region full of mountaines, rough, high, and watry, and haue with thē many mutariōs of tymes much differēt, it is requisite that of their own nature be mad [...] many fourmes os bodyes, and such as are laboursome, exercised, and strong, and such natures also to be fierce and cruell.

Agayn [...]hey which reigne in places more medowy, or groūdes flowyng with herbes, and hoate, & their windes more hoate thē cold, & vse hoate, or warme waters, these persons are not high, butrather broad, [Page] with blacke heares, and they more of dusky colour or browne, then are bred in other places, and of their owne nature lesse flegmaticke then cholericke. But they that inhabite a high and pleasaūt place, not rough, or windy, and haue good waters, these are large in body, straight, and like vnto them selues, endewed with witte and myndes more milde and gentle: like as they of thinne, barreine, and not watry and naked places, neither haue the mutations of tymes temperate, are hard bodies, not great, rather yellow then blacke, wayward, irefull, bold, and obstinate in opinion. For where often mutations of tymes are, and those also much different, truly there also may you finde their fourmes, maners, and natures greatly disagreeyng. The regions wherein tymes and waters are chaunged, or do varie, the bodyes there also do vary: since alway, or for the most part, the maners and fourmes of the people do imitate the nature of the region.

If then the varietie of times doth so transmute, and chaunge the state [...]ig. de. Me [...]n. ob. of mans body, as that worthely sayth Virgill (although perhaps he had not altogether this sense.)

Tempora dispensat usus, & tempora cultus,

Haec homines, pecudes, haec moderantur aves.

It is straunge to see how sturdely some striue to deface those, which, full of Naturall pietie, write the truth of their owne tymes. Why, they will haue it that there were neuer Amazones in Scythia, because perhapsIac. S [...]l. Loc. cit. there are none now to be founde. Aristotle erred, for saying there were no Asses in Fraūce, Ponte, and Scythia, because now in those coū treys they abounde. Hipocrates he is reproued, for affirmyng no kinges to be in Europe, though at this day it possesseth plentie. What is it, that in the tyme of Aesculapius were no distillations nor inflations. HipocratesPlat. Dial. 3. de. Repub. Li. de. caus. [...]. saw no rigour without a feuer, though in Galens dayes it chaunced often, but now a dayes most often, especially to womē, through a more intemperate diet.

If we shall stand vpon disseases purchased by tymes, yea yet dayly, by the immoderation of diet, when should we draw to an end. In the age of Galen Eunuches did incurre the gowte, though long before, and inAph. 28. 29. 30. Lib. 2. the tyme of Hipocrates it was notso. Also the gowte, pleurisie, and inflamations [...]ib. de. coacis prae not. of the lunges were not wont to chaunce before the age of xiiij. yeares, but where standeth it at that stay now? who hath not sene them all at younger yeares? yeasome of them at x. ix. yea (though the more meruailous) at viij. yeares of age. The which thyng I dare boldly testifie, since, in Not [...]ingham, in An. 1574. it pleased God to make me the instrumēt of health to diuers childrē, of the ages before recited, findyng no present remedy (for to diuers in the beginnyng I assayed other helpes in vayne) but Phlebotomie, notwithstandyng their tēder yeares, the dissease beyng the Plurisie, and the tyme of the yeare the spring.

What Artist of experience in these dayes knoweth not, that women (for the most part) do beare males aswell on the left side as the right, and [Page] their females aswell on the right side as the left? the transuerse processes of the Vertebres of the necke appeare vnto vs alway as if they were clouen,Iac. Sil. Loc. ci [...]. though to Galen the last of them was seldome so. Os Sternon Galen, with the elders, obserued perpetually to consist of seuen Bones, but we in these dayes neuer inuent the number so large: albeit that we neuer finde the number certaine.

What then? shall we finde the number of the Vertebres alway one? he that hath so the happe, let him set it downe. For my part, amongest those very few bodies, which, also in very few yeares, though to my cost, yet for the very zeale I haue had thereto, I haue dissected, I haue found some of Galens Sceletons in sundry pointes. It may fall out to be no new saying, that almost in all bodies, some varietie is to be sene.

Much meruailous shall it be to him that vseth dissection, to see such sundry and often varieties: yea, settyng aside monstrous shewes, the Anathomist shall see in his own region, and in few yeares, sundry notes of new shapes in nature, not so straunge now, as worthy the notyng.

To praetermitte those whiche Vesalius obserued, because they are confused, let vs come to the most notable, by others descriued and set in order.

Collūbus, that Anathomist of worthy fame, beginning at the head,Col. Lib. [...]. runneth through the whole body, notyng what new thyng he hath in any particle obserued. So that first he excuseth not the head, but that he hath sene it sometime without seames, somtime with sundry seames, and those keepyng diuers orders, to haue bene compact together. The teeth in diuers numbers: and the neither iawe growne to the vpper. Of the necke, the first Vertebre inseparably growne to Occiput: the number of the Vertebres of the necke sometyme sixe, and sometyme eight with the like varietie at sundry tymes of the other Vertebres. Of ribbes xxij. xxv. and xxvj. Os Sternon consistyng of two, three, and iiij, Bones. The thigh to haue ouergrowne the legge into an incredible tumor. But aboue all these it is notable that he reporteth of a Sceleton, whose Bones all, from the head to the toes, were ioyned together, so that the partie in his lyfe tyme, beyng old, could moue no part saue his eyes, toung, brest, bellye, and yard. I passe with silence, the aboundaunce, or want of Muscles whereof he remembreth, and the sundry trases of Veynes, with their want, or extraordinarie diuisions. Of the kidneys he sawe the singular number, although that a greate one, and Splenes so large, as that eche one in waight peised twenty pound, beyng outwardly ouercouered with a Cartilage. So vlcers, and tumours in the hart. So the hedge that distinguisheth the Ventricles of the hart, Cartilaginous. It was straunge to behold Pericardium, the enclosure of the hart, wantyng. What then? he obserued stones in the lunges, liuer, Vena Porta, vrinarie wayes, in the bleddar, Hemorroidall Veynes, and in the nauell of sundry straunge abscesses, in diuers bodies obserued, the same authour also remembreth. But among all thynges that he hath noted, [Page] this one seemeth most notable, whiche he reporteth of a woman, who had outwardly a perfect shape, & onely the necke of the matrice, but no matrice, seminarie vessels, or Testicles at all: and so oft as [...]he vsed the company of man, (which she did often) she in meruailous sorte moued her selfe.

But why stand I so long vpon the obseruations of Columbus, an Anathomist of such yeared experience? come we to them that scarse dissected two for his twentie, for it is more rare that they haue inuented such nouelties.Lib. de. Var. Corp. [...]ec.

Iacobus Siluius in his tyme sawe sundry illusions of Nature, both in men, women, and children: in the liuer, splene, kidneys, ventricle, midreif, intrels, veynes, and matrice. All which, to penne particularly, I omit, [...]. Botall. [...]ib. de cat [...]o. together with the straunge, or rather monstrous kidneys which Botallus mentioneth, and hath openly depainted: as also his obseruation of the foure Ossicles or litle Bones in the diuisiō of the brayne: since it hath bene my happe to see much in few dissections.

And first (touchyng the Sceleton) in the number of Vertebres: as sometyme sixe in the loynes: sometyme foure, sometyme fiue in Os sacrum: and sometyme three, sometyme one in Cauda. Among the inner partes, I haue obserued the liuer twise deuided into lobes. To the outside and bottome of the matrice I haue found a certaine mole, or masse, white in colour, and hard, or in substaunce Cartilaginous, in fashion like the Testicles, as yet within their purse enuolued: saue that it wayed almost ij. poūd. This bieng cut, cōteined aboundaunce of slimie matter, which at the first brust forth thinner, though at last, very thicke and slimie in deede. Once, in an aged Gentlewoman I searched in vayne for the right vētricle of the hart. And once in the hart of man I foūd a thing notable, and which these before named haue made no mention of, that is, a bone in the hart, situated at the endes of the vessels inserted thereinto, as in the History of Bones I haue more copiously handled. Besides in the same old mā (forso he was in deede a man prest to the groūd with dayes) I saw one of the vrinarie vessels, which, for the space of an intche (or more) in length, had wholly possessed a Cartilaginous substaunce, which seemed still to encrease.

But here perhappes some are ready to obiect, and say, why what then? do you intend to reiect those authorities which fo oft you haue here alledged, nay, not alledged, but rather out of whose mynes all this treasure is digged? no, but I could wishe with Siluius that euery one might be more zealous to searche the truth, then busie seekers to finde oportunitie agaynst their elders. And those in deede the parentes of all Phisicke. For if in any thyng they disagree from the bodyes of other regions, surely these rehearsed Argumentes are sufficient to proue the same farre more worthy to be imputed to the varieties of regions, and chaunge of tymes, then otherwise, with foule obloquie to spurte our elders, whilest we ourselues in the meane tyme,L [...]c, ci [...]. [Page] as maleuolent detractours are publiquely denounced. Siluius therfore wisheth him that findeth any thyng otherwise then Galen hath written it, to ascribe the same as a certaine addition to Galens Anathomie, els frendly to admonish the reader therof.

As for my selfe, I confesse I haue in sundry places cited, and as it were enrolled Galen in sundry errours, yet not by halfe so oft as my authours haue prouoked me? for Vesalius chiefly, and Collumbus (as I suppose) haue spared him in no place. Which hath excited me (frēdly Reader) familiarly thus to warne therof in the begynnyng, that when thou readest them, thou mayest rightly know from whence they come.

In the meane tyme to come to the matter proposed, I commit to thy diligence in the begynnyng the History of Bones, the frame of the body, wherein (of truth) attentiuenes ought to be vsed, both to carie in mynde, together with thy eye, the direct sense of the present described part, or rather (if it may be) to conferre the same with the Sceleton it selfe, as also because it is an introduction to the whole History of Man, and may be called the keye of knowledge to Anathomie: without the perfectiō wherof, the rest is not onely obscure, but almost vayne at all to read. After the Bones, ensue the Cartilages: then the Ligamēts: after those the Muscles: next the Muscles the nutritiue partes: and next the nutritiue the generatiue partes. Then at length the spirituall members: and finally the animall. To these I haue added a ninth, least (otherwise) the marey, Periosteon, and the heares should haue bene sought in vayne in the History of Man. All these to my power, I haue faythfully, and therewithall sufficient briefly, compiled together. Now resteth no more, but read, and enioye.

❧ Iulius Borgarucius amico suo Banisterio. S. P. D.

[Page]

QVae olim de fabrica humana ab antiquis Graecis Lico, Herophilo, Erasistrato, & ante eos Hypocrate, postea à Galeno summo viro & Philosopho praeclarissimo graecè fuerunt illustrata: tandem a recentioribus Curtio, Sylvio, Vesalio, Fal [...]ppia Latinè posteritati cōmendata, tu Anglicè redd [...] disti perspicua facilitate, ordine cōpositivo, maxima doctorū virorū admiratione. Legi integr [...] tractationem de ossibus, Ligamentis, & Cartilaginibus, quam non solum probavi, sed, ut omnes intelligerent, qui de re medica judicium aliquod ferre possunt, enixè contendi, quambenè de republica tùm agendo tùm meditando nostra merearis: de Musculis, Venis, & Arterijs reliquum, ut audio typis excudi, adhuc non vidi. Sed si ex unguibus Leon [...] quis facilè agnoscat, ex ijsd [...]m tanquam sint prologomena maiarumrerum, vidro te operam & industriam collocasse in explicandis naturae miraculis non exiguam: quam Theoricam Anatomes partem nunquam assequi potuisses, nisi resolut ori [...] methodo praxim adjunxisses, & nocturna diurná (que) manu-versatus esses in separandis, incidendis, distinguendis partibus humani corporis, quibus non modo quo pacto organicae à similaribus, sed qua substantia, qua connexiene, & quo vsu inter si distinguantur diligentissimè abs te fuit adnotatū. Hoc tamen video: ut de suis libris Physicae auscultationis Aristoteles Alexandro magno literas as dedit, Anglicum istum opus tuum Anatomicum doctis tantùm vel in arte plurimum versatis usui futurum. Nomina enim dum vertis Graeca & Latina, & dum ex lucidissimis fontibus hauris perennes aquas, qui vel illa non callent, vel'de Helicone nunquam degustarunt, illot is manibus accedent adperserutanda naturae miracula, & recedent magis ac magis coinquinati. Tu probis tātùm & silijs artis dum studes placuisse, non est cur vulgus aut formides, aut imperitiae malevolorum (homine imperito nihil quicquam injustius) stude as velle satisfacere. Cura it a (que) valetudinem tuam, & nos ut facis ama.

Vale.

❧ William Clowes Chirurgian, to his louyng frend Iohn Banister.

[Page]

THy noble skill in Surgerie (for so we call it heer,)

Thyne honest lyfe, and faythfull ha [...]t vnto thy countrey dee [...],

Well knowen to me (good Banister) thy poore and loyall fiend,

I would I could in skilfull Verse so cunnyngly commend,

As well I know it well deserues both prayse and prayse agayne.

And sure I am that this thy toyle, and heere employed payne

For paynting out the frame of man, in this our mother toung,

Culd out of learned Latine workes, heerehence hath onely sprong

That thou thereby thy countrey men mighst further much in skill:

And geue them light that earst they lackt, as sure (I hope) it will.

Thou wrightst not for the learned sort (I know) that were but vayne,

But hopest to helpe the meaner folke. And so, I trust thy payne

Shall wynne such prayse of skillfull men, as paynfull toyle may craue,

And as a mynde that meaneth well of duety ought to haue.

If errour ought hath scapte thy penne, or paynter hapt to hault,

Let that no whit dismay thy mynde. None scapes deuoyd of fault.

Where skillfull men geue iust reproofe, with carefull payne amend it.

Regarde not much the rascall sort that blyndly reprehend it.

For as we know that men be men, and easely apt to stray:

So Enuyes Imps do bend them selues to sclander euery way.

De Mo [...]bo [...]

My selfe of late haue tryed in that so small a worke of myne,

Wherein I sought no prayse to winne, nor get a name deuine,

But onely to content my frendes, whose earnest suyte to craue it,

I could in no wise satis [...]e, but so, as they might haue it.

Yet some I found with readyer tounges forth with to reprehend it,

Then fraught with skill to frame the like, or ought perhaps to mend it.

But who so ready to controll, or fit to carpe, and clatter,

As he that hath the dymmest sight, and iudgement in the matter?

What if I did somewhat omit? what if the Print were lame?

What if I meant at leasure more to haue enlargd the same?

How euer it be, I neuer meant to please eche curious hed,

Syth who so toyles him selfe in that may bryng a foole to bed.

Wherfore my good and honest frend referre the whole successe

Of this, and all thy toyles to hym that will thy trauailes blesse.

And as thou hast by labours great, obteined a grounded skill,

And settled sight in Surgery, so I exhort thee still

By skillfull workes the fame of such a facultie to rayse,

Wherein we know most famous Clerkes haue, often, spent their dayes,

And trauailes great: in hope thereby immortall fame to winne,

Whose worthy workes do well bewray their paynfull toyle therein.

I speake not of the famous Greekes, and fathers of the Artes:

Nor Guidoes workes, nor Vigoes workes that write of other partes:

But of the whole Anathomie Vesalius passyng well.

Collumbus and Fallopius workes, how much they here excell.

Whose skilfull pennes haue paynted so ech part and peece of Man,

As none lookes now to better it, (I thinke) nor euer can.

Whose lastyng fame no age shall once be able to deface.

Among the which (good Banister) I wish to thee a place.

And so Adeiwe. And thou (good Reader) pardon I thee pray

My penne that in this homely ryme hath raungd to farre astray.

But three fold wayes enforst thereto. For zeale vnto my frend.

For wronges of myne. For my professed Art. And so I end.

The fore part of the Bones.

❧ OF THE HISTORY OF MAN, the first Booke. OF Bones, the frame of the Body.

[Page]

[Page]

AS the good and expert Architect, hathFuchs. li. 1. ca. [...]. Ex Vesal. a singular care, first in edifying his house, to beThe reason why the Anatomy of bones occupieth the first place. well aduised of the maner of his [...]oundation, and héedy framyng of his Timberworke, before he lay on Thack, Tile, Slate, Lime, or Plaster: So it behoueth vs, in searchyng the true Secresie of this Misterious Science, and body of Man, first, before the partes supported, distinctly, and deliberatly, with diligent care, to consider the partes supporting. And the reason is good. ForThe [...]octrine of this History is most obscure, vnlesse the bones be first learned. if you doe not first exactely examine, and to a sufficient fulnes féede your appetite, with the diligent peruse of this History of Bones: you shall finde the rest of this booke, not onely in readyng vnsauery, but also to your sensible vnderstandyng very obscure. Wherfore of the Bones of mans body, what they are, and how they are constrewed, and combinated, after all manner order of knitting, & articular motion, the good Phisition (sayth Galene) ought not toLib. de ossib. cap. 1. be ignoraunt. But amongest all things to the arte of Medicine appertinent, thatWe must study to know & conserue that whiche is according to Nature. thing that is accordyng to Nature (as the scoape whereto we ought to cleaue) we must study to conserue and know. The Bones therefore, by very right we call the foundation of the body, since they not onely make firme the partes, but alsoThe Bones the foūdation of the body. sustayne and support the body. Then that we in this our first enterprise intreate of Bones, it neither séemeth voyde of much authorized maintenaunce, neither yet frustrate of the splendant sparke of reason, which shall light ech mans iudgementCap. 1. Epith. into the right conducted way of truth. These therefore are the wordes ofGenerall diuision of the partes. Vesalius. All the partes of mans body are either Similar, or Simple with sence, asWhat are the Similar partes. are Ligamentes, Fibres, Membrans, Flesh, and Fatte: or els Dissimilar, or Instrumentall, What are the Instrumētall parts. as the Veine, Artery, Sinew, Muscle, Finger, and other Organs ofFuchs. li. 1. ca. 5. the whole body: which are made so much the more instrumentall, by how muchThe nature and substāce of bones All the bones except the teeth, are insensible. the greater store of Similar partes with the instrumentall are compounded. As for example, the handes & head &c. The Bones are of all the partes of the body most hard, & dry, of earthy substance, cold, & voyde of sence, the teeth onely excepted.Col. li. 1. ca. 1. But here you must vnderstand, that they are not accoūted voyde of féeling,The cause why y• bones are insensible. because they are most of y• terrestriall element, but because no portiō of sinewes, which are the immediate organs of sence, is in their substaunce disseminated.The Nerue is ye immediate organ of sense.

Neither was it the mighty pleasure of God (whom we call Nature) nor any parcell of his decrée, that the substaunce of the bones at all should be made sensible,Note that thoroughout the History of Man, we cite nature, for God. as any reasonable man must of force confesse, if he note but how the whole mole, and pack of members are sustayned by them: who with their many motions, do carry, and recarry all the other parts of the body with them, which argueth,The reason where fore nature [...] not the bones sensible. that if they were (as some say) delighted with the perfection of féelyng, then the moitiue vertue of the members would by excéedyng payne be taken away, or els at least frustrate. Wherefore it is odious to heare them, that blushe notSome affirme ye bones sensible, although to their great shame. obstinately to affirme, that in bones is conteyned a singular sharpnes of sence, when as neither reason can rule them, nor experience satisfie them. For belike [Page] they will either proue that the Bones are the originall of Nerues, and so consequentlyThe [...] of such druieth thē to an ho [...]ible adsurditie, as will néedes make the bones to séele. of the brayne: or els that the Bones are produced and made of the matter of the brayne, and so to be sensible as the Nerues, whiche are the organs of sence, as shal sufficiently be declared vnto you in their proper description. But yet further to confute their vnshamefastnesse, the good Artiste, who in his lyfe tyme, & dayes of experience, * either scaleth, cantrizeth, or seperateth Bones, isThe experiēce of [...]. cō [...]uteth this error, nothyng more. able to testifie aboundantly that after he passeth (in his operation) Periosteon, the party is no longer vexed, with such payne as appertayneth to the sensible partes. This [...]; (for so it is termed of the Gréekes, the * Latines hauePeriosteos. not knowen it) is a certaine Membrane, that enwrappeth, & cloatheth the bones,The sens [...]bility of [...] not [...] was the cause of their error. by the benefite of which Membrane, and not of their owne proper Nature, the Bones are supposed to féele, although in déed they doe nothing lesse: for that once * abraced, or taken of frō the bone, neither can they by sence afterward discerne,P [...]tiousteos abraced no sence is discerned. whether you cut, burne, deuide, or otherwise at your pleasure handle thē. Wher, fore it is a shame if we otherwise affirme: but with Gal. Vesal. and Col. conclude, that Bones of their own proper Nature are altogether destitute of sence, except (as I sayd before) the téeth onely which are approued sensible, as experience o [...] Scholemaistres teacheth vs.

Now as touchyng the proper differences of Bones * this is the first, thatThe [...] [...] [...]ce of the bones. they differ not only in names (when as euery one chalenge to themselues proper names) but also in magnitude, some beyng * small, and others greater. AgayneThe second difference of Bones, from there magnitude. in fourme, as some long, some short, diuers triangled, others quadrangled, * &c. Or otherwise accordyng to the figure: as smooth, or rough, defended with processes,The third differēce of bones, ta [...]en of their vse. or hauyng appendances: some distinguished by commissures, others also otherwise. Moreouer they are distinguished by their vses: Since to one onely function or common office, all were not ordayned, which argueth also the great diuersitie of their fashions & fourmed shapes. For some are playnly hollow, neitherSome great Bones haue no manifest hollownes, as the bones committed to os s [...]crum, os sacrum it self [...], and the Scapple bones. Some bones are smal, but notably [...]xcaued, as of the angers. alike: but some of them with more large scope, others also straiter, yet not prouing the bone either larger or lesser therby: when as * some beyng great haue [...]o manifest hollownesse in them, as for example: The bones committed to os Sacrum, os Sacrum it selfe, the Scapple bones, & others named in their places. Some agayne are * small, but much hollow, as the bones of the fingers cōtrary to Galene, as we will proue in their propper place. Andraeas Uesalius also supposed that neither the bones of the nose; and * Sesaminae, neither the little Ossicles that constitute the organ of hearyng, should be otherwise then made of massiue Soliditie [...]b 1. de vs. p [...]iū. [...] Which (notwithstanding) Collumbus doubteth not to denye: for proofeThe Sesaminae, the bones of yt nose, & Ossi [...]les of he [...] ryng, are [...] ly Porie, or Solid. wherof (sayth he) breake one of them, either gréene, or dryed, and you shall finde the substance therof spongie, not vnlike a thicke Pummie stone. And these bones also although they séeme so Solid, shew in the outward partes of themselues certaineCol. cap. & lib. praedict. holes, some greater, and others lesse, as is to be sene in the Brachiall téeth, and many other bones of the fingers: which the Diuine creator hath commaū dedThe Brachiall tooth to the Processe eminent frō Vina, in the wrest of the hand. to be Perforated. Therfore euidēt ynough those holes are not in vayne, they giuyng place to the veines and bloud for nourishment, as also to the Arteries for their vitall heate: whereas such as haue no holes, to admit within them, eitherThe vse of the holes and Porositie of Bones. How those that haue no holes without are no [...] rished. veines or Arteries, such we say are nourished, and fed by the partes adiacent.

Now forasmuch as in this our narratiō of bones, diuers straunge names, & such as to the simpler sorte are altogether vnknowen, be here & there scattered: It shalbe very conuenient before hand, briefly to table out an expositiō of them: That thereby the reading of such in their places (being now first cracked and shaled [...]rom their obscure Huskes) may be more perspicuous, and pleasaunt to your contemplation: which otherwise would be loadsom, and tedious.

And first to begin, we will say what is vnderstood by this word Appendance, What an Appendance [...]. [Page] which the Gréekes call [...]. It is nothyng els, saue a bone springyng to a bone: or rather an addition or coagmentation of some bone, obteinyng a peculiar circumscription, yet not beyng a trew portion of that bone, whereto it is committed. In yong creatures therfore it is easely discerned, but in older andIn yong persons the Appendāce [...] ea [...]ly discerned, but not [...] old. greater more hardly: for triall wherof, if you boile the bones of a kid, or lambe, or veale, you shall easely see certaine portions, & endes of them, to deuide, eitherA playne show. by them selues, or els with small constreinte. And those Particles so annexed to the bones, are called Appendances: which (contrary to the mynde of Galen) weThe substaunce of the [...]ppendance is so [...]ter then of the Bones. must needes affirme to be softer then the bones them selues: since we delite of [...] tymes with our téeth, to plucke the Appendances of small Bones, & to chewe of them in our mouthes: for the pleasaunt iuyce that often they retaine. WhichA proofe, for whē we eate meat, we will often plucke of the Append [...] ces of [...]ones, & ch [...]we them. contrariwise we cannot do to the bone. Neither are they lightly to be losed, or deuided from the bones, by euery motion: for that nature hath so well prouided for the turnyng of the ioyntes, with such softe and slipperie Cartilages, as therby in the motion of the bones, no occasion can be giuen, by any straigne to iniurieWhy [...] [...]re not wor [...]e of by cō [...]nual mo [...]o [...] [...]f yt ioynts. them. The vse and chief commoditie of them, is excellently recited of Collumbus: or rather inuented: and so as no man hath fully hitherto iudged: althoughCol li. c. 1 2. the thyng be worthy knowyng, and excéedyng necessary. And one thyng amongThe vse of Appē dances far otherwise then any before Col. euer [...] uented. many others h [...] testifieth, that nature hath made nothy [...]g in vayne, but euery part to good purpose, and seruyng to some vse. Realdus I say therfore sound, that Appendances were in that order to the bones annexed, to the end that from the place of their coniunction, Ligamentes might be produced and made, to strēgthen, hold, and stablish firmely, the composition and knittyng of the ioyntes: as you sée the toppe of the thighe, with the bone of the hippe: and the neither part of it, with the bone of the legge. Likewise the bone of the shoulder, with theHow the Bones are vnited tha [...] haue no Appendances. scaple bone: and that which in like sort is tyed to Radius, and Vlua. As for those bones that haue no Appendances, how they are vnited. I referre you to the History of Ligamentes to sinde. And not onely where the ioynts are, do these Ligamentes, Ligamentes no [...] onely spryng f [...]ō places n [...]re the ioyntes, but also where [...] no ioynte. spryng, but where no Coarticulatiō is made also; as in Ilium, the Scaple bones, & some processes of the Vertebres. Thence also procéede Ligamentes, necessarily chauncyng to yt sramyng of the good constitution of Muscles, as in their proper place is to be sought. Whereby it commeth, that from thence very manyMuscles often spryng [...]ut of Liga [...]tall Cartilages. Muscles haue their begynnings, whence also Ligamentall Cartilages procéede: for so we thinke it good to call them, that to strengthē the Muscles, are amongest them disseminated: endyng also at their Tendans, Now agayne it is manifest,The Ligamental Cartilages do a [...] last end in [...] among the Muscles. that Galen (for all his industrious search) fayled to finde the truth, in affirmyng these Appendances to be added to the bones, for the conseruation of the marey, with in them included: but then sayth Vesal. How hapneth it, that other bones, [...]. vs part li 9. Gal. supposed the Appendances se [...] ued to hold in the marey. in whiche are no cauities so notably allotted to the reteinyng of marey, should (notwithstanding) also haue proper Appendāces: euen as those, that are greatly hollowed. As for example the scapple bones, the Vertebres, & other small bones,A playne confutation. which not beyng much medullous, are neuerthelesse not of Appendances destitute. But pretermittyng this conuict assertion of Galen, it is sufficient, that theLigaments serue to the byndyng to gether of bones, and to the constitutiō of tendans. truth is touched by the aforesayd reasons of Col. prouyng how Ligamētes by Appendances are most engendred, and consequently the two proper gifs giuen vnto Ligamentes. Which, whilest they are so necessary, as we haue proued, that theThere are but few places beside the [...]ppēdances, fitre for the production of Ligamentes. generation of Appendances be very vtile, and profitable, who cā inuent to deny: since their vses Sublated, but a fewe places can you finde, whence Ligamentes should sittly proceede. And thus much you haue to vnderstand, as oft as you read of Appendances: in what bone or part so euer it be.What a processe, called of the Greekes Apophilis, [...].

[...] which the Latin interpretours call Processus, is thus: whē a bone in any part, stretcheth forth his substance in excreasing maner, a [...] a knot swellyng [Page] out from the stocke of a frée, or as some Gibbous Tumor excéedyng the height ofThe first differēce betwene the processe and appendance. the naturall places nere vnto it: so such places of bones, as are apparantly to be discerned to excéede other partes; are rightly called Processes, sufficiently differing from the Appendances: for these are right parcels, and true partes of the bones them selues, whereto they are fastened. Also Appendances them seluesThe second difference. haue Processes. As the bone of the cubite called Vlna, and the inferior part of Tibia: Some [...] haue processes. as also other bones diuers: as will appeare to you plenteously hereafter. Agayn, to some processes Appendāces cleaue, for the interior processe of the Scapple The thyrd difference. bone that is like the fashion of an anker, and the ridge of the Scapple boneHowe processesmay haue appendances. which in like manner is a processe therof, haue Appendances: but note that the processes of the thighe called Trochanteres, or Rotatores, are more iustly to be termedThe processes Trochanteres do [...] seme appendaces. Appendances, then thynges with Appendances munited. For all that part that swelleth forth (whiche therfore they call Processes) holdeth the place of an Appendance, so that the Processe and Appendance there, is all one thyng. Yet Vesalius made a difference betwene them: but when as by takyng away the Appendances, the Processes also are gone, we must Iudge (saith Columbus) them inCol. loc. cit. that place all one: and the Processe, & the Appendance, the same thyng, one that the other is. Furthermore the Processe and Appendance differ thus. For it is aThe fourth difference. very small bone, out of which appeareth no Processe, neither may it be possibleIt is scarce possible to find a bone, whereon appeareth no processe. almost, to finde such one, as excéedeth in no place: but there are many bones destitute of Appendances, as those of the head, of the vpper iawe, of the wreste, and such other. Neither do the Processes not differ in them selues, chusing ech one aWhat bones wat appendances. sundry shape: for some of them are small, and like the fashion of a sharpe bookin:How the processes differ among them selues. wherfore the Grecians call such Processes, Styloides. Others also beyng sharpe but not so slender, as the knagge of a hartes horne, that is to say thicke and pointyng,The processes cal led Styloides. such as are to be found in the neither iawe: Galena calleth such Corona Processus. The processe called Corona. But besides, there are some that represent the similitude of an anker, as the interior Processes of the shoulder blades, called Anchiroides. Others end, orThe processe called Anchiroides. leaue at a head, and that two maner of wayes: for some haue that head depressed,A processe with a depressed. as the bones of the middle of the hand, where they ioyne to the wrest, and of the insteppe, meting with the Bones of Tarsus, and Fibula, & the neither part of tibia: Processe lōg and prominent. certaine Processes haue their heades longe, and prominent, as the vpper head of the thighe, where it is knit with the Bone of the hippe: Others hauyng roundA processe with a round head. heades, as of the shoulder, and shoulder blade, likewise the bones in the middle of the hand, ioyning to the first ioyntes of the fingers: And of such Processes asWhat is ment by a necke in the description of Bones. haue long heades, we call the slender part therof, from the body of the bone, vnto the head of the Processe, a necke: forasmuch as that space is like vnto the necke: as it shalbe playne vnto you, in beholdyng the necke and head of the vpper part of the thighe, where it maketh entrance into the hippe. For this cause thereforeWhy in processes a head is made. are the heades, of the Processes made, that by touchyng with in the cauities of other bones adiacent, they may the better Coarticulate and ioyne together [...] Concau [...]ties are [...] answerable to the heades of the processes. is to be noted here, that as the fashion of the heades of the Processes, are diuet [...] fied accordyng to the places, so the hollowes that receiue them, must of necessitie also be diuers and different, euer answerable to their proportiōs. A déepe hole, or cauitie therfore, you shall call after the Latins Acetabulum, after the GréekesWhat is the [...]. [...] or [...], our English phrase offreth no proper terme for it, vnlesse we shall call it a caue, case, or cuppe, in respect of that, which into the hollowes therof it admitteth. But the playne and obscure, is called [...], whose cauitie isWhat Glene is in the cauities of Bones. so shallow as at first sight can scantly be discerned. Notwithstandyng there are certaine Circular Processes, which augmēt the profundities of such Celes as areSome cauities in Bones are enlarged by a [...] & cartilage. largely excaued, which beyng placed in the vpper part of them, are called Labra, or Supercilia, as it were the lippes, or browes, or as we may terme them the [Page] brinkes to those caues. These concauities are also encreased by the Gristles in some of them growyng, as appeareth in the caue of the Scapple bone, where itWhat maketh the [...] of the thighe more difficulte. agréeth with the shoulder, and in the Articulation of the hippe with the thighe: and those Processes and Cartilages are they, whiche make the more difficultie in Luxation. Further not onely in figure, but also in number these Processes Processes [...] in number also. are diuers, and disagréeyng, some Bones beyng endewed with very fewe, and others agayne with many: as shall better appeare in their particular descriptions. But now since Nature (as we haue sayd) made nothyng in vayne, but all to good purpose, and (as we may say) néedfully forecasted, let vs sée to what end and purpose, were these Processes ordeined. You shall note therfore, thatThe first [...] of the processes. not for the commodious Articulation of Bones onely, but because from them also,The secōd vtilitie as the springs from mountaines, so the Muscles are either from them produced,The third [...] or to them implanted: hauyng the offices also of Propugnacles, or resistantGal. [...]. 2. vs. part. defences. Such as are of the shoulder blades, and the Processes of the Vertebres. What is to be [...] [...] of Basis in the description of Bones. [...] or basis are certaine corners, after the order of a firmament, or ground, beyond the which, and naturall vse of the member, the bone may not be suffered to moue: as appereth by the Cauities of the arme, that is, the Anterior corner admitting ye first Processe of the Cubitte, at what tyme it is extremely bowed: and the Posterior Processe of the Cubitte, that coucheth in the hinder corner, when Extension is made neither can any of the Processes passe further in their Celles, then the vtmost seat, to them by nature limited.

Thus (frendly Reader) thou shalt finde it expedient, before thou enter furtherIf these [...] be not learned, the [...] of bones is obscure. among the description of Bones, exactly to learne, and to haue in mynde (as the Prouerbe is) at fingers end, those fewe decyffered names, which the aū ncient Anathomistes haue giuen, accordyng as it séemed best to their learned opinions: and that either for the fourme, situation, or properties of the partes. Which although we haue so farre accomplished, yet stay a while: for before I enterThe reader [...] be perfect in the [...], & [...] of [...], we their termes, before hee wade further in this History. fully and directly to speake of euery particular Bone in the body, you shall commit vnto your memory, a word or two of the maner how mans body is construed, and combinated, as touchyng the frame and Coarticulation of bones: as also of the straunge, aud diffused names, wherewith their kindes of knittynges, in eche respect are nominated.

First therfore we must consider, how vnprofitable vnto man it had bene, ifCol. li. [...]. ca. 3. Why mans body was not made [...] one bone, [...], & continuall, the frame of his bones had bene continuall, whole, or Solide, so consequently his motion, no otherwise then a brassen or stony Image: Wheras now to an infinite number of Artes, that néed innumerable actions, man, by natures prouident worke in the construction of his frame, obtaineth accordingly, the passyng perfection of mouyng, sitte for euery one. Then so it were requisite, that the composition of the bones should neither be dissolute, and vnioyned nor yet altogether whole, and continuall: but so made, that by the fitte Coarticulation, and knitting together by propper ioynts, they might as well bowe, and extend, as also remaine one dependyng on an other, and together supportyng. And notwithstandyng the needfulnes of such Insoliditie, it is otherwise as requisite, that the Bones wereThe [...] of the head are made for the cause of transpiration. not continuall, but rather by proper meanes vnited, and that is for Transpiratiō sake: as in vnityng the Bones of the head by Sutures: and agayne for the diuersitie of the partes, as where the more hard, are committed to the more soft.

Sithens then Nature (as we say) in construing, and compoundyng the bones of mans body, hath not done it after one absolute reason, or maner, which euery man might easily comprehend, but so diuer [...]y, as séemeth sufficient, tedious for the wise [...]: I will let you heare the opinions of the best learned, and famous Anathomistes, with the meanyng of the straunge names, wherewith they haue entituled the diuers compositions.

[Page]First therfore vnderstand that a ioynte called of the Gréekes [...] is a compositionWhat is a ioynt. What Hip. vnderstode by the name of a ioynte. of bones that is so ordained for some kinde of motiō. Hipocrates estéemed simply the roūd part of that bone, that entred into ye hollow of another, to be Articulus, [...]b. de art. & fract. Col. ca. 4 li. 1. & so called it. Neuertheles we giue that name, to cuery naturall cōposition of bones, that is made for motion sake: whether ye same be euident, as possesseth ye Examples of manifest mouyng. bone of the thighe, Articulated to the hippe, and the head aboue the necke, whose mouyng therfore is manifest: or els obscure, as haue the bones of ye middle of theExamples of obscure mouyng. hād, to set the bones of the wrest, and the bone of the heele, to that vnder the ancle called Talus: with other bones also of the like sort, whose motions are obscure, as shalbe more at large other where. In respect of two kyndes of motions, two differences also of knittynges are appoynted: the one, which no man may deny to be euident, called Diathrosis, and the other, whose motion is hard to be discerned,What is Diarthro [...]. named Synarthrosis. And both are publikly deuided agayne in tripple wise,What is Synarthrosis. that is eche of them hauyng thrée differences: and yet to both, but thrée named: onely differēt in their kyndes, as Enarthrosis, Arthrodia, and Gynglyman. WhichEnarthrosis is not the same vnder Dia [...]throsis, as vnder Synarthro [...]. thrée, serue aswell vnder Diarthrosis, as Synarthrosis, recordyng that the motion of Diarthrosis is manifest, but Synarthrosis obscure. And this is called Enarthrosis, with a déepe and profoūd caue, or case, which we haue called Acetabulum, receiuyngExamples of E [...]throsis vnder Diarthrosis. the long, and roūd head of the bone that it ioyneth with all: as in the hippe, with the thighe, the shoulder with the Scapple bone, the middle of the hand, andThese haue most [...] [...]. instep, with the first bones of the fingers & toes. &c. These examples do explicate the maner of Enarthrosis Articulation, vnder the name of Diarthrosis. So that in these sortes, consist not onely manifest motion, but also all kynde of motions, and turnings: as Extension, Contraction, Circumaction, & such diuers sortes as we will separately shew hereafter. But that you may with more facilitie, gather theExamples of E [...]throsis vnder Syn [...]throsis. sense hereof, that is to say, what Enarthrosis vnder Diarthrosis differeth frō Enarthrosis vnder Synarthrosis, for familiar exāple sake, I referre you to the beholdyng of the Articulation of Talus, with the botelike bone, and the 7. of the wrest, with the first and second bone of the same: which Articulation also we call Enarthrosis. yet not vnder the kynde of Diarthrosis, but Synarthrosis: for asmuch as the mouyngThese haue obscure motion. of these bones is most obscure, and hard to be iudged, without diligent héed and markyng.

Arthrodia is a coniunctiō of bones, wherof the one hath a head depressed, theWhat is Arthrodia. other a shallow or playne cauitie, called Glene as before sayd, aunsweryng the the head of the other so conuectiuely, as it is hard to know the head, from the hollow: contrary then in Enarthrosis: wherby it commeth to passe, that the mouing is not so euident in Arthrodia, as in Enarthrosis. Notwithstandyng in theIn Arthrodia one mouyng differeth from another, accordyng to the more or lesse obs [...]re. same Arthrodia is one mouing more euidēt then an other, although euery kynde of mouyng therof, is scarse euidēt: yet that, that is lesse euidēt, is to be altogether obscure, in cōparison of the more euident. Wherfore the more manifest motiō in Arthrodia, shalbe attributed for a kynde of Diarthrosis, & the obscure action, to Synarthrosis. Exāple of the mouyng of Arthrodia, vnder ye kynde Diarthrosis (whichExamples of Arthrod [...] vnder Dyarthrosis. as you heare hath the more manifest motion) you may take by the coniunction of the ribbes, with the Vertebres, & their Processes. Who are both cōstringed, & Note. The ribbes do [...] enlarge, and also draw together. also dilated: as to euery sensible man, appeareth in breathyng. But Arthrodia you shall note somwhat more manifest, in the Articulation of ye first Vertebre wt the secōd, & yt bone Radius with Vlna. Cōtrary exāples of a more obscure Arthrodia, Examples [...]f Arthrod [...] vnder Synarthrosis. are ye bones of the middle of yt hād, with those of ye wrest: In which also some mouyng, after a certaine maner is to be discryed. As if in bowyng, you wishe to bryng the little finger & thombe together, you shal well discerne the bones in theWhat mouyng is propper to the bones of Po [...] chralis. middle of the hād, (which otherwise the hād being stretched forth, & straight extē ded did shew a straight figure) to be Circumduced, and obliquely moued. Which [Page] is the motion proper to those bones. Much more aptly is the obscure Arthrodia expressed, by the thrée bones of Tarsus, ioyned with the shiplike bone, & the bone Cyboides, with the héele: and also diuers others, who although they retaine some kynde of mouyng, yet very difficult to be perceiued.

The thyrd kynde of Articulation bath to name Gynglymos, and that is a mutuallWhat is Gynglymos. Congresse, or Coarticulation of the bones, whe as in either of the endes that mete, perminent partes appeare, as also cauities or little hollowes: the whiche cauities of the one, admitteth the Processes of the other: and the Processes of the same bone, coucheth within the cauities of the other: so either of them into other making mutuall entrance. This Articulation also hath motions, both obscure, & manifest, the one to Diarthrosis, the other to Synarthrosis referred. That which isExāples of Ginglymus vnder Diarthrosis. manifest, is to be looked for at the bone of the thighe, metyng with the legge, the cubit with the arme, and others. For the obscure kynde, regard the knittyng ofExamples of Ginglymos vnder Synarthrosis. the bone Talus with the héele, and of the bones of the wrest. All which thynges (good Reader) if you diligently note, you shall easily cary in mynde their manner of knitting, with the partes of ioyntes, and differences of Articulations.

And this doctrine of the ioyntes, and composition of bones, I doubt not (after you haue once entred into the midest therof) but you wilbe moued to thirst, in delite of often readyng the same, and neuer cease, till such tyme, as you haue made it as perfect as the Paternoster: so may you, with more expedient celeritie read ouer, the particuler description of bones. Neither cā I iudge it tedious, or superfluousThat is no mea [...] for Caterpilers. to any, saue such lewde practisers, as I haue spoken of before in my Preface: who I would not (by my will) should euer lose their labour to looke on it, without grace of repentaunce grow on them.

To go forward now therfore, in this our iourney or pilgrimage, it followeth to speake of that kynde of coniunction of bones, that is called Symphysis: as whē What Symphysis is. they are so vnited together that they haue motion neither manifest, nor obscure. Of these are thrée differences, thus called by proper names: Sutura, Gomphosis, The differences of Symphysis. & Harmonia. In which no man, at any tyme, can discerne any motion. Although some heretofore, haue not bene ashamed to affirme, the bones of the head, which are ioyned by Sutura, to moue by proper motion: whose iudgements sure, are notA ridiculous excuse for ridiculous iudgemēts. unworthely derided, since they will néedes affirme that, whiche Nature neuer decréed. But peraduenture they might thus deceiue them selues, by thinkyngCol [...]. li. 1. cap. 4. the bones of the fore part of the head to moue, as oft as the same Musculous fleshWho will say the bones of the nose do moue after the motions of the nosterls, or winges of the nose? there growyng is drawne together, upward, or downeward: & so after the same sort, the bones of the nose, which are ioyned by the kinde of knitting called Harmonia: when it is nothyng els, but the Contraction, or Dilatation of the nostrels, and such other partes of the nose. Let it be likewise as incredible vnto you, that the seames of the head can at any tyme lose, to giue scope vnto the motions of theThe seames of ye skull are hardly with a chisell diuided. bones: whiche are otherwise so fixedly compact together, as without the great stroke and force of a chissell they cannot be deuided. Much vnlike then, to be readylyNone of Symphisis differēces haue any motion. losed for euery motion. And this proued, it is playne, that none of the differences of Symphysis, are endewed with any kynde of motion.

But now let vs come to euery kynde by him selfe. What is Sutura. First Sutura, whiche theThe Cōmissures like the nayles. Grecians call [...], is a coniunction of the bones, in such sorte, as sheweth like[figure] vnto the shape of a seame, or a mutuall Congresse of two bones, toothed like vnto a sawe: which layd together, the téeth of eche, one, entreth the spaces of the other:The manner of closing, assimulated to the teeth of two sawes put together, is most in vse. whereby they are mutually composed and one with in the substaunce of an other. Some adde an exāple of the Commissures like the nayles, not for that they mutually respect one another, but do occupy and stoppe the vacant places residēt betwene the nayles of the fingers. Yet they séeme to approch nerer, to the nature[figure] of the thyng, which prefer the similitude of sawes, before the likenes of nayles: [Page] since those are rare to be found, thes [...] very often: Of which sorte, be thrée in theThre [...] seame [...] in the head, in very aged persōs [...] appara [...]. head. And these seames, which in old men are hard to be found, (For scarse their traces may be imitated, but rather do go together after the order of appendāces:)The seame called [...] in the fore parte of the head. in yonger persons notwithstādyng are very conspicuous, and playne to be sene. Wherof one of thē is in the fore part, called [...], an other in the hinder part, named [...], the third is straight in the middest of the top, in like sort (ofThe seame called [...] in the hindee part of the head. the Grecians) called [...], as we should say, Sagittalis, wherof in the proper place hereafter we will speake at large. And besides these, we must néedes confesseThe seame called [...] or Sagittalis, along the toppe of ye head. moe Sutures to be in the head, if so be, you will accompt the scalie Bones of the tēples, to be fastened by seames: which to be found very like in some scalpes. I deny not in déed: that is to say, tothed like a sawe: as we sayd euen now: yet forWhen the [...] bones of the temples are vnited by a Suture, the same Suture is [...]ot deepe. all that, it is but so in few, & those also lyeng aloft of the other: wherefore doubtlesse the true vntō of such Bones, is rather to be attributed to that kynde of Symphysis called Harmonia, then Sutura. For by Harmonia is vnderstāded, that kynde of structure in the Bones, made by a simple méetyng, that is to say, where neitherThose [...] bones are for the most part rather v [...]ted by [...]mo-nia then cutura. What is Harmonia. swellyngs out, nor any cauitie, neither roughnes at all sometyme is found. Diuers auncient writers, haue comprehended this kynde Harmonia, often vnder the name of Sutura: as when broken Bones ioyne mutually agayne, by Harmonia, and Sutura: and neither way simply: but some where concurryng euen, & inOld writers haue cōprehended Harmonia vnder the name of Sutura. other places ronged: being therfore a mixed v [...]iō, participating aswel with Harmonia, as Sutura. Therfore not onely to beare ye name of one of thē. For a simple line, and Harmonicall meting, haue the Bones of the nose, and such also is that,Broad bones do knit agayne in fo [...]e, that participateth both with Harmonia & [...]. which constituteth the Palate: or to say more truly, deuideth it long wise in the middest. Of this sort likewise, are all the Commissures of the vpper iawe, whose Bones haue onely lineall distinctions.

The third of Symphysis differences, is called Gomphosis (albeit that Vesal. deuideth [...]āples of Harmonia. them otherwise) and this kynde of vnitiō is, whē one bone, with in anotherWhat is Gomph [...]sis. is infired: as a nayle into wood, or other thyng, which beyng pulled out, ye place after is left vacant and empty: euen so, the teth haue in the iawes the propperExāple of Gomphosis. celles, whence they may be drawen whē occasion is offred. But besides the fastenyng, that they haue in the iawes, in dryed bodies: in creatures yet liuyng, they are also clothed aptly with flesh about their rootes, and contract, and filled on eche side with gowines, which flesh is made so callons, and indurated, as that theThe callo [...]tie of the Gowines set ueth some men in [...]ead of teeth. téeth thereby are not a little d [...]lited, and bow [...]stred: and the tooth beyng drawen out, it [...] [...] the hole therof; so hardnyng, as that it is seruiceable in stead of the tooth. But in dead bodies, where this flesh is dryed and consumed, or otherwise taken away, the [...]th may with small labour, be pulled forth. So that it isThat Bones are ioyned together by the meanes of fleshe, Ligament, Cartilage: cō [...]-ry to [...]. most certaine, all bones, by the benefite of one thing or other, to be coupled together, though among them selues, diuers. And besides all these kyndes of Articulations rehearsed, we haue yet agayne, to affirme the coniunction of Bones among them selues, to be by thrée kindes of meanes. For either a Cartilage goeth betwene, and this vnion the Grecians call Synchondrosin: as els by the helpeWhat is Syn [...] drosis. of a Nerue or Ligament they are conioyned, and that they call Synneurosis: betweneWhat is Synneyrosis. the whiche, that is to say the Nerue, and Ligament, in déede old writers could discerne no differences: albeit we shall call it more rightly a Ligament, Old writers compreheded the Ligam [...]t vnder the name of Nerue. What is Syndes [...]osis. which the Gréekes nominate Syndesmos: therfore this knittyng, after that rate, Syndesmosis. Either els the vnion, is made, by the apposition of fleshe, therfore by the Gréeke name Syssaroosis. But that kynde of copulation called Synchondrosis, is to be noted by the bones of the brest, and Pubis, the Vertebres themselues,What is [...]. and partes constitutyng Os Sacrum, as also those with Os Sacrum committed:Exāples of [...]. so are Appendances ioyned to their bones by a Cartilage. Examples of Synneu [...]sis, Exāples of [...]. are all those bones, in which are Ligamentes to be discerned, passing forth [Page] from that part, whereas the Appendances are fastened to the bones: for with such Ligamentes those bones and ioyntes are clothed, and colligated. There are also certaine strong Ligamentes, springing after a certaine maner, in the middleExamples of the Ligament spri [...] gyng out of the head of a bone. of the heades, of some bones, whereby, they are together more strongly holden: as playnly appeareth in the Articulation of the thighe with the hippe, and agayn betwene the legge and the thighe: neither other where to be found, vnlesse with these, you number that Ligament, wherewith, the tooth of the second Vertebre of the necke, is knitte to the hinder part of the head. You shall not dread, to findeThe example of Syssarcosis. the examples of Syssarcosis very playne, in the fleshy firmi [...]ieng of the téeth in their Celles, by the goumes: which flesh from them remoued, they become not onely presently lose, but also not long enioying their places. These are the trueCarolus Stephanus hath [...] in the composition of Bones. diuisions of the composition of Bones, which since I haue with competent breuitie touched, I will not any longer stand in admiration of Carolus Stephanus, Who either rightly knew them not, or els doubtyng, for feare of reprehension, gaue place [...]nto others: since that noble Galen (who verifieth this saying Non What man is so wise as that in anythyng hee s [...]weth [...] [...]. omnia possumus omnes) was not a little deceiued, in ascribyng to Synarthrosis these differences Sutura, Gomphosis, and Harmonia, with other like poyntes, whereat (notwithstandyng) no man ought to grudge, if such a one as rectified the the whole Arte of Medicine, should in some poyntes, shew a little imbecilitie. But now to our purpose: it is tyme we approche to the singular description of Bones: which, this well noted that we haue hitherto sayd, you shall in readyng, far more easilie vnderstand. But first, if in the reason and names of the compo sition of bones, hetherto so copiously handled, you be not sufficiently instructed, or fully satisfied, it shall not be amisse, that now and then, you helpe your selfe with this Table followyng.

The Bones of mans body are compounded together.

[Page]

By Toynt, which is a composition of Bones with mouyng, wherof be two differences:

Diarthrosis,

Which is a knittyng together of bones to some manifest mouyng, and is deuided, into

Enarthrosis,

Arthrodia,

Ginglymon.

Enarthrosis is, where a rounde or long head is inserted with in some cauitie answerable to it: as is the Articulation of the thighe, with the hip. y• shoulder with Sapula. & the first ioyntes of the fingers, with y• bones of the backe of the hand.

Arthrodia is, where a place beyng lightly hollow, & that in the enter part, admitteth a litle ex pressed head, as the first Vertebre with y• second, & radius cum cubito.

Ginglymos is that, where in the Bones doe enter mutually one into an other, that is, both receiue, and are receiued: as the cubite with the shoulder bone, y• thighe with the legge, and the second and third ioynte [...] of the fingers.

Synarthrosis,

Which is a Coarticulatiō wt obscure mouing, beyng deuided into the same Species, or parts, as Diarthrosis is Videl.

Enarthrosis,

Arthrodia,

Ginglymon.

In that onely they differ among them selues, these hauyng but obscure, those manifest motion.

Neither is it any maruaile, that the same thynges, being diuer [...] considered, may vnder diuers kynds in the same Praedicament be placed, for it falleth out sometyme in diuers Praedicamentes.

Examples in this kynde are these. of:

Enarthrosis, the Bone Talus with the botelike bone, and the thyrd Bone of the wrest, with the first, and second of the same.

Of Arthrodia, the Bones of Tarsus among them selues, Cyboides with the héele bone, and certaine Bones of the wrest among them selues.

Of Ginglymos. Talus with the héele Bone, & some likewise of the wr [...]st Bones among themselues.

or By Symphysis, which is a ioynyng together of the bones without mouyng, and is deuided in thrée:

Videl.

Sutura,

Gomphosis.

Harmonia,

Sutura is that maner of cō position, sene in the head, wherein the bones are committed together & lyke the téeth of a sawe, as is

Sutura

Coronalis,

Sagittalis,

Labdoides.

Gomphosis, is, whē one bone lyke a nayle is fastened wt in an other, as the téeth in the iawes.

Harmonia, is a ioyning toge ther of bones by some simple line, as y• Cōmissures of the vpper iaw, & that chiefly, which is in the nose, and runneth after the longitude of the palate.

All these are connitted together by

Synchondrosis,

Which is an vniō of the bones made by a Cartilage: as is sene in Os Pubis, the brest bone, and Ilium, whē it is knit to Sacrum.

Syssarcosis.

Which is a coniunction of bones by the apposition of the flesh comming vpon thē, as is sene betwen the téeth & iawes, as also in those ioints, which Muscles do enuiron.

Syndesmosis.

Which is a composition of Bones by the meanes of a Ligament, as in y• ioynts appcareth.

[Page]NOw seyng that the head of all the other partes of y• body is most noble, conteinyngWhy the [...] [...] of the head begynneth first. in his cauitie y• brayne, which (cleane cōtrary to Aristotles mynde) we proue the principall member of all others: we wil first begyn with the BonesThe brayne is y• principall [...]bet of the body, contrary to Aristotle. therof: which to the brayne, in their construction, are so safe a muniment, as it is small thankes to say nature was most carefull in constitutyng of it. And in thisA question, whether the head be for cause of the eyes or of the brayne. poynt by the motion of Galen, we are constrained to put forth a question: that is, whether the head was made for cause of y• eyes, or els of the brayne. To this the sayd Galen answereth in his vi [...]. booke De vsu partium, that the head for the eyes sake was so aptly ordained: to which opinion he was slenderly styrred, by beholdyngGalens opiniō, the head to be made for the eyes. the eyes of certaine creatures, called Betles, Cankers, & such other, which hauyng no heades, to the end their eyes might possesse ye highest rowme, for furthest prospect sake, nature hath limited them certaine Processes, to vsurpe the offices of an head. But, by the leaue of so famous a Philosopher, you shall heare the opinion of a latter practitionar Realdus Collumbus: who denyeth not Galens Lib. 1. cap. 5. opinion in this respect, that for great consideration, and requisite causes, the eyesThe [...] of Galen. must worthely in the highest place be cōstitute, and therfore the head to be a most necessary seate vnto them, in whose propper angles they are [...]eaceably retained, and strongly munited from all externe and accidentall iniuries: but therfore, and for such onely vses, he graunteth not the head to haue bene made of such quantitie, neither of that figure, nor such a construction of Bones, but rather for causeCollumbus proueth rather the head to be made for cause of the brayne. of the brayne. For if y• eyes should be the cause, (sayth he) could not nature haue deuided the head into two prominent Processes, in which the eyes might be placed to discerne a farre of? Yes truely, and to haue made them after a harder kynde of constitution as appeareth both in those creatures that Galen nameth, as also in many other: the eyes of which creatures, if the creator had decréed to be of the like soft substaunce that the eyes of man are, then he would also haue preparedA sharpe reason, in that the eyes of Ca [...]ers are hath. lyke munimentes, and defences for them, to saue them after the same maner, from outward inconueniences. And surely his reasons are pithie in this respect, to dissuade vs from Galens opiniō: and rather to beleue, that the head was made, especially of that shape, and figure, for the cause of the brayne: so much theWhy for cause of the brayne y• head was created. more safely to kéepe and defend it, beyng the habitation of reason: which maketh man to be accompted the deuine creature: which is the mistresse of all vertues, & Reason is the Queene of all vertues. Quéene of animall faculties: whereon that the senses, continually as ministers, and seruauntes, attendantly should wayte, in the same head also they obtaine euery one their seates, as is not improperly declared in their places.

As touchyng the naturall figure of the head, called of the Grecians [...], Galen Cap. v. de ossib. lib. 9. Vs. part. cap. 17. & [...]. Artis Medicae sayth it should be round long wise, on eche side lightly compressed, so that the fore part and hinder part be eminent, or out stretchyng. For as Cerebellum (towardesThe naturall [...] of the head. the hinder part) lyeth vnder the brayne, and the spinall marey thence slydeth from the head: so contrarily, Processes arise from the fore part to the eyes, & Lib. 9. de vs. part. cap. 17. to the instrumentes of smellyng. And therfore this he accompteth the naturall figure of the brayne, and so consequently of the head. All other sortes he iudgeth rather vns [...]mely, then naturall: of the chiefest, or most notable of them, he hath made a fourefold diuision. The first of which is quyte contrary to that we haueThe first of the foure figures of the head not naturall. nominated naturall, wanting both [...]eminences of the head: that is the former & hinder out goyng: so that in déede is exquisitely roūd like a Sphere. Of like sort, as Homer reporteth one Thersites to haue had: which figure, as it is cleane contraryIliad. β. Thersites. to the naturall fashion, so it is a token of vnaptnes, and folly, hauyng therby the function of all vertues hindred, notwithstanding, all (for the most part) endewed with a sharpe or accuminated figure of the head, the Greciās call [...] & [...]. So Pericles, who, his head (as Quintilian writeth) being more long,Lib. 2. cap. 17. Pericles. and accuminate, séemed not to speake, or in any thyng to entreat familiarly, but [Page] rather to throng & thunder out his wordes. And this, little agreable to the right measure of the head, the Atticall Poetes haue named [...] & [...].

The second figure of the head not naturall, is that, that in the forehead hathThe second figure not naturall. no eminence, but onely in the hinder part.The thyrd figure not naturall.

The thyrd, is iust contrary vnto this.The fourth figure not naturall.

The fourth figure is this, when both the sides of the head are more prominēt, then either the forehead, or hinder part. But this kynde is so rare, as that it isThe fourth figure not naturall, is rare & mōstrous. not onely accōpted not naturall, but playne monstrous also, and agaynst nature. Wherfore Galen sayth, it is altogether to the life of man vnprofitable: and that such, beside their shape, haue nothyng that is proper to men. To this witnesseth Andraeas Vesalius, who in Venice, beheld a boye, that beyng mad, besides manylib. 1. ca. 5. other straunge deformities of diuers members, and partes, had also this figure ofVesalius maketh mention of a boy that was mad, va uyng this fourth figure of y• head. the head. Wherfore it séemeth, Galen rightly iudged of this fourth shape, and figure of the head, whence reason is farre absent, not séemyng to know such monstrous kyndes of shapes: but is delited best in the most naturall, and the furtherThe further of from the naturall figure, the further also from the perfection of reason. of from that, the more distant also from her perfection.

But to our purpose, and that whiche is more requisite. The Bones of the Head are neither altogether Solid, nor yet wholly fungie, rare, or like ye PumishWhat kynde of bones are to the head. stone: for that were to light & frayle, subiect to manifold iniuries, and the other ouer heauy, and to much (more then nature would) oppressiue. Neither wouldWhy the Bones of the head were not Fungie. the substaūce of such, be any thing so transpirable as were in that case expedient. For the head is as a certaine coueryng, put aboue a vessell that boyleth vndernethWhy the bones of the head were not made altogether Solid. it: so the brayne within it, is enuironed closse as a hotehouse. But so, as if it should not haue passage out, after a certaine transpiratiue manner (since to the brayne many vapors and excrementes are continually ascendent) no man couldThe makyng of the head to a pot compared. endure, without great discrasie of health, and incōmodious lyfe. Wherfore prouident nature willyng, that as the brayne had oft occasion, so it should neuerWherfore y• head is distinguished with Sutures. want, the meane of recrementall purgyng. And for that cause, was the head not made of one whole and continuall bone, but of diuers, for the procreation of Sutures, or Seames: which nature, for the behoofe of the brayne, decréed so cōmodious. And this reason cōpelleth vs to subscribe vnto. Though to the great reproch of Cornelius Celsus, who affirmeth, or rather dreameth that the head, altogetherLib. 8. ca. 1. wanting Sutures, is most safe, & the fewer Sutures that it hath, the more cōmodious also to the health therof: for surely he hath nothing that maketh of his side, to induce this opinion, except he deceiued himselfe by to much regardyng outward causes. But besides that, Hipocrates Lib. de homine hath testified agaynst Celsus in these wordes: Saniores capitis sunt, qui plures Suturas habent: and that Galen, in sundry places, commendeth the construction of the head made with Sutures. I thinke it good also to declare vnto you the Assertiōs of Realdus Collumbus, in thisLib. 1. ca. 5. A [...] of a young man, who dying through payne of his head, had no Sutures in the skull [...]. respect, a man, in matters Anathomicall, not meanly experienced. Who once, hauyng brought vnto him a certaine young man, whom death, by continuall tormentes of the head, remedilesse, and in spite of Phisickes ayde, had seased on: found by Dissection, that through out his head, scarse the tract of one Suture could be obsorued, but rather, as the head had bene of one Solid, & entier Bone, so that in the end, by the due obseruation of the Dissected parts of that man, the whole multitude that were with him (as it were with him one mouth) gaue sē tence, that his continuall cruciable payne, and capitall dolour, was engendred of no other cause, but the streite composition of the Bones of the head, through which no passage could be procured: whereby those grosse, and vaporous sumosities (which otherwise by the seamy Commissures, would transpirately euaporate) being in such retentiue sorte included and findyng no passage to regurgitate the superfluities, were not onely the originall causes of his perpetuall dolour, [Page] and animall vexation, but also in fine inferred death. And this not once, but oftenColumbus in this poynte [...] him selfe both u [...] men and womē, studyng in them that were much giuen to paynes in the head, the Sutures to bee growen vp. tymes he ratified by experience, both in men and women, as one, in this poynt, greatly desirous to be satisfied. Wherfore it is marueilous, that so great a man, and learned as Celsus, could so much as thinke that, which he hath in this poynt playnly published: whereas he onely respectyng externe daūgers, we can proue, that the inner ought more to be feared: that is to say, the fuliginous recrements, inwardly ascendyng without any transpiratiue vent, to procure more eminent,Here Celsus dyd most respect outward daungers, when as in deede the inner are more to be feared. and irrecuperable perils, then outward percussions: except such, as (were the skull all one bone) would finish the lyfe. So that we must néedes deny his whole reason: that is to say, both that the brayne is more safe, by the inseparable coagmentation of the Bones, or healthfull, by their Soliditie. For therfore the head, beyng thus of bonye substaunce, whiche by the violence of some stroke might be fractured, or con [...]used, it behoueth to be rather construed of diuers bones, to theA notable reason agaynst Celsus, why the bone of head is deuided. end, that when one part, by some such outward iniury, is broken, the other parts (notwithstādyng) might wholly be reserued: since in the head one stroke, cā not reach very far beyond the endes, or borders of the part percussed: which would otherwise (no doubt) fall forth, were the head of one sole bone constituted. As forA familiar exāple. familiar example, strike a vessell made of earth or stone, so that it be of comparable thicknes, and you shall commonly see, that by breakyng one place, you shallIn brief the reasons, why y• head hath Sutures. commit the rest also to péeces, Therfore not iniuriously, or vaynly, is the healthfull head distinct with Sutures, or seames: for of them, to transmit the fumous recrementesThe first reason. of the brayne, this is not the onely benefit: but their apt constructionThe secōd reasō. also is the cause, that outward percussions, makyng breach in one part, to do the like in another, are aptly prohibited, except the stroke (as I sayd) be excéedyng greuous. But besides all this, I hope, when I haue reuealed vnto you a thyrdThe thyrd reason. commoditie, appertainyng to the Sutures, you will metely be satisfied, aswell as I. For vnto them is Appendant the Membran of the brayne called Crassa Meninx, or Duramater, which, as shalbe sayd hereafter more largely, beyng effusedDura mater, goyng forth by y• seames vegetteth Pericranium, to couer also the outside of the skull. by Fiberlike tyeng through the same seames, doth engendre on the outside of the scalpe, an other Membran, which inuolutiō is ordained, for the Extrinsecall Obduction of the capitall Bones: and this coueryng is called [...]. But some perhaps will here obie [...], and say, that they haue found in aged persons, the skullIt is not the obiectiō of aged persons that ca [...] this reason. destitute of Sutures, yet they liuyng, were not vexed with paynes of the head: I answere, that likewise in men or women, that haue liued many yeares, neitherExtreme age or extreme youth is not to be obserued in the Anathomie. will the Appendances of their Bones be separated: though in persōs sufficiently young, they be most manifest: but maruaile not at that, since extreme youth, or extreme age, in Anathomicall affaires are not to be obserued: or at lest to excite any controuersie in Arguments. For certaine partes of infantes, till after a competentAs in children some partes of bones through softenes seeme Cartilages: so in some aged persōs the Seames of the head are don [...] away. space of tyme, are by the tendernesse likest to Cartilages: yet no man is so senselesse, to deny there beyng bones. But let vs draw nearer to the matter.

By appellation of this name Head, vnderstand you the vpper part and toppe of the body; created for the cause of the eyes, and brayne: whose propper fig [...]re should be round and long, after the similitude of a long Sphere, on both sides depressed,What signifietly the head. beyng by the name distinguished from either of the iawes: that is, sometyme called the Skull, some tyme the Scalpe, construed worthely of diuers bones,The vses of the head. and those, both within and without, hauyng a smoth crust, and hard face, but inThe figure of the head. the middest Fungous, and like a Pumie stone. Further, these hones are perforated,Why the bones of the skull are pearsed with [...] [...] litle holes. here, and there, vnorderly, with a sort of smal holes, to the end, that by them, the little Tendringes or Spriggie braunches of veines, and Arteries, which bryng bloud for nourishment, and spirite for the increase of heate, and conseruation ofWhy the middle part of the bones of the skull are Fungous. lyfe, might haue pleasaūt passage. And therfore be the bones of the head, betwene the outmost, and inner scales, cauernous, or hollow: not onely therby, to become [Page] more light, but also to conteine medullous substaunce for their food and nourishment. This Pumicous substaunce, intersited betwene the sayd seales, or crustes,The two walles of the [...]. is the cause that some haue sayd, the scull to be condited and made of two walles, which they call Tables: meanyng those ij. crustes, or scales, which beyng hard, andThe tables of the bones of y• head, whiche shut, betwene them the Fungous substaunce. therewith a litle thicke, do shut in on eche side that sayd Spongious & medullous substaunce. These bones are seiungated on eche side, in their endes and borders, obteinyng in all such places, by generall appellation of the Anathomistes, Sutures, or Seames: of which, here is so much to be spoken, because they are expedientWhat are called the Su [...]res. in the explication of the bones of the head.The knowledge of the Sytures is expedi [...] in the explication of the bones of y• head.

Now therfore of seames, some be true, some false, which being rather in déede Commissures, are more to be referred to Harmonia, then Sutura. But to recount vnto you by one intier & direct number, how many Sutures there are in the head,The [...] of the Sutures. Realdus Collumbus sayth viij. if all be accompted, wherof v. be false, and impropper: and iij. propper, and true. Of the true, one is, that in the hinder part of theThe [...] Sutures are Harmoniae. head, & in the foundation therof, where, it goeth on both sides towardes the eare, the goyng vp of which in the begynnyng, is broad, but higher and hygher ascendyng,The number of the Sutures. becommeth narrower, like the fashion of this Gréeke letter Λ, for whicheLoc. Citat. cause it hath lōg tyme, and still doth reteine the name accordyngly, that is, [...]:The descriptiō of the Suture called Lamdoides. this deuideth the Bones of the temples and Sinciput, from the bone of hinder part, or Occiput. An other, is in the formost part of the head, cōpassing theThe description and vse of the Co [...]onall Suture. forehead like a kynde of halfe circle, and is called by the name of the place [...], in Latin Coronalis: this seperateth likewise the Bones of Sinciput, from Os frontis.

The thyrd Suture is that, that rūneth straight on the top of the head, distinguishing the right, frō the left side of the head: & for asmuch as it lyeth straight lengthThe names, description, and vse of the Coronall Suture. wise on the head, frō Labdoides, to Coronalis, it is nominated of yt Greciās [...], the Latins Sagittalis, or Rectá Sutura. And this Suture is sometyme, sene (though some Anathomistes haue seemed doubtfull to pronounce it) to augment his circuite,The Sagittall Suture somtyme con [...]neth downe through y• middest of [...] frontis. down to the neither part of the forehead, and toppe of the nose: which I am not onely moued to affirme by the probabilitie of some approued authors, but dare safely also auouch it, by that experiēce my sel [...]e hath tasted. But that princely Peripatecian Aristotle, was much beceiued, in making a differēce betwixt theFuch. Lib. cap. 8. heades of men, and women: when as in déede that way, there is no kynde of difference,That the [...]ense of the Sagittall Suture maketh no difference betwene the scalpe of man or woma. but rather mutually in the selues, diuersified. Therfore that rule is not to be obserued, though others sinte his tyme haue not slacked to say, that this Sagittalis Sutura, discendeth to the nose in women, but not in men: or contrariwise:The descense of y• Sagittal Suture is not co [...] either in mā or wo [...]an. for both is false, since in either if may be found. Although in déede (as it is) very rare, or seldome. No lesse is the opinion, of the same Philosopher dissonant from truth, in that he saith, that the head of a dogge is continuall and without Sutures, whereas diligence shall finde it most directly distinguished with Sutures: & those,Col. Ibid. more elegant then in men.That a dogges head is [...] with Sutures, agaynst Aristotle.

There are besides, two seames sited after the bended length of the head, equally distaūt from the Sagittall [...]: these are caried aboue the eares, from the extremitie of the diséendent Coronalis, with a certaine circular walke, and in someThe descriptiō of the Seames of y• scaly bones of the temples. reache downe to the lowest seat of Labdoides, in others agayne, not passing Mamillares. These ij. seames, that is to say, on both sides one, beyng as skalie bones, and conglutinate, or layd on like seales, are accordyngly called skalie bones: theThe ioyn [...]g of y• [...] bones by [...] examples. thinner part of one, lyeng to the thicker part of an other: and so by due proportiō, ioyned together: like as maybe coniectured, by the sight of Fishes skales, or theThat part which lyeth without is harder then that whiche l [...]eth [...] it. yron plates of a iacke, one lying on an other. And note, that of them, the outmost is much harder then the inner: because it lyeth aloft, and therfore nature ordained it as a defence for the other. These are the lincall coagmentatiōs of the two [Page] skales, that kéepe the compressed sides of the head, bordryng vpon the other bones, or on their endes Superiacent: but because their knittyng is not Suture like, that is, one mutually let into an other, like the téeth of two sawes ioyned together, and as the aboue mentioned ar [...], they are called therfore of the Greekes Fuch. Lib. 1. cap. 8. [...]. That is, skalie Cōglutinations. Galen hath named themWhere these are called temporall Sutures. [...], or temporall Sutures. And for that these bones do represent scales, to the sides of other bones (to make vp the inclosure) adherent, they haue no otherWhy these bones are called Squā mous or scalie. nomination than; Ossa squammosa. These fiue are propper to the head.

Then the vj. is that, which frō the extremitie of Labdoides, is deduced through the middest of the stonie or hard Bones, stretchyng forthwith to the foundationThe descriptiō of the vj. Suture. of the head, where it meteth with the first Vertebre, or turnyng ioynt: and thisAdditions of the Suture Labdoides. part, Galen calleth additions of Sutura Labdoides. From thence agayne begynnyng, vpwardes on both sides, it créepeth to the hollowes of the temples, euen to the endes of Coronalis: whence reflected downewardes, to the extreme [...]th, andWhere the [...] Scame is cō [...] both to the head and vpper sawe. palate, it is common both to the head, and vpper iawe: and comprehendeth in it the whole bone called C [...]ale.

The vij. deuideth the bone of the head, that is numbred the viij. from Os frontis, The descriptiō of the vij. Suture. seperatyng it wholly from all the partes therof.

The viij. & last Suture begynneth at the hollowes of ye tēples, where the vj. isThe descriptiō of the viij. Suture. reflected, & begynneth to descend, & créeping through the middle regiō of the lesser corner of the eye, as also through the middest of yr eyes ron̄dell, thence tranuersly spedeth to the toppe of the nose, & so seuereth the vpper iawe from the forehead: but in the inside of the head, nere the foundation or seate, Os cuneale disioyneth it selfe frō Os frontis. And thus much you haue to consider of the Sutures, as touchyngThe Sutures are without conspicuous, but [...] scarse appeare. that, that appertaineth to the outward view of them. For within, at all appeareth the shew of no Sutures, but rather Harmonia.

Galen maketh relatiō, how in heades, varyeng frōthe naturall figure, diuersitieLib. 9. vs. part. cap. 17. among the Sutures likewise shalbe foūd. Which Realdus Collumbus denyeth,Lib. de ossib. cap. [...]. Lib. 1 cap. 5. as also the not natural fashions of ye head: although some be more, or lesse cōpressed,The diuers [...]igures of the hea [...] varyeth not the number of Sutures. or backward, & forwardes prominent, yet (sayth he) all are of naturall forme and fashion, and the bones, with Sutures all, to be numbred: though somewhat, by the places and greatnes, discrepant. But whether it be so or no, or whether the diuerse sigure of the head (not beyng monstrous) shew shorter, or longer Sutures, The differences of Sutures. or more crooked, lower, or hygher, loser, or more compact: it is but follie for vs to stād in doubt of, or dismay our selues, or to detract the tyme with lōger discourse. For lightly, in any of them, you shall finde some mention made of the rehearsedLib. 1. de ossib. ca. [...]. Lib. xi. de vs. part. sort. And we accompt it sufficient, that our description, be consentyng to the veritieBones of the head. of the thyng.

Next these viij. Sutures, remaineth the Bones, constituting the head, to be decided.1 Collumbus ibidens vt sup. Which Galen numbreth somewhere sixe, other where vij. but Uesalius, & Collumbus, both with one consent (as it were one subscribyng to an other) haue in 2 In the part of the head called B [...]gma in childrd, the constriction, and dilatation of the brayne called Sistole, & Diastole, is playnly perce [...] ued. uented viij. thus accomptyng. Two of the fore part, called Sinciput, or Bregma: this Bregma, is to be vnderstode the vpper part of the head foreward, nigh to the Coronall Suture. It is the place, that in infantes, and late borne sucklynges, is so soft, and tender, that vnder it, both Sistole, and Diastole of the brayne, most euident, and with pleasaunt perspicuitie (so that no man néedeth to doubt of the constriction and dilatation that the brayne obteineth duryng lyfe) is to be discerned,Woundes in Bregma are deadly. notwithstandyng that by litle, and litle, dayly more, and more, it becommeth in tract of tyme, sufficient hard, and bonye: yet woundes therein are noted deadly.The vpper seame of these bones of Sinciput, is the Sagittall Suture. And to certifie you of these Bones of Brégma, or Sinciput more playnly, those are they, which close their Suture betwene Labdoides, and Coronalis, cuttyng out the space betwene them: whose seame is called Sagittalis. Frō either side of the same [Page] Sutura Sagittalis, where they mutually coagmentate, they descend equally to the vnityng of the scalie Bones. Wherfore, consideryng their situation on eche side, you shal finde them fashioned after a quadrágular, or fower square maner, thusThe descriptiō of these two Bones of B [...]gma or [...] hemmed in on eche side: in their vpper partes with the straight or Sagittall line: in the foreside with the Coronall: behynd with Labdoides, and beneath with the scalie conglutinations.

The third bone is called Occiput, endyng at the Làbdall Suture: besides that 3 in the foūdation of the head, it is disioyned from Os Sphenoides by the sirt Suture, The circumscription of Occiput. ouerthwartly chauncyng. And this bone is made of vnequall partes: that is, in some places thicker, then agayne in others thinner, but in the middest of the seate or groūd thickest of all. Neither not elegantly hath nature erected a Prominence, [...]hy a Prominēce in Occiput is made. frō that hole, whereby ye brayne is deriued into the spinall marey, which vpwardes ascendeth to the toppe of the same bone: thereby to make it more able,By a Prominence vnderstand, what portion soeuer doth notably [...] the partes circumsacent in chicknes, like as a hille in the playne: and this I wish the reader to cary in mynde, for henceforth I will expon̄de this word no more. and strong, For so nature carefully impended her study, in the whole cōstruction of mans body, her notable worke, that as the partes incident to small daunger, haue litle wherewith to defend them selues, so such as are sited in most eminent perilles, and as it were in the forefront of irrepugnable damages, those commonly are armed with double shielded defenses. As we sée, a man, in fallyng forwardes, hath his hands to stay or beare him vp, but backwardes, goeth pronely, without all hope of recouerable stay, till the hinder part of the head séele the waight of his body. Judge then (since this is most true, as what soeuer is truest) how farre good Aristotle was deceiued, that would néedes, haue this bone of theThe [...] industrie of nature. hinder part of the head, to be, of all others, most weake, and thinne. But to come agayne to our matter. The other partes of this bone, beside that Prominēt placeWhy the bone of the hinder part of the head is thickest. spoken of, are but litle in déede, or of small rowme: but those also sufficiently thicke, and solid, neither voyde of flesh, but safely couered with Muscles, occupiengTert. de Hist, anim. the hinder part of the necke: and on this bone resteth Cerebellum; neither otherThe opinion of Aristotle is reiected who [...] the bone of Occiput to bee thinn [...]. where is emptie, though it pleased so great a Philosopher so to affirme. Besides this, to demonstrate precisely the circumscription of this same bone Occiput, it séemeth to be forged with fiue sides, notwithstādyng the authoritie of such as write but thrée. Among which, the two first begyn at the neither part of theThe weakee partes of this bone are stregthned by the Muscles of the necke. Labdall Suture, nere to the bones of the tēples, and so ascendyng with the same Seame of either side, narrower, & narrower, till it haue touched the point of Labdoides, where these two sides méete. Two other, frō the héele of the same Suture, Col. Lib. 1. ca. 5. stretch forth after. Os mamillar [...], and downwardes, till they come to the line or Suture Aristotle falsly imagined the hinder part of ye head to be [...]ptie. that seuereth Occiput from Sphenoidis: by benefite of which transuerse deductiō of the same Suture, is necessarily made the v. side to Occiput. But this note,Occiput consisteth of fiue sides, Galen sayth but three. that as this bone in the hinder part of the head, in persons of strengthned yeares, is all one, and vndeuided: so in young childrē, into foure or fiue partes, yea sometymeThe descriptiō of the [...]des of Occiput. into [...]. distinguished. Beyond all this, this bone hath in it, the most notable hole of all the bones of the head, made for the going forth of the spinal marey:Note. In which hole, appeareth foure seperations, or diuisions, so that it séemeth to beOcciput in childrē doth consist some tyme of v. sometyme of vii. bone. The vtilitie of the deuided Occiput children. deuided into foure partes: from amōg whose spaces floweth a Cartilage, which, after the maner of a Ligament, connecteth the head to the first and second Vertebre, whereby the same, beyng of so great quātitie and waight, might more firmely be bound and obligated, to those smal bones and turnyng ioyntes of the necke: of which Ligamentes, we haue entreated more aboundantly otherwhere. Finally,Two Prominent partes in Occiput their fourme, and why they were so made. this is to be noted, from the sides of this hole procéede two sweilynges, or prominent portiōs, which are couered with a Cartilage, being vnto them as a crust: wherfore they are not sharpe, but made so for the purpose, to be let into the cauities of the first Vertebre, for the better constituting of the head his articulation.

The fourth bone is Os frontis which is simply and onely one (vnlesse it be otherwise 4 [Page] in such Scalpes, as haue the Sagittall Suture discendyng down to theOs' frontis to a simple bone. toppe of the nose, which (I say) is seldome found. Therfore, this we call ye CircumscriptionWhen Os frontis is two. of Os frontis, when it is found one and vndeuided. First, it is seperateThe circumscription of Os frontis. from the Bones of the fore part, or Sinciput, by the Coronall Suture: Next, from the Cuneall bone, by the vj. Suture: Thirdly, seuered by the vij. Suture, from the viij. bone of the head: Lastly from the Cuneall bone, as also frō the vpper iawe, by the intercision of that Sea [...]e, which rising from the hollowes of the temples, pearseth, through the middle seates of the eyes, euen to the toppe of the nose: where the eye browes end. This bone of the forehead is (after a certaineWhere Os frontis is most thinne. maner) round, and no where so thinne, as where it constituteth the vpper region of the holes of the eyes, and meteth with the viij. bone of the head. But this note that I will tell you, which Galen (as farre as I haue read) neuer made mentionA large [...] aboue the eye browes in Os frō tis whiche Galen knew not. of. Aboue the toppe of the nose, where the same is committed to Os frontis, this bone of the forehead holloweth it selfe, on ech side, both where it maketh the vpper region of the eyes, as also prominently constituteth the browes, and séemeth, as if it were lined with a thinne scale: betwene which, and the outer Solid sideThe vse of that cau [...]tie in Os frontis. of Os frontis, these cauities runne, after the maner of this figure) (, to the conteinyng of ayre, as Vesalius, and Collumbus haue imagined. Wherby it appeareth, inCap. 6. this place, to be, by reason of such celles, most thicke: but yet in the space aboue,Cap. 5. and betwene them, it is most Solid, thicke, & firme, as also more infirme; thinne,Why the bone of the forehead is towardes the Sa gittall Suture thumer. and weake, where it is committed to the Sagittall Suture, & vpper bones of the head: because there it is in infantes Mēbraneous, as before is spoken of that portion of Sinciput, that bordereth vpon the Coronall Suture. The bones of the temples.

After this, follow the bones of the temples, which, in their vpper part, that is 5,6 towardes the Sagittall Suture, are equally circumscribed with scalie Agglutinations. But behynd, with the partes or additions of the Suture Labdoidis, and with the vj. Seame, which seuereth their lower partes from Sphenoidis, and seuereth their Anterior part from the vpper iawe, and on Os frontis bordered. TheseThe figure of the temporall bones. bones (whosoeuer sayth the contrary, as Galen that accompted them iij. square) are notwithstandyng most propperly to be termed Circular, or Round cōpassed, for so they shew most in the Superior part. Onely their fourme is obscured by many Processes. The first of which, are the Mamillar Processes, dependent likeThe Etymologie of the Mammillar Processe. vnto the broken browes of bankes, hangyng downe, but beare their names for representyng the fashion of Tetes in a Cowes vdder, called therfore of the Grecians [...]: which processes serue not onely to the insertiō of Muscles, but thatThe vses of the Mamillar Processe. The Mammillar Processe is hollow, and why. in them also might be conteined most excellently, a large cauitie, to the Organ of hearyng excéedyng necessary. Wherfore you shall euer finde it voyde and empty, runnyng in with diuers caues, and priuy corners. Moreouer not farre frō this,The Processe called Styloides. brusteth forth, from the foūdations of these two bones, two other processes notable, which are not onely very small, but also long, and hard, endewed with manyThis Processe hath di [...]ers names, as Belonoides, Graphoides, Styloides and Plectron. names, for the diuers kyndes of shapes, whereto they are likened. As [...] after the Image of a needle: others, for the similitude of a writyng Tables pēne, haue named it [...], or [...]. or, for the likenes of a Cockes spurre (whiche in my opinion is of all rest nearest vnto the marke) [...], although Styloides most of all is vsed. And these stiliforme, or spurrelike processes are prominent next vnder Mammillares, stretchyng obliquely forwardes, & poyntyng asThe maner of the sputlike Processe The descriptiō of the thyrd Processe of the temporall bone. it were to ye Anterior reslectiō of the neither iawe, where it is called the Chinne. The thyrd Processe of the temporall bone maketh a portion of Os iugale, wyndyng out crookedly, frō the neither part of Temporale, where it maketh somewhat a slender reslection, the more aptly to mete with the iugall bone. And more thenLoco Citato. these Vesal [...]s neuer remembred. But Realdus Collumbus, a famous man to be remembred,The commendeth the industrie of Realdus Collumbus who, in these matters Anathomicall by his exploratiue indagation, [Page] séemeth to haue sifted a mite, and clouen a heare, hath not so let slippe, or wi [...]ckedThe fourth Procelse of the tēporall bone. at the fourth processe, which beginnyng n [...]re vnto the roote of the stiliformed, swelleth out long into the inner part of the head, in the which is made that noble Laberinthe, resonant to the reflectyng ayre of euery noyse: which we will hereafter, with more requisite prolixitie, decyffre. But to make the thyrd processe recited,A more plaine explication of the thyrd Processe. better knowne, and more manifest to your intellection, you shall note, that when it riseth from the Anterior part of the Organ of hearyng, it stretcheth not directly along by the sides of the temporall bone, but crooketh vp, toward the iugall bone, in Circular sorte, not vnlike the arche of a Bridge, vnder which, subentreth, the hollow of the temples, and to the begynnyng of which processe, is the bone of the neither iawe Coarticulated. For vnder the rising of the processe,The cauitie whe [...] to yt neither [...] is Articulate. nere to yt auditorie passage, is a cauitie, deepely incrased with a Cartilage, wherunto is inserted, yt longer processe of the neither iawe: And thus much of the processes, from the temporall bones, prominent. Which bones are, (towardes their foundatiō, and lower partes) anfractuous, rough, and stony like, compared therfore to rough and stony, bankes, wherby they obtaine of the Gréekes this nameWhy yt Greekes call these Bones [...]. [...], for the same cause. Contrariwise, aboue, and in their vpper partes, light, and most thinne, especially in such places as the temporall Muscles are spread:The prouidēce of nature in creatyng the temporall Bones. but, together with their thinnes, nature hath graunted them to be sufficiēt hard, so that ( [...]ithout great perill of lyfe) they may not be broken.

The vij. bone of the head sheweth diuers fourmes and fashions, wherfore the 7 The seuēth bone of the head called the Cuneall bone. Greciās thought good to call it [...], as also [...], that is to say, Os Cuneiforme, or Cuneale: since that betwene the bones of the head, and vpper iawe,What is called B [...]re. it is intruded like a wedge. The barbarous sort call it Basillare, because it substrateth the brayne, no otherwise then a ground or foundation thereto. For in theThe descriptiō of this Cun [...]all bone or Sphenoides. middest of the foundation or ground of the brayne, it sitteth, compassed about withthe vj. Suture, which comprehendeth in it this whole bone: beside the fore part, where it endeth at the viij. Seame. But in the same seate it is thicke, conteinyngThe [...] or caue of Sphenoides. within it a hollow caue, which is all one with the cauitie of Os frontis, in which we haue sayd the ayre drawne by the nostrels, to be retayned, vntil it slyde from thence into this hollow place: the mater of which, helpeth the brayne in forgyng animall spirites, if Collumbus his opinion newly inuēted, in that respect, beA new opinion of the A [...]mall spirites. any thing credible, as will more at large hereafter, when we come to the animall History, appeare. This denne or hollow caue is large, and commonly vacant in all persons, though in some (perhappes) you shall sée it replete with a certaine Spongie kynde of substaunce. The couer therof is a hard and thicke scale, which Galen likeneth to a searse, as though it were full of holes, to strayne the moyst matter of the brayne: which Collumbus vtterly denyeth. But this note, that heCap. supra. sayth, in the middest of the inner part of the skull this bone hath a certaine propperThe Cell in Sphenoides. Cell or corner, in which for the purpose, is a Glandule aptly sited to receiueThe Glandule receiuyng flegme. the same humiditie, which thence afterward, maketh recourse vnto the Palate and nostrels, the wayes of which one, haue sufficiēt scope into the other, as shalbe sayd. Moreouer the sides of this bone, where it beholdeth the hollowes of the temples, haue two partes, inwardly hollow, but outwardly conuexed, or imbossed. Finally in the outward part of this bone at the foūdation of the scull where the téeth called Grinders are fastened, are foure Processes, that is to say, on echeThe Processes of the C [...]neall bone called [...] Whence spryng the Muscles that shut the mouth. side two, spreadyng like vnto the winges of Battes, called therfore by the Grekish name, [...]. In the middest of these processes is a déepe cauitie whēce arise the Muscles that serue to shut the mouth.

The eight bone of the head is placed about the middle of the foundation of Os 8 The de [...]neation of the viij. bone of the head. front is, seiungated from the Cuneale bone, in the inner seat of the scull, by the vij. Suture: but outwardly endyng at the second and thyrd bone of the vpper iawe. [Page] And besides the hedge or diuision of the nostrels that it maketh, it stretcheth no lesse, to the constitution of the seate of the smellyng Organs: for the which causeWhy the viij, bone is full of holes. of smellyng, it is diuersly distinct with many little holes, and of his owne substaunce thinne. Wherfore it is called [...] for the liknes of the thyng, beyngThe bone Ithmoides and why it is so called. a Searse that it aptly representeth: by vertue of the which, since we naturally re ceiue the Facultie of smelling, we must gather thus the ground of our argumēt, that a man loseth the same, or at lest hath it dully, labouring in continuall destillationsThe reason why in ye [...]sease called Co [...] the sēse of smellyng is lost. of the head, and Coriza. For thereby these holes are stopped, and the spirites deteyned, so that the sauour of nothyng can be conueyed in, or at lestwise, sensibly discerned and iudged. Galen sayth these holes are liker the celles of aLib. 8. de Vs. part. sponge, because they are crooked: affirmyng that Dura Membrana is also accordyngly perforated. Neither (sayth he) is it onely a seruaunt for the receipt of sauours, but also an officer, to vnbourden the brayne of Flegmaticke excrements. Which, neither could be auoyded through those holes, neither any vapor of smel ascend, vnlesse nature did puruey the same, both by inspiration, and expiration.How yt sauo [...]ts are discerned. For by the slyding in and receipt of inspiration, is moued the dignotiō of sauors, and agayne by the force of expiration, excretion of superfluities is made: the vehemencieHow supersl [...]ities are purged. of the spirites halyng out with them the noysome excremētes. In the middle region of this bone, goeth out a highe and thinne Processe, seueryng that passage into two partes or sides, where the instrumentes of smellyng are situated:How the hedge or particiō in the nose is made. which also into the nostrels discendyng, constituteth the hedge, or partition of the nose.

After this maner be the bones of the head naturally, & diuisibly cōstrued. ButLib. 9. Vs. part. Galen thinketh not good to number this bone among the partes of the head, but of the nostrels: if Fuchsius coniecture, in explicating this hard and depraued place (as he termeth it) of Galen, [...] &c. be acceptable. AsFuchs. Lib. 1. cap. 10. they that be disposed to proue may read in the x. Chap. of his first booke.

BUt among the bones of the body, there are certaine destitute of propper circūscriptions & endes, which neuertheles are of the expert Anathomistes described,The Iugall bone is both a portion of the bones of ye head and of the vpper iawe. euen as though they were peculiar bones: neither not vnworthely amōg the number of the rest accompted. Of whiche sorte, is the bone called [...], [...], and [...], in Latin Iugale: for asmuch as they are the partes of two Bones, yoked together: beyng constituted of two processes: wherof the one springethCol. Lib. 1. cap. 6. from the vpper iawe, vnder the small corner of the eye, and the other fromThe descriptiō of the Iugall bone. that part of the temple bones, where the auditorie hole is sited. These two processes meting after a superinflected maner, are cōuerted and knit together by an oblique Suture. And so fashioneth one bone, like vnto a yoke, or rather a bridge,The first vtilitie of the Iugall bone. as I sayd before. Which is (as it were) a propugnacle, decréed by nature for the safe lodgyng of the temporall Muscle. Wherefore by bounchyng or heuyng outward, it maketh for the purpose a hollow passage vnderneth it, not beyng of it selfe soft to receiue iniurie lightly, but hard, strong, and almost Solid, to repulse eche damage boldly. Nor yet altogether in it selfe destitute of hollownes. WherinThe Iugall bone wanteth not his marcy, and therefore hath some hollowes. Vesalius is of Collumbus reproued, for affirmyng the hollow portion of this bone to be voyde of marey altogether. And in giuyng this reprehension to Vesalius, of necessitie he biteth Galen, who sayth, for asmuch as it moueth not, neitherGalen Vs. part. 11. hath it néede by hollownes to he made lighter: but is strong, thicke, and solid, voyde of marey. Leon [...]rdus Fuchsius speaketh much of the great prouidence ofLib. 1. cap. 8. nature vsed, in placyng the temporall Muscle vnder this Iugall coagmentation.The daungers that ensue by the hurt of the temporall Muscle. For among all other Muscles, chiefly this (if it be hurt) causeth (sayth he) cōuulsions, feuers, caros, & dotage, for the vicinitie of the brayne, which onely the bone and membrans parteth, and of the originall production of sinewes, of whose Surcles, Why such daungers are their incident. it enioyeth oft the sensibilitie, as in copious order shall hereafter be sayd. [Page] Beyond all this, the Jugall bone bone was framed for a second vse, and vtilitie.The second vtilitie of the Jugall bone. That from him might proceede, and depend the mansorious, or eatyng Muscle. As other where is noted.

BUt before we take in hād to treat of the bones of the vpper iawe, whilest yetOf the Ossicles or litle Bones sited in the Organ of hearyng. opportunitie is offered, let vs a little discours y• Ossicles, & litle bones of the Auditorie organe. Of which, all the old writers before the tyme of Vesalius, were either ignoraunt, or els neglected to write. And of these litle Bones, the laterGalen knew not these Ossicles. The number of these Ossicles. writers that haue inuented them, haue numbred two and of them onely made their descriptions. But Realdus Collumbus, since that tyme, a man no lesse expertTo those two which [...]. inuē ted Collūbus hath added a thyrd. then learned, hath by his singular industry, and narrow search, found (as he reporteth) a thyrd among the rest. Which three orderly to decyffer, consider that, among the bones of temples, there is a certaine processe (as I touched before) at the foundation of the brayne goyng forth, & extended after the maner of a beame,Where these Ossicles are found. with a sharpe end, which is within hollow, like a caue or crooked Laberinthe, about the middle region wherof, are these Ossicles annexed to their Membrans. The Ossicles of y• organ of hearyng are wrapped in Membran. The way vnto them is by the Auditorie passage. Of which, the first that appeareth in the Interior part of the hole, is a litle long one, not vnlike the bone of theThe figure of the first Ossicle. thighe, although in consideration of the end of the thighe, somewhat vnlike: neither is the head therof depressed, but sharpe poynted: this is of the one part. But in the other part, it hath a head long, and round. Furthermore it hath two Processes, like those which in the thighe we call the Rotatorie Processes: the sharpe and slender part therof, is fastened in a slender Membran, which reacheth both to it, and that likewise that followeth. The other part, which is thicker, and endewed with a head, serueth to shake the same Membran after ye maner of a Timpan, The vse of y• head of the first Ossicle Wherefore y• first Ossicle is called a Mallet. as the authors terme it. Wherfore it is called a Mallet or Hammer: not for the likenes, but the office sake:

Euen as the other that followeth, they will attribute to the similitude of aWhy the second Ossicle is called a Stedte. stedy, or anueld, for that it serueth in like turne, receiuyng the motion or stroake (after a certaine straunge order) of the Mallet lately declared. And this is the second Ossicle, called by the name of a stedy or anueld: beyng somewhat thickeThe descriptiō of the second Ossicle in the vpper part, which sheweth the playne part of a stedy, and endeth in two slender and sharpe Processes, as it were two legges: of the which, one is sent to the third bone (which Collumbus hath added and not superstitiously inuented) beyng in the sayd Membran aboue recited, & to the other seruing, detained, and placed. This he compareth, for the likenes of the thyng, hauyng two rootes, one longerThe second is in figure like to one of the Stynders. The vse of these two Ossicles in the Organ of hearyng. and slenderer, an other thicker & shorter, to one of the téeth called Grynders: not deprauyng it of the other name, for the office sake. Neither rashly hath nature ordained these ij. bones or rather Ossicles, so in their thicker part to respect, & mete together. For whē by the motion of the ayre, hearyng hapneth, the stroke therof is brought in through the passage, to these litle bones: by which agayne is made a certaine repercussiō, to the discerning of the second that is made, by which meanes it is iudged. Wherfore it is requisite, that by y• yelding of the Membran How heatyng hapneth. these bones should moue, and knocke together. As when the first bone, percussed by the stroke of the ayre, repercuteth the other in manner of a mallet: Wherfore the second that suffreth this, is endewed with the name, and office of a stedy: and where they are knit together, a crustie Cartilage doth couer them.

The thyrd, which onely Collumbus mentioneth, lyeth in a certaine litle CellCap. 7. somewhat round, within the Auditorie cauitie. Wherfore it must néedes also beThe situation of the thyrd Ossicle of hearing [...] by Collumbus. appertinent to the Organ of hearyng: it is both hollow, and also notably perforated, imitatyng the figure of a Stirrope: onely in this differryng, that it wanteth those holes, that Stirropes haue to be boūd thereby to their saddles. But in steadThe thyrd Ossicle is compared to a Stirrope. therof, it bearcth out a certaine round head which approcheth the processe of the [Page] bone called the Stedie. Wherfore, when these litle Ossicles among them selues are conioyned, and colligated after this manner, it is no case doubtfull, to demeThat these three Ossicles serue to the Organ of hearyng. them all seruiceable to the Organ of hearyng. Neither is there any questiō to the contrary in that to be demaunded. But this we must note, that whereas Vesalius affirmeth them, because of their likenes, Solid: Collumbus contrarily, will haue them Concauous and hollow, accordyng to their fashion in bignes, and litlenes. That is, that they be inwardly Porie, or Spongie, conteinyng like their proportion, a small quantitie of marey: especially the first [...]. but the thyrd, for the excéedyngThe Ossicles of hearyng are [...] Solid, the thyrd excepted. tenuitie, to be Solid, he in no wise denyeth. If any man be desirous to obserue [...] administration of these Ossicles, we are taught to seuere the bones of theThe administration of the Ossicles of hearyng. Auditorie passage lightly, and deuide or cut them by litle & litle, so that semblably (as it were in scrapyng sort) openyng the way, till the cauitie be vncouered, and that you come vnto the middle region (almost) of that Cell, nigh the Membran which there couereth and filleth the litle corners of that cauitie, you shall sée with small search, the fourme and manner of the thyng before described. AndThe descriptiō of the vpper [...] promised. this is sufficient, to certifie you of the small Ossicles, or litle Bones of the Auditorie Organ.Lib. 3. de Oss.

NOw we will conuert our talke to the fashion, makyng, and construction ofWhy the vpper iawe is not made of one onely bone Col. Lib. cap. 8. the vpper iawe, called of the Grecians [...] or [...]. Which, as testifieth Galen, consisteth not of one onely bone, but of many, whereby the better itThe explicatiō of the vpper iawe is difficulte. may endure, & not to be altogether afflicted by the annoyaunce of some one part. Col. therfore sayth, the vpper iawe is easie by the poynting of the finger to be demonstrated, but no bone or part more difficult then it to explicate in wordes: inThe Crocodile moueth his vpper iawe. respect of the manner and figure, how many, and with what bones it is made: as also how it is from the other partes of the head distinguished. But first note that the vpper iawe, amongest all kynde of creatures, is exēpt from naturall motion, the Crocodile excepted: whose vpper iawe is onely mouable, but the neither stillCollumbus first [...] the [...] saye to moue either of the iawes at rest: and the Popiniaye, who not onely moueth both at once, but seperately also one after an other: which is notable truly to be obserued, if we searchyngly enquire amongest the déepest secretes of nature: since that one kynde of creature varieth from all others so playnly, and in such a notable poynte. But onely thus, as saith the aforenamed Authour, we must content our selues to sée the effect: although we be ignoraunt of the cause. And very vayne it were to contend vpon theWhy the vpper iawe of man was not made to moue. vpper iawe of man, for want of motion, or to searche the cause why (like to the Crocodile) it styrreth not: since no commoditie (but in ridiculous manner to defourme the face of man) might ensue by contraction, and of vgly wrinkles apparance, which of necessitie must corrupt the fourme of the countenaūce, beyng now to the beholders so acceptable, and pleasaunt. But to our matter.In the creatyng of [...] nature had care of the comly fourme.

Realdus Collumbus accōpteth not sufficient, the reason I did lately extract frō Galen. Which is, that the vpper iawe should not onely be made of one bone, but of many, lest annoyaūce in one part might bryng disturbaūce to all the rest. ButA second cause why the vpper iawe was not made of one bone onely. also (sayth he) to the end that by beyng made of many, the Ligamentes produced from his Sutures, might enter the construction of the Muscles, to make their begynnyng more firme and sure: in like sort, as in other places, they also are confirmed by the Ligamentes, from Appendances procéedyng. Fuchsius writeth thusLib. r. cap. xij. that it were necessarie the vpper iawe should be of many Bones constitute, becauseA thyrd cause why the vpper iawe is made of many bones. it is not euery where of lyke Soliditie & thicknes, but here gristelly, there Solid, and in that place Spongie.

To giue you an apt number, of how many Bones this superior iawe is naturallyOf the [...] of the bones of the vpper iawe. construed, I am halfe astonyed. For neither (as I confesse) could I finde at any tyme to be satisfied my selfe therin, nor amongest authorities, such congruētThis [...] standeth vpon no deepe poynt. opiniōs as might incite me to subscribe vnto: onely as it is sayd I will set down, [Page] take and leaue at your pleasure. Besides that Galen in diuers places, hath diuersisiedIn introducto [...]io s [...]e Medico. his owne opinions, yet at length both he, and Vesalius after him haue cōsented, [...]ib. 11. de V [...]. part. Lib. de Oss. cap. 1. to make the number of these Bones xij. that is to say, on eche side sixe. But Realdus sayth xiij. as he hath euer obserued: that is v. on either side, and one odde.Vesal. [...]b. 1. cap. 9. Reald. Col. Lib 1. cap. 8. Which is last of all to be declared: but first note how these bones by three notab [...]. The descriptiō of of the bones of the vpper iawe in generall. Seames, are seperated from the bones of the head. First by the vj. which downward from the extremitie of the Coronall Seame, is caryed vnder Iugale to the extreme teeth, and ended at the Palate. Thē by the viij. Seame, which, beginning at the hollowes of the temples, and créepyng vpward, ouerthwartly deuideth the face in the toppe of the nose. Last of all with that short & oblique Seame, [...]rewith those two Processes are connitted together which cōstitute the bone placedThe [...] [...] of ye the bones of the vpper iawe. ouer the temporall Muscle, called Iugale. These bones so seperately haue their circumscriptions after this sort.

The first, whose fashion is diuers, is connitted to the ioynyng and metyng of 1 The first bone of the vpper iawe. foure others. For in the hinder part it sendeth forth a Processe, which fashioneth the one portion of the Iugall bone, beyng conioyned by an oblique Suture (as we haue sayd before) to the Processe produced from the temporall bone. Afterward, in the hollowes of the temples, by the benefite of the Cuneiformed or Cuncall bone, it is connitted to the vj. Suture, thence agayne, downwardes reflected to the hi [...]most téeth. It complecteth also part of the browe, & seat of the eye in the vpperVesal. ibid. part. But in the neither part, with a notable largenes, fastened to yt fourth bone with a Suture euident in thrée places. That is to say, in the hollow of the temples vnder the Iugall bone: agayn in the fore region of the iawe, nere the chéeke: & in the lower seat of the eye. And thus to say briefly with shorter circumstaunce. This first bone, is first connitted to the temporall Processe in the Iugall part, secondly, to the Cuneiformed bone, thyrdly to the bone of the forehead, & fourthly, to the fourth of the same iawe.

The second bone of the vpper iawe is of all the rest smallest, and like a thynne 2 Col. ibid. scale, in the inner or greater corner of the eye consistyng: where lyeth a litle péeceThe descriptiō of the secōd bone of the vpper iawe. of flesh, which was created for this purpose, that the pituitous excrements expurged frō the head vnto the eyes, might therby be expressed to the nostrels. There groweth those abscesses which the Greciās call [...], which, beyng neglectedWhere the dissease called [...] chaunceth. in Chirurgicall administration, exchaūgeth to a lachrimall Fistule, penetratyng this bone. Galen sayth the excrementall purgyngs of the brayne, are receiued [...]b. 10. Vs. part. cap. 11. by this péece of flesh in this angle sited: to the end they might not fall vnto theHow the excre [...]entes of the brayne fall to the [...]ostrels. chéekes, but be intruded to the nostrels. This litle bone is ended in ye vpper part at the viij. Suture, which is often sayd to deuide Os frontis from the vpper iawe: being here connitted by the intercission of that Suture, to the bone of the forehead: from which Seame, an other likewise after the hinder side of this Ossicle, discendeth:Vesal. ibid. which créeping by the inferior partes of the Ossicle, spéedely also ascendeth, through the Anteriour side therof vpwards, to the same Suture, that deuideth the vpper iawe from the bone of the forehead. To say briefly, therefore, this thyrd bone meteth in the vpper part with Os frontis, in the hinder part with the thyrd bone of the iawe, but in the inferiour, and Anteriour part, it is together with the fourth bone of the iawe.

The thyrd, which Galen calleth Os malae, is greater thē the rest, but of straūge 3 The thyrd bone of the vpper iawe Col. ibid. fourme, and diuersty Seamed. This conteiueth and in it holdeth all the téeth on the vpper side. Wherein with Collumbus, we must néedes reprehend Galen, whoVs. [...]ut. 11. hath exempted from these, the formost called the Incissorie téeth: as though betwene [...] reproued in his descriptions of the bone of the cheeke. the Incissorie, and Dogge téeth, were some interceptiue Seame recurrēt, which, as the same Collumbus affirmeth, is in Apes, & Dogges onely to be found.Col. [...]. The borders of the cheeke bone. But this thyrd bone truly is distinguished from the first bone of the iawe, by the [Page] common Suture, créepyng through the middest of the face, vnder the eye liddes [...], into the roundell of the eye: where we say, the first bone recited is connitted to this thyrd: vpwardly it is seiūgated from Os frontis by the viij. Suture. In the inner angle of the eye, it differeth from the second bone by the line, that compasseth all that Ossicle. But in what part it beholdeth the nose, it disioyneth from the bones therof by the Suture from the viij. deseendyng: and vnder the Palate, from that bone which we will call and nūber for the fift, by a great & notable Seame, which marcheth ouerthwartly (sayth Realdus) through ye Palate: where also you may finde the line, that through the longitude of the Palate is deduced, rysing vpwardes betwene the incissorie téeth vnto the bottome of the nose, where the intercissiō of the nostrels is made: by the meanes of which assurgent line, this present bone is into a right and a left part deuided. In children the trāsuerse Suture in the Palate, which ouerthwartly on both sides endeth at the Dogge tooth, is inThe [...] Suture vnde [...] the Palate is onely in childr [...], elder persons quite abolished, so that the tracke therof may not be found. Lastly vpon Sphenoides or the Cuneall bone this bordreth, where the vj. Suture, after it hath deuided the first bone from the temporalles, departeth into a large cauitie, where it is dissipated & wasted, vntill it approch nere to the outer téeth. Besides all this, and that it is in diuers places Spōgious and perforated, this thyrd boneThe sub [...]asice of the checke bone. or Os malae, wherof we make this relation, conteyneth in it selfe a very large cauitie, tenderly walled on ech side with thinne scally bones, for no other purpose thē The large cauitie of ye checke bone and to what vse. for lightnes so ordained of nature: so far as hitherto is noted. By these Bones hetherto described we may gather: what bones do necessarily come to yt constitutyngOf what bone [...] the seate of the eye consisteth. of ye seat of the eye. For Os frontis maketh the vpper part, and the halfe of ye inner angle: the rest of it is added by a portion of the thyrd bone, which is ioyned with the Bones of the nose: the inferiour, and outer corner the first bone wholly layeth. In that appertaineth to the interiour part of the eye, the second bone, Ithmoides, and the Cuneall bone do minister their materiall ayde the which seat o [...] the eye, because it is exculped round, the Iunior sort do call a Roundell.

The fourth bone of the vpper iawe Collumbus calleth that, with Vesalius writeth 4 for the vj. which occupyeng no small scope, admitteth the distinction of thatCap. 8. Suture, which we haue named to cut the Palate ouerthwartly, endyng where theCap. 1. What is the iii [...]. bone of the vpper iawe, and the description therof. nostrels stretch into the iawes. It is deuided furthermore with the Cuneall Processes, which we haue compared to the wyngs of Battes: by the benefite of the vj. Suture runnyng to the insides of the téeth.The Processes of Ithmoid [...]s like the wyng [...] of battes.

The fift bone constituteth the vpper part of the nose, which is the true bonye part, beyng double, but in the lower part is gristely: wherfore neither stroke, nor 5 The [...] bone o [...] the vpper iawe. fall, may shew any such rigour thereto (although it be very incident to such casualties) as if it had bene otherwise made of bonny cōstruction. Therfore that partThe vtilitie of ye Cartilaginous constructiō of the nostrels. of the nose that is bonny, is by a middle Seame to a right and left part distinguished, beyng connitted to Os frontis betwene the browes by the viij. Seame, oft before mentioned: but in departyng downward on either part, it is ioyned with the thyrd bone by the common Suture of both. Agayne in the inner part, where bothThe end of the fift bone. these bones are vnited with the common line, they cleaue to that diuision, which we haue sayd to be part of the bone that assimulateth a searse. And thus much as touchyng ten of the xiij. bones of the vpper iawe, for accordyng to the descriptiō of the v. rehearsed, and appertinēt to one side, you haue no lesse to attribute to the other side also, by which computation your nomber shalbe true.

The x [...]. bone, which it hath liked Collumbus to adde, is sited aboue the middestThe descriptiō of of the xj. bone of the vpper [...]. and inside of ye Palate, within the streites of the nose, and is seuered frō that part that toucheth the head, after the whole longitude therof, by a broad cleft, whose biforked or clouen foundation, where it is thicker, lyeth to the Cuneall bone, as also extended to the constitution of the lower part of the nostrels diuisiō. Which [Page] notwithstandyng (he sayth) is easie to be deuided. The fourme therof imitateth the fashion of a plough share.The xj. bone is likened to a plow share without a handle, and with an indēted or vnequall edge.

To these may be added a xij. and xiij. beyng two spongy fashioned bones collacated on the inside of the nose, where the filth is retained: and these sometyme through erosion (as diuers Practitioners can auouch, their patientes labouryng with the Spanish dissease) fall downe, and are ruined.The Spongie bones in ye nose are easely eaten away with the Spanish dissease. Collumbus alway found xiij. bones in the vpper iawe

I haue (right willyng Reader) in the delineation of these bones, imitated somwhat narrowly the iudgement of Collumbus, because, in the inuention of the vpper iawe bones, he triumpheth ouer all before his time. Neuerthelesse, if any mā of graue iudgement, shall déeme it néedles to contend vpon such scrupulous, and sharpe poynted diuision, as this or in the lyke respect, I will not resist: onely this I say, the truth is to be embraced, and the true inuētor accordyngly reuerenced. Thus, the vpper iawe decyffered, you note how of many bones it is construed, and so, as the right perfect Anathomiste findeth sufficient trauaile to distinguish them aptly.

In the neither iawe it is nothyng so: for although Galen Lib. iiij. de AnatomicisThe neither iawe is made of one bone and not two as Galen would.administrationibus, would haue it cōsist of two bones, as in Dogges, and other Beastes, yet it is certaine that of one bone is made the neither iawe, without distinction, or dissolution: except in Children onely, who by hauing in the vtmostException that in children it is two part of the chinne a lineall ascense, perhappes incited the other opinion, of the like beyng also in all sortes. But to be in Children Collumbus auoucheth it expedient,Lib. 1. cap. 9. onely for the exiture of Ligamētes, néedfull to the Muscles in those partsTo what end the neither iawe is two in children. adiacent. The fashion of the neither iawe is Orbicular like a halfe long Circle, the vtmost endes wherof are ascendently reflected. Neither hath nature, as in otherThe figure of the neither iawe. creatures, so long created it, since handes hath man to reach at néede, butWhy mans face is round. beastes, by the length of their iawes, metely apprehend euery thyng with their mouth. Correspōdent to the comley figure of the face (also), is the roūdnes therof,Why the neither iawe of beasts is so long. whereas the heades of other beastes are more depressed, and flatted, decent for the long shape of their iawes. Hard also it behoued this neither iawe of man to be, for the strong vse and actions that it hath: yet, together with the hardnes, itWhy the neither iawe consiste of an hard bone. retayneth not such Solliditie, as might be an impediment to the light and ready motiō therof, but hath on eche side propper cauities with marey infarced, though (in man) not so much backwardes sited, as in fourefooted creatures. And except those concaued places, the other partes are Solid, and very durable: yeldyng before in the thynne, called [...], hollowes, propper to the conteinyng of Muscles. Wherefore serue the cauitie of the neither iawe. At either end of this inferiour iaw are two Processes, as it were ij. hornes, wherof the first is slender, and poynted, receiuyng the tendon of the temporall Muscle: The ij. Processes of ye neither iawe. But the other rising with a necke, and headed, transuersly is inserted to theThe vse of the sharpe Processe. angle correspondent to his proportion: beyng so Articulated with the bones ofThe descriptiō of the second Processe. the temples, betwixt the roote of Iugalis, and the Auditorie hole. The head of this Processe, and the cauitie it entreth, is couered with a crusty Cartilage: & betwixtThe vse of ye Cartilages seruyng to the secōd Processe, and his cauitie. ye hollow, and the same Processe, intercideth a certaine soft and mouable Gristle, which serueth not onely after the maner of a Ligament, to conteine and hold the same in his propper Cell, but also maketh the motion of this manner knittyng more easie, and swift, without metyng and frettyng of the Bones. The fore partWhy the neither iawe is roughe in the fore part. of this iawe is not onely rough, whereby the Muscles there might more cleuyngly grow, but also hath his propper holes for the entraunces of veynes, arteries,The vtilitie of his holes. and Nerues.

Moreouer as the vpper iaw, so hath this (beside those holes) very many Celles and cauities, which, how propper they are to the holdyng of the téeth (so necessaryThe Celles of the teeth. instrumentes for the susteinyng of nature) who knoweth not. These Celles (Collumbus sayth) in aged persons after the fall of téeth, are done away, and shut [Page] vp so, that once among many other tymes, he reporteth he found not the places ofWhē the Celles of the teeth do growe vp. two or thrée: so were they, and with such Soliditie shut vp.

AS touchyng the téeth, it is certaine, that the number of them in all personsThe n [...]ber of the te [...]h are [...] [...]ame. is not agreable. For some men haue xxxij. téeth, some 28 others 26. and diuers diuersly: the last recited Author writteth, that most commōly they are numbredCold [...]. 1, cap. 10 [...] 32. that is, xvj. in the vpper iawe, and no lesse in the neither. Which we wilThe number of ye teeth for the mo [...] part. speake of. These xvj. on a side (therfore) are wont to be deuided into thrée partes: that is to say, Molares, or Maxillares, Canini, and Incissorij. Which more playnlyThe diuision of the teeth. to decysfre, note that the formost foure are named Incissory, as touchyng their offices,The Incisorie teeth what kind [...] ones & why they are made. so ordained to cut, and make the first bitte in takyng of meate, being broad, flat, and sharpe, like the fashion of a Chissell, broader beneth then aboue. Next on eche side of these groweth Canini dentes, beyng in either of the iawes two, calledThe dogge teeth their vse and [...]ymologie. so, for that they are roūd, and poynted as the Dogges: these breake the bitte first, receiued in by the incisorie téeth.

Now of the Grinders, called Maxillares, or Molares, are fiue on eche side, bothThe teeth called Grinders. aboue and beneth. Which, accordyng to their names, are also made to grynd, and freat a sunder finely the meat receiued into the mouth, no otherwise then as the mill stones that grynde the grayne, so smally these mince it in makyng ye chewyng, beyng for the purpose broad, hard, great, and roughe: why they are rougheWhy they are toughe. who hath not the reasō, since the waight and hardnes of Milstones sufficeth no [...], without pecking and making rough, as oft as they become smooth. So these téeth (besides) are large and great the longer to endure, and the easier (by their bredth)A reason of their bredthe. to conteyne the meate in breakyng.

Hardnes to the téeth is a most cōueniēt propertie (which they haue not scantly,Why the teeth are so ha [...]d. but playne thereby to be distinguished for all other bones in the body) not onely requiryng such excéedyng Soliditie for the swift diminishyng of the meat, but principally, that to the bodyes vse they might detract a longer tyme. Which neitherThat hardnes was not sufficiēt to [...] thē sau [...] that they growe till the [...] age. would haue bene sufficiēt, had not nature prouidētly, & right prudently foresene the same, by enlargyng their growyng almost perpetually: that as they dayly weare, so they might dayly renew, and be encreased in their places. Betwene euery tooth are euident distinctions, or hedges, ordained in the substaunce of theGal. Lib. 5. de commed. secundū Loc. bone. Wheresore (as we haue sayd before) the manner of their situation in theThe teeth are in the iawes Articulated by Gompholis. iawes is named Gomphosis.

It is furthermore to be considered, that the implantation of the téeth is not in one, as an other sheweth. For the Incissorie, & Dog téeth are simply rooted, but ye Grynders not so: for they of the neither iawe haue two, but the vpper (commonly)Of the rootes of the teeth. with iij. rootes are endewed: sometime also (though seldome) the vpper haueThe Incisory & Dogge teeth are simply rooted. foure, and the neither iij. Those next vnto the Dog téeth (I meane of the Grynders) aboue, may be foūd with two holes infired, then, there aunswerable matesThe vpper [...]rinders haue alway [...] ro [...]tes then the neither, and the reason why. below haue but one, and those shorter then the other: so that the superiour, surmount the inferiour in the length, and number of rootes: because those are dependent, these euer sitting in their Celles: neither marueile though ye hindmost Grinders Why the [...] grinders haue [...]orter holdes. haue shorter holdes then haue the rest, consideryng that their vse and labour is lesse, in Leuigatyng the meate, or whatsoeuer is els receiued into the mouth.What differēces are betwene the teeth and y• othe [...] bones.

But now to speake somewhat generally of all the téeth, we say, by the probable assertions of the best forewriters, that from all other Bones (to the partes of mans body appertinent) the teeth do playnly differ iij. manner of wayes.

First in their hardnes, which we haue somewhat touched before, necessary to 1 the Comminution of meate, so be more expeditely done.

For the second difference I infer their sensibilitie, wherein they excéede them 2 most notably: the whiche proppertie (as we haue hereafter in our Historie ofHow the teeth are made sensible. Nerues described) they obtaine, by the accesse of certaine Surcles from the thyrd [Page] coniugatiō of the Sinewes of the brayne, disseminated. Which, créepyng in at theWhy other bones haue no sense. rootes of the téeth, giue vnto their substaūce the worthy facultie of feelyng: wheras other Bones admitte no portion of Nerues into them, although diuers passeThe nerues that runn [...] through y• bones of y• Scull and Vertebres giue them no sensibilitie. through them as some do through the Scull and Vertebres, for the transsusion of sense into other partes. Their sensibilitie (notwithstandyng) is not to be attributed to their vniuersall partes, as those also that are already in sight, and prominent forth of the Goummes: for such places of the téeth Collumbus proueth (by theHow much of y• tooth hath sense. Why y• part with in the Bumes feleth. testimony of his samiliar Iho. Baptista Mazzolarius) to be voyde of sense, and so much as is infixed within the Goummes to be perfect sensible, by vertue of the Nerue extended to that region. Wherfore their Assertions are odious, and most lothsome to aunswere, who fantastically fayne, that all Bones are sensible, or els the téeth also destitute of any feelyng: as though it were asmuch requisite for the Solid partes of the body, and such as, no otherwise then the frame worke of a house, do supporte, the other members should retaine as delicate sense as other partes & Organs of the body, whose functions without the same, were frustrate, for who knoweth not (as I haue also other where said) how incōmodious a thingThat it behoued not the bones to feele. it were, if the sense of féelyng should be imparted to the bones: whilest so no man might endure halfe the vigour of his bodyes motion, without intollerable payne in all partes. Contrariwise, who doteth so much as that he will not know, theThat the teeth haue sense necessarily. transfusion of sense into the téeth to be necessarily taken: that thereby they might reueale vnto the common wittes eche outward, or inward annoyaunce, which might corrupt or destroye their propper substaunce, either by eruption, erosion, heat, or cold, consideryng how needfull they are to susteine nature, and howHow y• teeth are decayed. necessary to the comly fourme of the countenaunce. And we sée it hapneth (many tymes) that they are ruined, by such cruciable tormentes of Rheumaticke incursions, or other like affectes, that no Medicin may preuayle to procure the patiēts ease, till the same dolorous tooth be extirped & plucked vp by the rootes: at which seperation, and departyng from the sensible Surcles or twigges of the Sinewe aforesayd,It Nerues be inserted to y• rootes of the teeth, they must needes haue sense. how paynfull it is, I referre it to the sentence of them that haue tasted the bitternes therof. And if any man will wilfully runne in such absurditie, as that he will deny the insertiō of Nerues within the rootes of the téeth, to be of nature ordained for any purpose, let him still lye drownd in dreamyng doubtes, till his senses be sopt in solitarie sobbes, to pine in powting, as the Poete feyneth the transformation of Crgnus into the shape of a Swanne: for none are so obstinateQuid. Lib. 1. as the ignoraunt: the wise are alwayes consentyng vnto truth. Wherfore this to them. Galen (who féelyng the smart sometyme him selfe) alloweth in the téethLib. 5. de compsecundum Lo. not onely dolour, but also pulsation. Whereto Realdus readely agréeyng, professethThe teeth haue payne and pulsation. by publike dissection to haue rightly inuented the cause: since to euery tooth not onely a Nerue, but a Ueyne also, and an Arterie, are preferred: so that by vertueThe cause of pulsation and payne how they feele & are noutished. of the sinewes the téeth féele, by the commyng to of the Arterie they haue pulsation, and by the felowshyp of the veyne are nourished: whereby they continuallyThe thyrd difference betwen the teeth and other bones. encrease: which maketh the last of the thrée differences, whereby I distinguished the nature of the téeth from other bones. That is to say, that:

They are not onely nourished, but also perpetually grow: whereas the bones 3 euer ceasse to enlarge after the consistence of yeares. Whereof euery man is expert.How longe the teeth doe grow. And accordyng to the sentence of Galen, they augment, and are nourished the space of forty and fiue yeares. But in Lib. 5. de comp. Med. secundum loca, he sayth, they encrease almost the whole terme of mans lyfe. And thus much of the triple fourmed difference. Now I will returne agayne to the peculiar properties of the téeth.How the rootes of the teeth are [...]erforated, and to what ende.

Among which, it is worthy to be noted, that all the rootes of the téeth are perforated, and persed through into the Celles or Cauities within the sayd rootes: [Page] which are very litle, but most notable, to cōprehend more aptly the partes, wherby they are nourished, for at these holes the teeth receiue, both the Veyne, Arterie, and Sinew lately spoken of. Which thrée vessels, penetrate and pearse into yt litle cauities and foundations of the téeth, where they are complicate, & amongOf the Membran in the rootes of [...] teeth. them selues beget a certaine litle Membran, whiche sometyme receiueth of the Rheumaticke matter that from the brayne distilleth: which so oft inciteth the ingent dolours, and tormentes of the teeth, which seldome ceasse to perseuer withHow vehement Paynes do vapp [...] in the teeth. them, as long as that Humor in the sayd Membran is deteyned: or vntill of the Fluxion by purgyng the brayne, the cause be aptly consumed.

Moreouer, for somuch as apperteineth to the generation of téeth, it is worthely approued, that not at that very instant when they issue forth of the Goummes, they are engēdred: but rather the roote of their generation is in the infant, whilestThat the teeth a [...] [...] ut the mothers wombe although they appeare not. it is swathed in the mothers Matrice, first begon, if experience may be a testimony sufficiēt to satisfie vs, or the authoritie of Collumbus credible: the which rootes, or begynnynges, preordained of nature for the after growyng of téeth, he protestethLib. 1. cap. x. Collumbus tried it in newe borne and in such Abortures tures as came vij or viij. mouethes ere bite tyme. to haue inuensed many tymes, and so ost as he had occasion to search in childrē that neuer were extract, or brought to light, as also in Abortes, bearing short the tyme of xij. or viij. monethes.

Furthermore, the first Dentition of children bryngeth forth Appendances, The teeth hau [...] Appendaunces which fall away. which in Processe of tyme (for the most part) fall away, and others with more sollisitie are produced in their places, which seldom so easely fall agayn. Wherfore in persons of riper yeares I recken no Appendances: Notwithstādyng that in some, the fall of téeth are renewed at many yeares.

It needeth not to be inferred, since therein experience instructeth ech man sufficiently,The last vt [...]litie of the teeth. how greatly they auayle to the modulation of speach. And that principally, the Incissorie téeth: which besides the aboue rehearsed, haue this propertie:How we proue this last vtilitie. as in persōs full of dayes the like example is explaned, in whom, the losse of one or ij. [...] téeth, yeldeth a perpetuall maime to their accustomed vtteraunce. And this of téeth sufficeth.

BUt since in a later Writer is expected a newer stile, and that I not onelyIt will be expected that I omitt [...] nothing, since I haue promised y• whole History of man. professe more appertinent prolixitie then the rest of our Nation, that before haue trauailed herein, but also to haue for my guides the most princely Anathomistes of latter yeares: If I thus for sooke, or breake of my descriptiō of the head, in professyng to open I should but shut, and in meanyng to discouer I should butHow necessary is the knowledge of the perforations of the Scul [...]. hyde the light. For, as touchyng the Holes of the head, and such Perforated places as yeld no lesse pleasure to the passage of Veynes, Nerues, and Arteries, then they inferre delite by inducyng to those partes sense, nourishment, although the auncient sect of Anathomistes, and Galen himselfe haue pretermitted occasion toGalen write not of the holes in the Scull, that is [...]. enterlace among their other discourses the description, and offices of these holes in the head: [...]et Vesalius giueth the onset in this enterprise: whō Collumbus hath followed: no lesse lawdyng the dexteritie of his witte, and singulár inuention. I therfore (findyng in them both so much matter for the purpose as I could wishe, and the tenor of their treatise to present such a summe of excellencie, as that the ignoraunce of this case, bringeth forth no small obscuritie to the vnderstandyng of the Historie of Veynes, Arteries, and Nerues:) concluded with my selfe, to imitateHow incommodions is y• ignoraunce of these Perforations. the type of their Assertions, as also (in other cases) I haue writtē with their consentes, as it séemeth worthy. Wherfore, consideryng that nature created the bones for the cause of the other partes of the body, as we haue sayd, it was alsoThat bones were made for y• cause of other partes. requisite, that so they might be fourmed, as not onely the other partes might aptly be fastened vnto them, but somewhere also to penetrate their substaunce, for their safer defense. Which nature wisely wayeng, no otherwise, then as her accustomed prouidence is apparaunt in all thynges, hath in the Bones diuersly, [Page] here, and there scattred Holes, for the seruictable entraūce of the aforesayd Vessels: Why the bones are [...]. as in the bones of the head are to be described manifestly. Amongest whicheOf the holes seruing to the vij. coniugation of Sinewes. briefly to enter, it behoueth first to begyn at those, which serue to the seuen payre of Sinewes procéedyng from the brayne: for asmuch as, of all other Sinewes in the body, or produced from any part els, they are most noble.Col. Lib. 1. cap. 11.

In the inner seate therfore of the scull, where Os Cuneal [...] is insculped like the 1 maner of a seat, or stoole, which is the foundation of the trayne: and nere vnto theThe holes [...] to the [...] coniugation of Nerues. Processes supereminent of the same seate, are two Holes forced through y• same Cuneall bone, that is, a left and a right, stretching into the seates of the eyes, and into their rootes penetratyng, nere to the sides of the inner angles. ThroughSphenoides like a cell or seat [...] in the foundatiō of y• brayne. this hole on eche side, issueth forth a notable great Nerue, called the Opticke Sinew: wherof we haue made mention in the Historie of the Eyes: which like vntoThe hole of y• opticke Sinewes. a roote, is implanted into the middle of the eye, for the transportyng of the visible vertue thereunto.Why it is called y• opticke Nerue.

Nere to the borders of these, is a Semicircular hole, or sometyme like a perfect 2 round compasse, through which is caried the second coniugation of Nerues: The holes [...] to the second coniugation of Suiewes. thēce deduced through the great rift, into the eyes: inspiryng the meanes of motion to their Muscles. This great rift is that which in the lower part of the roū dellThat the second coniugation of Sinewes moueth y• Muscles of the eyes. of the eye, and towardes the region of y• outer corner, beneath imitateth the fourme of a round hole, but beyng in the vpper part broken, is extended into a long and ample cauitie, which not onely yeldeth passage to the second coniugatiō The descriptiō of the great [...] in y• lower corner of the coundell of y• ey [...], & vse therof. The way of [...] ches from y• thyrd coniugation. of sinewes, which are disparcled for motion sake among the Muscles of the eyes, but also to other braunches deriued from the thyrd payre, hence disseminated among the partes of the face: going forth by y• holes insculped in y• browes, aboue the inner angles. Furthermore this cleft is the seate, propper to the Muscles of the eye, which thence [...]etch their begynnyng, admittyng Veynes, and Arteries, transmitted to the eyes: and to the nourishment of the Muscles of the eyes.The vse of y• hole in the browes.

In the inferiour part also of this large cleft, where it is round, and towardes 3 the inner angle lurketh a hole, which cr [...]peth as with a blynd way downe to the Palate, and nostrels: through which the subtill moisture of the brayne, first receiued by the Glandulous substaunce sited within the roundell of the eye, slydethHow teares [...] engendred. down naturally to the sayd nostrels, and Palate: the which liquid matter because it falleth: first into the rift pertainyng to the eyes, it may be coniectured the meane whereby teares are engendred.4 The hole in Sphenoides.

Under the same rift, in a more crooked region of Sphenoides, a litle space betwene, is discerned a hole on either side, makyng a crooked recoile from the seateThe originall of the muscle called Masseter or Mansorius. of the same bone, which beyng after a certaine maner roūd, is also long, s [...]myng directly to stretch straight into the seat of the eye: reflecting neuertheles towardsA braunche from the [...] [...] to the Masseterall Muscles. A braunche of the [...]. coniugatiō to the eyes to y• face. the sides where the temporall Muscle is, as also the originall of the Masseterall: through which hole, a braunch of the vi [...]. coniugation taketh direct incurse into these Muscles, associated in like maner which part of the thyrd coniugation, trāsfused through the lower part of the eyes to the face, no lesse mingled with the Masseterall, and Muscles of the temples.5

Beyond all this, in the same Cuneall bone is an other hole decréed, beyng appertinentAn other hole in y• Cuneall bone. A braunche of y• third coniugatiō to the teeth and temporall Muscles. to the afore recited partes representing the winges of Battes: through which a portion of the third payre of Nerues is transmitted to the téeth, and temporall Muscle: but not alone, nor without the cōpany of the fourth coniugation, entryng the same hole downe to the tunicle of the Palate, and superiour part ofThe iiij. coniugation of [...] [...] to y• coate of the Palate, & [...] part of y• toung. the toung, for the cause of tastyng.

Nere to this perforation or described hole, at the roote of the temporall Bone (which is eminent inwardly like a beame or poste, the better to conteine within it the noble laberinthe of hearyng, as before now we haue largely touched) an other 6 [Page] greater hole appeareth, as it were broken, rough, & vnequal, tendyng downwardes, giuyng issue sufficient, for the Exiture of the thyrd coniugations portiō:The hole [...] to a portiō of the iij. coniugation & of Vena iugularis. whereby also no more stoppage is offred, to a braūch of Uena iugularis that nourisheth the Anteriour partes.

But departyng a litle aside, somewhat more towardes the temporall bone, a 7 very small Hole approcheth to the sight, which for the litlenes therof, is many tymes (I meane in some Scalpes) not found. Wherfore to speake therof, in suchA litle hole which is somtime [...]. as you shall happen to finde it, note, that nature committeth thereto the safe conduictSee the indust [...]y of nature where this little [...] [...] wanting. of slender twigges of Veynes, & Arteries, to be distributed among the partes of the thicke Membran of the brayne. But beyng denyde of this passage in some, with no lesse labour they take their way, through the large and vnequall hole before described.

From which large hole, not farre, an other hole, not very conspicuous in the 8 inner part of the scull, appeareth, and is noted by a round cauitie, and long endyng at the aboue named hole, plainly appearyng vnder the Interiour roote of the stilifourmed Processe, and obliquely euident or shewyng his way towardes theThe hole of the [...] [...]. Anteriour partes: which ought to be the progresse of the slepy Arterie, whereto nature made and prepared such passage.

In the same temporall bone a place is perforated, séemyng long in the toppe 9 or outer part, penetratyng the laberinthe with a blynd and difficult conduict, finishedThe blind hole. The fift payre of Sinewes serueth sense to y• Organ of hearyng. at lēgth in the extreme region of the eare: beyng called the blynd hole, in consideration of the obscure passage: herein maketh entraunce the fift payre of Sinewes of the brayne, as the immediate Organ to induce the faculty of hearing.

Under which hole, betwene the temporall bone, & the hinder part of the head,10 The vi. coniugation of Nerues to the bowells. is a large and vnequall hole, through which is deduced the vj. payre of Sinewes: which stretchyng downe to the bowels, make in the meane space the recurrentThe first coniugatiō maketh the [...] [...], which torme the voyce. Nerues, not meanely profitable to y• fourmyng of speach, as we haue not forgotten in our Historie of Nerues. No lesse seruiceable seemeth this hole to y• Iugular Veyne, suffryng the ascense therof for the nourishment of the brayne: the which Veine also fasteneth to Dura mater beyng caryed forth with a double windyng,The inner Iugularis nourisheth the whole brayne. and finally falleth into the Posteriour part, the bone manifestly giuyng place to it, that is to say, conteinyngh profound cauitie towardes the Labdall Suture, crooked after this maner. [...]

In the bone of the hinder part of the head, nere to the hole of all other, within 11 the scull the greatest, we finde one not very large, where through the vij. coniugationThe hole to the vij. coniugation of the brayne. séeketh way: chalenged partly of the toung, partly of Larynx, and partly of the temporall Muscles.

Now we come to the greatest hole in all the head, which beyng in the same 12 The greatest hole in the Occiput and the vse therof. bone as is the last recited (at least wise among the holes of the inside of the head it appeareth as is sayd, but to compare it to them on the outer side of the scull, is to be estéemed scantly so ample and large as the roundell of the eye) is sited in the middest, because it hath no mate. And it is ordained of nature, for the descension of the spinall marey from the brayne.

Betwéene Os frontis, and the middest of the viij. bone of the head named Ithmoides, 13 The vse of y• hole betwene Os frontis and Ithmoides. is a cauitie rather thē a hole, where the thyrd Cell or Vētricle of the hard Membran of the brayne, is firmely setled.

Neuerthelesse besides this, in the same Ithmoides, nere Os frontis, are two litle 14,15 The holes of Ithmoides. long holes or riftes, rather finishyng, and fullfillyng the endes of the Organs of smellyng. But these not all: for in Ithmoide are yet many other little perforated places & chinkes, as it were the small siftyng holes of a searse, ordained aptly of nature for ye purposes, which we haue not in their propper places pretermitted.

To speake of Os frontis, in the region of the browes we finde two holes, on ech 16,17 [Page] side one, through the which, a portion of the thyrd coniugaton of Nerues, is sentThe holes for a portion of the [...], to the Muscles of the forehead and eyeliddes. vnto the Muscles of the forehead, and eye lides.

In the forhead morcouer, aboue the toppe of the nose, (where the scull disioyneth in such sort, as it séemeth to be efformed of two scales, outwardly, and inwardly)18,19 are conteined two notable cauities, mentioned somewhat before in theThe c [...]tties in Os [...]. circumscriptiōs of the bones of the head: which Celles, I haue there noted to represent this proportion. They haue entraūce into the nostrels, and containe nothyngIn the cauities of the forehead much [...]yre, soutesyme, [...] [...] sonn [...]. but a Membran: except it be sometyme superfluous filthe, and ayry sometyme, as it is supposed. But surely they seeme altogether vnknow [...] of the auncient Anathomistes, in so farre as in all my tyme I haue read: the vse of them, in retayning ayre, is other where to be declared.20 The holes of the [...] bone.

The bone of the cheeke vnder the region of the neither eye liddes, hath a roūd hole, which begynuyng at the inner and inferiour part of the roundell of the eyeA portien of the [...]. condigation of [...] to the [...] of the nose and lippe. with a long and déepe chinke, endeth towardes the region of the first tooth of the grinders: through which is transmitted a portion of the thyrd coniugation of Sinewes, delated to the Muscles of the nose, and those that constitute the lippe.

There is a large issue in the lower part of the greater angle of the eye, forged 21 Whence y• [...] [...] to the nostrels and eyes. betwene the second and thyrd bone of the vpper iawe: and here hapneth the descense of moyste matter vnto the nostrels, before lodged in the inner angle of theThe place where Aeg [...]ps called y• [...] [...] hapneth. eye, where a certaine Glandule (for the purpose) is prest to receiue the same. In this place is engendred the lachryniall Fistule, called also Aegilops.

But cōtrariwise in the exteriour and lesser angle of the eye is a large rift, and 22 Why the eye [...], the [...]all [...] may be affected. long, partly perforatyng the bone of the temples, and partly of the vpper iawe. Hereto is fixed the temporall Muscle: which therfore to the eye hath no small affinitie. No maruaile therfore if the [...]ye in dolour labouryng, this Muscle sometymeThe holes in the face. be affected also.

In the face first we note the two holes, or roundels of eyes: which for asmuch 23 The roundels of the eyes. as they are sufficiently knowne of all men, to be vnto the eyes most propper habitacles, I néede not long detract the tyme.

But somewhat lower, and betwene them both, are the two holes sited of the 24 The holes of the [...]oss nose, which haue recourse vnto the iawes, and to the endes of the Palate.

It is knowne, and easely conceiued, by mētion made therof before, amōg the 25 26 bones of the head, that the Iugall bone, made by the reachyng ouer and metyngThe [...]ugall bone like a [...]. of two Processes, like the arche of a bridge, (as I haue also compared it) makethThe seate of the t [...]porall Muscle. vnderneth it a hole, mete for the secure situation of the temporall Muscle.

There is in lyke sort one hole in the middle of the Anteriour part of the Palate, 27 mete in y• liue nere to the Incissorie téeth: where through not onely a Veyne, but also an Arterie pearseth. So also yeldeth way to the lettyng in of liquid humor,By what parte [...] [...] to the moystning of the Palate. fitte to hume [...], and make moyste the Membran of the Palate, which to that hole is bound, after the fashion as Dura mēbrana is knit to a litle hole somwhat aboue the distaunce of Ithmoides.

In the extreme end of the Palate, not farre from the h [...]most téeth, is found on 28 [...] portion of the [...]. [...] [...] [...] y• [...] of y• Palate with y• sense of tastyng. [...] side a hole in the fift bone, which we call the fourth of the superiour iawe: the whiche hole is produced into two sharpe corners, admittyng together with a Veyne, and Arterie, a portion of the fourth cōiugation of Nerues: makyng the tunicle of the Palate to participate with the sense of tastyng.

Yet further, the neither iawe (which although it séemeth néedlesse to describe 29 Of the holes of y• neither [...]. the maner of holes therein situate, for asmuch as so particularly I haue touched them before in speakyng of the neither iawe: I will neuerthemore thinke tyme euill spent to rehearse them agayne amongest the holes of the head, because part in present occasion to be reuealed, and part hidde, should not soūd aptly to a perfect description): hath two holes on eche side, those of the inner side beyng larger [Page] thē of the outer. By which, both Veynes, Arteries, and Nerues are sent to the singularTo the rootes of all the teeth is caried a Deyne, Arterie, & Meru [...]. rootes of the teeth, with lyse, nourishment, and sense: a portion of the which Nerue goeth out vnto the chinne, and Muscles of the neither lippe, by these two holes that be on the outer side mentioned: to finde out the way of the which coniugation and portion, transmitted to the temporall Muscle, it behoueth to findeA portion of the v. con [...]ugation to the temporall Muscles. out the double hole in the foundation of the head in that part (I meane) of the seporall bone, which is next vnto the Cuneall bone.

And in the hinder roote of the Processe Styloides, is easily discerned a hole, by 30 The hole to the Deyne and Arterie for the Organ of heatyng. which a Veyne and Arterie maketh entraunce to nourish the Organ of hearyng. Nighe to the Mammillar Processe, in the hinder part, is a way for the commyng in of Veynes, and Arteries: which to nourish the Bones, we account it no vayne seruice.

Besides all these notableholes, and euident to be described for the most part, let it not séeme tedious vnto you, to cōsider, that in the head and scope of the scull are yet diuerse and sundry litle Perforations here and there disparcled, which forThe small Perforations in the Scull are vncertaine as touching their places. there vnlike beyng, and variable order, it séemeth a thyng vnpossible to make of them direct description: although it can not be denyde, but their vses are exquisite: for as touchyng the conuent of Veynes and Arteries, within the inner scope and capacitie of the head, and such as passe to the thicke Membran: the lettyngs in, and entraūce by the saydholes, as they are necessary, so vnlyke almost in euery one. It auayleth not much to remember vnto you the seates, or Celles of theThe number of te [...]th ordreth the [...] of Celles. téeth, sufficiētly discoursed before. For not, for the number of holes are made the lyke number of rootes, in téeth, but rather that nature, for the nūber of the téeth, created the number of places agreable.

IT néedeth not to be doubted since the thyng is most certaine, that as the frameThe vse of bones. of bones in man are excéedyng requisite to the supportyng of the members, so are they no lesse acceptable to the insertion of Muscles. Wherefore in the toung (which nature created for so many good considerations, beyng made of such soft & fleshy substaunce) it were expedient to haue effourmed fonie bone, whereto (mostWhy to the [...] a boue was necessary. aptly) the Muscles therof might be affixed, and tyed: as a ground worke, or stabiliment to susteyne the whole worke. Which, prouident nature (whose foresight in all thynges is vnspeakeable) perpendyng, and willyng to make a member so seruiceable, indigent, or néedfull of nothyng to maintaine the perpetuitie of his action, infixed in the roote therof a bone, not fashioned after any common proportion, but so rare, as that place required most notably.

Wherfore accordyng to the proportion therof, so the Grecians haue namedHyoides [...] a [...] peculiar to the toung. it, that is to say, for asmuch as not a litle it resembleth the figure of y• Gréeke letter [...] it is called [...], but with more contractiō of speach Hyoides. It is notLib. 3. cap. vlt. wantyng (as Theophilus testifieth) that some haue giuen it to name [...],It is more rightly called Ypsiloides then Lamdoïdes. though the more iniuriously: for truely it hath no such streitenes in any bought therof, as appereth in the fashion of the Gréeke letter λ. but rather (as Realdus Collumbus writeth thereof) it may be compared to the nether iawe. I will omitLib. 1. cap. [...]. to speak of the diuers names, which diuers Authors diuersly haue therof imagined, and inuented: and so, as it may not vntustly be surmised, the most of them neuer dissected the body of man but of beastes. But to our purpose.

Nature (as I haue sayd) effourmed in such sorte this bone Hyoides, that althoughThe [...] of Hyoides. it be situated to the iawes, and Organ of voyce, yet so that it giueth also frée scope vnto inspiration, and to passage of substaunce, both meate, and drinke:The descriptiō of Hyoides.. the middle Ossicle therof is connected and knit to an other greater Ossicle in the Anteriour part towardes the mouth, where it ioyneth with a very Ob [...]use orThe insection of the toung to Hyoides. blunt corner: but the hinder part therof, which is more inward, and towards the iawes, is hollow in reslected or bowed manner. So aboue Gibbous, but in the inferiour [Page] part hollow. And thus are the partes thereto fixed: as the Anteriour, and Superiour part admitteth the insertion of the toung, construct & made of ij. Muscles, whose small differēce, is ended at a certaine Processe eminent in the vpper part of this bone, about the middest of ye bought therof: but ye hinder & lower part of this bone, beyng hollow and round bowed, was for the purpose fitly forged, to giue place to the openyng & liftyng vp of the litle toung: which as a doore or gate [...] [...] of the Epiglotte. is seruiceable to Larinx: & for that cause, called of the Greekes Epiglottis. To the borders of the sides of the middle of this bone: are annexed two other with two litle long Processes, hauyng also extreme Appendances: which, with Ligaments Whence spring y• [...] Muscles mouyng the toung. are fast knit vnto the Superiour sides of Larinx: frō which Processes (no doubt) spryng Muscles also, seruyng to the motions of the toung. Moreouer, because the strength of this bone had not bene sufficient, hauyng but this one single insertion to Larinx: nature added two other Processes, though not so large as those before described: neare to which, these together arise: but in the vpper part, whereWhy Hyoides hath moe Processes. [...] the greater Ossicle sited in the middest, there it is ended. For by these Processes, is Os Hyoides fast knit vnto the Stilifourmed Processes, procéedyng from the [...]ow Hyoides is bound to the Processes Styloides. Temporall bone on ech syde, with a notable strong Ligament: whereby it is so firmified in the middest, as to neither part it easely slippeth.

And thus of fiue bones [...] consisteth: the shape, situation, and constructionHyoides is made of [...]. bones. wherof (as it semeth to euery man) was so well prouided for, that as it is fastned to the iawes & to Larinx, so yet it yéeldeth ample scope, not onely to breatthyng,The vtilitie of Hyoides construction. and inspiration, but likewise to the transiture of meate and drinke, as is sayd before. Collumbus writeth that sometyme the Processes are found wantyng:The wisdome of nature, the Processes being wantyng. as for example on one side onely: whose places then nature supplieth with Ligamentes, longer extēded, and stretched from the endes of the middle Ossicle, vnto the Stilifourmed Processes: so as euermore her worke is exactly finished.Col. Lib. 1. cap. 12.

LArinx (I know not properly what English terme to giue it) is the toppe ofLarinx is the head of Aspera Arteria. Aspera Arteria, or the head therof, whiche reacheth vp vnto the mouth andThe [...] of Larinx. iawes: to the hinder part, and toppe, whereof, we haue before affirmed the bone Hyoides to be implāted, and committed. This Larinx is the Organ, by which weThe vse of Larinx. receiue and put forth [...]th, as also of [...] makyng and fourmyng voyce: as the description therof shall make it manifest vnto you. For to the fourmyng therof cō methWhat partes [...] to the makyng of Larinx. not onely bones (perhaps Reader thou wilt maruaile that I say bones, but read to the end) but also Cartilages, Ligamentes, Muscles, and Membrans: besides that I omit both Veynes, [...], and Nerues. 1,2

The bones that come vnto the construction therof are in number v. of whichThe number of y• bones to Larinx. there are two the largest, [...] do, constitute almost the whole body of it. In theHow these two bones mete together in the fore parte. hinder part they are largely [...], but in ye fore part vnited by a sharpe créest, or corner: as we may make comparison, like the settyng together of the ribbes of a Lute: the Image of it assimulateth a Shield, such as in tymes past, were perhappesWhat parte of Larinx is compared to a shield. vsed in the warres: and are vsed as yet of the Turkes, as Vesalius writeth: which caused the Anathomistes to call it, for the likenes of the thyng, Scutalem, [...]. 1. Cap. 38. or Scutiformem Cartilaginem, or Peltalem, the Gretians [...].3 How the Processes of Larinx and Hyoides are committed together.

The Posteriour part therof both aboue, & beneth, putteth out from his sides two Processes, that is to say, aboue on ech side one, and beneth on ech side one: of which, the two vppermost are wont to be longer then the neithermost, and withThe [...]. [...] bone [...] [...] call the [...] cartilage. Membraneous, bandes, are tyed to the lower sides of the Bones representyng th [...] shape of [...]. or Hyoides: but the inferiour Processes of this same shield, are towardes the posteriour sides of that part, whiche other Anathomistes do call the[figure] sec [...]od vnnamed Cartilage, but Collumbus maketh it the thyrd vnnamed bone: the fourme wherof, is like the rynges, which ye Parthians vse to weare on their right Thombes, when they shoote their arrowes, for the more strength they purchasse [Page] thereby in drawing: for in the posteriour part towardes the stomacke, it is broader,Col [...]. 1. Cap. 13. The [...] [...] the third [...] bone. & is extēded into a sharpe. Furthermore the more foreward that it goeth, the more also it is extenuated, & made slēder, to the fourming of the aforesayd figure, thus as in the margent depaynted. It putteth sorth no where any roughnes, but onely in the hinder part some necessary Asperitie, seruing for the insertion of two Muscles there beyng: which from this thyrd bone vnto the iiij. and which are directlyThe Asperitie in ye bone for y• insertion of Muscles. caried: as in the Historie of Muscles shalbe declared. And this same bone nature exactly compassed, to the end it might be vnto Larinx as a firmament, andWhy the iij. bone is thus [...] compassed. foundation, as also a certaine defence, & propugnacle to the rough Arterie: whose begynnyng it is: for vnlesse it should ioyne together in the inner part, neither could it be endewed with such hardnesse: whereby daunger might oft ensue by swallowyng any thicke, or hard thyng, lest it should presse together the way of respiration ouer stretely: whereby might come to passe suffocation. Euery where (therfore) this is made a cōtinuall bone, to defend ye rough Arterie more strōgly.

The fourth, and fift bone of Larinx, Collumbus calleth that, which the rest haue 4,5 before him numbred for one, and the thyrd Cartilage. For if as he sayth you shallThe 4. & 5. boue is called the [...] Cartilage with other [...]. behold this part, the Membrans beyng taken of, wherewith it is couered, you shall discerne it loose & deuided into two: wherfore he thought good also to distinguish it into two which rise from the toppe of the thyrd bone inwardes lookyng: for to this Tubercle, they are inarticulated and knit, and thence from the foundation therof put forth two [...] or wynges, which are coupled to the lower region of the shield in the fore part, & constitute the rift so [...]dfull to the modulatiō of voyce: vpwardes moreouer they tend into ij. Processes, whiche are mutuallyThe [...] or [...] which [...] voyce. vnited the right with the left, & yeld ye Image of a certaine vessel, where with we poure out water to the washyng of handes: & that chiefly (as I suppose) the partWhat [...] [...]. of the [...] where water runneth forth, that part therfore the Gréekes call [...]. These two Ossicles are vnequall, & together by a Ligament & a Cartilage vnited, and, by the benefite of the Membran that so plentyfully is added aloft, they séeme to be soft [...] whereas they end in two Processes: which nature decréedThe vse of the ij. processes of the 4. and 5. bone of Larinx. to vse as certaine litle tongues, not onely to close and shut the amplitude of Larinx, and way of the rough Arterie, lest any thyng (especially by vometyng, that might hurt) should slippe into the inner capacitie therof, and so fall into the lunges, but also that the same chinke might be guided, and vsed to the fourmyng of diuers voyces: no otherwise then as is séene in Pypes and Shalmes, wherein are put certaine litle tongues, made of two Palates of réed: wherfore the vniō ofWhat is call [...] [...]. these Processes constitutyng this litle tongue, is called [...].

To these are added one Cartilage no more to be neglected, which is in GréekeThe Epiglotte what it signifieth and ye vse therof. [...] because it goeth forth in maner like the litle toung rehearsed, & laboureth to the end that no meate, or drinke slow into Larinx: and also is shut and opened, for the mutuall worke of inspiration, and expiration. This imitateth theThe figure of the [...]. fashion of a crooked litle Shield, beyng ample and large in the Superiour part, then by litle and litle waxyng narrow, endeth at a poynt: and is inserted to the Anteriour and Superiour parte of the sheild, whence it hath his begynnyng.

HEre, in this description of Larinx, I imagine that surely the Reader willThis verely will seme a s [...]ge description to some. stand as in a mase, to sée that newly called a bone, which heretofore, of all Anathomistes generally before Collūbus, hath bene taken & described for a Cartilage: but maruaile not hereat so much, for neither hast thou cause, but rather to apply thy senses to the iudgement of the thyng it selfe: that thy owne eyes conferryng it with the veritie of the thyng, thy selfe also may easely become a witnes in this no doubtfull matter: which by these thrée poyntes thou mayst easely & [...] [...] to iudge of these whether they be bones [...] [...]. quickly discusse: as it were at the first sight, and those are, Colour, the cōsideratiō and assay of their hardnes, and the medullous substaunce that inwardly annoyn [...] [Page] them: which one thyng especially (sayth Collumbus) distinguisheth, and differethCap. Citato. Cartilages from bones: for that the Cartilage altogether, and by the iudgementThe principall difference of the bone and the cartilage. of all men, is destitute of any marey. And by all those iij. thou shalt proue this description very true: wherfore if (at any thyng) thou standest at a maruaileIt is maruayle that a thing so manifests should be omitted of such famous men. let it be at this, & I wil be thy mate, that Galen, and chiesly that worthy Vesalius haue not marked it: for therin neither of them may be excused: since euē in Apes (which Galen most dissected) it is to be found bonney, as Collūbus affirmeth. AndThat in apes [...]arinx is of bones. Vesalius prosessyng the propper description of mās body, hath neuerthelesse (as it séemeth) neglected wholy the substaunce of this part, & yet, that he sought the La Lib. 1. Cap 38. A great likelihode that Vesal. dissected y• [...] of man. rinx hoth of man & woman, greatly appeareth, by that he proueth the Shieldlike bone (which he calleth Scutiformis Cartilago) to beare out in mē more, & in greater fourme thē in womē. Agayne, who would iudge but that he vsed so much diligēce, as to discerne the difference betwixt the Larinx of man & beastes, & therfore would describe the right, & not the other. And yet Col. (wherfore I cannot a litleThat Vesalsus dissected [...] the Larinx of benstes. maruaile) writeth that Vesa. neglected the body of mā, for this part Larinx, & dissected it of custome in beastes: yea and y• in publicke Theaters, wherat he testifieth him selfe oft times to haue bene present: but of this perhaps to much, onely y• natureNature is euery where iust. in her works be not falsified: which be euery where so wōderful, iust, & true.

ANd that no where in all the partes of mans body, more exactly, and clearely manifest vnto vs, then in the backe: the cōstructiō wherof is not so maruailous,The structure of the backe is worthy admiration. as laudable to the high Parent, & Progenitor of all thynges. Wherfore, before I go forth to describe ye singular parts therof, it shal not be onely more pleasaunt, but also profitable vnto thée (gētle Reader) first to cōprehend in the depth of thy cogitation, a generall sūme, & brief discourse of the creatiō therof: which thou shalt note to be of the Greciās nominated [...], and [...], the Latins Dorsum, or Spina, which our English phrase termeth the backe: which vnto y• trunke of y• bodyThe composition of the Wertebres compared to the ridgbeame of a shippe. is of right a foūdation, cōparable to the belly, or ridgbeame of a shyp, or boate: whereunto the chief studdes, or postes of the frame worke are mortised.

No lesse néedfull to the life of man, is the straunge construction of the backe,Col. Lib. 1. Ca. 14. wherby the true ambulatiue motion of the body is obteyned, forewardes, backwardes,The effecte and motions of the backe. rounde, or laterall reflection admitted & straight, or vpright station, not denyed. All whiche we haue by the benefite of the backe, nay rather, for that the backe is construed of Vertebres or Spondilles most exquisitely: Which beyng alsoA further note in the compositiō of the Wettebres. together mutually concaued, make in them selues by strict Coarticulation the closse Cloysture, and safe Gallery for the Spinall marey: which the Grecians cal [...]: which to haue bene created was most néedfull: neither could it ootherwhere more securely haue inhabited. To proue it most needfull vnto theThe necessitie of the backe proued. body, as euery where we haue professed, note this short Allegation: for we say,The [...] ences which the back by this structure preuenteth. if it had not bene, one of these ij. inconueniences must necessarily haue hapned. Either all the partes of the body vnder the head, to haue remayned vnmoueable, or elles to euery part of them, Nerues from the brayne should haue bene deduced: But if all the partes (as is sayd) had bene frustrated of motion, then had theWhat the body were if motion wanted. body bene rather as an Image pictured of clay, or stone, then a liuyng creature. And agayne if a small Nerue procéedyng from the brayne, should be deuided, andHow the body should be serued if all Nerues proceded from the brayne. caried into euery part, with such long and vnequall distaūces, it could not be that their force in motion should haue bene sufficient, nor their continuaunce perdurable. Wherefore, it was farre better that the Spinall marey, as a riuer issuyng from the brayne his fountaine, should not onely be elongated after the bodyesThe necessitie and vse of the spinall [...]. trunck, but also vnto all the partes as it passeth, to send propper Nerucs, as the delectable brwkes for féeling and mouyng. And surely so it hapneth: for y• vppermostHow y• Nerues are distributed. deriuations seeke not out the nether partes, neither yet do the neithermost Nerues exalte themselues to the highest iourney, but eche coniugation is aptly [Page] produced to the next partes: as in perusing the Historie of Nerues, you shall easely discerne.

Sithens that the Spinall marey vnto all the partes beneth the head, is as itThe Spinall marey as an other brayne. were an other brayne, it is no lesse behoofull that it were strongly enclosed with some hard and resistaunt muniment, to repugne all iniuryes, offred to so noble a part. Wherfore to commit the same to the tuition of the Spinall bones, natureWhy nature cōmitted the [...]utiō of the Wertebres to the gardyng of y• Spinal marey. not rashly hath decréed: exculpyng, and grauyng in their substaunces, fit holes for the descense therof: and for that cause is the backe of man conslate, and made of so many bones, for the more safe kéeping: of the marey: & to fulfill (with moreThe Spinall marey the fountaine of sense to the inferiour part S. facillitie) that maner of euery motion, wherof to the neither partes, that which they conteyne is the immediate fountaine.

Besides all this, the Spinall marey could not endure euery angular flextion,Why the backe doth not consist of fewer bones. nor euery large and sodayne motion: but if the backe should haue bene made of large, and lose ioyntes, neither might they haue moued, without great greuaunceLarge bones [...] largely and sodainly, but thor [...] bones little and easely. and hurt: for a Coarticulation made of long bones, is for the cause of a large mouyng, which in such a place is requisite: but here, consideryng what is conteined, it was far more expedient that many should be their number: to euery which a litle motion should appertaine: so that euery one of them styrring a litle, of necessitieThe Wertebres beyng short yet many in numbe [...] make sufficient motion for the b [...]cke. by that tyme all haue done their duety, the motion is sufficient large, and also easie: therfore so, rather then two or iij. bones, reason requireth: sor by that number (we sée by example in the Armes and Legges, the slextion is made Angular, and not Circular: that is to say, cornered, and not compassed: so that if the backe had bene in like maner, I meane of ij. or iij. bones construed, and combinated,The arme is of ij. bones & therfore hath a sharpe cornered bowing. great hurt, ruption, contusion, and continuall compression of the Spinall marey must néedes haue bene procured, by the dayly motion of such few bones, so outragiously vrged. Neither can we otherwise cōiecture, but that the small number of Bones, should offer ouer readyly occasion, vpon euery light motion to be dislocated, or rather Luxated: which would furthermore procure great perill ofThe place of Hipo. Lib. de. [...]. lyfe: the which kynde of Luxation that diuine Hypocrates well notyng, writethHow the Luxati [...] of the [...]etebres were to be teared. thus, in his booke De Articulis. If many Vertebres do fortune at once to be out of order, or displaced, it will be very tedious and hurtfull. But if one of them be Luxated, and remoued from his fellow, the case then is most pernitious: and theWhy the luxatiō of one Wertebre is more perslous then of many. reason is, that is one Vertebre be disordered, it so wresteth therewith the Spinall marey, as that it vrgeth it to bowe into a sharpe corner, whereby it is compelled [...]he Luxation of one Wertebre vrgeth the Spinall marey into a sharpe. either to breake, or be brused: the lest of whiche, is pernitious in déede: and deadly, forasmuch as the nature of this marey, is endewed with the nature of the brayne. Whereas contrariwise many Vertebres being luxated, or forced out of course, forceth it not so straitly, but into a more blunt bowyng, and Semicircled The marey participateth with the nature of the brayne. corner: which although it inciteth great distraction, yet not so easely (of necessity) endureth death. Wherefore I say, to preuent and forestall all perils, andMany Uertebres Luxated brin geth the Spinall marey into a halfe circle. daungerous euentes (so much as might be) for the necessarie, and healthfull procrastination of lyfe, the backe was construct and made of so many, and so short bones, to be made frée, if it might be) from such like Luxation: as also that theWhy the backe both consist of so many Wertebres Lib. de. Vs. part. Ca, 23. bodyes of the Vertebres so effectually made, might (as I sayd before) not swiftely but easely, neither sodenly but softely, be moued euery way: for in déede they are mouable, and that aptly to euery side. Galen sayth euery thyng that is vpholdenWhy y• superious are lesse then the inferiour Wertebres. or borne by an other, ought to be lesser, and therfore lighter then that which vpholdeth and beareth: which is the cause, that euermore the vppermost Vertebres are lesser then the neithermost. Wherfore Os Sacrū the seate of all the rest,Os sacrum is greater then all the other Wertebres. likewise excéedeth them all in quantitie.

Hetherto how the Vertebres are a safe dèfense for the Spinall marey: whichThe Wertebres haue process [...]ss. yet (beyond all that is sayd) we note to haue Processes, & not onely to euery such [Page] partes as outwardly occupy the middle regiō of the backe (which order is a principallThe rowe of the Posteriour Processes is called yt Spine, propugnacle to the same marey: therfore the Grecians do terme it [...], the Romains Spina,) but also other Processes, which frō the sides of them are produced,The vse of the Processes on the sydes of the Uertebres. for the cause of more ready, and greater safetie: which nature (moreouer) excellently willed to serue for the fixed insertion, and due implantation of Muscles. And as the lower bones are ye greater, so likewise the Processes of the higherThe Processes in length [...]tate yt degrees, of ye Uerte [...]res. in degr [...], are the shortest, and contrariwise: the greatnes of the Vertebres, and Processes beneth are wonderfull safegardes to Vena concaua, and Arteria magna, The vse of yt syde Processes of the Uertebres vnder the ribbes. in their region resident.

But before I start from this generall description, to talke of their particular proportions and partes, I estéeme it not impropper, to note briefly vnto you theThe Diuision of the backe. v. partes wherinto the backe is deuided: whereby you may clearely accompt the number of the Vertebres, both propper, and impropper. These are the v. theThe Uertebres of ye necke are vij. Necke, the Brest, the Loynes, Os Sacrum, and Coccix.. In the Necke first areOf the Bre [...] 12. vij. in the Brest xij. to the Loynes appertaine 5. to Os Sacrum vj. the last 4. areOf the Loynes 5. Of Os Sacrum 6. of Coccix: so that by cōputation of all the rehearsed together, they amount to theOf Coccix 4. number of xxxiij. But vnderstand, that only xxiij. of them are propper Vertebres: The number of all ye Uertebres. Which and how manye are propper Uertebres. Why those vnder Os Sacr [...] are [...] amongest yt Uertebres. by whose vertues the body is turned diuers wayes, and their ende is (as I sayd before) at Os Sacrum. And those that are appertinent, or depend vpon Os Sacrū, are rather for the similitude, and likenes of Vertebres, numbred amōgest them, then for any office, or vse that they reteyne like Vertebres: for those in déede are right called Vertebres, that with one kynde of Articulation are together cōpounded: which is called Arthrodia: where as the other (therfore not propper) are vnitedThe difference of the Uertebres after Ar [...]tulatiō. The necke is e [...]de for yt cause of the roughe Arterie. per Symphysim: as most clearely we will endeuer henceforth to handle.

FIrst of all we will (as order requireth) begyn at the Necke, which is called in Gréeke [...]. Which was stretched, and elongated frō the body for the cause of Aspera Arteria, as Galen proueth: saying further, that the NeckeLib. 8. De Vs. Part. alway perisheth with the Lunges: wherfore euery fish that wanteth the LungesThe necke is not where yt Lunges are not. is also destitute of a Necke: and contrariwise, such as haue Lunges haue also a Necke: and both haue inspiration and expiration, by the rough Arterie. Hitherto also efflation, which is the immediate matter of voyce, is the action of the sameEfflation is the matter of voice. Arterie: without the which, voyce could not be made: and the vpper end of which (beyng of the Latins called Laringa or Larynx) is the chief, and most principall [...] the instrument of voyce. fourmer of voyce. Wherfore it hauyng such affinitie with the Lunges, and seruyng to so notable vse, it is euident that the Necke was fourmed for the causeSuch creatures as want neckes are domme. thereof: and (goyng further) he sayth also playnly, that such creatures as want their Neckes are domme and mute. And Aristotle sayth euery creature that wā tethA [...]stotle. Lunges wanteth a Necke. Then sith reason leadeth vs, that the head is distaunsed from the body so much in man, for the cause of Aspera Arteria, andWhy yt necke con [...]steth of bones. Why the necke consisteth of Uertebres. voyce, and that the erection of the same Necke could not be made firme and stedfast, without the supportable ground and frameworke of Bones, neither mouable, had the same bene of such solid continuitie, as should haue resisted the meaneCol. Lib. 1. ca. 15. of motion, which nature therfore coustrued of sundrie Vertebres, you shall hear [...] What is ye necke. what space is to be vnderstanded by the name of Necke, and what bones appertaine to the construction therof.

The Necke is all the part stretched forth betwene the Head and Shoulders, that is, from the foundation of the Scull to the toppe of the Brest: which in that space conteineth the number of vij. Vertebres, or turning Ioyntes, eche one diuers,Seuē Uertebres wherof the necke dothe consist and one of them diffe [...]yng frō another. and different from another: that is, the first from the second, and those agayne differyng from all that folow: but the iiij, that are from the second vnto the the seuenth, are aboue all the rest most likely figured and the seuenth it selfe distinct from all other, as shall appeare. But first is to be noted, that the NeckeThe vse of the necke. [Page] was not onely ordained to the end to beare, and susteine the Head, but most especiallyThe necke hath motions propper and common. to be auayleable to the diuerse actions, & mouynges therof: which kyndes are not all propper, nor all common: but some motions propperly appertayning [...]ib. [...]. Cap. 15. to the Head, and others common, which are obtayned by the mouynges of theThe necke can not moue without the stirring of the head. Necke: wherfore Collumbus sayth, we iudge the propper mouyng of the Necke to be common to the Head: forasmuch as the Necke cannot moue, without the styrring of the Head. Galen assigneth to the Head two peculiar motions: one isTwo motiōs peculiar to the head. by the mouyng of the Head forwardes and backward, and the other by turnyng it round to the sides: which may be done, the Necke remayning quyet, or not labouryng: but when the Head is greatly moued, downward, or vpward, or vehemētlyHow greater motions are not peculiar to the head. inclined to the shoulders, such cānot be the propper motions of the Head: seing that they are done by yt labour of the whole Necke, or otherwise cānot be. Wherfore the propper motiōs of the Head are brought to passe, by yt meanes ofBy what meanes the propper motious of the head are made. the first & second Vertebre: which ij. of all others, are most especially Colligate, & bound to the Head: for frō many partes of Occiput floweth Ligamentes: whichWhy O [...]put in ch [...]ren is mad [...] of many partes. is the cause, that in Children the same is construct of many bones, and therfore hath many riftes, whence they are in the begynning produced: but tyme weareth them fo farre forth of sight, as not onely one cannot be discerned, but also euery one acknowledgeth it a bone, without distinction. After this sort it is to be gathered, the Ligamentes are in Occiput engendred: that is to say, in diuerse places: & The head is most firmely ioyned to the necke. so by thē annected to the first & second Vertebres, then consequētly to the Necke: as neither this way, nor that way, the head may sodainly or vnaduisedly slippe.

And to make you more clearely conceiue in your mynde, the exquisite maner of motions of the head, I will let you vnderstād, in what sort Occiput is Articulate How Occiput is knitte to the two fir [...] Uertebres. vnto the ij. first Vertebres, as thus. In that part of Occiput, wherein nature hath insculped the large and ample hole for the descense (as is sayd) of the Spinall How hapneth ye in [...]ation and re [...]ination of the head. marey, there are towardes the Anteriour part therof, ij. Processes, or outgoyng portions, that is to say, on ech side of the hole one: whiche are receiued in byWhat is the processe called Odontoides. the propper cauities of the first Vertebre, made in the vpper part & middle seate of the ascendent Processes thereof, by meanes of which Articulation, the Head isThe descriptiō of the Articulatiō of the second Uertebre with the first. now inclined, and now reclined. From the middle of the second Vertebre riseth a certayne rownd and long Processe, indifferently thicke, called in Gréeke [...], and [...], and for the figure and shape therof, likened to the kynde of toothThe industrie of nature. in mā called the dogge tooth: this is likewise receiued into the cauitie of the firstThe Ligamēt of the Processe called a tooth, and the vse therof. Vertebre, prouided on that side also for the same purpose, excluded larger from the side of the common hole, whereby the marey is sayd to discend: and because the whole body of the sayd Vertebre, for the large compasse that by this meanesHow the circ [...] duction of yt head is brought to passe by the articulation of the second with yt firste Uertebre. it is hollowed, should not be wholly priuated, nor the passage for the Spinall marey marred. In the same place (therefore) nature hath in such wise lapped, and fastened to the tooth a solid Ligament, as that the commyng downe of the marey can neither be broken, nor in mouyng compressed: and yet the Articulation not left to strayte, but slacke inough: as it behooued, for the turnyng of the head onGal. Lib. Vs. part. [...] eche side: whiche is thus brought to passe by the Dentall Processe of the secondGalen falsly supposed the inclimatiō of the head to be by the composion and knittyng together of the first with the second Uertebre. Vertebre, wheruppon the first easely turneth.

By this it is euident, which are the propper, and which are the common motions of the head: and how with the one, the other are made also: although to their mouyng, the coniunction of the Vertebres with the head is necessarie. Wherein Galen is much reprehended, for attributyng the inclinatiō, and reclination of the head, to the cause of the second Vertebres mouyng, and of the dentiformed Processe: That the head is not circumdu [...]ed by the articulatiō of the head with the first Uertebre Agaynst Gallen. so the side way turnyng to be brought to passe by the first Vertebres Articulation with the head: but that is not so sayth Collumbus: for the first ioynt maketh the noddyng vp and downe of the head, and the second the circumaction to [Page] eche side: for els should the Dentall Processe be depriued of his right office & function:Now y• first Vertebre turneth vppon the second as the hooke vpon the hinge of the doore. which onely nature ordained for the turnyng of the head, [...]o other wise, thē as the hooke or hinge of a doore serueth aptly to the openyng therof: and in this, he excuseth Galen no maner of way, but barely blameth him, as in hacre parum diligens: and Vesalius no lesse taketh part agaynst him, openyng the window ofGalen left bare without al eccuse Vesalius inuented the right vse of the bentall Processe to his perpetuall prayse. light, on the clearer side, prospeaing the Sunne, as manifestly appeareth by that is gone before.

NOw it followeth to describe orderly and particularly the Vertebres of the necke, since thus much is sayd of the motions of the head.

The first Vertebre therfore of the necke is more solid, and thicke, then all the 1 bones els of the backe: longwise (notwithstandyng) more slender, and differyngThe bodie of the Verte [...] is the corpulent and grosse parte the [...] of. very much in fourme from the rest, and not hauyng any superiour Processe. In the Anteriour part therof, where the body of the Vertebre should be, that is to say, the engrossed part, the side is very thinne, by meanes of the hollow excauedThe descriptiō of y• Anterioue part of the first Vertebre. therein for the passage of the Spinall marey. But the outer side of the same part towardes the throat Protuberating, and swelling forth, purchaseth asmuch firme thicknes, by the round compassing therof, as it was made thinner and weaker,The vse of the swelled or bounched parte of the first Vertebre. by the engrauyng on the inside of the aforesayd cauitie: which receiueth the tooth aforesayd produced from the body of the second Vertebre, which is tipped, or headedThe vse of the [...] of the first Vertebre. with a rusty Cartilage: to which (for Articulation sake) the like is to be obserued in all other Vertebres. Besides this by diligent Annotatiō, you shal hi [...]eEuery Vertebre hath processe both ascendent and descendent. euery Vertebre endewed with Processes, both ascendent, and descendent. But in the first they are excaued, and hollowed on eche side, aloft, as the Processes of Occiput are prominent, to mete and ioyne with them, and beneth to admitte theWhy y• Processes of the firste Vertebre are [...]led on both sydes. vpper Processes of the second Vertebre. So that as it séemeth, the vpper turnyng Ioynt altogether receiueth the insertion, both of the superiour, and inferiour Bones thereto approprimate. From the sides likewise of the first Vertebre The first Vertebre receiueth one both sydes but is of no bone receiued. are stretched two Processes, long, and Perforated, turnyng for wardes, and greater then are foūd in other, with larger holes for the transiturie of the Veyne, and Arterie vnto the Scull: deriuyng braunches from themselues, to the refreshingThe lateral Processes of the first Vertebre. of the Spinall marey. There are certaine holes grauen out of either side of the Vertebres, towardes the fore face of them (the first Vertebre onely excepted, forThe vse of y• hole in y• laterall Processes. which therein you must looke in the hinder part) the which holes, or perforatiōs, as they are grauen through the body of the Vertebre from the hole ordained forThe holes in the sydes of the Vertebress. the Spinall marey, so doe the hindermost ascendent Processes giue them place: which goyng forewardes forthwith by their sides, directly aspectyng the laterallThe vse of the holes on y• syoes of y• Vertebres. Processes, haue through them flowyng the distinct number of coniugated Nerues from the same Spinall marey produced: where these ioyntes are together committed,How almost All the Vertebres of the backe are [...] or cutte where they are cōmitted together. you shall finde them in such order incised and cut, as that one participateth or letteth in of the substaunce of another mutually: saue that I say the first Vertebre is notable from all the rest, admittyng onely, but not admitted of any. The holes therefore of the first and betwene the first and second ioynte, representethThe difference of the first & second vertebres cauitie from the other [...]. the fourme of a long hollow chinke, and no holes: but in all others exculped out one ech side round: saue those in the Vertebres of the brest: which are excauedOf what fashion are the cauities betwene the Vertebres of y• bre [...]. in lengthwise. To speake briefly therefore, out of the vpper holes of the first Vertebre the first payre of Sinewes is brought, and out of the neithermost (which are also common to the second Vertebres,) doth go the second coniugatiō The vses of the cauities of y• Vertebres where they are committed [...] together. & so out of others other payres, accordyng to their number, and placyng. And not onely Nerues, but also the braunches of Veines, and Arteries, haue entraunce in, and out, among these passages and holes, both to the nourishment of the Spinall marcy, and the bones of the Vertebres.

The second turnyng ioynt (beside the tooth that riseth in the middest therof to 2 [Page] be Articulate to Occiput as is sayd before) hath furthermore a body, and a Processe The [...] of the second Verteb [...]e. insigned in the hin [...]er part therof, far vnlike all others of the necke, and the body therof stretcheth further backwards: from whose posteriour Processe springethThe vse of y• [...] [...] of y• second [...] [...]. ij. Muscles, which to Occiput are also inserted therfore nature willed, that the first Vertebre should haue no Processe in the hinder part thereof, for offendyngWhy y• first [...] [...] [...] posteriour [...]. the risyng of the sayd Muscles. Moreouer the same posteriour Processe of the second Vertebre is clouen: or bifor [...]ed, as are the other hinder Processes of the ioyntes of the necke, the fitter for the knittyng to of the sayd Muscles. ToWhy y• [...] procesie of the s [...] cond [...] [...] [...]. speake of the syde, or laterall Processes of the second Vertebre, we haue to note them not onely shorter by farre, thē those of the first Vertebre, but likewise scantly [...]he discription of y• Internall Processes of the secōd [...]. so long as the others of the necke, neither altogether so much forwardly tendyng: which maketh their holes obliquely perforated, & not directly downwardes as the rest. Further note, that the ascendent, and descendent Processes of theseThe [...] Processes of y• second Vertebre are [...] [...] and with [...] oblique hole. Vertebres, are naturally coarticulate and knit together: and that in the most of them, after one sorte and order: that is, from the second Vertebre downwardes: and the second it selfe also hath descendent Processes, not much vnlike the rest:How the [...] & descen [...]ent Processes are [...]tre together. Descendent Processes. the descēdentes therfore (as it were) cut obliquely forwardes, & somedeale therwith hollowed, do mete with the ascendentes cut obliquely or [...]opwise backwardes, beyng likewise a litle for the aforsayd hollowes swelled: but neither the hollownes of the one, nor the head of the other are (for their obscuritie) to be soAscendent Processes. termed playnly. But by the way, you must vnderstand their metyng to be madeThe Processes are wyned by the [...] of a Cartilage. more exactly strong, by the goyng betwene of a Cartilage, crustely coueryng either side: so that, besides their bodyes, they are vnited by their Processes also. Neare vnto these Processes are the places of those holes before mentioned, preparedThe cauitiess made to y• going out of Nerues are neare to the Processes. for the production of Nerues, and the entraunce of Veynes and Arteries: & if you enquire, how many Vertebres of the necke haue ascendent and descendent Processes, I witnesse vnto you fiue: & one descendent: that is to say more playnly,How many [...] of the neck haue ascendent & descendent Processess. the v. last Vertebres haue both such as ascend, and also such as descend: but the first hath neither: the second onely the descendent: but not one vpward tendyng, as the rest: for that could not be permitted, but by corruptyng the Circular mouyng of the head. Euery turnyng ioynt hath his body, besides the first & vppermost,Wherfor y• second Vertebre nath not the [...] Processe. which hath onely a light compassyng proportion, beyng sharpe bellied towardes the forepartes, to supply (as before) the losse of his substaunce inwardly:Euery Vertebre besyde the first hath [...] bodye. the rest haue manifestly their hodyes in lēgth extended, with a certaine kinde of flatnes in the foreface of them, not improuidently ordained, for the nere lyengHow nature [...] with y• first [...] wanting a body. to of Aesophagus, and Trachea Arteria: the one of which endeth at the Vertricles, the other in the Lunges. So in committyng together the bodyes of them, nature hath done otherwise then in the rest: for euer the neither part of the higher bone,The figure of the bodies of y• [...] in y• neck. stoopeth forwardes, and is receiued into the hollow of the vpper part of the next bone: the which hollowes as they are large so haue they on eche side as it wereWhy the bodies of the Vertebres are flat on the insyde. bankes, which I presume to compare for their likenes to a sided stoole or chayre: or not very obscurely to the seate of a trunke saddle. The bodyes of the other sixeThe bodyes of y• Vertebres of the necke committed together otherwise then y• rest. Vertebres (for the first in this case is exempted) haue at either end Appēdances, betwene which, thicke and soft Cartilages haue recourse, to giue vnto them more fréely, the gift of easie flexion, and turnyng. Agayne, onely fiue of them (therfore here the first and second are excepted) haue this fashion propper to them selues,What the vpper part of y• bodies of the Vertebres of y• neck is compared vnto. that is, that their laterall Processes are as it were clouen, or me thinke more propperly guttured at their endes like a spoute, and not biforked or clouen fully lyke the posteriour Processes: the whiche places are left for the implantation ofAll the Vertebres of the necke the first [...] haue [...]. Muscles. Directly towardes these, aspect the holes (so oft named) for the production of Sinewes: Whiche are not in single sorte exculped in euery Vertebre, but come forth at the metyng of them, and wast the substaunce of both, but not alike: [Page] for they are deeper engrauen: in the vpper part of the lower bone, then in the inseriour part of the higher bone: whiche vnto the diligent beholders, is easie to be discerned.

Where I haue spoken generally of the Vertebres, I haue not there left vntouched,3,4 those iiij. betwene the second, and the seuēth: which (as I sayd in the begynnyng)5,6 are most like one an other.

Wherfore passing them, we finde the seuenth, (which is the last of the necke)7 The vij. of the neck ioyneth to the first Vertebre of the brest & [...] it much. finitimate, and next adioyning to the Vertebres of the brest: and that so, as it séemeth to participate much with the nature of them: and therfore from the superiour Vertebres playnly differeth: for the posteriour Processes of the foure aboue it, are clouen, as is aforesayd, but this is whole as I haue found yet Col. sayth itThe posteriour Processe of the vij. Vertebre is not alway solid. is most commonly otherwise. Besides this, the inferiour part of the body therof that meteth with the first Vertebre of the brief, extendeth not downwardes so obliquelyThe metting of the vij. with the first Vertebre of the brest. as the rest, but meteth with the toppe of the next body somewhat with more flat: and equall playnesse. And thus much as touching the turnyng ioyntes of the Necke.What part the common people moste call yt back.

THat part of the backe which cōstituteth the brest, beyng that which in déede the common sorte of people call the backe, for the most part consisteth ofThe number of the Vertebres of the brest. xij. Vertebres, or turnyng ioyntes: to euery of the whiche, two ribbes are kuit: that is to say on eche side one, So that the number of them is xxiiij. though semetymeWhereto are the cibbes fastened. The number of the ribbes. one is found wantyng, or aboundyng: but that seldome, yet mo re [...]ten aboundyng, then wantyng.That sometyme in the number of ribbes one may be aboundyng or one wantyng.

These of the brest do differre from the Vertebres of the necke in largenes, although the others excéede them in thicknes, and soliditie of substaunce: and their largenes was cōuenient: for it behoued the vppermost susteined, to beare a lesse scope then the vppermost susteyning. But this marke, that those that are augmentedOf the difference betwene the Vertebres of the neck and yt Vertebres of the brest. with larger cōpasse, are somuch the more of light and hollow substaūce: yet accept not this for all the difference betwene them, for besides they ar discrepāt both in figure, and situation from those of the necke: that is, they are neitherWhy the Vertebres of the brest are broader then of the necke. so flatte (yet I thinck good if. you will to except the two first of the brest) nor yet so depressed as those we haue spoken of (without it be the vppermost whiche is most of all other like the seuenth of the necke) but doe proturberate round, andThe bodyes of the Vertebres by how much the greater by somuch the more fungie and light. swell inwardly in the middest. Also the bodyes of these aboue, and beneath, are playne, possessyng ech one a thicke crust of Cartilage, interiect and put betwene them. Neither is their posteriour Processes (as those of the necke) clouen, nor yetThe figure of the bodies of the Vertebres of the brest. their extremities broad, or round: but long and sharpe, after the maner of a foure squared piller, or auncient monument called Pyramis: whiche beyng broad beneath, is squared vp to the toppe sharpest.The bodies of the Vertebres of the brest playne.

Neither are the transuerse Processes biforked or guttured, but lōg, and great, endyng with round and thicke heades: whiche rising also from the sides of theWhat kind ones are the posteriour Processes of the Vertebres of the brest, and wherto they are cōpared. Vertebres, do erect their exorture vpwardes, but towardes their heads are reclined downward: ther inner sydes being hollowed: that is to say, hauyng propper cauities to receiue yt heades of the ribbes, are so ordained for the cause of such Articulation And those cauities are in the neither region of the first thrée but in theThe transuerse Processes of the brest are not for [...]ed. vpper region of the last three, the middle iiij. admitte them in the middest. Contrariwise, the transuerse Processes of the xi. and xij. are not like: for to them (comprehendyng but the false ribbes) such strong alligation, as is vnto the rest,Where be the tanities wherein the prot [...]bered heads of the ribbes are setled. was nothyng so néedefull. Wherefore the false ribbes are committed to the bodyes of the Vertebres, as ready alway to giue scope to the guttes, but with a meane, and single Articulation. All the rest are knit with most strong Ligamentes: and yet more, (to the ende that their tyeng might be more firme, and stedfast) in the bodyes of the Spondilles or eche side, or cauities, or hollowes, [Page] wrought (although not all after a manner nor lyke situation) to admit into them the litle heades of the same ribbes. But their differences in this respect be these: For the first, eleuenth, and twelfth haue cauities exculped in the substaunce, andWhat ca [...]ties haue the first 11. & 12. Vertebres. middest of their bodyes, whereas to all ye rest, they are cōmon to the extremities, and enter partes of them nere to the holes prepared for the Sinewes production.

As touching the substaūce of the Vertebres, note, that the lowest and greatestThe substaūce of the Vertebres. (as is sayd) are rarest and most spongie aboue the rest, which in these of the brest is euident: so that sufficient playnly, they are in that poynt, frō those of the neckeWhat kind ones are the posteriour Processes of the Vertebres of the bre [...]. distinguished: Furthermore the posteriour Procesles (which throughout longitude of the backe procéedyng, are called the Spine) of the two last Spondilles are not (as the rest) so sharpe, neither yet so long, nor slender, but broader, and rounder ended: and as they differ from their mates of the brest, so are they vnlike (also) those of the Vertebres of the loynes: constituted in the same rowe and order:The 12. and last of the Vertebres of the brest, what kinde a one. but most vnlike all others of the backe, both aboue and beneth, is the lowest of the thrée, beyng the xij. and last in nūber of the brest: which is shortest of others, and neither vpwardes nor downwardes tendyng, but directly put sorth.The 12. Verteber to be the middle of the Vertebres of the back in the body of man.

Here now we are not to pretermit so notable a matter, as is yet to be spoken of by the xij. Vertebre, which Galen describeth for the tenth: though more truly in Dogges and Apes, in whiche creatures the tenth in the middest of the Vertebres The vse & figure of the 12. Vertebre. of the backe, & as the poynt or Axletree: which wholy resting, all others one [...]ch side moue, which thing shall truly be proued in the xij. Vertebre os mā, whichThe 12. Vertebre is on both sydes [...]. purchaceth one ether side an equall kinde of Articulatiō: that is, both aboue & beneth it hath Processes putting forth, yt it might be on both sides receiued, iust contraryThe fl [...]st Vertebre on both sydes recesueth. to yt first Vertebre of ye necke, which (as we haue spokē before) on both sides receiueth. But if any mā, of ye varietie of this Articulatiō more diligètly enquireWhy one ma [...]et of articulation is not to all yt Vertebres of yt brest. the reason, let him consider, how that in ye superiour Vertebres one kinde of mouyng is obserued: but in those beneth ye xij. a cōtrary. Wherfore a cōtrary maner also of articulatiō in respect of ye inferiour, is to be sene in ye superiour Processes. Now the back [...] bowed forward. And peraduenture sayth Collūbus (but oh ho [...]u excellētly was that noted) the Articulatiō By what meaues the backe is [...] towardes the hinder partes. of the precedēt Vertebres is most apt to bow the backe towardes ye Anteriour partes: whilest the same agayne almost with ye whose body, croockyng to the posteriour partes, that gifte is purchaced from the Vertebres of the Loynes.How by Spondils both ascendent and descendent the Vertebres do also mere.

Lastly these Spōdils are, all by ascēdent & descēdent Processes cōmitted & knit together: being obliquely cut, & intercrusted with Cartilages. The Vertebres of ye necke after Gal. 13. Vs. part, haue xj. Processes or produced portiōs: which are so inThe number of the Processes to the Vertebres of the necke. déede, if you accōpt ye laterall Processes double, which before I haue affirmed not to be through out clouē, but rather made like a spoute, or gutter of lead, which frō betwene ij. houses conueyeth ye water readely: or els but ix. as ij. ascendently prominētNow they may be nūbred nu [...]e. in ye vpper part on ech side of their bodies, by whose meanes (as I haue beforeThe iiij. middlemost Vertebre semeth more wor thy then the laterall to be accompted double. cōpared thē) the neither part of ye superiour sitteth in ye vpper part of ye inferiour, like as in a sided stoole: ij. ascendentes, and ij. descēdentes, ij. transuerse or laterals, & one backwardes, beyng the spine or ridge: which recken more worthy (if the trausuerse Processes be nūbred two a péece) to be double accompted: especiallyThe number of yt Processes to the Vertebres of the brest. the fourth middlemost: whose endes are alwayes biforked, and deuided.

But the produced partes of the pectorall Spondilles, Vesalius witnesseth to be v. in euery one: as two transuerse, two ascendentes, two descendentes and theThe transuerse Processe of the 12 Vertebre appeareth in somme a [...] though the head therof were deuided with some vigorous [...]. spine, or posteriour Processe.

Onely the xij. of the brest (in such bodyes as it is founde as it were confused as I not seldom haue inuented) hath the transuerse Processes deuided, the one declinyng downwardes, and the other reclinyng vpwardes: after the same sort as hath the Spondile followyng, though not so large. Which is appertinent vntoOf the v. [...] ioyntes of the Loynes. the Loynes, which now we will speake of, whose turnyng Ioyntes we accōpt in [Page] number, fiue: greater then all we haue hetherto described, but most in substaunceOf what sub [...] are the [...] of the [...]yues. puffed, and of lesse soliditie: the vpper Processes of these comprehēd the cauities, whereunto the extremities of the neither, somewhat for the purpose eminent, do [...] super tout and [...] [...] what kinde of one [...] so the [...]. enter: which order is in contrary sort to the Vertebres before declared. The trāsuerse productions of these, as we finde them much longer then the other of the brest, so, lesse thicke, and more vnlike in them selues: for the first and v. hath thē shorter then all the middlemost els: and the contrarictie they shewe in them seluesThe [...] of the [...] are [...]oyned cont [...] to y• other because of their [...] [...]. is after this maner: the vppermost Processes downwardes bendyng, but the lower vpwardes, and the middlemost in meane betwixt both: that is, neither vpward, nor downward. Wherein he chalengeth boldly Vesalius, whereat I mayThe [...] Processes. well wonder, if so famous and approued Anathomiste as he, should in a case so easie, be foūd, either tryed, to haue no iudgemēt, or els that he would wilfully setThe first and fift Vertebre of the Loynes. downe that he sawe not. But with greater admiration I stand amased at Collū bus, who without all maner of indifferent excusation coateth Vesalius, whilest IHow their transne [...]se Processes [...]. haue most beholden, & haue yet in my house Sceletons, by whose transuerse Processes of the Loynes Vesalius assertions is verified. Notwithstandyng that, I amVesalius charged with [...] as touching y• [...]ddle [...]rocesses. not ignoraunt what diuersitie may be found in diuers, and that (I confesse) this is no great poynt to dispute vpon, but in the way of discourse: to dissolue the contra [...] A [...] if Vesalius [...] be de [...]meo [...] such a mat [...]r. of Authors. Chiefly I write thus much for the excuse of Vesalius, because he is so apertly reproued: as though so learned a labourer in the Arte of disseaing, should haue by negligence set downe that, which diligence neuer inuē ted:The author [...] [...] poynt neuer found it contrarie to Vesalius. which might not be so much, as thought of so princely Anathomist.

Now is it to be noted, that such length in y• Processes trāsuerse of the Loynes,It is no thanke to me to [...] Vesalius. his [...] [...]. was ordained to be as propugnacles (in stead of litle ribbes) to the great vessell, or spoutes, deriued from the fountaines of life and naturall beyng: and not to be produced after the iust length, and magnitude of the ribbes: for their extension ouerThe vse of y• [...] Processes of the Loynes. the region of the bellye had not bene conuenient, neither would haue giuen place to the labour of the Muscles, in makyng compression for the expellyng ofWhy [...] were not [...] ouer the region of the belly as ouer the brest. excrementes: but in women least of all expedient, as in the tyme of naturall procreation, reason ratifieth. It was sufficient therfore, that the production of the laterall Processes of the Loynes was such, as might only giue defence to the greatTwo Processess which Vesalius knew not. Arterie, and hollow Veyne. Nere vnto these Processes, & not farre from the holes of the Nerues, ariseth on ech side one other produced portion, though farre shorterOf what kinde be the [...]osteriour [...] of the Loynes. then the rest. Therfore in some bodyes not easely discerned: whiche was the cause that Vesalius neuer inuented them. Moreouer the posteriour Processes of the Vertebres of the Loynes are neither so long and sharpe, nor so much declinyngThe Vertebres of the Loynes haue [...]. downewardes, as the superiour Vertebres before decyffered, but (though not in rising so large) yet in procéedyng broader, throughout their length strōger,What Cartilage is betwene y• [...] of the Loynes. & their extremities cōpassed in circular sorte. Also these Vertebres of the Loynes haue Appendances, like vnto the rest, but onely as they surmount in quantitie, that is in magnitude aboue the rest, so the soft Cartilage intersited betwene theirThe vses of their holes before the inferiour and superiour Productions. bodyes, is so much the greater and thicker: their holes likewise, exculped before the superiour and inferiour productions, giue entraunce, aswel to the nutrimentall vesselles, as to the transporters of sense produced from the Spinall marey. Notwithstandyng we finde not these holes so roūd as there superiours, nor moreThe differences of the holes of y• Vertebres of the Loynes from the others. largely excaued in the vpper side of the inferiour Vertebre then in the lower part of the superiour Spondill, but much larger then the holes of the brest and necke as their bodyes we haue sayd before are larger.

Onely this is common to all the Uertebres, (the first of the necke excepted)Col. Lib. Cap. 17. A thing common to all the Vertebres the first of the necke euely excepted. that in the hinder part of the body of euery Uertebre (though in the Anteriour sydeway, of the concauitie for the marey) appeareth the holes ordayned for the [...] if the Nerues, and ingresse of the vessels of nourishment. Finally Collumbus [Page] noteth this as a generall rule in all bodyes, that the posteriour [...] That the Sp [...] from the second to the last of the [...] tendeth downward. of the Uertebres (which rowe is called the Spine) from the second of the Necke, to the last of the Loynes, are all tendyng downeward. Whiche assertion I could neuer (in those bodyes that I haue sene, or willyngly dissected) finde occasion toThe vncet. [...] [...] of the [...] deserueth not to giue any [...]han reproche. subscribe vnto: but alway either the xij. of the brest, or els some of the Vertebres of the Loynes, did tend either vpward, though very obscurely, or els directly straight, I meane neither vpwardes, nor downewardes. But to say truth, youThe number of the [...] of the [...]oyness. shal finde but smale certaintie in the fourme of the Processes. The number of the Processes apperteinyng to the Spondilles of the Loynes are 9. that is to say, to eueryOs [...]. one ij. transuerse, ij. sited by the sides of the holes and nere to the transuerseOs Coccix. Wherfore Os [...] is of some called Platy. (though obscured, sene in some) ij. ascendents, ij. descendents, & lastly the Spine.

Now it remayneth to speake of the two last partes or diuisions of the backe, called by the Gr [...]kes [...], and [...]: and of the Latins Sacrum, and Coccix. Now contrary to [...] is the imaginatiō of the ignoraunt. The which Sacrum, beyng the higher diuision, and begynnyng at the lower end of the afore described Spondilles, for the bredth and largenes therof, is sometimeThe cause why they went about to inuent to [...] it ta [...]e: so that onely [...] appeateth the ground of thi [...] [...]. called [...]. Wherein playnly it excelleth all other [...] Vertebres: beyng vnto them as an ample seate and foundation. There are some, that let not to affirme the cause why this same bone was called Sacrum, to be this, for that (say they) in women it is endewed with a speciall gift aboue all others: in yeldyng on ech side from Os Ilium in tyme of bringyng forth Child, and agayne forthwith closing, [...]oc. Predict. by the secret deuise & vnknowen Arte of Nature: without the helpe of any Muscle: The [...]logie of. Os sacrum. but as it séemeth to me nothyng at all agréeyng with truth, so Gal. Vesalius, Lib. 1. Cap. 20. Collumbus, & Fuchsius accompt it a fantasticall fiction, & a feyned tale, without theNow Sac [...]m [...] this sense is interpreted great. groūd of reason, and quyte beside the authoritie of ye truth: for those kynde of persons do interprete this word Sacrum, holy. But as Realdus affirmeth [...] to beHomer. Virgill. interpreted Sacrum, so likewise Leonardus with like learned probabilitie, teachethGal. [...]. de Off. Cap. [...]. vs (in this sense) to take and vnderstand Sacrum, for Magnum, that is,Galen described the Os sacrum of beastes. great: as Homer in some places, writing Sacrum Mare, and Sacrum Piscem, for Magnum Mare, and Magnum Piscem, hath left vs for true testimony. And Virgil. Col. Fuchsi. Vesal. (for a Latin Authour) hath Sacrum auri famem, for Magnam auri cupiditatem. Os sacrum in man consisteth of v. or vj. bones. Galen ascribeth to Os sacrum [...] iij. bones, which the later Anathomistes flatly deny: allowing his description therin to retaine and smatche of veritie, saue onelyIn young yeares Os. sacrum may be deuided. in Lyons, Dogges, and Apes, but it consisteth of v. bones, and commonly of vj. say they; which in young and tender yeares (in déede séeme lose and separated, asWher the traces of Commissures are obserued in Os sacrum. it were not much differyng from the other Vertebres: though afterwardes they so knit and cleaue together, as that they séeme all to make but one bone: were it not, that in their fore partes we finde (as it were) the traces of Commissures.Why Os sacrum hath no Cartilages. They are together committed like vnto the superiour Uertebres, saue that (like vnto the rest) they lacke the interiectur of Cart [...]lages, because their mouing wasHow Os sacrum is accom [...] amongest the number or the Vertebres. lesse néedfull. Neither are acompted among the number of Uertebres for any other cause, then that (after a certayn maner) they shew a similitude of the Spō dilles: for of motion (whereby they should chiefly be like them) they are altogetherWhy they are not trew Vertebres. frustrate. It is concluded therfore, that nature ordained this bone, not onely for the vpper partes to rest vpon, and stay them selues, but likewise that the inferiourThe vses of Os sacrum. bones might thereto ioyntly (one after another) be tyed, as frō their begynnyng:Why Os sacrum should be one. and (as it was) a decrée from the law of nature, that one principall boneWhy it is situated in the [...] of the body. should be made, whereto all the rest should be established: for whiche purpose (this bone beyng in the middest of the body collocated, and most excellently setled)Os sacrum conte [...] neth Spinal marey and therfore hath holes for y• transmission of Neures. none s [...]eemeth more commodious, nor any so fitte: beyng to the motions both of the superiour and inferiour partes no lesse then as a ground, or seate assistaūt. Neyther doth Os sacrum obscurely reclude, but playne, and largely open and discouer the passages on eche syde deseruient to the transmitting of Sinewes (as it [Page] behoued) from the Spinall marey: conteined in the concauitie hereof, as is seneThe Spinall mar [...]y passyng thorough O. [...]rum t [...]steth of a s [...] wye nature. in other Uertebres. But here, that is beyng in Os sacrū, it is of thicke, and like a hard substaunce, as that it séemeth to tast more of a Sinew substaunce, then of the nature of marey. Wherefore in the end, degeneratyng into many braunches of Nerues, goyng backewardes from the borders of Os sacrum, it is strowed diuerslyThe nerues from Os sacrum to the haunches and some Muscles of the thinges. in the haunches, & dissemi [...]ated amōg the Muscles of the thighes as largely is set forth in the History of Nerues: their holes are round excaued, asmuch in the substaūce of one side, as an other: like as before I sayd of the Uertebres of theHow the holes of Os sacrum are made. Loynes: and the vppermost two greatest, but the further from them the lesser: so likewise behynd (for the holes of O [...] sacrum do penetrate cleane through the substaunceThe lower yt lesser are the holes. thereof, aswell as into the concauitie of the marey) they are nothyng soThe holes on both sydes O [...] sac [...]um [...]esser with, out and greate [...] within. large as in the inside before. To describe of Os sacrum the fashion, note that ye vpper part of the body therof is playne, where it meteth with the v. Uertebre of the Loynes, but on eche side, it stretcheth forth with a great thicknes to the méetyngThe figure of O [...] s [...]m. of Os Ilium: and goyng downeward, it tendeth backwardes to the middle Commissure, and so forward agayne: becommyng more narrow, and sharpe, the furtherTo what vse is the hollownes thereof, or the bending of O [...] [...] [...]ward. from the toppe, descendyng to the end: whereby it is made hollow before, & boūched forth behynd, in which hollow part of it the bowels is notably cōtained: the posteriour Processes are short, & together committed as the sides. At the sidesWhere O [...] [...] is [...] to [...] and how. of the thrée vppermost bones of Os sacrum beyng broad, sufficient Solid, and hallowed, are affixed and knit the prominent partes of Os Ilium one ech syde, whichThat O [...] Sacrum and Ilium cannot [...]. by the interuenture of Cartilages, and Ligamentes, are so safe connected and boūd together, as very hardly they may be deuided. Yea and that which is more,The last portion of the back called Cocci [...]. they are somtyme founde growne together, so that no instrument may disseuer them: which is an euident token, and playne proofe in déede, that neither Os Ilium, How the 4. bones of Co [...]cix depend vppon Sac [...]um. nor Sacrum may moue by any meanes.

The fift and last portion of the backe which heartofore we haue nominated,Why it is called Coc [...]x. called Coccix, is construed and made of iij. Ossicles, or litle bones, which dependyngWhy it is called Coccix. vpon the extremitie and neithermost part of Os sacrum, like a tayle, is therforeThe discription of the first bone of Coccix. of the latter writers (named Os caudae: whiche the Greclans call Coccix, because it somuch resembleth the beke of a Cuckowe: being also towardes the end,The descriptiō of the last iij. bones of Coccix. euermore sharpe and narrower, together with the crookednes. The first bone of Coccix beyng broader then the rest, hath in the vpper part therof a cauitie, sufficientCoccix sometyme showeth hys [...]. to receiue the extreme end of Os sacrum and so is coupled with a Cartilage: the other iij. likewise beyng more round, are after such sorte commited together,Whilest Coccix is bowed the woman is panged. as that, when néed requireth, they might shew a certaine kynde of mouing: which Collumbus affirmeth to bowe (though not without great payne) in womē,The Processes of the first bone of Coccix. at the commyng forth of the byrth. Foure Processes apperteine to the first bone: as two laterall, or on the sides, and other two behynd, sharpe, and vpwardes reclinyng:Coccix conteineth not of the spinall marey. these bones haue no place within them for the Spinall marey: wherfore neither haue they holes, for the transmission of Sinewes: their substaunce is hollowThe substaūce of Coccix. and light, like as the Uertebres of the brest: their colour is red: and in Children as soft as grystels.The coloure of the bones of Coc [...].

Galens description of the last two partes séemeth wholly reiected, in notyng thrée bones to Os sacrum, and iij, to Os Coccix: so much, that no m [...] beleueth heThe bones of [...] are in children as soft as gristells. euer dissected the body of man: but who is so ignoraunt that knoweth not, how euen in one region, great differēce, and sundry alterations in natures shapes are found: since I haue to shew in my house a scleton, which were the bones sometyme of a tall man, whereby I am able to approue asmuch (to the admiration ofIt is much doubted that [...] neuer diss [...] the bodye of man. all Anathomistes) as Galen affirmed as touchyng the backe, for whereas the most famous dissectors, and princes of Anathomy, haue vowed fiue Uertebres to the Loynes, v. (but most commonly vj.) to Os sacrum, and foure to Os Coccix, [Page] myne hath neither of all those true: but contrarywise, vj. to the Loynes, iiij. toA backe very stra [...]ge from that whiche is desc [...]ibed. Os sacrum, and onely one to the taylebone. I write not this to the defense of any errour, but that ech one, dewly waying the alterations of natures, and nations,I doe not defend Galen in this, knowing that he hath erred much in yt Dettebres, but to giue the signe how vn [...]ertem their number is in most bodies The. brest is the mansion of the harte. should be more studious them selues to write the truth, then gréedy to reproue, whose actes they neuer saw.

Thus with a sufficient prolixitie, we haue entreated of the Vertebres: whiche forbecause xij. of them are sayd to constitute the brest (which is the mansion of the heart and spirituall partes, or (as Fuchsius sayth) a certayne strong enclosure, so circundated and compassed for the safe kéeping of the hart and Lunges) it is fitte to describe now in what order.

IT semeth nothyng at all disagréeyng to truth (by the Assertions of sundry authors,Cap. xxiij. lib. 1. inferred on this behalfe) that the cōstruction of the brest cōsisteth of iij.The construction of the brest consisteth of three thinges. thynges: that is to say, of the Vertebres or Spondils, of the brest bone, & of ribes. in which creation, the diligēce of nature was meruaylous as Galen declareth inNature in yt construction of the brest very wise and pro [...]ident Why ye brest was not made all of bone. his 7. De Usupart. in not making it altogether bonnye, or fleshy, but by the mixture of both: for if of bones onely, the brest had bene vtterly destitute of mouing: And contrarywise, if of Muscles without bones, it could not be but by contractiō, to fall vpon the heart, and lunges, hauing nothing to sustaine and hold them vp: but by this meanes, both the brest moueth, by the benefite of the Muscles interfitedWhy yt brest was not made of muscles without bones. among the bones, and the Muscles are susteyned: also the strength of the bones, which are extended with such ample scope and conuexitie, are most expedrent for the secure beyng of the heart and Lunges: otherwise all the membersNow vtile is the right constructiō of the brest. must haue yelded to voyce and respiration: which by this meanes, are most noIf the brest had bene made without bones what discommoditic had hapned. tably atchieued, together with competent compasse, and méete roome for the magnitude of the heart & lunges: which (as testifieth Fuchsius,) imitateth the fourme of the brest, but not the brest of the Lunges.

Wherfore, to the constitutyng of the frame of the brest, as the ribbes are theThe lunges [...] the four [...]e [...] the brest. principall partes, so Collumbus proueth the aforesayd Vertebres, that is from the last of the necke, to the first of the Loynes, to be of more effi [...]cie to the strengthLib. 1. Cap. 23. Lib. 1. Cap. 19. of the brest then the brest bone. For to thē (sayth he) the ribbes are coupled (almostThat the brest hath more strēgth from the [...] then from the brest bone. all) with double knittyng: and therfore receiue twise somuch strength from the Spondilles, as force from the brest bone: the number of these ribbes are xxiiij. that is, on eche side xij. and this we accōpt for the most part: although (sometime)Almost all the ribbes are double knit to the Dertebres. they may be found moe in number, or fewer, aswell in men, as women. Wherfore to dispute with the impudencie of such, as will haue the womans side in nū ber of ribbes, to surmount the mans, it should be extreme madnes and follie: forThe number of the ribbes. moe in number, or fewer, hapneth onely by the aboundance or want of the matterThe ribbes are not alway 24. of generation: no otherwise thē as sometyme we finde moe, or lesse then fiueThat the man hath as many ribbes as the woman. fingers on a hand. Also we must note, that by the extraordinarie number of Vertebres, may grow the like effect in accompt of the ribbes.

But to speake of the number which most commonly we finde: that is to say onThe reason why the ribbes are [...] some moe in others fewer. either side xij. of the whiche number there be certaine named True and Legitimate ribbes, and others false and counterfait ribbes: those that are nominated to be the trew and perfect ribbes, are the vppermost vij. because they are vnited,The number of the ribbes is answerable to the number of the De [...]tebres of the brest. by a Cartilage goyng in the middest to the brest bone by the manner of knittyng called Arthrodia, heretofore susficiently defined: fiue ribbes following these are the vntrew ribbes, because they are not conioyned in the order of the rest to the brest bone, but are committed onely to the Cartilages of the superiour frewThe diuision of the ribbes. ribbes: the xij. alone by it selfe refuseth to be fastned with the rest, and therforeWhich be yt trew ribbes. is stayed and bound to Septum transuersum: neither meruaile, if somtime you finde the xj. in that sort colligate to Diaphragma. Why they are called true ribbes.

The ribbes (as I sayd before) are with a double fyeng coarticulate to the [Page] Vertebres, all sauing the ij. last: which be in single sort committed to the Spondilles: [...] the ij. last [...] [...]. The endes of all the ribbes backwardes are prominent, like vnto headedThe Processes of the ribbes in the Posteriour part. Processes, or productions, rather sharpe, then roūd: the which heades are immitted into the bodyes of the Vertebres: There are also in the sides of them (for theThe cauities in the sydes of the Vertebres. purpose) certaine cauities, diuersly apparant: for nothyng so déepely exeaued are those, of the thrée neither most ribbes seruyng also to their inarticulation: therforeAn other Processe in the ribbe. not so firmely knit to the Vertebres. They haue besides this, not farre fromThe vse of this other Processe. the head, an other Processe, (the space therfore betwixt both is left hollowed) and this Processe [...] forth like a knot in a péece of wood, is a meane to giue theWhereto this other Processe is tied. ribbe an other stay: for it is fast tyed also, and that with most strong bondes, vnto the transuerse Processes of the Spondilles. What ribbes want the second Articulation.

The which maner of knittyng (notwithstandyng) we must not accompt commonWhat thing is common to all the ribbes. to all the ribbes: for the xi. and xij. yea many tymes the first also, are depriued of this second Articulation: yet this is cōmon to all the ribbes: that is, to consistThe Appendaunces of the ribbes. of bonny, and Cartilaginous substaunce, as also to be endewed with Appendances, as well where they couche with the cauities of the Vertebres, as also areHow much space the ribbehath of bonye substance. connected to the transuerse Processes. The whole space of them, from the Vertebres, towardes ye Anteriour partes, is of bonny substaūce: but the true, in cōmingWhere the Cartilaginous substaunce is produced [...] the ribbe. to the brest bone: and the false, to the gristels of the others, yeld forth great store of Catrilaginous substaunce: to the end that the softer with the hard, might notThe vse of the Cartilages betwixt the ribbes and brest bone. sodainly be compounded.

Moreouer the ossey substaunce of the ribbes is not euery where alike: for the extremities and endes of the mare tender, light, & hollow, but middle part muchOf the substaunce of the ribbes. harder, and also inwardly uredullous: so also, that part, that is nerest to the Vertebres, The extremities of the ribbes. is euer more narrow, and as it were round, in comparison of the otherThe middle part. space nearer to the brest, which on ech side, are made more broad, and flat. Collumbus Towardes the brest the ribbes are broader. distinguisheth the right from the left, by the thicknes & thinnes of the partes: For (sayth he) for certaine note, that the superiour part of euery ribbe, is thickerTo know y• right from the lefte ribbes. then the inferiour: and not onely in man, but likewise in all other creatures (the Lyon excepted) he alloweth this to sound with truth. Furthermore the Cartilages, The ribbes of a Lyon are not flat but rounde. which the ribbes forwardly produce, are diuerse, and not of equall Soliditie in substaunce: for those of the true ribbes, are not so soft as the gristles of the falseThe Cartilages of y• trew ribbes are hardec thē of the false. ribbes, and that for good consideration: for the one is committed to a harder substaunce, the other to a more [...] as is manifest in the vppermost or true ribbes,Why the [...] of y• trew ribbes are harder. whose Cartilages are fastned to the brest bone, whereas they of the counterfeite sort are but tied to the Cartilages of the others. Wherfore, the softer with the softer,The harder are bound to the harder partes & contrariwise. and the harder with the harder partes better to indure, and more safely to knit, who is so ignoraunt that doubteth. And that which is more, you shall finde in very old persons, those superiour Cartilages belongyng to the trew ribbes,The Cartilages of y• trew ribbes in old persones doe participate with the nature of bones. not as we haue sayde before, but to be into ossye substaunce (that is the nature of bones) degenerated, and chaunged.

Amongest the rest, the vi. vij. viij. and ix. Cartilages of the ribbes, are longest, but those of the false ribbes more slender, and narrower poynted: whiche is notIn length the difference. so of the true ribbes. Notwithstanding the Cartilage of the last is shortest of all,The Cartilage of the last ribbe is shortest. like that of the first true ribbe, except in this differing, that wheras that is sharpe and slender, contrariwise this is ample and broad: no otherwise then as it surceadethWherein the last cartilage differeth from the first. all others in bredth: and that principally, towardes the part therof that nearest approcheth the brest bone: and that farre otherwise, then hapneth in allThe first Cartilage and ribbe is broadest. the rest, whose begynnynges contraryly, are broader then any other portion of their progresse. Such Cartilages are requisite vnto the ribbes, yea and very néedfull, not onely for the easie motion of the brest, in beyng extended and compressedWhy the ribbes haue such longe Cartilages. in the sléepe, after the naturall motion of the Lunges, but also for the better [Page] safetie therof, from outward, and extrinsecall anoyaunce. For by their meanes, eche sodaine percussion, or stroake of the brest hath an easie repulse, in their yeldyngThe seruice of the Cartilages in inspiration and expiration. from it: which otherwise might breake the ribbes, or at least deuide them frō the brest bone. But these, occupying the meane space betwixt the ribbes and brest bone, are by expiration infl [...]ted, but by inspiration extended. Likewise, the vj. Cartilages of the superiour ribbes are equally distaūced, but the compasse of ye The spaces of the ribbes. ix. viij. vij. & inferiour part onely of the vj. where it respecteth the vij. are diuers,The tying together of the Cartilages. and variable, and their Cartilages so cleaue together, as they might séeme contitinuall: leauyng no space, where to be separated.

Beyond all this, eche Cartilage appertainyng to the true ribbes, hath in theHow the Cartilages of the true ribbe [...] are knit to the brest bone. end therof, as it were a certaine head, or Tubercle, wherby they are cōmitted, & ioyntly knit vnto the corners or cauities, exculped in the sides of the brest bone.

To speake of the figure of the ribbes, or what kynde of fashion they haue, noEuery mā kn [...] eth the fa [...]hion of the ribbes. man is ignoraunt: onely this is to be noted, that ye semicircled order of the ribbes, and compassed creation of the breast were most expediēt, aswell for the force andTo what vse the brest was m [...]e compa [...]. strength therof, as also for the matter conteinyng of many thynges: and so consequently, for the better safetie of thynges conteined.

The first superiours, and last inferiours, beyng farre shorter then the middlemost,The cause why the vppermost and n [...]thermost ribbes are shorther & the middle sort longer. to the roundyng and compassing of the brest do not a litle lend (as it were) their helpyng handes. Wherfore the obseruation therof is worthy: since the vppermost are more crooked and bendyng then the neithermost, which are nothyng so bounched outward, nor strayt: the middlemost agayne, beyng more long, andThe vppermost ribbes, are more crooked. large, are also broader then the rest, except it be the first of all, which as it is shortest, so it is also most broad: whereby we gather, that by the s [...]rayt cōmyng in andWhat kynde of ones are the middlemost. bendyng of the vppermost, the hyest part also of the brest is made the narrowest, and straytest of roome, but agayne further goyng downwardes, where the ribbesThe fi [...]st ribbe is shortest and broadest of all others. are largest, and more at libertie extended, there also the brest must néedes haue greater scope, and compasse, as it behoued.

Now agayne because the ribbes, in their inner region or side, are succingedPleura clotheth ye ribbes on the in side. and clothed with a most sensible Membran called Pleura, and to the end that, the asperitie and roughnes of the ribbes, might not be at any time, to the sensibilitieWhy the inside of the ribbes is not roughe. of the same, offensaūt, it was therfore carefully prouided for, they beyng inwardly, wrought so smooth & easie for the same as may be deuised. There is a certaine hollow, or long cauitie in the lower region of eche ribbe, whiche lyeng after theA Ueyne, Arterie, and Nerue, what cau [...]ie in ye ribbes receu [...]h them. lōgitude therof like a gutter, yeldeth way for the course of Veyne, Arterie, and Nerue, therein runnyng together. And this maner interne cauitie is indifferently in all the ribbes, onely stretchyng longer and déeper in the middlemost: but theThe cauities of the ribbes compared together. first & extremest ribbes, admittyng smaller vessels, for the smalnes of the ribbes, haue likewise lesser cauities or gutters, to their substaunce engraued. Wherfore, for this cause, we are most excellently warned, in the disease called of the Gréekes Empiema, that in makyng incision for the drawyng away of Pius, we beFor the disease Empiema how inscission must be made. sure to apply our instrument to the vpper region of the ribbe, but not to the neither part therof in any case: for feare of the great incommoditie, that might ensueWhat hurt may ensue by making inscission vnd [...] [...] ribbe. by deuiding those vessels: which (as appeareth in the lower side of the ribbe) are easie to be touched.

But outwardly the ribbes (I meane in the posteriour part of them) are sufficiētly rough, and vnequall, for the better fastenyng to of the Ligamentes, wherbyThe ribbes on the outsy [...] rough and why. they are alligated to the Vertebres, in that order as we haue said before. But not far frō those Tubercles or productions, which we haue nominated to articulate with the transuerse Procelles of the Spondill, the ribbes are endewed with an otherThe [...] y• long [...] of the [...] prominent portion, whereto groweth the longest Muscle of the backe: and not far thence, in a rough part of the ribbes (for so is the whole space of iij. fingers [Page] bredth from the Vertebres) is aptly inserted the vj. Muscle of mouyng the brest:The iusertion of y• vj. [...] [...] the brest. and thus are the ribbes committed to the Vertebres.

The brestbone, which the Grecias call [...], and [...], but in Latin Pectus, is [...] [...]. pectus, the brest bone. [...] is rather the region of the brest. farre otherwise in foure footed beastes, and much alienate from the naturall construction of the same in mankynd: for that in Dogges, Apes, & other such lyke, it consisteth chiesly of vij. bones: which perhaps drew Galen to that errour, as appearethOf how many bones Sternon consistech in other creatures. in his xiij. chapiter of bones: but the brest bone in man is construct and wrought of foure partes, that is to say, of iiij. or iij. bones: but not so many as are [...] in [...]. true ribbes on a side: which (I say) in beastes, & not in men, are found. Vesalius The brest bone in [...] of what parts it [...]. found but thrée in aged persons. Whereof the first is very large, and also thicke, but not so thicke as might surmount the largenes, & broader in vpper part then [...]. [...]. Cap. 19. where it meteth with the second. The secōd (cōtrariwise) is narrower in the begynnyngThe descriptiō of the first bone. then at the lower ende, and excéedeth also more in largenes, then inThe descriptiō of the second bone. thicknes: but the thyrd is a small bone, and is committed to the inferiour part ofThe third bone. wherfore it is [...] to the brest. the second bone, after the like order as the second is ioyned with the first: and is knit there, to the second bone, whereas the Cartilages of the vij. [...] be Articulate [...] [...] where. to the lower seate of the same. This bone, as it is large, so is it also slender,Of the substaunce of Sternon. and in the lower seate therof degenerateth into a Cartilage, which hath to name by propper appellation from the Latins, mucronata Cartilago. The substaunce ofHow the brest bones are bound together. the bones of the brest retaynoth no certaine solliditie, but are euery where soft, Spongie, and hollow, and are bounde together, eche one by the helpe of a Cartilage: Col. lib. 1. Cap. 20. the whiche manner of knittyng and Coarticulation, Galen calleth Synarthrosum, whose mouing is obscure, and as playnly we haue discused hertofore:The brest bones are [...] together by Simphisis. but Vesalius, and Collumbus do write in steade therof Symphisis: which we declared to be destitute of all manner motion, as the brest bones, which (notwithstandingThe brest bones moue after the motion of the ribbes. they be commitid together with Cartilages,) haue not any mouing, but thereby rather bow, and yéeld to the elation and depression of the ribbes. The vpper part of the first, is much larger then any part of the rest, and also thicker, hauyng inThe [...] yeeldyng to ye descense of the rough artetye. the middlemost part therof aboue a hollow manifestly exculped, giuyng place to the descension of the roughe [...]. On eche side of the which corner, the substaunce of the same bone is once agayne excaued outwardly, and that most excellently, to admitte the Articulation and knittyng of the canell bone on eche side.The cauities admitting ye heades of yt [...] bones. Both the inner and outer region of the brest bone is indifferent smooth, and euen, but the toppe of necessitie hath a certaine roughnes, whence springeth and exurgethThe toppe of the brest bone tonghe to what ende. a valiaunt long Muscle, stretchyng from the toppe of this Pectorall bone, vp to the Mammillar Processe on eche side, where it is worthely implanted.

At the lower end therof (as we sayd euen now) groweth the Triangular Cartilage, At the lower end of the brest bone groweth the [...] Cartilage. named Mucronata, because it is downewardes sharpe poynted, and edged like a sword: wherfore some also call it Ensiformis, and Gladialis: other, for that it hāgeth like a shield, say Clypealis: some agayne, Malum granatū: but the Greekes,The figure of this Cartilage. Xiphoides. Wherby some heretofore, haue supposed ye mouth of the Ventricles toThe names of it. be chiesty defended, as onely a muniment for that end to haue bene created: whē Why this Cartilage canot [...] the mouth of the stomache. as it is euident, the mouth of y• Ventricle to be thence not a litle distaunt: & nearer (by farre) situated vnto the backe. Wherfore this accordyng to the opinion of the latter sort, the brest bone was created as a stabiliment vnto the ribbes, whichThe mouth of the [...] is nearer the backe. Orbicularly effourme, & fashion the amplitude & largenes of the brest. But Mucronata Cartilago (sayth Realdus) is principally a propugnacle vnto Septum transuersum, which in that place is much of sinewye, or tendinous substaunce, wherebyThe vses of [...] [...]. it commeth to passe, that by the vicinitie it hath with Septum transuersum, and the same Diaphragma with Pericardon (whiche is the Inuolucre of the hart,)A woud in [...] [...] inferreth death. and so consequently with the hart, a wound that penetrateth the same Cartilage, and hurteth the midrefe, induceth death, most commonly: as more at large we [Page] haue declared other where.

AS touchyng the Ossicle, or litle bone conteined within the hart, although itOf the bone in y• hart. pleaseth Collumbus vtterly to disdayne the description therof and lesse to beleue any such matter, deridyng ye authoritie of Galen somuch in that behalfe: yet as tract of tyme (the naturall nourse experiēce,) teacheth ye paynfull Artiste y• readyOportunitie findeth that some tyme which want of good occasion long tyme before did darken. way out of the doores of darknes: euē so truth (like vnto the flames of fire) beyng neuer so couered & damped for a space, findeth yssue (at length) on one side or other: & so is clearely apparaunt to all beholders. I meane not hereby to repugne altogether ye doctrine of so worthy a man, whose knowledge & rare experiēce (asI purpose not to proue that which shall be found in all ages but that in the last age I suppose it trew for the most part although Columbus confesseth no tyme. I ought) so I honour: but rather with such cōiecture as standeth both with experiēce, & sufficiēt probabilitie to stand forth in the middest. Galen sayth in his vij. De Vsu partium, that in the foundation of ye hart, (about the rootes of Arteria aorta: the Arteriall Veines, & of their Membrans,) is found a certaine Ossicle, which is not playnly a bone, but like a Cartilage: but the greater that the creature is, the more also doth that Cartilage degenerate into Ossie substaunce. Hereby isThe beginning of the bone in the hart. signified, that Galen meant not in the hart onely of Man that a bone might be founde, who is nothyng neare the quantitie of such creatures as he dissected forGalen nameth the beasts wherin he found this bone. that purpose: & after the inuention therof (as at Rome he foūd it in an Elephāt) he forbiddeth vs to call it simply a bone, or an Ossie Cartilage, but a Cartilaginous It is not an O [...]sie cartilage but a cartilaymous bone. bone. And notwitstandyng that he sought the same in other creatures then man, yet I cannot thinke that he simply ascribed the same vnto the body of Man onely of imagination: But as he sayd as touchyng beastes, the greater they be of bodyes, the more also &c. so I vnderstand his meanyng as touchyng men, not soThe elder y• body the harder this Cartilage. much as their bodyes differ in quantitie, but rather thus, ye elder that the body is (especially after ye ripenes of yeares) the more manifestly also doth ye same Cartilage become harder of substaūce: so that in men full of dayes, & such decrepittes as old age hath long arrested, we may finde (as Galen sayth) this Cartilaginous bone at the rootes and Membrans, of the sayd Arteries, and Arteriall Veyne: as it were a staffe, or stay vnto them and a stabiliment to the whole body of the hart The vse of y• bone in the hart. in the debilitie of yeares, and that with great perspicuitie. Doth not Collumbus himselfe, in his vij. booke entreatyng of the hart and Arteries confesse, that in the place before mentioned doth grow a Cartilaginous substaunce? Whiche, by his wordes in his xxj. chapiter of bones, he graunteth to be a firmament and groundWhat age bringeth to passe. to the rootes of the same Arterie, and Arteriall Veyne? And who doubteth but as age taketh away Appendances, driueth out Seames, hydeth Commissures, and in diuers places of the body transformeth Gristels vnto bones, & soft substaunce into harder: so likewise this in the hart, degenerateth from the nature of a simple Cartilage, into a Cartilaginous bone. And that I séeme not to runne altogetherA trew exployt in y• bone of y• hart. headlōg vpon coniecture, I make it knowne vnto you that the sight of myne owne eyes haue testified, in dissectyng the body of an old Gentleman, of great worshyp, and famous autiquitie, in Lincolneshyre. Anno Do. 1574. Whilest imitatyng the mynde of Galen, I opened ye least Vētricle of the hart, & searched toWhere the bone in the hart was [...] found and what kinde of one. the roote of Aorta, I easely discouered ye thyng, wherfore I sought: findyng there the Cartilage fastened to the Mēbrans, of ye aforesayd vessels, become vpwardes, playnly of Ossie substaunce, the length of iij. Barley cornes, & at the neither end gristelly, the lēgth of one: whereto was fastened ye rootes of the great Arterie, named Aorta, & the Arteriall Veyne, with their Membrās. And this Cartilaginous That the Cartilage in many yeares doth degenerate into a bone though some other creatures haue it in all a [...]es. bone I willyngly separated frō the body of ye hart, in opē sight of the worshipfull, the old Gentleman his aliaūce & frendes, who I suppose haue as yet reserued it.

Thus (gentle Reader) thou hast to determine of the bone in the hart: not that I will haue it found, as generally as other bones, in euery age, but that I would not neglect the description therof, for thy easier vnderstanding, wheresoeuer thou [Page] shalt happen to inuent the like.The shoulder blades or scaple bones.

NOw it followeth to speake of the shoulder blades, which the Gréekes call [...], and somewhiles simple [...], but the Latins most commonlyThe number of scaple bones. Scapulae, & are two in nūber: that is to say, on ech side one, and are sited towardes the toppe and posteriour region of the brest, being bound also by the interuentureSituation. of Muscles, to Occiput, to the Vertebres of the necke, and brest, and to the bone Hyoides: so likewise cleauyng to the vppermost ribbes behynd, do serue as propper [...]se. propugnacles to defend the backe, and giue strong repulse to all outward iniuriesWhat part of the backe standeth most in the waye of hurt. offred therto: the whiche part in déede of the backe is more in the way of outward damages, and stroakes then any other: wherefore the shoulder blades are made after a defensiue fourme, beyng inwardly towardes the ribbes, concaued, [...]. and hollow, but outwardly prominent, and puttyng forth a strong ridge, likeThe spine of the the scapple bone. the rising of a hill, or rocke vnto the súperiour part: not a litle to the augmenting of their validitie.

And besides those partes before named, who seeth not how the shoulder bladesThe scaple bones to y• canell bones and shoulders. are most firmely Articulated to the Canell bones, and shoulders, to the Vertebres of the brest, necke, Hyoides, Occiput, ribbes, & their Muscles: wherby in déedeThe knittu [...]g of the canell bones. appeareth how necessary is their cōstruction, since not onely they defend the hinderThe necessitie of ther cōstruction. partes, but also admitte the insertion, & due growyng and rising of Muscles.

Their fashiō is after a Triangular maner, although not equally sided, or squared.The scapple bone [...] square. For the vpper part is a great deale shorter then the other two, which goyng downwardes, do end at an obtused and blunt corner. And this obtused corner, is that part which Collumbus supposeth most worthy to be called the seate or foundationLib. 1. Cap. 21. The foundation of y• scaple bone. of the shoulder blade: Albeit Vesalius iudgeth it to be that side of Scapula, that reacheth down after the longitude of the backe, next to the Spinall Processes of the pectorall Vertebres.

But briefly, these bones are endewed with thrée notable productions, or Processes: 1 The Processes of scaple bone. whereof the first beyng likewise shortest, hath a broad and hollowed head, ordained necessarily to receiue vnto it the toppe of the shoulder, beyng first knitThe first Processe. thereto: yet because the compasse of this Processe was not sufficient inough toWhat amplisteth y• hole in the first Processe. conteine therein a hole agréeyng, or correspondent to the greatnes of the head of the shoulder, and because also it was requisite, that the largenes thereof should be such, as might safely comprehend, and k [...]pe the same for ouer lightly rushyngThe vse of y• cartilage in y• vniting of the shoulder to the scaple. out of his place: therfore nature not onely added therto a thicke Cartilage: which coueryng the inner part and sides of the cauities, maketh for it a large and deeper hole, but also beset it excellently with the two other Processes, as it were onThe i [...]. other Processes, their vse and situation. the most perillous partes, and daungerous sides.

One of them compared to a Crowes beke, or anker, is therefore called Ancyroides, 2 or Coracoides. By this y• arme is distaūt, and deduced from the ribbes: & The Processe Ancyroides. this conteineth the shoulder bone in his seate, yelding thereto great validitie andThe insertion of a Muscle to [...]. force on that part. No lesse maketh it also the insertiō of the Muscle, which draweth the shoulder blade to the Anteriour partes, and boweth the cubite.

The other, beyng the last of the thrée Processes, beyng that, we assimuled and 3 likened to the ridge, or rising of a hill, is farre lōger, and further prominent thenThe Processe Acromion why it is so called. any of the rest. This is it which the Grecians do nominate [...], as it were the poynt and toppe of ye shoulder. This Processe (as it were houeryng ouer theThe vse of Acromion. toppe of the shoulder) worthely prohibiteth, that no sodaine Luxation vpwardes be committed, but is euer a most safe defēce and propugnacle thereto: so that the shoulder is strongly munited and fensed from sodayne decay, by the two last recited Processes, and no lesse bound vnto his seate by the first. But this, not all theThe canell bone is [...]oyned to Acromion. office of the thyrd: for, besides that it maketh the shoulder eche where more strōg and perdurable, it offreth forwardly a place, whereto the Cannell bone is aptly [Page] knit and confirmed. And prepareth a most apt seate for the insertion of Muscles.

These bones are eche where vnequall, and no place fourmed lyke an other.The mequalitie or ye scaple bones in thicknes and thinnes. For all that space on the vpper side, betwene the broad Processe backwardes by the ridge, to the extreme border, and also beneth the same ridged Processe, downe to the seate or foūdation aforesayd, is very thinne, & vnequally hollowed, but the Processes them selues, & (principally) that part of the bone that is next vnto the arme, sheweth not onely an excellent thicknes, but also the substaunce therof appearethWhere the scaple bones are [...] and medullous. medullous and hollow. The inner region therof hath cauities, that obliquely stretch ouerthwart, made by the often mouyng of the ribbes, which on theThe inner Cauities of the scapple bone. outer side agayne do protuberate and giue forth. And notwithstandyng that some partes outwardly, yeld to the inner cauities mentioned, yet neuerthelesse theThe cauities on the outside. same side, resuseth not to giue place with like hollownes, to the Muscles whiche are orderly in them couched: which marueilously argueth the industry of nature,The industrie of nature in y• outer Cauities. who to the end their substaunce might not throughly be decayde, would not eche where, for the insertion of Muscles, or scope of the ribbes, embicill, and wast so much of the bones: but rather outwardes, and inwardes (as such occasion was offred) that they should bowe, and yeld on ech side.

The number of Appēdances attributed to these bones are v. that is to say iij.Fiue appendaunces of the scapple bone. at the inner side, neare in the goyng down of the Spine, which are fastened to the foundation of the shoulder blade: the which place is the original of certaine Muscles. The other ij. portions Appendant, do minister Ligamentes, wherewith theThe vses of the appendaunces. shoulder is bound in his seate or hole, and the Cannell bones fastened to the rehearsed Processe named Acromion: that is to say, of these ij. Appendances Acromion chalengeth one, and the hollow or seate of the shoulder the other.

Furthermore in the toppe of the shoulder blade, betwene the Processe Acromion, The vse of the cauitie betwene the processe Acromio and the head of the scaple. and the supreme part of Scapula, is a propper rounde cauitie made, that by the Muscle therein sited, might happen the circumaction and round, or whéelyng motion of the shoulder. Much profitable therfore we must accompt this Processe Acromion: which both strengthneth the other partés, produceth Appendances, Now vtile is the Processe Acromio Such creatures as haue not [...] bones [...]oe want y• Acromion Processe. offreth it selfe to the insertion of Muscles, and stayeth in such order the Cannell bones, as that Collumbus sayth, such creatures as haue not those bones, neither haue they this Processe Acromion.

THe Canell bones therfore, called in Gréeke [...], in Latin Furculae, Clauiculae, Cle [...]des. 1. Clauicul [...], ye canell bones The canell bones ioyn to the toppe of the brest. or Iugula, whiche we haue not yet spoken of among the partes of the brest, are certaine bones ioyned on eche side aswell to the brest bone, as the shoulder blade, and thus.

From the cauitie on both sides, of the toppe and vpper part of the brest bone,The descriptiō of the canell bones. which we haue before described, departeth the Clauicles or Canell bones (as our common English Phrase is) & beyng ouerthwartly conuayed, do ascēd aboue the top of the shoulder vnto the late recited Processe called Acromiō: where they shutTheir vses. in, and enclose the shoulder, coarticulate, & knit with Scapula, as we haue sayd before, in such order, as that the arme thence by no manner of meanes, may slippe vnto the brest: but there hence holdeth it so stedfastly distaūt, as greatly auayleth, not onely to the mouyng of the handes aptly to the brest, but also (as it séemeth) most seruiceable to their innumerable actions: which otherwise might moue, butWhy they are called Furculae. at no tyme with such stabilitie, & stedfast certaintie of doyng: which is the cause that some haue called them Furculae: as it were litle proppes, or postes, to susteineWhy they are called Clauiculae. the shoulders: some agayne Clauiculae: as it were the keyes of sure and certaineWhy they are called Iugula. mouyng. Others Iugula: as they say, for the fashion of yokes by them resembled.

To speake of their substaunce, which is fistulous, and hollow, couered with aThe substaunce of the clauicles. thinne bonny crust, you shall finde them most easie to breake, beyng much moreThe figure of the clauicles. roūd then a [...], and also thicker: saue that their hollownes maketh them more [Page] ragil [...], and britle: their makyng is not vnlike this figure. S. for twise are the Clauicles crooked, twise bounched out, and twise concaued, or hollowed: from the begynnyng at Os pectoris, vnto the middle region, or halfe of the bone, it is hollow inwardly, but outwardly bowed in round compasse as long a space. And contrariwise, goyng from that same halfe part, vp to the Processe of the scaple bone, it is outwardly hollow, and inwardly conuexed: the which kynde of crookednes natureWhy the Canell bones are crooked. deuised not in vaine: estéemyng it more fitte and necessary, that so the Clauicles might occupy their places, as rather Aspera arteria, and these néedfull passages of the throte might not be hindred, or pressed, then that they should be directlyWhy the Canell bones are forward more [...] then backward. stretched so, as might both obstinately resist those, and be neuer the fitter to Articulate with their places.

Agayne note, that for great reason the Cannell bone is rather forward, then backwardes prominēt, and bearing out. For vnder that regiō lyeth the progresse of principall vessels, caryeng the Animall, Uitall, and Naturall Faculties thatThe [...] defendeth Axillaris Vena and Arteria [...], and v. Nerues. is to saye Vena axillaris, and Cephalica, with an excellent great Arterie, beyng accompanied with the fiue Nerues, vnto the hand transmitted: to all which, the incurued or crooked part of the Clauicle notably giueth place, and is a mete propugnacle for their safe passage.

The head and vpper end of the Clauicle, where it meteth with Acromion, isThe heades of y• cauell bone. broad, and depressed, hauyng therein a cauitie exculped, mete to admitte the sydeThohead to Acromion. of the Processe, for the softer beyng thereto. But the other head and end is round, after a certaine manner, especially in that place, whiche the hole exculped inThe head to Sternon. Sternon, receiueth.

Appendances notwithstandyng are propper to both the heades; couered withThe Appendances of y• clauicles. Two manner of Cartilages to the lower head of the canell bone. their Cartilages: but to that end, that is setled in the brest, an other moreouer is added: yet is their knittyng, but after the maner of Articulation called Arthrodia: Finally at y• clauicles some Muscles haue their begynnyng, other some thereThe articulation of the clauicles, refered to [...]. ending: therfore it behoued some partes of them to be rough, ridged, or knotty: as may be sene in diuers places of the same bones, inwardly aspectyng, for the producyng of Ligamentes, & Muscles: which may not escape vntouched, when weThe Asperities and roughe lines of y• cannel bones to what vse. come to their descriptions. Lastly note, that as no part is destitute of nourishment, no not the Loynes, but haue that which is due to nourishe and maintayne them, so nature forgat not to giue vnto these, as also to the scaple bones lastAll bones are nourished with bloud. before rehearsed, some slender surcles, and twigges of Veynes, which [...] their substaunce here and there, do duely féed them.

HVmerus, whiche in Englishe phrase is interpreted the shoulder, is alwayHumerus y• shoulder. taken for the Processe, and large ridge or rising of the scaple Bone, orA note to the reader what is ment by the shoulder least he be deceyued. shoulder blade called Acromion: so that all that we lay vpon this Processe of the scaple bone, we say we beare it on shoulder: but note gentle Reader that here accordyng to the Latin description, thou mayest permit me to vse an other phrase,The situation of Humerus. and to vnderstand by name of shoulder, the hyghest bone of the arme, which beneath,The cubitte consisteth of Vlna and Radius. with Radius and Vlna, and aboue with the short Processe of the Scapple bone, is comoyned.

It is singularly numbred, and of all the bones of the arme, the greatest long,The description of the shoulder. Galen in errour. and roūd, but not largest of all others except the thighe: though Galen willed vs so to estéeme of it: for the great bone of the legge excéedeth it fare, and (as sayth Collumbus) it is neither equall to Os sacrum in magnitude, nor to Os Ilium in latitude.The inequalitie of the shoulder. And notwithstandyng that it is after a sort (for the most part) round, yet it is not of Cauities or corners, but is much vnequall, for the placyng, knitting, and rising of the Muscles: the superiour part therof is roūd, and great headed, inThe [...] of the shoulder. dewed with a large Appendance: which is also, not sparyngly couered with a Cartilaginous crust, aptly inserted in the hole or cuppe of the Scapple bone: [Page] which hole with an other Cartilage is notably enlarged, supplyeng the want ofThe [...] [...] [...] [...] [...] [...] [...] [...] [...] [...] [...] [...] [...] [...] [...] thicknes in the same Processe: whereby the hole could be no larger, as we haue touched before. The same vpper head hath also two Processes, with a corner, or gutter most euidently deuided: the for most of them is lesse then the hinmost, andThe Processes of the [...] of the [...]. the greatest portion of them both, is within the compasse of the Appendance cō prehended: and that cauitie or hollow, interiected betwene them, is a seat for theThe vse [...] [...] [...] [...] the Processes. Muscle, which with a double begynnyng flowyng from the shoulder blade, is this way delated downward, to the bowyng of the cubitte. But the inferiour partThe [...] head [...] y• shoulder bone. of this shoulder bone, not beyng round as is before sayd of the superiour part, is (notwithstandyng) large, and variformed, eche side vnlyke another, both in corners, heades, prominent partes, and such like. Among the which, we haue to noteThe deepe [...] one ech [...] of the [...] head of the shoulder. on eche side a hole, that is to say, in the fore side and hinmost part: although one of them in largenes, and depth, excéedeth an other. As that in the inner seate forwardly, which receiueth the second Processe of Vlna, whilest the cubit is contrahedThe vse of that cauitie on the [...]. syde. and drawne in such wise, as the hand may touch the shoulder. But the hole in the hinder part of this lower head, is much déeper and larger, wherunto, whē The vse of the cauitie on y• [...]. the cubit is at furthest extended, the posteriour and great Processe thereof, is roted and wheled: being a stoppe and stay thereto, then which, no further it may passe. Wherfore Hypocrates calleth these holes [...] beyng the seates, and groundes, of the cubittes motion.

But besides, this inferiour part, which we haue affirmed to be large and ample,The three heades in the inferiour part. riseth as it were in iij. heades, not much in space vnequall, nor in greatnes differyng, being excellently therfore (by the consent of all Anathomistes) comparedComparisō [...] to a pullye. to a pulley, wherein gutters are carued for the course of the ropes: so betwenThe third head and middlemost is the least of the thrce. these iij. heades or ridges, are two notable gutters or cauities, excellently deuided by the thyrd ridge, beyng the least of the iij. In one of the which gutters runneth Vlna, lightly to the extendyng, and bowing of the cubitte: the endes of whoseHow [...] [...] inserted to y• [...] and extension of the cubit. motions, are accomplished most exquisitely, by the Cauities before described: into which this gutter, due to Vlna, on eche side falleth the other gutter, situate inThe gutter wherin [...] runneth, falleth from one of the deepe cauities, into y• other. the space betwene the middlemost ridge, and the outmost head, yeldyng way to the inner side of the head of Radius, beyng déeply incrusted with a Cartilage, as also the head it selfe: which beyng more round then the other, is Articulated and knit vnto Radius, although the same Radius hath not a hole so large, as mightThe head of [...] insert to the outmost gutter. comprise the whole scope therof: which (in my iudgement) had bene more incommodious then néedfull: for the outmost part of the inferiour head of the shoolderWhy y• outmost head of the shoulder beareth lesse then the [...] ij. bone iutteth out more inwardly, and lesse outwardly, thē any other: and the reason is, because the vpper head of Radius, lurketh more in the bosome of the innerWhy the outmost head of y• iij. beareth no compasse backward. region of Vlna: and that it should not comprehend such scope of compasse backwardes, the case is manifest, that in the extention of the cubit, when the head of Radius standeth vpon the toppe or hinder part of this bole or turne, then the posteriourThe vse of the highest head of the three. great Processe of Vlna is denyed to go any further within the hole, exculped in the hinder part of this bone. And how the highest ridge of the iij. seruethThe benefite of the insertion of Radius to y• shoulder. notably, to hold in the exteriour side of Vlna in his motion, no man is ignoraunt. But this is to be noted of euery one, that the propper Articulation of Radius withWhat motion is archeiued by Vlnas the shoulder bone, offreth vnto vs the possibilitie of guidyng our hand obliquely to the sides: and when it is extended together with the arme, such a motion isThe ij. Processes of the inferiour head of the shoulder & their vses. is brought to passe by the benefite of Vlna, Radius consentyng onely.

Furthermore, beside these heades before mētioned, there are iij. Processes extāt at the sides of y• lower head of Humerus, of which the inner is much the greater:The [...] head of the shoulder hath an [...]. to these productions are fastened the begynnynges of Muscles extēded to the extreme part of the hand. And although neither Galen nor Vesalius, with others in tymes past, haue knowen, or acknowledged any Appendance to this head, [Page] wherto the cubit is Articulated, yet Realdus Collumbus (whose sweatyng labours could neuer appale the infatigable courage of this searching skill) hath professed it euident in young Childrē, neither can I estéeme therof any otherwise, in vewyng the exteriour Processe for the insertion of Muscles, bei [...]g the lesser of the twoThe vnequall fourme of yt space betwene the [...] heades of yt shoulder, and to what ende. last described.

As touchyng the space betwene yt superiour & inferiour head of this bone after the longitude therof, you shall finde it somewhere Gibbous, or bounched, and ootherwhere hollow, & flatte, the which varietie of fourme, is required by the sondryThe inward hollownes of the shoulder contayneth his nouri [...]hment. vses of Muscles thereto on eche side adherent, as hereafter shalbe sayd. And since it is manifest to euery one, that this bone of the shoulder is inwardly concaued, as also all others like in the body, for the conteinyng of such due nourishmēt,The cubitte what it signifieth. as Nature by the small braūches of Veynes conueyeth into their substaūce, it shall not auayle me to speake more therof.Of what partes the cubitte doth consist.

BY the name of cubit we vnderstand the whole scope of length, betwene the shoulder bone, and the wrest of the head conteinyng two long Bones, muchLib. 1. Cap. 24. lesse then the shoulder bone. Either of them are endewed with their Appendances The cubitte hath appendances in the vpper part. sayth Collumbus but in the superiour part, where they be Articulated with theThe inferiour part of Cubitus and Radius doe hold their appendances long. shoulder bone, the Appendances are but short, and transmuted into the portions of bones. Yet neither Vesalius, nor Galen had knowledge of them but in the inferiour part, both the bones haue Appendan [...]es euident inough.

Of these two Bones, that which is lowest situated is called Vlnae, commonly 1 Vlna is also called Cubitus. Cubitus, though (after the barbarous packe) Focile minus: but the vppermost Radius, and by the barbarous terme, Focile maius: they are ioyned together both amongRadius. them selues, aswell as with the shoulder bone, and wrest of the hand: although in the inferiour part, Vlna be committed to Radius onely: but in order, asVlna & Radius are committed together among them selues as also to others. we will declare anone.

The superiour part (notwithstandyng) of Vlna beyng thicker, doth end in two Processes, long, and triāgular, yet not sharpe as Galen accompted them, but obtused and blunt: these Processes are so attolled, and prominent, as behoued them to follow the space, that is excaued in the middest betwene them after the fashion of a halfe circle: the which cauitie, beyng shut in by these protuberatyng Processes, The vse of Sigmoi des. represēteth the figure of a Cin Latin, not farre vnlike [...] in Gréeke and for that cause Galen named it Sigmoïdes. It was ordained, that aptly the same Processes Lib. de. os. Cap. 17. might complect, and embrace the hollow or rounded gutter in the lower end and shoulder bone, as aforesayd, and to be turned about the same: WherforeVesalius ca. 24 in the middest of Sigmoïdes, we haue to discerne clearely, a prominent line, whichCollumbus ca. 24 The vse of ye line in the middest of Sigmoides. in the middest of the aforesayd gutter of the shoulder bone, runneth rounde, like a corde in the whéele of a pullie: whereby Vlna slippeth forth on no side, but on either side of the bones springeth mutuall ingresse: therfore this articulation mayThe articulation of the shoulder with the cubit is referred to Ginglimon. be attributed rightly to Ginglimon: to the first Processe, which is much lesse then the hinmost, and in the inner part therof, where a cauitis is engrauē for the purpose, the head of Radius is admitted sideway, and as it were leanyng to. But departyng from these Processes, Vlna is the further downward, the more imbecilled,How [...] to [...] in the vpper part is ioyned. and weakened, euen downe to the very end or head therof: which sometyme enclineth more towardes the inner part, where in a slight cauitie, made in theHow Vlna in the neither part is setled to Radius. side of Radius, it sléepeth. Neither is it ioyned with the wrest of the hand, as Galen supposed: for no portion of the wrest is found adherent to the lower head of Vlna. Furthermore, when as outwardly from this head of Vlna, a certaine litle [...]ib. de. ols. Cap. 17 Lib. 1. Cap. 1 [...]. Processe long, and sharpe, is produced, whiche the Grecian Anathomisles haueGal [...]n in err [...]ut. likewise nominated Styloides, Galen therfore iudged the same to be fastened to ye The Processe of [...] called [...]. outer one of ye wrest, and so, by that reason, to become a meane to moue the hād obliquely, or slopewise: the which opiniō Vesalius worthely reproueth, and wholly [Page] confuteth with most probable reasons. Collumbus (agayne) sayth it is so farreThe Processe Stiloides [...]oth not giue the hand oblique mouing. alienate from the nature of the thyng, and dissonaunt from veritie it selfe, as that the same Processe, to the workyng of the like esfeat in motion, as Galen would haue it, is rather a let and hinderaunce, then any wayes a meaue to further it. Neither is this Processe much distaunt frō the fourth bone of the wrest, although [...] is [...] test to yt iiij. bo [...]e of the wr [...]st nor to the viij. Galen commendeth thereto the viij. bone: which beareth veritie onely in an Ape. Notwithstanding, a certaine thicke & soft Cartilage is put betwene them, which,By what meanes this Proces [...]e is vnited to yt wrest. The benesit of Stiloides. supplyeng the vacant rowme, where it is put, holdeth méetly either of them, but therfore they are not cōioyned. Neuerthelesse it may not be denyed, but that this Processe: addeth some strength vnto the wrest, lest it should altogether slippe frō that part: beyng therfore, so farre extended from the head of Vlna. To say briefly therfore, Vlna is in the exteriour part therof, euen, and round for the most part: but on the side towardes Radius, is a certaine rough line, extendyng after the longitudeThe vse of the [...] [...] [...] [...] in [...]. therof, with other light cauities: out of which places, spryng the Muscles seruyng ye to thōbe, as also that Muscle, that carieth the fore finger frō the thōbe.

The other and vppermost bone, called of the Greciās [...], of the Latins Radius, 2 occupieth (outwardly) the whole length almost of Vlna, endyng at ij. thickeCer [...]. 1. Radi [...]. heades, that is to say, both vpward, and downward: but as the highest is moreThe s [...]ation of Radius. round, so the lowest is much greater, and broader: which, consideryng how it is aboue articulate with the shoulder bone, and beneath with the wrest, you willThe he [...] of Radius com [...]ared together. graūt was not rashly deuised. For the shoulder on that side endyng round, after a certaine maner, it behoued the head of Radius also to be more depressed, & somewhatThe cubite aboue is bound to the [...] but beneth to the wrest. [...] moueth yt hand [...]bliquely vpward or downward. sinnous, to the end it might yeld meanes to the mouyng of the hand, obliquely vpwardes, or downwardes: which could not be, but by the round cauitie in the head of Radius, cleauyng likewise to the rounde head of the shoulder: by whose benefit, it is circumuerted, and turned round: to the which effect, the corner, which we haue sayd to be insculped in the inner region of the first Processe The vse of the ca [...]tie in the inner region of the [...] Processe of [...]. of Vlna, aptly obeyeth, the interne portion of Radius head, therein sittyng: by the which double articulatiō (also) of Radius, cōmeth to passe, that it easely helpeth ye flexion & extension of ye cubit. The same head of Radius is copiously couered withThe vse of much Cartilage about yt head of Radius. a Cartilage, to encrease the agilitie of his motion. But frō this head, descendyngThe necke of Radiu [...]. with a necke, somwhat long, and round, at the outward side towardes Vlna, thrusteth out a tubercle, whereat is ended the first Muscle, that to the bowyng of theThe vse of his tubercle or knot nere the necke. arme, giueth occasion: and also receiueth a portion of an other, endewed with the same function and office, which almost wholly, is implāted to the superiour partThe descriptiō of the inferiour part of Rad [...]us. of Vlna. But the inferiour part of Radius beyng (as we sayd) more depressed, and broader then the other, & not a litle augmented by the helpe of an Appendance, The. cauities admittyng the ij. vpper [...]ost [...]ones of the wrest. is not onely at the end flatted, but also ample, large, and with a double bosome, or hollow excaued: wherein, the two vppermost bones of the wrest, are inarticulatedThe wrest of the hād is tyed to Radius. and knit: to which, since all the bones of the wrest els, are with a streit bond vnited, and tyed, we may worthely with Collumbus say that the whole wrest byHow the hand is [...]ted both vpward and downward. the meanes of such coupling and tyeng together, is destined to the articulation of Radius: whence it commeth, that it is not onely lawfull for the hand, to turne both vpward and downward, but also to be lead with libertie to eche side. Neuerthelesse,How the hand moueth vp and down obliquely, How Radius assisteth yt slexion and extentiō of the cu [...]te. whē we will our hand to be bowed either obliquely vpwardes, or downwardes, that action is most worthely atchieued when Radius onely laboureth, Ulna resceth. But euē as Radius, to helpe & assist the flexion of the cubit, is aboue admitted into the of bosome Ulna: so it likewise (requiryng to ye like mutuall societie,The principall incuing of the cubitte is frō Vlna. and deligence of Ulna in leadyng, and guidyng the hand, whilest it followeth the motion of the cubit) for the seate of the inferiour head therof Ulna mutually ordaineth a corner: as before we haue touched. Wherfore Radius is aboueRadius is aboue receyned, ben [...] receiueth. receiued of Ulna, but beneath receiueth Ulna: and this kynde of composition, is [Page] thought most aptly to be called Arthrodia: the Anteriour part beneth of the headThe inferiou [...] head of [...] why it is playne and forward [...]. of Radius, is made playne, and euen, though somwhat bendyng, that so it might giue free scope and passage to the tendons of Muscles, which chalenge the bowing of the second, and thyrd ioynt of the fingers. After the same maner, the posteriourWhy there be ma ny cauitie [...] in the posteriour part of the interior head of Radius. part giueth rowme to the tendous of Muscles, stretched to the exteriour ioyntes, whereby they are extended, and holden forth; therfore vnequally is that part replet with cauities. The exteriour portion of the same head, towardes the thōbe,The vse of ye [...] Processe in Radius. putteth forth a certaine Mammillar Processe, for no other cause, but to defend the wrest, so that in that place it may not lightly be luxated, or displaced. MoreouerThe outsyde of Radius. the outer syde of Radius is rounde, and leuigated: but within, hath (as it were) a sharpe edge, extended in lōg progresse, & distaunt from y• region of the other line,The liue in Radius compared to the lyne in cubites. described in the inner part of Ulna, very like vnto this. From either of the which lines floweth a certayn Membrane, to ech of them mutually fastned: wherebyThe vse of y• lyue in Cubitus and Radius. these ij. bones, so seuered one from an other, are colligated, and together in the middest after a certaine maner tyed. And this Membran maketh also a diuision,The vse of the Membran betwen cubites and Radius. wherby the interiour Muscles, of the cubit, are frō the exteriour easely separated.

Both these bones are hollow within, and replenished with marey: both thatWhy y• bones of y• cubit are hollow. they might be the lighter, and also not frustrate of their necessary nourishment.

BUt before we fall to orderly descriptiō of the wrest of the hād, this one thyngNote. we note by the way: that by the customable maner, and frequented phrase of our English speach, this word hand, compriseth all the space betwene the inferiour head of Radius, and the extremities of the fingers: which, by the order ofHow the hand is be [...]ded by Anathomicall description. Anathomicall description, is compounded of iij. partes: that is to say, Brachiale, which we call the wrest of the hand: Postbrachiale, which is the space betweneBrachiale. the wrest, and the first ioynt of the fingers: the thyrd part then is Digiti, or thePostbrachiale. fingers: whereto hereafter we will come in order. And it séemeth also, that Hipochrates Digiti. vnderstode the like that we do by the name of Manus: although Collumbus Hipocrates. writeth in his chapiter of y• shoulder, that Hipochrates, called the whole lēgthCollumbus. from the scaple bone, vnto the extreme endes of the fingers, Manus: whilest it is otherwise euident in his booke De ossium natura, M. Fabius Caluus being interpretour: where he hath these wordes: Mànus quidem ossa septem & vigiti sunt. & c. theSeuen & twenty bones contayned betwene the cubitte and fingers endes. which number, may stretch no further then from the first of the fingers, to the last of the wrest. But that the volumes of Hipocra. are not altogether consonant, and agreeyng together, appeareth not onely by this, but is witnessed in the same trāslatiō The volumes of Hipocrates not all [...]. of Hipocra. workes, wherof Fabius Caluus, Gulielmus Copus, Nicol. Leonicen. and Andraeas Brent. were interpretours.

AT length returnyng to the first of the thrée diuisions of the hand, which is called of the Gréekes [...], the Latins haue in steade thereof (as is sayd before) Brachiale: it is to be vnderstanded the whole strewe, and packe of bones,What [...] y• wrest of the hand. intersited betwene the cubit, & Postbrachiale: which is ye middle of ye hand, (wherto I can giue no propper Englishe, except I shall call that part the backe of the hand, or after the Latins the Postbrachiall bones.

The number of the bones that constitute the wrest of the hād are vi [...]. distinct,The wrest con [...] steth of vi [...]. bones. & ioyned in double order: that is to say ij. rowes, conteinyng in ech iiij. bones, all diuersly fourmed, not one like an other either in magnitude fourme, or situation.The bones of the wrest are all vnlike one another.

The first row of these bones are vpwardly, so cōmitted to the head of Radius, as that the first, and second therof, are fastened within the hosome of it, the thyrdThe first row [...] y• bones [...] y• wrest. séemeth a litle to enter, but the fourth séemeth to be ioyned to no other bone butThe second rowe of the bones of y• wrest. the thyrd: whereto it is stiffly annected. The second course or row, is articulate in their posteriour part, to the Postbrachiall bones, but in the forepart, with theNow the bones of the wrest seme to grow together. other bones of the wrest: which among them selues, are so connected and knit together with Cartilaginous Ligamentes, as that they séeme to grow together.

[Page]As I sayd before, they are so straunge, and diuersly fashioned, that a man can not rightly inuent, whereto to compare them: yet notwithstādyng, and although they are not endewed with propper names, they are sufficient [...] to be discerned, [...] of the wrest. iudged, and knowne, by their number, and order: which is after this sort.

The first bone of the wrest is that, which appeareth vnto vs in the inner side 1 of the first ranke, towardes the thombe.

The second succéedeth the first.2

The thyrd, is with the second coherent, at the outer side towardes the litle finger,3 or cubit.

The fourth and least of all is knit vnto the thyrd.4

The fift is the first of the second ranke, and next vnto the thombe.5

And so thence the vj. vij. and viij. do follow in order.6,7,8

And thus, as you sée in number, and figure, they are different, so also in greatnes, and litlenes. For the greatest of all are the first, and vij. of which ij. it is hard to iudge the greatest: the second is lesse thē these but bigger then all the remnaūt: then chalengeth the viij. and after him the fift, the sixt next, so then the thyrd: the fourth of all others (as we sayd before) is least.

Now as touchyng their vnion, & order of composition: which ought aswell toThe vnion of the brachiall bones. be knowen, and considered, as all that we haue hetherto, spoken of them.

The first bone therfore (besides that it is articulate with Radius,) in the superiour 1 part therof, where it proturberateth round, cleaueth to the second, entryng the cauitie therof, and admitteth into it the round head of the seuenth: as also in the inferiour part, is coherent with the v. and vj.

The second, not onely vpward, entreth the hollow of Radius together with the 2 the first, but in the inferiour part, where it is hollow, is connected with the vij. and in the posteriour part with the thyrd.

So likewise the thyrd is ioyned with the secōd, and in the lower side toucheth 3 the viij. and in the hinder part inwardly, towardes Vlna, meteth the fourth.

The which fourth we finde committed to none other.4

The fift next, in the vpper part with the first, in the hinder part with the vj. & 5 is adherent to the prominent Processe of the second bone of Postbrachiale, (if by the way, we constitute, as Collumbus would, v. bones thereto, wherof more hereafter) the inferiour portiō therof the first bone of Postbrachiale, which Galen makethGalen. the first ioynt of the thombe, receiueth.

The vj. is knit to the first, fift, & seuenth, on that side where it respecteth them:6 but with ye inferiour head, or swelling, it is fastened to the angular bosome of the Postbrachiall bones, from thence respecting the thyrd also of Postbrachiale, whose first, and longer produced portion it susteyneth.

The seuenth endeth at the first, second, sixt, and vi [...]. but not equally, or in like 7 order committed to one, as to an other: since it hath some sides hollow, others boled, or gibbous. Notwithstandyng in the inferiour part, it is rooted to a portion of the thyrd, and fourth bones of Postbrachiale.

Lastly the viij. which is highest, on the other sides is coupled with the second,8 thyrd, and vij. and in the inferiour part, it is a seate vnto the fourth, and fift bonesThe bones of the wrest haue obscure mouing. of Postbrachiale: to which also it is coarticulated, and knit.

Thus to speake briefly of these bones of ye wrest, although there commeth no peculiar Muscle vnto them, as the author of action, wherby we iudge it obscure:The wrest [...] y• had downe vp, and to y• sides. yet are they not vnmoueable, or wantyng motion in déede, but yeld to the styrring of the hand, both vpward, downward, and to the sides.

Moreouer in the interiour part of the wrest, we finde a broad, and déepe cauitie,The description and vse of y• whole wrest. or bosome, through the which are concurrent, not a small number of tendonsThe vawlte on y• inside of y• wrest. of Muscles, to be inserted to the ioyntes of the fingers. And in this vawte, or hollow, [Page] they séeme as it were included, or locked vp, for ouerflowyng their seatesThe vse of the Ligament from the Processe of y• [...]. with a strong Ligament, produced from the Processe of the viij. bone, and inserted ouerthwartly to y• side of the fift. For which purpose, that their beyug mightThe vse of y• Processe of the viij. bone. be more safe, and their scope more frée, nature caused the same Processe of the viij. bone, to hang, and houer inwardly lyke a séeled vawlte: so that the space, or distaunce, betwene the head or extremitie of the same Processe, and the fift Ossicle How the [...] in the wrest of y• hand is made. (which with the side somewhat also leaneth towardes it) is nothyng so much, as we discerne in the compasse of the hollow vnder.

But the exteriour part of the wrest, is the way for the tendons on the outsideThe outsyde of y• [...] how it is, and why such. runnyng to the fingers: yet notwithstandyng, it hath no notable cauitie, but rather is boled, or rounded outward: for asmuch as those tend [...]ns are much lesse thē they of inner side, and therfore (also) occupy lesse space. So accordyngly therfore it was decent, that the extreme region of the wrest of the hand, should carie a circular kynde of fourme, and the interne, playne. Yet albeit the inner side by the aforesayd valley, or vawlte, séemeth to make a most apt way, and safe conduction for the tendons, produced in that region: so must we consider, that they of the extrinsecall region of the wrest, are not rashly left, or inordinatly giuen ouer to libertie: for so in vayne had growen forth the foure Ligamentes on that side, whichThe vse of the fower Ligametes [...] the outside of the wrest. clothe, and so surely bynd them in. Galen in his xviij. chapiter of bones, affirmeth these Ossicles of the wrest of the hand to be hard, and solid, but not any thyng medullous:The bones of the wrest are not [...] The fourth bone [...] almost altogether solid. as Collumbus (not rashly) since his tyme hath assured vs: though amongest all the rest, he sayth, the most hard, and almost altogether solid bone, is that, which in the fourth place we haue here before numbred.

But if any industrious Artiste, shall at any tyme fortune to finde the contrary,The fourth bone for his proportiō is no more solid then the rest. I for my tyme am forst to confesse, me neuer to haue inuēted, or proued the like Soliditie in the fourth, and litle Ossicle: neither any more (consideryng the quantitie therof) then in the rest, albeit it may séeme very likely to some, by the litlenes therof. That it should also haue a certain Celle or corner, aūswerable toThe fourth Ossicle hath no [...] as Galen saith. the Processe Styloides, produced frō the inferiour head of Vlna, let no man beleue, although Galen him selfe haue written it. For neither hath the same Ossicle any such cauitie, neither doth the same Processe in the wrest of a mā, reach, or extend so farre: as vnto it, wherfore in Apes Collumbus verisieth this his Assertion, in mē Cap. 25. In Apes Galens assertion is vertsted. the truth standeth otherwise. Vesalius noteth the composition of these bones, to be so excellently compact, and wrought together with Ligamentes, as, vnlesse they be diligētly cut, and fret away, together with the Membrans, we might supposeThe ignoraūce of Co [...]n. [...] in the bones of y• wrest. them to be all one bone, and altogether vncertain to iudge how many, as Cornelius Celsus in his viij. booke, and first chapiter, confesseth himselfe inscient, by accomptyngI [...]b. 1. Cap. 3. their number vncertaine. Their mutuall coniunctiō (sayth Fernelius)How these bones are conioy [...]ed among thē selues and with others. is Synarthrosis: their ioyning with Radius (sayth Collumbus, confessyng likewise the other) by Diarthrosis: and with the bones of Postbrachiale, partly by Synarthrosis, and partly by Diarthrosis.

THis Postbrachiale (as partly we haue touched before, called of the Greciās What is [...]. [...]) is that part of the hand, which inward we call the palme, but [...]ap. 26. Vs. [...]. lib. 2. outward the backe of the hand. Whereto accordyngly, Fuchsius saith, some of Galens The Postbrachiall bones. interpretours haue called it Palma, others Manus Pectus, and so forth. Uesalius sayth, and before him Galen, that this part of the hand, namely Postbrachiale, Cap. 26. 1. is construed onely of iiij. bones: in the whiche number is left out the first ofThe first bone of the thombe a bo [...] of the [...] of the han [...]. the Thombe, which Collumbus would (most propperly in my opinion) haue added: & that not without good stay of reason: since it as nearely succéedeth the bonesThe [...] [...] of the tho [...]be, how ioyned to the [...] bone. of the wrest, as the other: beyng also after the same rate cōmitted to them, sauing that the Articulation therof, is more slacke then in the rest: whereby (also) it purchaseth a more euident motion. It is fastened vnto the fift bone of the wrest, by [Page] Arthrodia vnder Diarthrosis although (by reason of those bones which be s [...]all) such manner of Articulation may be referred vnto Enarthrosis. For the [...]ift bone of the wrest hath a cauitie sufficient playne, as a corner excaued, whereunto, the head of the ioynt, after a certaine manner long, and forward protensed, or stretched, is innitted.

The second Postbrachiall bone, which Galen numbreth the first, endeth at a 2 déepe cauitie in the superiour part, where it receiueth the proturberant, or bossed head of the vj. Brachiall bone, and ioyneth his side to the side of the fift: whereto, in that maner it séemeth to claue.

The thyrd hath also a hollow end, & in the inner part, towardes the thombe,3 stretcheth forth as it were a Processe, whose face, or outer border is setled to the vj. bone of the wrest. The rēnaunt of his Sinewes, or hollowed head, admitteth the viij. Bone.

The head of the fourth is foure squared, beyng ioyned with ij. bones: that is,4 part to the seuenth, and part to the viij. those partes beyng also flat, aunswerable to their squarenes: but somewhat inward decliued with all.

The last hath likewise a foure squared head, but somewhat toward the outer 5 partes tendyng, and cleanyng also to the extreme portion of the viij. and last bone of the wrest.

After this sort are the Postbrachiall bones cōmitted to them of the wrest: wherasTheir Composition. also you haue to note, that as their endes are squared, and flatted of sufficient compasse, towardes those bones, whereto they are set, and ioyned: so their sides also, do mutually yeld one towardes an other: as the last to the fourth: the fourth to the fift and thyrd: the thyrd to the fourth and second: and the setōd to the thyrd on that side and to the side of the fift bone of the wrest outward: onely except the first, which supporteth the thombe, and hath more ample scope, and distaunce frō the rest, then the other haue among them selues. But agayne, beneth in the lower endes of the Postbrachiall bones, where they be together with the ioyntes ofHow the Pos [...] [...] bones are beneth ioyned to the [...]ist ioyntes of the singers. the fingers Articulated, all end with one maner of head: which beyng round, do enter the holes, or hollowes in the endes of those ioyntes, lightly excaued, & that (as was requisite) with aslacke, or romthy kynde of knittyng.

To describe them after their longitude: the other iiij. Postbrachiall bones besidePostbrachial bones their longitude, y• thombe exceptco. the first of the thombe, from their first heades, goyng forward, towardes the fingers, become smaller, and slenderer, vntill their middle part or region where (beyng smallest of all, and their substaunce most lightned) they begyn agayne, from thence afterwardes, to augment, and engrosse their substaunce: so that, to speake clearely, as they first decreased to the middest, and waxed weaker, so now also from the middest downewardes they encrease, more, and more, in thicknes and strength, and that more apparātly in those ij. which admitte the middle, and the ryngfinger: the other ij. for the formost, and litle finger, haue in meane sorte the like delineation.

In the inner side of these bones, all after their length, runneth an angulare,The vse of the an gularline. or cornered line in the middest of them: made for the cause of the Muscles to them adiacent, as also doth the attenuation of them, towardes to the middest as aforesayd. For so the Muscles haue commodious scope, and roome to cleaue vnto, andWhy these bones are [...] in the middest. betwene them: or els the palme and hollow of the hand, should haue bene more hugely heaped, and stored with them, then had bene conuient for the prompt tractation, and handlyng, that now appersai [...]eth to the hand.

Besides, the Postbrachiall bones are aboue, and beneth, defended with Appendances: The [...] of the [...] bones and the [...] vse. from whence Ligamentes customably are produced: by whose benefite (also) these bones among them selues, are together connected, and bound. Neither are they inwardly distitute of their propper hollownes, to maintayne their [Page] substaunce, with dew medullous nourishment.

It resteth now to speake of the fingers: which once discoursed in that order we haue begon, we shall leaue the hand, with the partes therof, sufficient playnly, and also narrowly touched, as farre as the description of Bones may extend: for throughly to explicate the maner of their motion, it behoueth not here to expect, but onely in the History of Muscles: where their propper actions to decyffer, we haue wholly determined.

NOw the Bones that constitute the fingers are in number xv. that is toBones of the fingers. 15. say, iij. in euery one. In the which accompt (lest I should séeme to repugne the sentence of most famous writers, and Anathomistes of rare experience) the first bone of the thombe is comprehended: which Collumbus would haue numbred among the bones of Postbrachiale, as before is touched. Neuerthelesse if reason in your selues, shall cause you consent also to Realdus his iudgement, and to attribute the first of the thombe to the number of the Postbrachiall bones: thē thereHow the number of the bones of y• fingers are but 14 remayneth but ij. the thombe, and consequētly xiiij. to the number of the fingers: for the Sesamine Ossicles, which hereafter we will declare, are neuer numbred amongest them: but how soeuer they are numbred, it behoueth vs now to appropinquate, and touch the effect: and of their quantitie, fourme, and combination to say as it is.

The substaūce therfore of the bones constituting the fingers, is hard, to y• end,Collumbus Cap. 27 The substaunce of y• fingers of what sort and why. that without daunger, they might prōptly be applyed to the innumerable functions, whereto they are created: yet, notwithstandyng their hardnes, they are with in replenished with the like nourishment dew vnto Bones: as lately we describedThe bones of the fingers are not Solid. in the Postbrachiall, therefore are not Solid, howsoeuer Galen iudged them.The difference of the bones of the fingers. Nether are they all of like quantitie, in length, or in thicknes. But some longer, others shorter, some thicker, others more slēder: that is to say, ye thicker or longer fingers, merite also the thicker and longer bones. In like sort, the first ioyntes, are greater then the second, the second, greater then the thyrd, and so the thyrd, beyng last, are also least in all the fingers.

Furthermore a double, or ij. fold fourme remayneth to these bones: in one ofThe fourme of ye bones of the fingers. which, all the ioyntes agrée: but the other, much vnlike the first, the last ioyntes obtayne common to them selues: for their bones are more depressed then the rest, and beyng in the begynnyng somewhat broad, the further forth they stretch, the more also are they attenuated, and stretened, vntil they haue prepared as it were a necke: whereto is annexed, and supposed a litle head, whereat they end. TheThe bones of the fingers, ende at a head. same head is round and long: but the first ioynt of the thombe, and also the first, and second of the other fingers, haue both their begynnyng, and end more grosse,The figure of the first and second bones of the fingers. and thicke: that is, both their extremities are consistent in heades: whereof, the vppermost, is greater then the neithermost: and all the whole space, from the vppermost head, to the nether, is made more slender, and slender.

Furthermore these bones outwardly, are made (as it were) crookyng, or bending inwardes: but on the inside flat, and rather sinuous, or hollow: because thereWhy the fingers are somwhat hollowe one y• inside. ought to runne no small, but round tendons, which with their magnitude, and rotunditie, fulfill the flattenes so on that side, that the fourme of the fingers (neuerthelesse) is left roūd: whereas otherwise, to great a heaped ridge should haue bene couched on that side, to no lesse hinderaunce, and hurtyng of the action of handlyng, and apprehendyng, then vnapt, and incommodious, for the quiet situation of those tendons: which, the bones beyng round, could haue had no certaine seate: but in the extension, and st [...]rring of the fingers, to slippe on this side. OnHow y• tendons one the outside of the fingers are cacled. the outside of the fingers it is otherwise: for their subtill tendons are produced after the maner of Membrans: so, that that part be round, they hinder not, for the more elegancie of the fingers fourme.

[Page]Likewise in the inner region of the singers on eche side, are certaine lines carriedThe vses of the [...]ynes in y• [...] of the singers. after their longitude: whence the Ligamētes, which complect and hold those tendons in their places sirmely, haue their originall.The [...] of the [...].

To speake of their maner of knittyng, and composition, some receiue onely: [...]. de [...]. 19. other again both receiue, and are receiued: (although Galen saith, the head of the [...] in errour. first bone, euer entreth she cauitie of the other following) for the first bones of the fingers are ioyned aboue, with the Postbrachiall bones per Enarthrosim: because their heades beyng situated, and incrusted with a Cartilage, do admit into them the round head of the Postbrachiall bones: which is Enarthrosis Articulation: being in this place right requisite that fingers might haue frée scope to all sides, and turnes: though Vesalius denyed them their circular motion, or round turnyng, as Collūbus noteth.

In the inferiour part of these bones, are prominent two heades, betwene which, one angular, or cornered cauitie is engrauen, into the which entreth the middle portion of the head of the bone followyng, beyng, for the purpose, lightly proturbered, or swelled forth: and those heades agayne, are likewise inserted to the cauities, exculped on either side in the other. Whereby it is manifest, that these ioyntes both receiue, and also are receiued: the which maner of Articulation is called Ginglymon, and that is to be obserued in the other ioyntes also. ButWhy their [...] are [...]telayd with Cartilages. betwene them all are interiected Cartilages, to make their [...]ttyng easie, neitheir not their actions prompt: Appendances are not wantyng, whiche at eche end, are wont to gard them: except the extreme endes of the last bones, whicheWhat Bones haue the [...], which not, and why. néedyng no articulatiō, neither are Appendances to thē acceptable: for there the fingers are notably munited with nayles: which here we omit to speake of, but are not forgotten among the Cartilages.

THus if we wel perpend the construction, and composition of the partes, andOf the exquisite structure of the hand. bones of the hand, our senses shall soone conceiue the maner of the action, with no lesse admiration, in beholdyng the handy worke of the incomprehensible Creator: who not one mite, or portiō of a part hath sited any where, that seruethThe actiō therof. for no end, or vtilitie to the body: for how fit to apprehēd are the handes, and how prompt to moue are the fingers, who is it that knoweth not? whiche made Aristotle It is an Organ v. fore all organs. call them instruments, or organs, before all organs, or instrumentes: and they are prest, necessary, and exquisite: wherefore sayth Galen in his first De vsu Fingers why cō posed of bones, and [...]oyntes. partium: as they might not be created without bones, neither had it bene requisite for thē to haue bene made of one bone: but to euery one iij. knit together by ioyntes: thereby to become prompt to euery actiō. For often, we néede not to extend, or to reflect, and bowe all at once, but sometyme the first onely, or second, or thyrd ioynte, sometyme the first together with the second, or the second and the thyrd, els the thyrd, with the first extendyng, or bowyng: by the which, Galen expresseth the v. generall differences of the figures in apprehendyng, or holdyng: [...] differences of Apprehension are v. but the particulars, which are brought to passe as occasion is offred, either more, or lesse, he accompteth innumerable: so (sayth he) if the hand had not bene d [...]uided,Why the had deuided into singers. it had also behoued eche thyng we should handle, to be of equall bignes: but now being (in deede) deuided into many partes, we are no lesse able to apprehend with facilitie greater thynges, then ready, & nimble to touch ech litle substaunce.

Nature therfore (as Galen in the place before cited sayth) finely framed fineWhy Nature made v. fingers. fingers in either hand: so that as nothyng might be wanting, neither should any thyng be to much. For thinke not, that rashly nature created one finger lōger thē Why one singer was [...] longet then another. an other, since thereby they obtaine this notable propertie: that although, when they be at libertie extended, some surmount their mates clearely in length, yetWh [...]n cōprehension is made the fingers are all of one length. that is wonne agayne, when we comprehend any thyng within the compasse of of them, or hold any liquid substaunce within the palme of the hand: for then you [Page] will confesse this inequalitie of the fingers, to present a most manifest vtilitie, and decent kynde of fourme. Finally this his saying is also worthy to be noted. As man, of all other creatures, is the most sapient, & wise: so also hath he handes,The handes are organs most conuement for a wise creature. the most conuenient instrumentes to a sapient Creature: yet not in that he hath hands, therfore he is the wisest, but because he is wisest, therfore he hath handes: for not handes, but reason instructeth man in Artes. So likewise, the handes areThe handes are the organes of [...]. the instrumentes of Artes: and thus much of the fingers, the last part of the hād.

THe next that followeth in order to intreate of, after the partes, whiche we haue already gone through, is that bone, which is committed, and ioyned toO [...] Ilium. the transuerse Processes of Os sacrum. In persons of full grouth, and ripe yeares,O [...] [...] in children three, in mē one. although it séeme one bone, yet is it estéemed of, as if it were iij. and the reason is, because in children and youthfull yeares, it is by a Cartilage intersected with iij. lynes: therfore (also) it is deuided by Anathomistes into iij. partes chusingO [...] Ilium. iij. diuers names: for the supreme part therof beyng the broadest of the rest, and committed to Os sacrum, is called Ilium os: an other part is that, which beyng not so broad: as the superiour, is thorowed on ech side, with a large & ample hole, and is called Os pubis: then the middle part, which is streter, and thicker, & outwardlyOs pubis. engrauen with a déepe & large caue, is called Coxendicis os. These bonesOs [...]. are ij. in number: that is to say, on either side one: which although they be ioyned to Os sacrum, yet their proportion séemeth to aunswere no lesse vse, then the scaple bone vnto the shoulder: for these after the same rate receiue the thighe, as those do the shoulder: and also the originall, and diuers insertiōs of Muscles. ButThe seate or foū dation of boues. as before we haue sayd, they beyng ioyned to Os sacrum, do minister to all the composition of bones, that most necessary seate, and ground: for these beyng thertoAll bones aboue and beueth Ilium, and Sacrum, do moue, but they onely not moued. perpetually abidyng, are neuer required of any motion: when as all other mē bers about them, of very right, do styrre and moue: which most euidētly we may discerne, in seyng all the motions both of the superiour, and inferiour partes excellently percurrent, and yet at length to ceasse, or end at these bones: as it were, there certaine centre, and pricke: for Ilij ossa, are so firmely to the same Sacrum, cōmitted, as that they séeme wholly growne thereto: wherfore Collumbus recordethIlium somtyme groweth to Sac [...]ū inseparably. of a Sceleton he hath, whose Ilium on the left side, is so connated, & growne to Sacrum, as that it may not, by any meanes, be disseuered. These same bonesWhere these ij. bones ioyne. likewise in the fore part, do méete, and ioyne together. Their bearyng outward, is estéemed to represent the figure of a bason: which nature so ordayned, for the safer conteinyng and holdyng of the matrice, bleddar, and intralles: to the safetie of the which, these bones are chiesly prest. The figure of these bones is diuers, forThe figure of Ili [...]. on the hynder part they be broad, and insigned with ij. cauities, whiche rather séeme crooked, or bowed, then hollowly excaued, or engrauen: since it is euident, that the same partes on the contrary side, are asmuch conuexed, and Gibbous:The vse of the asperities in these bones. whereas also much asperitie and roughnes is, chiefly outwardes, and seruyng to the insertion of Muscles.

The vpper region of this part of Ilium, beyng drawen after a Semicircular 1 lyne, is clothed with an Appendance all a long the same cōpasse. And because itThe descriptiō of yt superiour part of Ilium. is somwhat prominent outward, therefore it is called the spine, or ridge: from whence especially flow Ligamentes, and the exorture of these Muscles, that constituteThe spine in Illi [...] what and the vse therof. the buttockes: as also, those that downwardes to the thigh, and legge, and vpwardes to the brest and backe, are caried. As touchyng their fastnyng vnto Os sacrum. nature hath decréed a mutuall congresse, whereby their composition isJoyned by nature made more strong, and pertinatious: wherefore, the transuerse Processes of Os sacrum, as they are excised, and engrauen, somwhere with large and déepe, other where, with lyght and shallow concauities: so likewise are these Bones in the settyng to both, endewed with conuenient cauities, as also other méete portions [Page] bounched forth, and proturberated. So that in méetyng together, the hollow placesThe [...] [...] this [...] c [...]e. of these, receiue the roughe knottes, or eminences of Os sacrum, and in lyke maner, their protubered or swelled portions, are admitted into his agreable cauities.The Cartil [...]ge i [...] [...] [...] [...]. And this congresse is mutuall: to the which vnion, a Cartilage also is intercedent, which, after the maner of glew, holdeth, and ioyneth them together. [...]l. [...]. 28. [...]hy yt [...] of [...] [...] [...] [...] [...] [...]ther to [...] t [...]en to [...]. Whereby there Articulation may be thought like Ginglymon: but, since no kynde of motion is atchieued thereby, we accompt it more like vnto Symphisis: and thus farre the description of the superiour part.

Now, that portion thence declinyng towardes the Anteriour partes, occupieng 2 The descriptiō o [...] O [...] [...]. the middle space of the bone, and endewed with the name of Coxendicis os, is most thicke: that the more commodiously therein (and without to much weakenyng,Why it i [...] yt thicke [...]t. or decaying the bone) might be made the large, and déepe hollow, or cuppe,The vse of yt cuppe or con [...] [...] [...]. into which is immitted the long and round head of the thigh. Wherfore it is called a cuppe, or bowle: which although (in déede) it be of it selfe very large, yet because it could not be so deepe as wholly might conteine the head of the thighe, aThe Cartilage [...] [...] cō ca [...]tie. Cartilage is thereunto added, as is betwixt the scapple bone and the shoulder: whereby the hollownes therof is fulfilled at large. And this cuppe, or cōcauitie, not onely occupyeth part of Coxendicis os, but of Os ilium also, and Pubis. And besidesIn what partes this concauitie is made. that Cartilage, which in maner of a crust circundeth and compasseth aswell the head of the thigh, as the cuppe wherein it is conteined, there riseth about theThe articulation of the thigh wt the hippe answereth in proportion to the [...] with the se [...]ple bone. borders and edges of the same hole, a certaine thicke, & circular Cartilage: which nobly augmenteth the capacitie thereof: and so complecteth the déepe head of the thighe, that, not without great rigour, & extreme violence, it may be frō his seat luxated. And further, to the end yt head of the thighe might yet more sirmely, andA [...] Cartilage augmentyng the cōcauitie and why. safely rest, within the same acetable, or cuppe: out of the middest of his crustie Appendance, groweth a round, and most strong Ligament, whiche is likewiseOf the Ligament within the concauitie the s [...]tuation and vse. fastened in the middest of the same cauitie: and in this maner is sirmified his Articulation, which otherwise was stacke and lose.

The inferiour parte, whiche is intersited betwixt Ilium, and Coxendix, is endewed 3 The hollow corner betwene [...] [...] and [...] os. The vse of yt hollow corner. with a notable kynde of hollownes, brustyng out, or cut through in the lower part: so that it is a way euident, and open on eche side, or common to both the bones, ordayned (as we may easely suppose) as a way, for the subduction of very many, and large surcles, and braunches of Sinewes, profluent from the spinallThe beginning and iourney of yt greatest [...]ie. marey, through the holes in Os sacrum: the which, after, not fare thence, do coite and ioyne together in one, the greatest of all the Nerues in the body: which downwardes is dissemi [...]ated, amongest the Muscles of the thighe, and legge: asThe sharpe Processe and the vse therof. more in the history of Nerues. But, departyng from this corner, or déepe nicke, more forwardly, there [...]iseth a certaine sharpe Processe, whence is produced aThe vse of the hol low about yt seare of co [...]. Ligament to be inserted vnto Os sacrum, prepared to inclose the fundamēt, and that greatest Nerue lately cited. Agayne, besides this Processe, neare to the botome or seate of Coxendix, there is an other hollowed corner, beyng broad, butFower tendons in their [...] as in a purse co [...] ned. more shallow then that before sayd: and is (as it were) cut here and there in the middest, with certayne chinkes, to the which are inherent foure tendons: recondited,Why yt infericu [...] part or [...] is thickest. and hidde in their Muscle, as if they were in a purse imposed: whiche at length also do agree together in one, to be sent, and sowed in the thighe. The inferiour portion of the thighe is most thicke, which therfore is nominated the seate,Why the seat of [...] [...] hath an appendaunce. or foūdation therof. This one amongest all other partes of Coxendicis os, is endewed with one Appendance, whence spryng the iij. Muscles, that serue to boweOf the bones of Pubis. the legge. And now it resteth to speake of the Anteriour part which is named Os Col. Ibid pubis: beyng thinner both aboue and beneth, then the rest: these, the nearer towardes their middest, are the more also attenuated, vntill they become cleaneThe holes of [...]. through perforated, and that with a most large hole: aboue they are ioyned together, [Page] the right méetyng with the left, by the interuenture of much Cartilage: theHow the bones of P [...]bis the right and yt lest are ioyned together. which knittyng is so firme, and Solid, as hardly with the knife, it may be separated. Wherfore, great occasiō of laughter is offered by such as haue not bene ashamed,To say that thes [...] bones in childbirth doe open is a laughing matter. openly to publish so much, that these same bones, should in women bryngyng forth, be losed, and departed one from an other, thereby, that more easely, the byrth might be extrahed. Notwithstandyng, it is verified in the tayle bone, as we haue sayd before in his propper place. For that is certainly retrahed inThe bones of Cocci [...] are in childbirth retrahed. women, helpyng greatly to the bringyng forth of child: but to affirme the departyng asunder of these bones in such seasons, is, no doubt, a saying so absurde, as what to be more, I know not: since it séemeth nature was nothing forgetfull of yt In the largenes and [...]arrownes of Pubi [...] men ditfer from women. How the bones of Pubi [...] in womē are distinguished frō those in men. The bones of Pubi [...] are not dilated. bringyng forth, & increase of young childrē in makyng the womans mould: but if it were so, why then in vayne, did she constitute these bones in women of farre larger scope, and compasse then in men? A thyng notable to be marked. By this therfore, it is nothyng difficult, to descerne these bones in women, from those in men: for in men they be more streit, and narrow, both aboue, and beneth: but in women much more ample, and romthy: wherfore let no man beleue Os pubis to be dilated or opned in child bearyng.Why yt bones of Pubis are downwa [...]d dis [...]oyned. What Muscles spring from the s [...]periour part of Pubis.

But now agayne from the same coniunction in Pubis, which we haue sayd to be confirmed by a Cartilage, the more downwardes they go, so much more and more also one side seuereth from an other till they haue left a voyde, and empty corner, for the subsistyng of Penis, and the Testicles. And in the superiour part,The inferior part of Pubis hath an appendance. where these same bones of Pubis are conioyned, as is aforesayd, they are one ech side roughe, and aboundyng with a double Tubercle, or proturbered, and bounchedThe situation and originall of the Muscles sustainyng the yard. portion: from the which haue sprong both the streight Muscles of the belly, as also, those that be deferred downe to the thighe, and legge: and abyde the insertion of the oblique descendentes of the bellye. But from the inferiour part, so armedThe hole in the middest of the bones of Pubis why it is made. A [...]embran betwene the Muscles that turne about the thigh. with an Appendance, are produced the Muscles susteinyng Penis: whose body is situated, immediately, after the vnion of these bones. That large hole in the middest, beyng supposed rather for lightnes sake, then for other cause to haue bene made, two Muscles, an outer, and an inner do fulfil: which stretching thence downwardes, and implanted in the thighe, minister thereto the power of circumaction,The iourny of the se [...]inary vessels. By this guttered cauitie R [...]ldus distinguisheth the bones of a man and woman yet I haue sene them absent in yt bones of a man. or turnyng about: betwene which, runneth a tough Membran, both shuttyng the way of the same hole, and distinguishing the one Muscle from the other. Then (henceforth) let them with more modestie aduise them selues, that heretofore, haue rashly affirmed ye seminarie vessels, by these holes, to discend vnto the Testicles: when as it is most euident, they perforate the Muscle of Abdomen, & aboue these bones are caried. In which on ech side is a certaine litle hollow gutter, in their toppe obliquely decliued, or bendyng ouer, by the whiche couertlyHoles in these bones for the delation of nourishment. runne, aswell Deferentia, as Praeparantia vasa. But this cauitie in women is not found: which is the chiefest difference, betwixt those bones in men, and women.Man onely and the Ape hath the bone in the thigh greater then the other bones.

And thus iudge of the bones committed to Os sacrum, beyng not much different from the same in substaunce: for they be fungie, and light for the most part, not very hard, but replenished with holes, or litle porie places for the receit of nourishment perpetually to cherish them.The thigh is shorter then the legge in other creatures.

THe thighe bone neither in byrdes, neither almost in any foure footed beast, is in length comparable to the bones of the legge, exceptyng the Ape: but in man, it most playnly excéedeth all other in magnitude, and is Articulated aboueThe figure of the thigh. with Coxendix, Ilium, and Pubis, but beneth, with Tibia. The figure of the thighe is long and round, but not euery where straight: for neare vnto the middest itThe head of the th [...]h. crooketh, beyng therfore in the fore part Gibbous, but in the hinder and exteriour part Sinnous, and (as it may be sayd) backwardes bendyng: the vppermost headThe necke of the [...]igh. is thicke, round, & ouer crusted with a Cartilage, hauyng the necke therof, which [Page] is lōg, much inwardly pretēded. And this same head to that necke supposed, is almost wholly affourmed by an orbicular Appendaunce, & is admitted within the acetable or cup of Coxendix: wherin (as before I haue largely declared) it makethNow and why the thigh hath so strong a [...]ticulation. a most firme, and strong Articulation, beyng no lesse néedefull, for the excéedyng great waight that the thighe ought to susteine. Wherfore nature, not accōptyng it sufficient to make a large hole for the entraunce therof, nor inwardly to cloth itThe Cartilage. with a Cartilage, and in like sorte to augment the borders therof, wherby sufficient roome might be offred to the same head, hath prepared likewise a rounde,The Ligament. and strong tyeng, to procede almost from the middle toppe of the same head, and fastened the same agayne in the botome of the acetable, or cup, as a stable groūd,The errour of those coniut [...]d which suppose the [...]ut [...]uer playnty to be luxated. and strong firmament. Which beyng so, their opinions, are accompted vayne, which, iudgyng this ioynt neuer plainly luxated, do terme it o [...]ely a bastard, or false and counterfaited luxation, when as (in déede) it is perfect and trew: since it often tymes falleth out, that this Ligament, wherof we last made mention, isHow the luxatiō of yt ioynt of the thigh is made dis [...]culte to restore. relaxed, & slacked, to the great ruine of the member, & difficultie of ressitution.

This same bone, immediately after the necke, descendeth with a certaine litle broad portion, out of whiche are caryed two Processes like knottes, whiche inCol. lib. 1. Cap. 29. The proc [...]sses of the t [...]igh in n [...]w borne children seme appendau [...] ces. infantes hold the nature of Appendances, and may be taken of, though in processe of tyme they cleaue so close, and are so rooted in the partes wherein they are prominent, that no signe of Appendance is presented by them. Their seates are (for the most part) on ye hinder partes, and one higher then an other. The vppermostThe descriptiō of the Processes of the thigh. beyng greater, looketh outward, but ye neithermost being much lesse, possesseth rather ye inner seate. The greater ye Greciās cal [...]: but both are to be namedGlouton what. [...], that is to say Rotatores, because they séeme to be ordained forTrocante [...]es what. the turnyng, and whéelyng about of the thighe. For they admit the insertion ofThe vtilitie of the Processes of the thighe. those Muscles, by whose benefite both the thighe is outward slected, moued, and caryed, as also circumuerted or round turned: yeldyng an apt b [...]ynnyng: to the viij. Muscle of bowyng the legge.

In the posteriour part is eminent a certaine lyné, caryed from the outer Processe Now the Processes of the thigh are [...]oyned. to the inner, and as it were ioyning, or tyeng them together: and from hēce begynneth the thighe to take on him the shape and fourme of roundenes: whenceWhe [...]ce the thigh is round. forward, beyng gone beyond the middle region, the more it descendeth the moreThe descriptiō of yt thigh in length. The appendaūce. The ch [...] or gutter that de [...]eth the inferiour heades. also it engrosseth, and enlargeth, being inwardly slatter, and at length goeth forth in two great heades, roughe on the outside, & altogether vneuen: but their endes, or extreme faces be smooth, couered with a smooth crust, and are constituted, and finally made, by the interuenture of a mighty Appendaunce. In the posteriourThe place for the rot [...]le o [...] thelinoe. The ij. inferiour heades of ye thigh compared together. part, these heades are deuided with a great, and large chinke, or hollow space, but before, more lightly depressed with a cōmon cauitie, wherein lyeth the hole, or rotule of the knée.

But as touchyng the seuerall description of these, we cannot affirme one, inThe legge how it boweth to yt [...]utside. fashion like an other: for the innermost is thicker, and the outmost playnly broader, and more depressed, least both should be alike Articulated vnto the legge, forThe originall of the muscle vnder the hamme. the oblique motion sake: especially whē the legge should be bowed to the exteriour partes: to the which motion is destined the Muscle lurking vnder the hāme,The composition of the thigh with the legge is by Gingl [...]on, but with the hippe by [...]. whose originall is srom this outermost head, towardes the posteriour partes, euē there, whereas it is rough, & impressed with certain litle corners, or cauities.

The composition of the thigh with the legge is called Ginglymon, because one mutually receiueth, and is receiued of an other: as the vpper head of Tibia, or the bone of the legge, hauing ij. cauities, or hollowes. For the ij. lower heades of theHow the articulation of yt thighe with the legge is done also with a Ligament. thighe, hath also betwene those two cauities, an eminent portion protubered, which is also receiued into the posteriour hollow, or gutter of the thighe: from whence floweth a most strong Ligament, to bynde together the thighe with the [Page] legge, in like sorte, as is lately sayd by the knittyng of the thighe, with Coxendix. Wherin the articulatiō of yt hippe is notable from all other ioyntes. And for this kynde of Articulation, that is to say, so noted with a strong Ligamēt within the ioynt, as is this thighe, both aboue, and beneth, beside the outward obductions, and clothynges with Ligamentes, whiche is also common to other ioyntes, it is odde, and vnlike to all others: and therfore is notable to be spoke of.

Furthermore in this bone of the thighe, is to be noted a certaine euident, andThe line in the posteriour region of the thigh. roughe lyne in the posteriour region, begynnyng not farre from the innermost of the vpper Processes, called Rotatores, and so, on the same region or side, brought downe after the longitude of the thighe: and, beyond the middest, deuidyng intoThe vse of yt line of the thigh. two partes, or courses, séemeth to reach vnto both the heades, but most apparaūtly endeth at the outermost. This noble lyne, least you ouer lightly way it, consider,The greates [...] muscle in the bodie. and know how firmely, the eight Muscle of the thighe, which is the greatestHow we purchase strayg [...]t standing. The benictte of Asperities in the thigh. of all the Muscles in the body, and by whose benefite our straight standyng is made, is thereto fixed and knit. There be also diuers other Asperities, and rough partes, not without some impressions, all made for the cause of Muscles seates,The vse of the thigh. insertions, and so forth, as hcreafter shalbe more fitte to say how.

By the thighe, we both sit, and stand vpright, as also moue towardes eueryWhy the innec concauitie of the thigh is large. thyng. For, from the Articulation therof in the hippe, no maner of motion is exempted. The concauitie therein, for lightnes and the conteinyng of medullous nutriment, is very large: not vnfit for the largenes of the bone. As for Heynes,Deines. that perforate the substaunce thereof at either end, let no man doubt of: for besides that they are euident, know that Nature willeth no part in the body toTibia comprehenbeth all that space betwene the kn [...] and the foote, called the legge, conteining ij. bones, of which the greatest cheifly beareth the name. Tibia and Fibula compared in proportion to Radius and Cubitus. liue without bloud.

ANd thus this large bone of the thighe endeth, aboue, at Coxendix, and beneth, at Tibia: whiche we call the legge: wherewith alhough there by an other bone ioyned, that is to the side therof, all a long the length of the legge, yet this beareth the name, as it is in déede most notable. For in the legge are two bones, like as is sayd in the cubite: but the one farre greater then the other, and that therfore possesseth the hole name of Tibia, or Crus. The lesser hath sundry names as Sura, Fibula, and of the barbarous sort, Focile minus.

This Tibia is clothed with an Appendance at either end: but the superiourThe names of the lesser bone of the legge. part therof is both broader, and also thicker, hauyng in the toppe, two cauitiesAppendaunce. lightly exculped: betwene which, riseth a prominent, and rough tubercle, as IThe description of the superiou [...] part of Tibia. touched euen now, in describyng the Articulation of the thighe with the legge. Those cauities admit the heades of the thighe: wherin Nature well foreseyng,The industrie of nature. hath prouided, least for the quantitie of the heades the cauities should be to muchThe mouable cartilages of yt knée. The vse of the ij. in the vpper part of Tibia. depressed. Therfore besides the common Cartilage, wherewith either of them are incrusted, nature alost hath layd another, mouable, and soft, representyng the figure of the Moone or the similitude of this letter C. About the borders therof the same is thicker, but the more towardes the centre or middest, the thinner:The mouable cartilage of the knée vseth the roome of a Ligament. & endyng first before, it toucheth the centre: thus the profūditie of the cauities of Tibia, are left sufficient great. Wherefore chiefly it séemeth this Cartilage, for that purpose to haue bene ordained. Which as it is light, soft, and vnctuous, orThe tubercle or Processe betwene the cauities. full of humiditie: lo doth it serue as the turne of a Ligament, and much auayle to the actiue mouing of the ioynte. Likewise that bounched, or; proturbered part, that emergeth from betwene those cauities exculped (as aforesayd) in the vpperHow the processe of Tibia is in posteriour cauitie betwene the ij. heades of the thighe. extremitie of Tibia, maketh not a litle, to the confirmation of this ioynt by being immitted into that large cauitie of the thighe: and not onely so, but also bounde thereto by a strong Ligament proceding from the toppe of the same knot, or tubercle: and thus strongly is this ioynt armed, and holden in on ech side.The legge downward is as it were iij, square.

After, procéedyng downeward from the superiour part of the legge, we finde the same here, and there, attenuated, and lighted with long lynes, and flatted [Page] sides, in such sort, as that the whole proportion betwene the ij. heades, or endesWhy the legge is [...] pr [...] [...]lly in t [...] places. therof, is (as it were) iij. square, obliquely stretching and incuruated principally in iij. places: easely giuyng place to the Muscles thether discendyng. [...]ut on the outside towardes the hinder partes, there lyeth a certaine light cauitie spread ouer with a Cartilage, whereto leaneth the inner part of the head of Fibula, and [...]ul how it is ioyned to yt le [...] [...]. The [...] re [...] uing the vessel [...]. so in the vpper part it is ioyned with Tibia. From the middle toppe of the posteriour part therof, is drawne out a decliued, or crooked cauitie, for the transiture of a Veyne, Arterie, and Sinew, which that way downewardes are intrenched, to do (as others) that they owe to the lower partes.

And in the fore face, and vpper part, not farre from the end of the Appēdance whiche is sayd to be so largely plated vppon the toppe of the legge, is a certaineThe insertion of the [...] [...] that [...] the legge. The spine or the legge. rough eminence, admittyng the insertion of Muscles, such as extend and stretch forth the legge. From whence, all after the middle region, is produced a sharpe line comparable to the ridge of any thyng: wherfore of some it is so named.

And this inner syde of the legge is the part we call the shinne, accompted to beWhat is called the [...]ne. without flesh, whereas all others, and chiefly the posteriour part is opplet, and filled with much store of flesh.

The second line which licth vnder Fibula, directly towardes it, is made, to theThe vse of the secon [...] [...] in [...]. end that there hence might a Ligament be produced, whereby Fibula i [...] with Tibia connected, and knit: and (like as is sayd in the cubit) the auteriour, from the posteriour Muscles are thereby distinguished.

Agayne the inferiour part of Tibia towardes the end wareth also thicker, butThe descriptiō of the [...] parte o [...] Tibia. the head therof, lesse then that in the superiour part, and the extreme end excised, and cut into one onely large concauitie, which is not frustrate of the benefite of a Cartilage: whereunto is admitted the insertion of the bone Talus. The inner side of this neither head of Tibia goeth forth like a thicke Procesle, ouerreachyngThe vse of the inner Proce [...]e of the neither head of Tibia. on that syde the late sayd cauitie: by reason whereof, Talus séemeth as though it were vnderset, on that side, for slippyng out.

Contrarywise the other side, not beyng able to yeld the like, for that it behoued it rather to offer a long hollowed corner wherein to lodge the lower part of Fibula: and agayne, since it were aswell expedient for that side to be defended frō ech light luxatiō as the other: see the deuise of nature, in stretchyng forth the head of Fibula, as farre beyōd the head of T [...]bia in this lower part, as vpward the leggeSée the matuellous art of nature surmounteth it in longitude: whereby is fulfilled in it, that whiche might not be one that side brought to passe in Tibia. For here it becemmeth as aūswerable to the outside of Talus, as the Processe one the inner side extended from Tibia. TheseCol. lib. 1. Cap, 30. are they which commōly in our English phrase we call the Aneles. The Processe The ij. ancles which be they. of Tibia being the inner ancle, and the outer head of Fibula, these ij. make strongWhy luxation of ye foote rather enclineth to yt inner ancle then to the outer. resistaunce, least Talus to Tibia articulated should on any side slippe frō his seate. But when such luxation hapneth at any tyme, we sée it more cōmonly to the inner side, then the outer side: because the outer is longer produced then the inner.

Moreouer that Processe of Tibia which we call the inner ancle, in the posteriourThe [...]gure and vse of the in [...]er ancle. part therof, hath a cauitie, whence is extract a Ligamēt, wherewith Talus to Tibia besides is alligated, and bounde. And further, that this knittyng might be more firme, no small ayde yeldeth that litle long and rough corner, transuerly caried, whiche the Anteriour seate of the Appendance of this inferiour head of Tibia putteth forth: for hereto springeth a Ligament knittyng the necke of Talus The neck of Talu is knit to Tibia. to Tibia.

But here you must vnderstand, that the ioyning of Fibula with the legge is afterFabula toucheth not y• thigh aboue no other order, then as we haue declared before, in the knittyng (in the arme) of Radius with Cubitus: yet ascendeth no [...] so high, as that it any thyng at all toucheth [...] v [...]der [...] [...]. the bone of the thigh: and downwardes contrarywise, discendeth lower thē [Page] the legge, for what end and vse, we haue sayd: ech structure, and combynation therof, being by Arthrodia, vnder Synarthrosis.

Both the heades of Fibul [...] stretch forth into a sharpe Processe, endewed, andThe vses of the asyeritie [...] of the Processes of [...]. shaped with certaine roughnes, to the vppermost of which, being more roūd, are inserted the Muscles mouing the legge, but the inferiour, which is more depressed and also outwardly more Gibbous, sendeth forth Muscles seruyng to the extreme part of the foote. And both these heades, insomuch as they are receiued into [...] to Fibula. there propper cauities, are clothed with a Cartilage.

To speake therfore wholy of this same Fibula, the small bone of the legge, although it be straight, or at least but a litle crooked, yet a great space of it departethThe distaunce betwene [...] [...], and why. frō the same Tibia, but farthest of all in the superiour region therof: because there also Tibia is more hollow slected, then in the whole space besides.

And in this distaunce, may you discerne the Ligament lately spoken of, compleityng together the legge and Fibula, in the middle space, and separatyng the Muscles, by which, those spaces of the legge on eche side are fulfilled: to whose insertions,The lynes and inequalitie of Fibula to what vse. Their inward hollownes. and situations, much seruiceable is the inequalitie of Fibula, ensigned so with apt cauities, and lines, whereby it is in like sorte trianguled, or three squared: & as Tibia reteyneth a safe roome for the marey, so Fibula wanteth not wherinThe whitlebone of the knée to cō mon in vse both to the tht [...]h and [...]. to cary this nourishment.

In the sore part of the knee, at the ioyning together, or coarticulation of the legge with the thigh, is a certayne bone deuided from them both, yet not refusingThe [...]plication of the names of this bone. seruice, but is common to ether of them: and called of the latines diuersly: as Patella. genu mola, scutiforme os, and Rotula genu, in English the Patell, theThe substaunce of the rout [...]e of the knée. Rotule of the knée, the shieldlike bone, the eye of the knée. &c. the substaūce therof is not Cartilaginous as some haue thought good, neither yet altogether hard,Col. Cap. 31. and Solid, as others would affirme, but rather as it were the substaunce of someWhy the ton [...]e of the knée to not Solid. hard Appendance: to the end it might be apt to receiue nourishment into all the partes therof. Notwithstandyng that, it is inuolued, and wrapped about with aWhere it is lapped in a slipperie Castilage. slippery Cartilage, especially on the side towardes the thighe and legge, the other as clothed with the tendons of Muscles. This Patell was ordained to couer theThe first [...] of the [...]. ioynt betwene the thighe and legge, which otherwise had bene to open, and proneWhy it is mouable. to be luxated forward. It yeldeth also that the knée might directly be bowed to aThe Rotule hath his propper [...] [...] agay [...]t the common opinion. corner. So it ought to be mouable, and not stubburnly cleauyng, for makyng the motion hereof difficulte, but with his Ligamentes, and those of the thighe, it is knit vnto the legge though others say it is onely holden thereto by the tendons ofThe visinge of his proppec ligamentes from whence. Muscles. For from the Appendances of the thigh, and legge, arise Ligamentes, wherewith manifestly the Patell is bound on eche side, but to the thigh it is Articulated by Ginglymon. For the inferiour part of the thigh hauing two heades, as I haue sayd, leaueth the middest a hollow corner, into which the middle protuberantThe Patell is articulated to the thigh by [...]. part of the Patell is immitted: which, that it might the better fulfill, and more commodiously cleaue vnto it, it is here and there noted with cauities, aunswerableThe [...]igure of the patell what kind of one. to the protuberāt portions of the head of yt thighe, wherfore accordyng to that kynde of Articulation named, the Patell both recciueth, and is receiued of the thigh, the fashion therof is almost round, goyng out somewhat sharpe (asWhere the Patel is [...], and [...] forth like the [...] of a [...]. it were) where it sitteth to the legge, & therfore it obteineth the name of a shield. In the sides or extreme partes it is more light, and thinne, but the more nearer the middeit the thicker, and bosseth out the more euidently. It preuenteth an incommoditie (sayth Galen) least in bowyng the knée, the thigh should flippe ouerThe notable vse of this [...]arell bone or [...] of the knée. the cauities in the toppe of Tibia. And not meanely stayeth vs frō falling whilest we descend downe some hill, or crooked place: when as the whole body beside is [...]. 3. [...] [...]. Cap. 15. wayed backward. And thus much of the superiour members.

[Page]NOw it resteth to speake of the bones appertainyng to the foote; and wherofThe number of the [...] in the [...] [...]. one [...] then [...] [...]. [...] [...] of [...] [...] yt [...]. The [...]. [...] of [...] in the [...] [...] [...] to the [...]. [...] of bones [...] y hand. The [...] betwene the [...] of the hand [...] of the foote. the foote is estour [...]ed and made: The number of them is xxvj. obseruyng iij. orders in the foote, lyke as in the hand. For, the first part, which immediately succeedeth the legge and Fibula, beyng called Tarsus, is aunswerable to the wrest of the hand. The second, called Pedium, is cōparable to the Postbrachiali bones. The thyrd order is destined to the ioyntes of the fingers. Onely this difference is betwene them: that the bones of Tarsus are but by. in number, and they of the wrest are viij. whereby it hapneth that the hand surmounteth the foote by one in number, but to Pedium, are v. belōging, as many as are numbred of the Postbrachiall bones, the other xiiij. are deuided among the ioyntes of the fingers, as wellThe number of the bones to [...]. in the foote, as the hand.

NEither (sayth Collumbus) do I sée, why from the bones of Tarsiu the thrée first should be disioyned, as other Anathomistes haue thought [...], grauntyng 1 The number of bones to pedium. The bones of the singers both of téete and hand are [...]uy. that the iiij. last bones, whiche alone (say they) merite the name of Tarsus, ought onely to be compared to the wrest, without mention of the other iij. He therefore thinketh good to complect both those iij. as also the other foure followyng [...]nder the name of Tarsus: as when we depart from Tibia, and Sura, descending,Col. Cap. 32. forthwith we come vnto one maner of ioyning together of bones, as it wereWhy in yt bones of [...] Col. differeth from other [...]. a nauie, which we compare vnto the wrest followyng Cubitus and Ulna. But euery one of these bones belongyng to Tarsus, haue not peculiar names giuen thē: [...]. for the first thrée are of some (in their diuision) remoued from Tarsus, and one ofC [...]ls. the foure followyng obteineth a propper name, but the three last are hetherto altogetherStaphordes. vnnamed. The first of all therefore is named Talus, the second Calx, theCybordes. thyrd Scaphoides, the iiij. Cyboides, the other iij. although they go vnnamed, yet by number, fourme, and situation they are distinguished.

And now to describe them all in order, Talus beyng first, prostrated vnder Tibia, 1 and Fibula, and subiect to their Appēdances, although it séeme onely substratedThe description of Talus. to Tibia, is in fourme bossyng out aboue lyke a roūd heaued, or swelled thing, imitatyng in compasse the fashion of halfe a whéele, or if I may to licken it to the whéele of a pulley: for in the middest it is guttured, or hollowed, though not so déepe, but lightly, so that the sides onely maie be discerned higher whereby it is coupled with the bone of the legge. For the Appendance therof is so for the purpose engrauen, to admit this head of Talus into his fit seate, after the kynde of articulati [...] Talus to Tibia articulated by [...]. called Ginglymon. And this maner of the ioynt serueth to the bowyng, and reflectyng of the foote: the which motion ech walkyng creature continuallyThe vse of the a [...] ticulation to the foote. maketh: which, to the end it might be made more easie, and with lesse labour to yt member, or lest the bones by much wearing, should be wasted, either part, bothThe vse of the ca [...] tilage to Talus. of Tarsus and Talus, are plentyfully encrusted with an Appendance, perpetually to endure the foetes incessant motion. Talus is on eche side decliued, and as itThe sides of Talus declined & euen. were cōpressed, where the Ancles are placed, neither yet without the ouer spreadyng, or deffensine clothyng of a Cartilage, although not on ech side of like sort. For the inner side is onely cōpressed aboue in smal scope and amplitude, becauseWhat cōstituteth the inner ankle. the Processe of the inferiour Appendance of Tibia coustitutyng the inner ancle, and comprehendyng this si [...]e of Talus, is not in such ample space, encrusted with a Cartilage: but the outer side of Talus is largely sinuated, & in greater space bearyng the obduction of a Cartilage, to the apt constitutyng of a seate congruent to the inner side of the lower Appendāce of Fibula, which maketh the outer Ancle: and discendyng lower then the inner, the inferiour part of Talus is hollow, & clothedThe [...] part of [...]. with a Cartilage, and lyeng wholly vpon the face of the héele bone: but so notwithstandyng, as that the same obteineth a half compassed cauitie: which admitteth the middle regiō of ye héele bone thereunto preassing, & accordynly fourmed. And as the interiour side of the inner Ancle possesseth a rough cauitie, out ofVesal. [...]. [...]. p. [...]. [Page] which spryngeth a Cartilaginous Ligament, for the binding together of Talus, How [...] is bound to the [...]. and Tibia: euen so, for the receiuing of the same Ligament, the inner side of Talus hath a rough cauitie, or hollow, euen as the outer side thereof is likwise hollowlyThe vse of the aspetites in [...]. engrauen, that thereto might be inserted the Ligament brought from the inner side of the outer Ancle. For the like cause also is the hinder part of Talus, about the róote therof rough, to admit and receiue the Ligamentes whose begynnyngesThe vse of the [...] in [...]. are in Tibia, reaching others to the héele. But besides this sayd asperitie or roughnes, the posteriour seat of Talus sheweth also hollow or concaued places to the tendons of Muscles that are caried to the foote, and goe vnder the inferiour partes thereof. And in this manner is Talus articulated to Tibia, as also, the superiour posteriour partes and sides, are fourmed as is sayd. The AnteriourThe figure and vse of the anteriour part of [...]. part of Talus strecheth forth his portion like a necke, whiche endeth at a round head, not vestitute of his crusty couer, whiche is admitted into the large, andCol. [...]ib. 1. Cap. 32. rounde sinuated side of the Boatelyke Bone: by the benefite of the whicheHow the foote by obscure motions is moued. ioynte, the foote (although obscurely) moueth outward, and inward, as also doth as (it were) somewhat turne about. But in the posteriour part it is aster a maner prominent, that is, where it is receiued of the inner and posteriour part of theWhat is vnderstoode by y• anteriour and posteriour part. heele. We call that the posteriour part, which, descendyng down from the head, first offreth it selfe vnto vs: and that further frō the remoued, the posteriour. But in y• inferiour part on the outside of Talus is a profound cauitie, augmented by an a [...]swerable cauitie on the same side of the héele bone. In this cauitie is cōteined a certaine murous, or [...] substaunce, together with fatnes, so prepared to the moystnyng & annoynting of those bones: lest els much mouing should drie th [...]m, and they dryed, consequently their office frustrate. Finally Talus syeth downe in the fore part, and is extended vpon the héele bone, as it were into a double Processe, The vse of y• large [...] in [...]. that is to say, where it respecteth the inner region. And thus is shewed theThe [...] of the fore part of Talus. first bone called Talus, which (notwithstandyng) is likewise so sinuated, and hollowed, as not onely it admitteth the insertion or rising rather of Ligamentes, The substance of the bone Talus. but also aptly giueth place to the tendons of Muscles, brought thither for the mouyngThe errour of those that esteme the bone Talus to be Solid. of the toes as is afore: onely this more we haue to say, that the substaunce therof meriteth nothyng lesse then to be called Solid, for asmuch as (though contrary to the opinions of some) we sinde it spongie, and replete with many holes.

The second bone in order ensuyng is called the héele, or héele bone, or of others 2 The héele bone & names therof. The magnitude. The substaunce. The description of the vpper part of the h [...]ele bone where it to committed to Talus. the Spurre of the foote. In magnitude it farre exceedeth all others of the foote, neither differing in substaunce much from Talus, vnlesse it séeme somewhat more Fungous, and not with so hard a crust munited. A loft, it is committed to Talus in manner aforesayd: that is to say the middle region towardes the fore partes swellyng round, hath also more forward a great cauitie to receiue Talus, so that one receiuyng an other, the maner of Articulatiō is, called Ginglymon. But notwithstandingThe articulation of [...] with Talus to by Ginglymon. The [...] of the first part of the heele. the first part of the héele tendeth backwardes, beyng somwhat [...], and round, with a head as it were in the outer side therof: in that region neither negleayng his propper Appendaunce, but departyng wholly from the straightWhy the héele backwards excéedeth the certitude of the legg [...]. lyne, or rectitude of Tibia, left the foote, together with the legge in going, should haue bene ouer prompt to slyde backward to the no small vncertaintie in goyng, and setlyng the foote to the ground. The inferiour part of the héele bone, wherebyWhy y• inferiour part of the heele bone is broade [...]. Why it is rough [...] trasuerse [...]. we tread, and go forwardes, was requisite to be somewhat bro [...]d, for the [...] settyng of the foote. As also to be rough, and endewed with a transuerse Processe, that thence might haue his beyng the Muscle, that serueth to bowe the fourth ioynt of the toes. Where beside springeth that Musculous matter, whenceA [...] matter whence [...] Muscles spring. the foure Muscles procéede, which with a long tēdon, be implanted to the interne region of foure toes, and therfore by these eminent Processes is left a certaine cauitie, or hollow place, wherein more fitly might lye both that Muscle, and Musculous [Page] substaunce, lest that the foote beyng strongly set to the ground, the heades of the same Muscles might be, by to much compression, offended. Now also the héele, in that part which is sayd to go forth backwardes in fourme of a head, with a certaine flatnes, is also lightly made roughe: for the more fit, and easie insertiō The asperitie in the head of y• heele and y• vse therof. of that tendon, of all others the greatest, and strongest, which is made by the conioynyng of the iy. Muscles, mouyng the foote, in one. In that part whiche is towardes the litle toe, this bone is ioyned with that called Cyboides: and so in deedeHow Calx is articulated with Cyboides. the maner of his Articulation is supposed most rightly to be Ginglymon referred vnder Synarthrosis.. Agayne where it respecteth the greatest finger (which partA Processe and the vse therof. notwithstandyng séemeth more rightly to be accompted the inner syde of the héele bone) it sendeth out no small Processe, which is augmented by the hollow in the inner side engrauen, and for that cause was ordayned as a propper propugnacle, both to the tendons of Muscles, as also to the Ueyne, Arterie, andWhy the inside of the heele is so notably exca [...]ed. Nerue thereby passyng. Neither for any other consideration was that side so notably excaued and hollowed, then to giue place to these vessels, and tendons: to all which aswell this same Processe is profitable, as requisite also for the fit settyngThe outside of the heele described. to of Talus with the héele bone. In fine, the outer side of the héele is depressed, rough, and vnequall: hauyng neare to the posteriour part, a litle cauitie foū dedThe insertion of the 7. [...] [...]uscles excending y• foote. vnder a small Processe: and herein resteth a Cartilaginous crust, visited by the tendon of the vy. Muscle seruyng to the extension of the foote.

The thyrd bone, called the shyplike, or boatelike bone, because it somewhat 3 nearely toucheth the shape or fashion of a boate, is put next in the inside of theThe 3. bone of the foote called [...], and [...] in English the [...] or boatelike bone. The situation of the boa [...]elike bone. foote: in whose former seate is insculped a déepe cauitie, wherein the round head of Talus is setled, and this Articulation is put most méetely vnder Enarthrosis, because in it (but very obscurely) no motiō is sene. The posteriour part therof is cō mitted to the first seate of the fift, sixt, and seuēth bones without names, and that in such sort, as it is not easie to iudge whether it receiueth, or is receiued of thoseThe articulation of the boatlike bone with Talus by Enarthrosis. bones. But notwithstādyng that some obscuritie must néedes be graunted (here reuerence beyng added) I haue hetherto obserued the Articulation therof with lesse obscuritie. For although the vy. bone séemeth neither to receiue, nor to beThe descriptiō of y• posteriour part of the boatelike bone. receiued, (yet rather receiued) y• vj. (notwithstanding) not very obscurely admitteth, and the fift to all mens eyes, more euidently is hollow, and excaued. And as touchyng the outer side, it is round, large, and sinuated where it is ioyned withCol. Ibid. The descriptiō of the outside of the boatelike bone. the vij. bone: but thence (on the inside) as it departeth, it gathereth by litle and litle to the fashion of a corner, and inwardly endyng with a Processe, like the nebThe descriptiō of the inner side of y• boatelike bone. of a shyppe or boate: and so prominent is the inner side, as that it maketh a notable bone, or round encreasing, by meanes wherof the right, from the left, is easelyThe refle [...]ion of the tendon of the 5. muscle [...] the foote. distinguished, and knowne. And thereby is the cauitie vnderneth made greater, by the goyng forth of this part therof: wherin is fittely reflected the tendon of the vi. Muscle mouing ye foote. The roughnes of this same bone is not residēt in someThe asperitie of this third bone and vse therof. one part onely, but aboundant ech where, both aboue & beneth forthe fast placyng of Ligamentes, as behoued to the cōnectyng & knitting together of these Bones.The fourth bone called Cibordes.

The fourth is Cyboides, or after the Latins Cubēforme os, as it were squaredCibordes is nothing lesse then fower squared. why C [...]bordes is called Polimorphon. lyke a dye: yet is it not so, but rather made after a straunge and diuers fourme: and therefore [...] most rightly it is named, as a thyng diuersly fourmed. It sitteth in the outside of the foote, and in the fore part, is ioyned in that order with the héele bone, as it séemeth no more to receiue, then therof to be receiued.The situation of Cibordes. In the posteriour part of it, there be ij. as it were cauities euident, to receiue theThe descriptiō of y• posteriour part of the 4. bone. endes of the outer bones of Pedium, thereto rooted, as their ground and foundation. But to speake of the inside thereof, that is coherent with the outside of theThe inside of Cibordes. seuenth bone, on which side, no otherwise then in eche place where it is coupled with other bones, it is lightly incrusted with a Cartilage: but in no place els: lest [Page] by ouermuch loadyng of the bones, their motion (whiche at all is but obscure)The outside of Ciboides. might be resisted. Further, the extreme side of this bone is as it were forked, or goyng forth with two Processes, distinguished with a hollow cauitie runnyng betwene them, stretchyng obliquely as a gutter after the inferiour partes of theThe cauitie yelding way to the tendons of the 7. Muscle mouing the foote. same bone: beyng the perfect way for the course of the vij. Muscle, his tendon mouyng the foote. The superiour part is playner, and outwardly declined, for so is the fashion of the rest of the foote; that is to say, in the middest most elated,The vpper part of Cyboides. and vpwardes heaued, agayne, declinyng by litle and litle towardes ech side, but most towardes this outside. And this maner of fourme in the foote, to be abouéThe fourm and vse of ye inferiour part of the foote. conuexed or embossed round, and beneth concaued or hollow, is not onely prouidently prouided of nature, for the stronger construction, and suror settyng the foote to the earth (which is so notable, as may not be neglected) but also that theThe figure of the foote is hollow vnderneth and bounched aloft. passage of the tendons and Muscles vnderneth the foote, might be more perfect, and voyde of offence. The other bones of Tarsus, which yet remaine vnspokē of, are iij. in number namelesse.

Of which, the fift is sited in that part of the foote ouer agaynst the great toe. It 5 is in the fore part hollowed, the rather to be ioyned with the hinder parte of theThe descriptiō of the fift bone of the foote. boatelike bone: but in the hinder part, maketh a seate for the first of the Postbrachiall Col. Ibid. bones of the foote, that susteineth the great toe: which part (sayth Collumbus)The bones of the second part of the foot called pedium are comparable to ye postbrachiall bones of ye hand, which word I therfore vse heare for yt more redie phrase of speche. Not it well. is hard to be iudged, whether it be sinuated, or prominent, yet sure it is in some playne inough prominent, & receiued of the first Postbrachiall bone. Albeit this case séemeth commō to these foure last bones of Tarsus, that their cauities in the sides where they ioyne, are most obscure, & lest euident of all others: cōmitted therfore together by Glene, or at least they may séeme so: but a litle after wardes Collūbus most propperly describeth that same end of ye first Postbrachiall, to haue a double cauitie, and consequētly the fift bone a double tubercle. For els it were The articulation called Gl [...]e. a iest, to affirme one cauitie to be vnto an other cauitie cōmitted, or cōtrariwise. The vpper part of this bone is very narrow, and descēdeth after the inside whichPlayne to playn, or hollow to protubered partes are committed not contrariwise. Why the inferiour parte of yt fift bone is thicker. is broadest. And this part is after a sort Gibbous, by reason of that cauitie that is to be discerned in the outer region therof: whilest the inside in the vpper part of it, falleth to the side of the vj. bone with a small kynde of cauitie: yet the inferiour part of this bone is more thicke, that more firmely it might set to the ground.

The vj. bone is iiij. squared, if we marke the vpper face therof: whiche as it is 6 playne, so proffering iiij. corners. But the inferiour part therof is most narrow,The descriptiō of the vj. bone of Ta [...]sus vnnamed. and as it were edged, very propperly compared to a wedge, and so the vij. bone which is next to it. But ye Anteriour part of this vj. bone with ye boatelike bone,The vj. bone compared to a wedge. the hinder part (lightly prominent) with the second of the bones compared to the Postbrachiall, the inside with the outer of the v. & the outer side with the inside of the vij. is ioyned: whiche partes neither are they frustrate of the Cartilaginous The vniuersal articulation of the 6. bone. crustes. The vij. is in the middest betwene the vj. and iiij. called Cyboides, this séemeth also iiij. squared: but with a head somwhat lōger then the vj. The fore partThe situation of the 7. vnnamed bone. resteth vpon the boatelike bone, whose shallow sinuated side admitteth the small tubercle that this sheweth forth: but the hinder part of it admitteth the iij. Postbrachiall bone: the sides are attingent to the sides of ye vj. and iiij. bones. NethertoEpilogue. of the bones of Tarsus: which are in number vij. constitutyng the halfe lēgth of the foote, accomptyng from the extreme poynt of the héele, and so forward (all which space may be accompted the Brachiall, or wrest bones) to the bones susteinyngThe substaūce of the bones of Tar [...]s. the toes, aunswerable to the Postbrachiall bones of the hand. As touchyng their substaūce although they be hard, yet not altogether Solid, but yeldyng way for nourishment as behoueth such bones.

NOw follow the Bones aunswerable to the Backe of the hand, heretofore 2 mentioned, beyng the second part of the foote, called of the Latins Planta, [Page] or Uestigium, as it were the footesteppe, hold, or chief gard of the pace: consistingThe plant [...] [...] [...] [...] [...] [...] to the [...] or [...] [...] of the [...]. of siue Bones, long, and round, imitatyng the ioyntes of the fingers, the greatnes of whose extreme heades, leaueth the middle partes much more light, and slender. For their begynnynges are grosse, and sinuated, where they are compounded with the iiij. last Bones of Tarsus, in manner as before is declared. But where they méete with ye first ioyntes of ye Toes, they swell forth in rounded heades, like as the Postbrachiall bones of the hand where they are set to the fingers. The greatest of these in thicknes is ye first, although in lēgth it giueth placeNumber. [...] to the rest, that is, of all the other it is shortest, and of all others therewith the [...]. thickest: the inferiour part wherof, which is vnder the Anteriour head, putt [...]h [...] [...] of the [...] [...] [...] [...] [...]. forth a tubercle, wherewith it separatech the ij. Sesamine Ossicles there resident, whereto is inserted the seuēth Muscle mouyng the foote. And the posteriour part [...] [...] [...] [...] [...] [...] of the [...] [...] in the [...] par [...]. also is beneth prominent, whiche in mouyng the great Toe (comparable to the thombe) runneth into the diuision of the two Sesamine Bones, whereof we [...] lib. 1. C [...]p. 37. speake more anone.

Euen so the last bone susteinyng the litle toe, where it is coupled with Cyboides The [...] of his [...] parte. hath a notable Processe, goyng forth on the outside of the soote, whiche, augmentyng so the length of the same bone, maketh it comparable to the longest:The [...] [...] the lost bone [...]f the [...] [...] the [...]. which els had bene that bone that susteineth the secōd toe of the foote, that is, that next the great toe. The which Processe, lest it might be thought to serue for no other [...]. [...] [...]. purpose, note that to it is inserted the tendon of the viij. Muscle of the foote,The vse of the processed: the last bone of [...] [...]. The [...] of the viij. muscle of the [...]. as more at large in the history of Muscles is declared.

Briefly all these bones, in their fore partes, are vnited to the bones of Tarsus, as also mutually inherent one with an other, but further in their progresse they are a sunder by litle and litle deuided, becommyng more slender, for the constitutyngCol. [...] [...]. C [...]p. 34. of sufficient spaces betwene them, for the méete lodgyng of the Muscles seruyngThe vse of the slendernes in the middle of these bones. to bowe the first ioyntes of the Toes, accordyngly as I also touched in the description of the Postbrachiall bones of the hand.The situation of the Muscles ser [...]yng to bow the [...]irst ioynt of the [...].

Appendances are appertinent both to their Anteriour, and posteriour partes, Gristelly couered: but in their posteriour partes the heades of these Bones are sourmed roūd, which are committed accordyngly, to the déepe cauities of the firstAppendaunce. ioyntes of the toes. Hollow are these within, and replenished with marcy, neitherAppenda [...]nce. Demes. haue they not litle h [...]les, by which, both surcles of Veynes & Arteries withArteries. nourishment, make entraunce.

The thyrd part of the foote, the Toes, represētyng fingers, do supply: followyng 3 the Postbrachiall bones. The nūber of them is xiiij. in euery toe iij. exceptThe toes are the 3. part of yt foote. the great toe or thombe, whiche hath onely two as is also in the hand to beThe number of the bones of the toes. obserued. For that which should be the first ioynt of ye great toe (like as Galen in the Postbrachiall Bones of the hand, accompteth that to be the first ioynt of theThe thōbe hath ij. loyntes in the hand and foo [...]. thombe, which Collumbus (contrarily) affirmeth the first bone of Postbrachiale) is reckned amongest the bones of the Planta last spoken of, & that with greater perspicuitieA Colla [...] of the bones of the toes with the bones of the singers. then in the hand: whose motion there is manifest, but here as obscure as the rest of that accompt.

And euen as the nūber of the bones of ye toes in the foote, are agreable to those of the hand, so likewise they are litle different in substaunce, construction, and situation:Where the benes of the [...]oes be Articulated with the bo [...] of ye plan [...] by [...]. saue that in the foote, the Anteriour partes of the first ioyntes haue déeper concauities, for the couchyng in of the greater swelled heades of the bones of the Plante, which kynde of Articulation is called Enarthrosis, but euery of theirWhat is [...]. mutuall Articulatiōs, Ginglymon. The space betwene the knots of the ioyntes inThe [...] Articulation of the bones of y• plante and toes is do [...] by [...]. the foote, are shorter then in the hand, and round bounched aboue, but beneth hollow, and sin [...]s, for the safe admittaunce of the tendons of Muscles seruyng to howe the second, and thyrd ioynts of the toes. As for Appendāces, euery of their [Page] heades tast of their benefite, with the slippery clothyng of Cartilages, for Articulation, and motion sake, erceptyng the extremities of the toes: where is neither [...]he vttlitie of [...] in [...]. Appendance, nor Cartilaginous crust to be inuented: for that to no other Bones they are coarticulated, and knit. Their substaūce (inwardly) is endewed withWhy the extre [...]ied of y• [...] haue neit [...]r Appendaunce nor Cartilage. fit cauities, for the conseruation of Ossie nourishment, wherewith they are filled.

THus is finished the last parte of the foote, but before I altogether cease to speake of bones, accordyng as I haue heretofore promised, the small Ossicles, or Sesamine bones shall occupy a litle space of tyme, least (peraduenture) [...]. they be déemed forgotten: which crime, in this discourse, I would not be accused of. Under the ioyntes therfor [...] of the fingers, aswell of ye handes, as féete, are litleThe situatiō and figure of the Sesamme bones. round bones, which although they were created of nature to fulfill the voyde places, left to those ioyntes where they growe, yet serue they to other farre greaterThe vse of the Ses [...]e bones vses: beyng no otherwise, as propugnacles to the ioyntes, then the rotule of the knee for the defence of that region: not a litle also strengthnyng the ioyntes to the apprehendyng, and holdyng of any thyng, and in the foote, to the equall passing one the groūd. So also, that the ioynt in bowing, should not yeld too sharpe a corner, they are in substaunce almost Solid, yet within replete with pores, toTheir substaunce. Medullons [...]yce conteyned in the sesa [...]es. conserue ye [...]yce of medullous nutriment. They are called Sesamina Ossicula for their litlenes, and likenes to the Sesamine séede, these make sometyme the first ioyntes of the toes being lurated, hard to be rightly restòred but by a skilful ArtistWhy they are cal [...]d [...]. who knoweth the reason of such difficultie. The number of them is not certaine,Why [...]uxation in the toes is so [...]ne hard to be reposed. somtyme x. sometyme xv. and in some xx. but in aged persons more great, & notable. Inough differēt also are those ij. reposed vnder the first bone of 'Planta whereThe number of the Sesa [...]e bones to vncertayne. it is Articulated vnto the first ioynte of the great toe, where they cleaue, and are much greater then all others, yet the inner of these excéedeth the other in largenes. Which the followers of hiddē, and Philosophicall misteries, haue affirmedThe difference of ij. Sesa [...]e bones from the rest. subiect to no corruption: feinyng that it is kept in the earth vntill the day of resurrection, when, as a séede it shall spryng, and renew the body agayne, So that I perceiue the godly Martyrs, whose bodyes, for the professsionFuchs. Cap. 37.of Christ haue bene burnt to death, shall neuer rise agayne.The diue [...] comment of Magitia [...]s.for well I am assured, that what séede soeuer is once confounded by the force of that element, the same shall no where after be found to take roote: which doctrine, together with the Doctours, is to be shunned, and detested of all true beleuers of Christ, his death, and resurrection. But here of the description of the Bodies frame worke, the glasse is runne and other partes require to be spoken of.

❧ An end of the Historie of Bones.

[Page]

The Sceleton of the Backe.

❧ The second Booke of the Historie Man, discoursing the Cartilages.

[Page]

A Cartilage is a Substaunce, meane betwixt theThe descriptiō of a Cartilage. bone and the Ligament, [...] so much the moreCollumbus. Lib. 2. Cap. 1. softer then the Bone, by how much agayne it is harder thē the Ligament. In whitenes it [...] It behoued [...] a cartilage to haue sense. with them both, and of sense wholy bestitute: for so it was requisite, whether they be placed in theThe sundry vses of Cartilages. office of susteinyng & enclosing, or serue in steade of propugnacles: els prcuēt the wearing of bones by mouyng: or make that they cleaue together more firmely: or augment concauitie: or yeld toNature maruellous in creating the Cartillages. eche action more facilitie. And so hath Nature disposed their substaunetall propertie; as by yeldyng eche where with their sustenes, they may not be broken, in that they resiste not, as the bones, neither do they slippe away by any force, or be extended by Attraction, as doe the Ligamentes for the most part: but alway returning to them selues, are not s [...]e displaced, nor easely chaūged in forme. But because I purpose to speake of them more particularly, as tofore I haue trauelled in the bones, it should s [...]me supersluous to speake more of their properties, sithens to what end they were created eche one shall declare it selfe.

WHerfore to begyn with the first, it should s [...]me most worthy that the Cartilages The Cartilages of the cyely [...]. In what creatures the Cartilages of y• vpper eye lyddes ate greater, [...] what also they are lesser. of the eye lyddes be no lōger deferred, which are in number as many, as the very lyddes of the eyes, that is two to either eye, one aboue, which in mē, and such creatures as onely moue the vpper lyddes, are greater then the neither: but in others, as byrdes, the nether exc [...]de the vppermost in quantitie.

These Cartilages are situated to the extreme borders of the eye lyddes, clothedTheir situation. Why they are placed in the placed of the eye l [...]ddes. within with a Membran, and without with skinne. Their situation thus in the extremities for great cōsideration was ordeyned of Nature. For more straitly by them are the eyes hable to winck and close together, proferyng them selues likewise as propugnacles to the eyes by the susteinyng of heares vnto them.The vtilitie of the Cartilages in the [...] [...]. Which by their meanes are stifly supported, & not slackyngly or losely borne: also one lineally distant from an other and forwardes tendyng, lightly preuentyng [...]al. Lib. [...] de Vsn p [...]. euery iniurie offred by dust, or ech flyeng litle creature. As also that for the moreThe vse of the heare [...] in the [...] liddes. firme mouyng of the eye lyddes, the Muscles might be to them inserted, these Cartilages are there iustly reposed.

NCrt to these are those two constitutyng either eare, so annexed to the holeThe cartilages of the caves. of hearyng, to dilate, and k [...]pe open the same continually, to the perpetuall promptitude of hearyng ech sound and voyce. These Cartilages are madeTheir vses. more thicke ab [...]ue, and cheifly neare the hole whence they haue their beginning,Why they are thicker aboue. & are more hard then, bycause of their vicinitie which the temporall bone. Further, about the auditory passage is this bone made rough, for the generation ofWhere they are harder and why. Cartilaginous matter, which is to that place affixed, so that by no waight it may slippe down, or otherwise be drawen vpward. Both within, & without they areWhere the bone of the temple is rough and why. endewed with hollow, and also Gibbous places, the prominent partes outward being respondent to the hollow cauities inward. Agayne, they are aboue round,The figure of the Cartilages of the cares. & beneath prolonged with a litle lappe, or (as we may terme it) a fleshy Appendance: which although it depēd vpō the borders of these Cartilages yet is it altogetherTheir [...] [...]. [...]yde of Cartilaginous matter, neither standeth it in n [...]de therof, since itWhy y• [...] of the cares was not [...] [...]. onely dependeth, that is, is susteined, but susteineth not: for the partes that most susteine are most strōg. To whō should it s [...]me doubtfull to iudge why the eares [Page] were not formed for stifues, rather of the substaunce of Bones then Gristles, [...] then that substaunce beyng made subtile and thin should easely haue broken: or thicke, massiue or Solid to haue combred the head with the ponderous waight therof. Therfore of best right their substaūce was light, and Cartilaginous, to beWhy y• cares are Cartilaginous, Why the c [...]res are couered with a [...] [...]. lesse endammaged by outward force. And more for comelynes, then for defence sake they are closely enwrapped with a skinne, which is (excepting the borders) hard, and tough.

ALso the extreme portiō of the nose is made Cartilaginous by the great prouidēceWhy the [...] [...] of yt [...]ose is Cartilaginous. of nature, both to be shut, wherby to restraine & forbid the ascense of euill sauours, as also agayne to open & be dilated, for ye attractiō of breath & ayre. Furthermore this reason of ye substance of the nostrels was expediēt (euen as weWhy the whole nose was not [...] [...]. sayd lately of the earen) that hardly it might be hurt of outward thyngs, which is most oftē practised. For beyng pressed, it yeldeth but neuer breaketh, which so necessary vtilities had perished had the nostrels bene otherwise made, or of the substaunce of bones fabricated. Wherfore most sapiently hath the diuine artificer decr [...]d this part, as also all other, that is, as the lower partes of the nose were made Cartilaginous, so also to be knit vnto the superiour [...] partes, whereonWhy the vpper part of the nose is [...]nye. they depend as their seate and foundation. With thr [...] Cartilages is made the extreme partes of the nose, wherof two constitute the sides called the wynges, [...] extreme cartilages of yt nose. betwene which intercedeth the thyrd Cartilage: whereby are formed two holes in the nose: and this middle Cartilage is to the bony hedge, or diuision of the noseWhy the winges onely of ye muscls moue. aunswerable, and very finitimate. But it is onely the wynges of the nose which haue any motion, beyng endewed with propper Muscles, as well to plucke them outward, as inward sayth Uesalius: but that in no wise consenteth to Collumbus Lib. 1 cap. [...]7. saying: Outward they haue proper Muscles to leade them, but inward no peculier [...] in [...]. Lib. cit. cap. 3. Muscle: affirmyng that they are shut by the benefite of the lippe. Whose iudgement truely, if with the thyng it selfe you do cōferre you shall finde it aptlyHow the winges of the nost [...]ls are shutte. consonant with veritie, if my body be like to other mens, or others like myne. But now forward with the Cartilages.

WE recited in the former Historie in speakyng of the neither iaw two Cartilages, The Cartilages in the seat [...] [...] of the neither sawe. which are found betw [...]ne the superiour Processes of the same iaw, and the bones of the tēples. They are moueable, and for no other cause ordeined then for the perpetuitie of his action, for although the Articulatiō therof is withTheir situation. sufficient scope, & slackenes: yet with oft speak [...]ng, eaty [...]g, and gapyng the bones must n [...]des weare, or atleast leaue of to moue by wearynes, were these not moueableTheir vse. Cartilages their sited, by whose benefite, when soeuer n [...]de requireth, the iaw readely moueth, neuer (almost) requiryng tyme of rest.

NOw agayne, not a litle wondryng that so many of old, and sondry of lateLarinx hath bene described as a thing consisting of Cartilages. yeares haue deceaued them selues, and erred in their writynges, Realdus Collumbus noteth that Larinx is [...] and made of the substaunce of Boneslib. 2, cap. 5. wholy, vnles it be the Epiglot, which [...] of right to be Gristely, that it mightHow Larinx is all of venes, the Epiglot excepted Why the Epiglot ought to bee [...]. without hurt admitte continuall mouyng, whiche is caused by continuall exspiryng, and inspiryng: besides that it was n [...]deful for it also to moue, whtlest we swallow any thyng or speake, there sometymes to be lifted vp, and otherwhiles depressed downe, as also in vomityng contrarily pulled, which motions it easily followeth, the Cartilage yeldyng on either side.

BUt vnder Larinx all Aspera arteria is Cartilaginous, distinguished with veryThe substaunce of the [...] of [...] [...]. many Gristly rynges: whiche ringes (notwithstandyng) are not wholy Cartilaginous: for backwardes toward the Vertebres where it glideth down by the stomache or Aesophagos, they are intersected with a Membran, there neuerthelesThe necessary [...] of these [...] [...]. bindyng them together. Broken they cannot be, yet was it expedient they were so fashioned, as to giue place to Aesophagus, least otherwise it should [Page] suffer compression by them in swallowyng the sustenaunce, the which Membran The [...] of the [...] the membran being taken away. if you take away wholy, the ryngs appeare vnioyned representyng the figure of this letter C. But now they are together by the inwrappyng of this Membran, which, in that sharpe disease called Angina, may perhaps sometyme be taken orIn Angina somtime y• membran that couereth these ringes may be taken of, or is cut away. cut away. The iourney of this rough Arterie endeth vnder the canell Bone, where it is cut into two partes or bowes, whiche are after separated into other two, and those agayne into others, and so at the length dispersed throughout allThe progresse of [...] [...]. the substaunce of the lunges, to transport the ayre inspired and expired.

NExt, we speake of the thicke Cartilages, whereby the bodies of the Vertebres Of the cartilages. Of the vertebres. The first vertebre wanteth a cartilage. are committed together: the first excepted, which as it hath no body, neither any Cartilage. But to speake of the benefite which here these Cartilages giue: we finde that by them the Articulation and knitting-together of the Vertebres The vse of the cartilages of the vertebres. is made more slacke, and easie, whereby they can bowe forward, backward, and to the sides, aptly, after the will of the creature. Their breadth is aūswerable to the bodyes of the Vertebres, leueyling, or makyng euen their endes where they méete. Therefore, as the turnyng ioyntes of the backe do still, in goyngThe quantitie of too [...]ertebres changeth the quā titie of the Cartilages. downward, increase in quantitie: so accordingly these Cartilages are made greater and thicker, to the end they might not want wherewith to endure the greater increase, and waight of bones.

VNder Os sacrum also, where the tale bone is fastened, a Cartilage lyeth: andThe Cartilage vnder Os [...]. The Cartilage betwen the bones of Coccix. much of a Cartilage is put betwene the first and second bone therof, but especially in women, bicause in bringyng forth the byrth, the tayle bone (as we haue declared heretofore) yeldeth backeward, but in men it is neuer mouedWhy in women ther is much of a cartilage betwene the first and secōd bone of Coccix. from his seate.

SO likewise the top of Sternon hath on ech side a Cartilage, where it admitteth the knittyng to of the Cannell Bones, and these also mouable accordyngThe situation of the Cartilage in y• toppe of Ste [...]non. The di [...]ers vse of the Cartilage in the toppe of Sternon. to the vses of the Cartilage of y• neither iaw before expressed, although these haue nothyng so apt, and often mouynges as that hath. Notwithstandyng in great cryinges, and swallowyng of the meate, as also to expiration and inspiration, those are much conducent, whilest the brest is some whiles drawen together, and other tymes riseth: so is the expedite mouyng of the armes procured thereby.

AGayne, betwene the first, or second bone of the brest is sited a certayn Cartilage, The vse of the Cartilage in the middle of y• brest. which is soft, and vsurpeth the office of a Ligament: wherby the superiour part becommeth more apt to moue.

TO the ribbes also grow Cartilages like vnto Appendaunces, in so much asBoth the trew and false ribbes haue Cartilages. respectcth their anteriour partes, aswell in the true ribbes, where they are committed to the brest bone, as in the false ribbes not adherent to the brest boneThe shorter ribbes haue shorter Cartilages and contratiwise. otherwise then by the Cartilages of the true ribbes. Wherfore in the ribbes this more is notable, that the shorter ribbes haue shorter Gristles, and the longer ribbes, the longer Cartilages: so to the vppermost ribbes are round Cartilages, The figure of the Cartilages of the ribbes. but to the neithermost much broader. Their vses we haue almost sufficiētly touched in the description of the ribbes. For accordyng to the mouyng of the lunges they make the ribbes to yeld: sithens it behoueth the brest to be often lifted vp,The vtilities of the Cartilages of the brest. & often depressed. Which mouyng although it be naturall, yet should it not be so frée, if all the ribbes were of the substaunce of bones: neither might nature longThe brest is naturally monyng. endure the voluntary mouynges of the brest, which are requisite in putting forth yt voyce, but that the Cartilages minister an ease to the laborious dilatatiō of the brest. Besides this, the false ribbes yéeld an exellent effect vnto the body, and notThe mouing of the bre [...]t is voluntarye. to be neglected, in giuyng scope vnto the Uentricle when it swelleth by repletiō. Which gift is not small, since all do know what great incommodities to the body, compression at that instant might inferre.The vse of y• false ribbe [...].

[Page]THe brest bone, called also Sternon, in the neither part therof hath a Cartilage The figure of the Cartilage in the lower part of the brest. of a trianguler forme, although sometimes foure square, and in others clouen in two. Some therfore haue called it a litle sword, others the shieldlykeThe names of this Cartilage. The vse of [...] [...] after the popular iudgment. Cartilage, others Mucronatum, that is to say, sharpe pointed or edged, the Arabians, Malum Granatum, the Grecians [...]. But what soeuer name it meriteth, yet nature made it not to that end, as it is commonly iudged: that is to say, for a defence, & propugnacle to y• mouth of the Tlentricle, which farre distant frō this, [...]he trew vse of mucronata Cartilago. lyeth in the left side. But more rightly they might iudge, that it gardeth the hart, & defendeth Septum transuersum, whose tendon is knit thereto. Wherfore it hapneth, [...]hy a wound receiued in mucron [...]ta Ca [...]tilago iss deadly. that a wounde in this place is daungerous, and deadly: for bicause nature placed there this Cartilage, as a shield vnto it. Whiche groweth so fast vnto the lower part of ye brest bone, that without great force it may not be plucked away. [...] cartil [...]go st [...]ppeth not from the brest as [...] suppose. Wherfore they are worthy derisiō that suppose it to slyppe frō ye seate sometyme.

IN the head of thé shoulder blade, or scaple bone is an hollow or cōcaued placeThe Cartilage in the head of the shoulder blade and vse therof. whereto is annexed a Cartilage for the augmentation therof: for in that part (els) the compasse of the shoulder blade could not haue suffred so déepe a hollow as might haue bene sufficient to the receiuyng of the head of the shoulder. Nature therfore for the augmentation therof deuised a Cartilage wherewith to contriue a déeper profunditie, which also so artificially is wrought, as that the sameThe shoulder to [...] [...]. The [...] of the shoulder hath difficulte [...]estitution. ioynt by the mobilitie of this Cartilage is made more agile, casie, and actiue: and by the altitude and depth of the same cauitie, at no tyme is easely displaced. Which, when it hapneth, is not without great diligence repayred.

THe like Cartilage we finde in the cauitie of the hippe, which admitteth theThe Cartilage in the Concaurtie of the hippe is not mouable. long, and rounde head of the thighe bone. But that is not made there any thyng moueable, but onely to that end prepared, that the borders of the same cō cauitie might more highly be augmented, and so the profunditie be made greater:The vse of ye cartilage in the concaurtie of y• hippe bicause the huckle bone els might not be so déepely excaued, as should séeme sufficient to admit the longitude of the head of the thighe.

FUrther more from ye lower heades of ye thigh, to the vpper regiō of the legge,Two Cartilages in the inferiour heades of y• thigh are two Cartilages like halfe circles, the one on the inside, the other on ye out side. I can easely compare their figure to the fashion of a sickle, thicker on the out side and thinner on the inside, and inwardly endyng at that tubercle, which in theTheir vses. middle vpper face or end of the legge riseth, where they are ioyned together. And they are made to encrease the cauities there in the toppe of the legge exculped: wherein more fitly are inserted the lower heades of the thighe, neither that the mouing of the ioynt should be hindred.The Cartilage in the wrest of the hand.

TO come vnto the wrest of the hand, neare to the poynted Processe extended from the extreme head of the cubite, whiche Galen in vayne beleued to be knit to the fourth bone of the wrest, is a Cartilage put, which fulfilleth the same place beyng otherwise voyde and empty: preuentyng likewise, lest that part ofThe vse therof. the hand, whilest it is bowed to that sive, should strike vpon that sharpe Processe to the great greuaunce, and hurt therof.

MOreouer, betwenethe bones of Pubis cleaueth strongly a notable Cartilage,The substance and figure of the cartilage betwen [...] Pubis. whiche in the superiour part is broad, and thicke, but goyng downewardes, decayeth by litle and litle, endyng at a sharpe, in that place committyng together those bones, like most hard and cleauyng glew, so fast in déede holdyngThe vse therof. [...] Pubis seeme rather to gro [...] together then to ioyne together. them together, as that more rightly growyng, then ioynyng together they may be termed. And for that cause in the former treatise, we haue reproued the opinions of such, as are not ashamed to affirme these bones to open in the tyme ofThat the bones; of pubis doe open in childe birth is false. child bearyng, whilest with a knife, without great labour (as oft hath bene assayed) they vtterly refuse to be separated.

[Page]ALso there are Cartilages bestowed on euery ioint, whether the [...] therof [...]hy the bones in th [...]ir wy [...]tes are incrusted with [...]artilages. be obscure, or manifest. For in the ioyntes it behoued the bones to be cucrusted with such Cartilages as be light, and slippery, sor the easie prouekyng of motion: and that by mutuall construction they be not worne. Wherfore youWhy in the Cartilages of the [...] [...].) a certante [...]. Here [...]s supposed the [...]erest place to write the [...]. The substaunce of the nayles. finde alway added vnto them a certaine moyst matter, wherewith, as with a certaine fatnes the ioyntes are continually noynted.

ANd this I hold fully sufficient for the declaratiō of Cartilages through out the body. Notwithstanding it is best determined in this place to speake somewhat of the nayles, before I make an end. Whiche, although it be truly sayd that their substaunce is meane betwixt bones and Cartilages, being neitherThe dif [...]erence [...] y• nayles and Cartilages. The vse of the nayles. The nayles can [...] but not breake. so hard as bones, nor so soft as Cartilages, from which in colour also they differ much: yet we haue ioyned them vnto the treatise of Cartilages, as more appropriate to the nature of them. They of right defend the most soft partes, the endes of the fingers, l [...]st they be lightly hurt by euery outward occasiō. Wherfore their hardnes establisheth firmely the endes of the fingers, and to the apprehendyng of harder thynges, are approued most necessary, so made to bow and giue place, but [...]. [...]. [...]. 1. The nayles are hard in a notable meane. not to breake. Likewise nature (sayth Galen) was circumspect, that in makyng them hard they should neither lose the vtilitie for which they were made, nor theyThe [...] art of nature. them selues suffer any thyng easely: accordyng to her custome, in makyng in ech creature euery prominent particle of such substaunce, as that neither for softnesWhy the nayles are or [...] [...]igure. The nayles doe grow alwaye whilest the body ceaseth. they may be crushed, nor yet for drines broken. Likewise for securitie sake the nayles are of rounde figure. For of all other figures the rounde offreth lest aduauntage whereby to be hurt, bicause it hath no corner standyng forth of power to be broken. But bicause by stretchyng, and euery other action of the nayles,In what order the nayles doe grow [...]. their extremities must néedes be worne, to their growyng was annexed perpetuitie, although the whole body els be driuen to the defect of grouthe. But how?Cap. 38. Sayth Fuchsius, they grow not as other mēbers together both in breadth, length,The new part of ye naile that springeth thrusteth forward the olde. and thickenes, but onely in length: the new (sayeth Galen) cuer driuyng forwardes, and thrustyng out the old. So that euer in place of that, whiche in the extremities of the nayles is dayly worne, new commeth forward, and supplieth the rowme.

Realdus Collumbus proueth the originall begynnyng of the nayles to comeCap. 15. The originall of the nayles. srom the skinne, and the tendons extending the Muscles of the fingers, although vnder the nayles the tendons are caryed to the extremities of the fingers: for heare they are afterwardes dilated,Why vnder the nayles is such exquisite sense. as shall séeme likely to ech sounde iudgement, sithens vnder the nayles lurketh such exquisite sense.

¶ An end of the Hystory of Cartilages.

❧ Of the History of Man, the third Booke, of Ligamentes.

[Page]

HAd not the ioyntes of the bones, and CartilagesVesal. lib. 2. Cap. 1. by Ligamentes bene compact & bound together, nothyng might haue prohibited the bones, andWhy nature created [...] [...] to the body. Cartilages by euery motion to be loosed, and frō their naturall seate one from an other remoued. Which that it might not come to passe, the creator of all thyngs cōmaunded that all the ioyntes of the bones, and Cartilages, should be clothed about with Ligamentes: by whose benefite, the bones might safely be bound together, & in their ioyntes conteined: neither readyly by euery violent motion to be brokē one from an other. For, that their substaunce by the strong force thereof denyeth. And agayne by their hardnes, go frée from receiuyng hurt by the continuall, and incessant motions that be vsed.Colum. Lib. 3. Cap. 1.

But to begyn at the interpretation of the name: A Ligament is called of theThe name of a Ligament. Gréekes [...], the Latins Vinculum, which we translate a Bond. It is inThe substaunc of a Ligament. substaunce, hard, white, and of sense, and hollownes voyde, yet not so hard as the Cartilage is. The begynnyng therof is at the bone, and the end thereof is at theThe situation of the Ligament euery where. bone, except a certaine, which more particularly shall be touched in their places.

A Ligament is made to bynde together our mēbers, and therfore chooseth theThe vse of the Ligament. name of a bonde, and without them our partes were lost, and might not moue.1 For although their substaunce séemeth sinewy, yet (as I sayd before) it is altogetherWhy the Ligament wanteth sense. voyde of sense euen as the bone, and Cartilage: in which poynte, with wonderfull prayses the prouidence of nature is to be extolled. For if the Ligamentes had bene endewed with sense, what paynes should we labour in at euery motion of the bones?

Beside, the Ligamentes are made for the production of Muscles, as somewhat 2 before we haue noted where we entreated of the vse of Appendances.

Agayne if you marke, you shall finde euery Ligament so hard, as that it hath 3 the might strongly to bynde: so as neither the ioynte may be broken, neither the mouyng of it (in so much as appertaineth to the profitable vse thereof) therebyThe second vse of the Ligamentes a [...]ter Vesalius. hindred. And this is the first & chief vse of the Ligamēt (sayth Vesalius.) All, which belongeth to their second vse, is that they in their proper places conteine the tendons, lest they from their states decline, or be eleuated in their action.

They are nourished notwithstanding by a thinne medullous matter. Wherfore,The nourishment of Ligamentes. betwene the bone and the Appendance nature placed the Ligament, to the end they might more aptly draw their nourishment to them.

And although the situation of all the Ligamentes is almost after one kynde of order, yet much in them selues do they disfer. For of them, some are thicke, someThe difference of Ligamentes. slender, others great, some small, some broad, some narrow, some roūd, and some not round: and other disferences diuers of them choose, as more expressely shall be declared in their particulér explications. Which that it may be done in order weThe head is the prince of all other partes whatsoeuer philosopher [...]. will begin at the Ligamentes of the head, which is the principall part, all Philosophicall opinions notwithstanding.

FRom the bones of the head & vpper iaw, betwene the seames & commissures,The Ligamentes of the head. springeth Ligamentes thynne and broad: which, beside that they bynd together these bones with a most strōg tyeng, are made for the original of those Muscles, Situation, Vse. which from those partes haue their begynnynges. As be the Muscles of the [Page] face, neither iawe, and eyes, all whiche arise from the scames or Cemmissures. And bicause the Articulation of the head with the Vertebres is more excellent, & The articulation of the head with the Vertebres is most noble. of greater value thē the rest, diuine nature ye mother of humanc sect, hath shewed therin more care, & greater diligence then in all others. For, whē so great waight as is the head must néedes be knit vnto so smal bones, as be the Vertebres, or rather if it be lawful thus to say: when nature copacted the frame worke of bones, and in comparyng the head with his seate, founde, in respect of the waight of the head, the Spondils of the necke to be very small, determined to mende the misse by Processes fit for tyenges, & annexyng to the cauities of the bones stronger Ligamentes, then in all other partes of the body. And sithēs this Articulatiō mightWhy the Ligamentes of the head with y• first Vertebres are most strong. suffer in no wise to be Luxated (because euery Luxation of the head is deadly) it was prouided that these Ligamentes should so strictly, and faithfully cōteine, and hold together those partes, as that Luxation there should be most difficult. AlthoughLuxation of the head is deadly. it be supposed among the common sort, that the heades of such as be hangedThe heades of those that be hanged are not Lu [...]ated accordyng to the common opinion. hauyng à great impressed circle left in the necke, are Luxated. Others say their neckes are broken. Which to be true eche one that laboriously shall dissect, or willingly sée Anathomy, shall deny. For of such inuincible force is this Ligament, as that the first and second Vertebre (to which the head by it is bound) shalThe first Vertebre sooner brea [...]eth then is Luxated. more easely at any tyme breake, then be Luxated.

Frō the foundation of the hinder part of the head riseth this Ligament, which that it might be the better nourished and more firmely stand, Nature maketh theThe originall of this Ligament. hinder part of the head in children with many partes and diuisions, to be heretoWhy the hinder part of the head or Occiput is in children in many partes. the better stay. This bonde is round compassing, and downewardes descendyng betwene the first and the secōd Vertebre, not fastned, as some haue supposed, but euery where, and round about them most strongly cleauyng, so that to separate the same in dead bodyes them selues, is a thyng most difficult. For it cleaueth toFigure. The trew place of this Ligament. The Ligament k [...]itte to the tooth of the [...] Ver [...]ebre. those bones both before, behynd, and on ech side.

Besides this Ligament hetherto described, there is another also sufficient strong and hable, which firmely is knit vnto the tooth of the second Vertebre.

Agayne, besides that, their is a thyrd, which springyng from the inner part ofThe [...] Ligament. the first Vertebre, conteineth fast the tooth of the second (the which tooth is mentionedThe vse of y• third Ligament. before in the treatise of bones) beyng round: but the sides thereof by marueilous arte so made, as that the tooth, when the head is much enclined, cā by no meanes hurt the Spinall marey, which that way passeth. And in this sort are the Ligamentes seruyng to the actions of the head.

BUt bicause we should offend in to much prolixitie, if all the Ligamentes ofWhy he entreateth not of euery Ligament. euery ioynte we should particularly descriue, we therefore comprehend all them of the head together, and those especially which differ no otherwise among them selues then in greatnes or litlenes. And for that cause, we will walke in silence forward with the neither iawe, whose Ligamentes els should be spoken of after those of the head. Of others therfore we will speake, that by some meanes do vary from the rest.He determineth of such as in some thing differ from others.

And for bicause Galen writeth in his booke of Bones, that the Vertebres are not conioyned in the middest with any proper Ligament, but by the thyrd tunicleGallen in errour. onely, which ensurappeth the Spinall marey, and (sayth he) is caried in the middest betwene the Vertebres, to connect and knit them together: Collumbus Lib. 1. Cap. 2. accompteth it vnworthy to be the sentence of so worthy a writer: For by what meanes (sayth he) could it séeme vnto hym that the Vertebres, beyng no litle bones could be holden together, of so slender a Membran as that, which is in theThe trew vse of the Membran in the hole of the Vertebres. hole of the Vertebre where the Spinall marey runneth. But the true vse of that Membran is to preuent the Spinall marey, which, by to nye beyng to the bones, might be hurt easely, by the which great incommoditie might ensue. It is therfore [Page] notable, that all the Vertebres (onely the two first excepted) are endewedAll the vert [...]res saue the [...] [...] haue appendaunces. both aboue, and beneth with Appendaunces, as we somewhat remembred heretofore: out of which riseth strong Ligamentes, bindyng together the Vertebres Out of the appendaunces spring the Ligamentes of the vertebres. among them selues, and deteinyng the Cartilage in the middest betwene the Vertebres. And it behoued them to be sufficiently strong, consideryng the great waight whiche the Vertebres must beare, and the strong motions whiche theyWhy the Ligamentes of the Vertebres are stronge. ought to resiste.

After this order these Ligamentes are deduced, that is to say, from the inferiourThe deduction of these Ligamētes. part of the second Vertebre euen to the extreme end of the tayle, about whose body these are sited.

Furthermore, from their transuerse Processes others also are produced, forThe vse of these Ligamentes [...] the transuerse Processes. the ioyning to of ribbes and Muscles.

Others issue out agayne from the hinder part of the Spondilles, both to confirme the Vertebres, and also to giue beginnyng, to some Muscles.

NOw to leaue these sufficiently spoken of, it shall not séeme vnorderly toTwo Ligaments to y• toppe of the tongue. prosecute and goe forward with the Ligamentes of the tongue, and Hyoides. For betwene the bones constituting Hyoides, passe Ligamentes for the constructionTwo ligamentes from the Processes called [...]uloid [...] that suspend the bone Hyoides. of the toung. Two are brought from the two greater Processes, with which it is knit to the toppe of the toung. Other two goe forth from the stiliformed Processes of Hyoides, holdyng it so vp as if it were hanged in two chaynes:The arke of Mahomet. lyke as Historiographers write the yron Tombe of Mahomet, to be suspended in the ayre by the attractiue force of the Adamante. Lastly there is vnder theThe ligament under y• tongue. tongue a Ligament, which in many children that we call tongue tyed, cleaueth to sondry places towardes the fore téeth, not suffryng the tongue to be vp, nor theHow children become tonguetyed. lippes to goe out, and not beyng cut shall corrupt the speache, the child hauyng power to make distinction of wordes.

NExt, for bicause the Brachiall Ligament, or that of the wrest is diuersOf the Ligament of the wrest. from those of other ioyntes, we will speake thereof particularly. The Ligament The ris [...]g of this Ligament. therefore seruyng to the wrest of the arme, begynneth at the inferiour Appendaunce of Radius, & Cubitus, whose office séemeth to be lyke as of otherThe vse thereof. ioyntes, to bynde together the two distinct orders of Brachiall bones, lest in euery motion they slippe out from their seates.

Prudent Nature therefore prepared a Ligament sufficiently strong, whicheThe insertion of the Ligament of the wrest. so byndeth together these Ossicles, as that they are alway ready to the executyng, and fourmyng eche propper motion: but at length is emplanted to the Appendaunce of the Postbrachiall bone, and serueth to the articulation of the wrest.

In this same region are also other Ligamentes, not seruyng to the ArticulationThe Ligamentes of the tendons of the fingers and extreme part of the hand. of Bones, but onely to contayne those tendons whiche serue both to the fingers, and extreme part of the hand, least whilest the fingers moue they should sodainly slide to this place or that place.

In the inside of the wrest, is a forcible Ligament, and that ouerthwartly lieng,The vse of the Ligament on the inside of the wrest. These vj. Ligamentes seeme as though they were but one. which containeth the tendons of the fourth, fift, and sixt Muscles bowyng the fingers. Neuerthelesse on the outsyde there be sixe Ligamentes euident, conteyning in like sort the Muscles extending the fingers.

Among other thynges it is notable to be marked, how all these Ligamentes at the first sight séeme to be but one. Albeit if we diligently follow the tendons, sixe transuerse Ligamentes begynnyng at the two aforesayd Appendances, come playnly to our sight.

But now we are comen to this place, it shall not be amisse to entreate ofOf y• Ligaments conteining the tendons after the longitude of the fingers. those Ligamentes which conteine the tendons after the longitude of the fingers. It is therfore to be noted, that in the inner sides of the bones of the fingers, and after their longitude are lodged Ligamentes reachyng euen vnto the extremities [Page] of the tendons: which nature there hath prudently placed, lest in their bowynges the tendons might be lifted from their places.

IN the knittyng together of the thighe with the bone of Coxendix, Ilium andTo all ioyntes a thicke membraneous bond is common. Pubis, beside that Membraneous bond, but thicke, whiche is common to all ioyntes, there is a round Ligament, whiche rising from the depth of that greatThe round Ligament [...] to the Articulatiō of the hippe. concauitie, or acetable, so largely grauen out of the aferesayd Bones, is inserted to the head of the thighe: beyng of such strength, as that oft tymes it is broken whilest that part is Luxated, and so, that although the bone be restored to hisThe rising of it. wonted place, yet beyng displaced the party is alway lamed: bicause this Ligament The insertion. This Ligament in the [...] of the hippe may be broken. still hindreth the knitting together of the bones.

Also betwene the inferiour heades of the thighe, and the toppe of the legge in the inner part of the knée, is a thicke Ligament rising from their Appendances, Why through lucation of y• hippe the patient is after lame. and ending in the legge, made for the holdyng together of those partes. For, there being in the body no greater ioynt then these two last recited, no marueilThe ioyntes in y• thigh are greater and haue therfore greater Ligamentes then all others in y• body sauing the head. that nature addeth to them such Ligamentes, as to no other, saue onely betwene the head and the two first vertebres.

Besides the thyrd Ligament, there is yet another, which almost compasseth about the Articulation of the knée, and here and there wrappeth about the Rotule, of the which it is onely deteined. If any thinke such a round Ligament (asThe Ligament compassing the Rotule [...] y• [...]. Betwene y• scaple bone and shoulder is no round Ligament. hath bene before mentioned) is fastned so betwene the head of the shoulder and the scaple bone, he is much deceaued.

But to speake more of Ligamentes, let vs yet goe further, whilest we finde apte cause, and commodious occasion. Therfore betwene Os sacrum and Coxendix The Ligament betwen Os Sacrum and Coxendix. The risinge. Insertion. [...]. is a Ligament, not so much rounde, but riseth from the extreme part of Os sacrum, and endeth ouerthwartly at the sharpe part of Coxendix. It gathereth together these bones, and therfore is made to deteine them, beyng knit together: although it may be put to other vse, as preparing passage to the great Nerue which in man is founde.

IN the settyng to of the foote, betwen the same, and the two bones of the leggevj. Ligamentes in the foote answerable in proportion to the vi. in the wrest of the hand. Tibia, and Fibula, beside the bonde whiche is common to all ioyntes, there are sir other to be discerned, such as in the outside of the wrest were lately spoken of. Their vses are these, to contayne those tendons which serue to the extreme footeTheir vse. and toes: which tendons, if these were not here placed, would for euery small occasion be peruerted from their seates and places.

THere lye also vnder the toes of the féete Ligamētes, euen as in the singers ofThe vse of the Ligamentes vnbee the toes. the hand, made to conteine those tendons in their offices whiche bowe the toes, that is to say, the second and thyrd ioynte.

TO all ioyntes there is one common Ligament, and that hath his begynnyngWhat is commō to all ioyntes. from one bone, that is to say from one Appendaunce, and endeth in another. These amplect and inwrappe them rounde: so haue they others more slacke, and others agayne more straight, accordyng to the greatnes and litlenes of the Bones. Therefore estéeme that I speake in this place generally of all theThe numeration of certayn partes [...] with Ligamentes. Ligamentes, what soeuer they be, that bynde the brest, scapples, Cannell bones, nether iawe, shoulder, cubite, fingers, the small bone of the legge called Fibula, The Ligamentes of [...] and Pubis how [...] differ from others. that part of the foote called Tarsus, whiche (as appeareth before in the History of bones) may be compared to Brachiale, and therfore estéemed for nomination sake as the wrest of the foote, and the bones of Pedium aunswerable to the Postbrachials. Of the Ligament betwene [...] & [...] and Tibia and [...]. But if you enquire of the Ligamentes of Ilium, and Pubis, I will aunswere, that they differ from others in nothyng but mouyng.

BEtwene Cubitus and Radius, and so betwene Tibia and Fibula after theirThe vse of this Membraneous Ligament. longitude, is a Membtaneous Ligamēt, sited betwene those spaces. Whose vtilitie is not onely to vnite, and bynde those Bones together, but also lyke an [Page] hedge, deuidyng the interiour from the exteriour Muscles. After which sorte areThe vtilitie of the Ligament in the holes of Pubis. the Ligamentes set in the holes of Pubis, to distinguishe the ninthe from the tenth Muscle.

THe Lyuer is conteyned with two principall Ligamentes, whereof the oneOf y• Ligaments of the [...]. Situation. [...]. is toward the right part, the other toward the left, the left beyng thicker then the right. These knit the liuer to Septum transuersum, lest downeward it should be forced to fall by the waight therof. The right of these two Ligamentes The Ligament named a suspensorye. is called a Suspensorie, but the left hath no propper name.

Now that I haue waded thus farre in the description of the Ligamentes, touchyng such particularly as differ in proportion notably, and comprehendyng the cōmon sort in briefer order, I will here end, omittyng to speake of Mediastinum, Mediastinum, Pleura Pericardium, and Peritoneum are Membrans, not Ligamentes. Pleura, Pericardicon and Paritonaeum, (although they might séeme worthy to be spoken of among the Ligamentes) bicause els where findyng fitter occasion to touch them in approching so neare, whilest other partes are shewed, I haue largely ynoughe reuealed their properties. Whiche notwithstandyng are no Ligamentes worthely to be called, but Membrans, hauyng perfect sense, whiche Ligamentes neuerThe Ligamentes of y• [...] are not wholy [...] of sense. possessed. Although amongest all other, the Ligamentes of the Liuer are not altogether of sense frustrate. Hereafter be attentiue how the members are moued by Muscles.

❧ An end of the History of Ligamentes.

The forepart of the Muscles.

[Page] ❧ Of the History of man, the fourth Booke. Of Muscles to euery member.

[Page]

A Muscle which the Grecians call [...] the LatinsWhat a Muscle is and y• description thereof. Musculus, is an instrumentall part of the body, and in déede the instrument of volūtary mouing,Vesal. Lib. 2. Cap. 2. without which, no part of our body could moue at our will and desire. When Nature therfore had construed the frame worke of the body, withThe maruelous workemanship of nature and foresight. the Cartilages, and swathed them euery one in Ligamentall bondes, accordyng as to euery part she called dewe, it followed then necessarily, that some instrument were deuised whereby those partes should be drawne mutually one to an other accordyng vnto the will of the creature. In consideration of whiche necessities, natureWhy voluntary motion could not be by Ligaments Why not by Nerues. easely did foresée, that onely by Ligamentes she myght not vse voluntary motion, because they were neither with sence nor mouing endewed, not being continually with the vertue of the animall power: neither yet of Nerues onely actiō might be made, since they haue not the force, thorough their softnes, and tenuitie, to draw, and vse so great a waight as behoued. Wherfore she deuised at lēgth, of both to make an instrument of mouyng, whichWhat i [...]strumēt at length was concluded vpon. might be in conclusion harder then the Nerue, and softer then the Ligament: therewith also to participate of sense lesse then the Nerue, but more then the Ligament. The Muscle hath lesse sense then the Nerue and more then the Ligament. So that of the Ligament the Muscle hath his strength, and of the Nerue whereby to féele and moue. Collumbus to this purpose hath these wordes.

A Muscle (sayth he) is construct & made of Fibrous flesh, Ligaments, Nerues, Veynes, Arteries, & Mēbrās. With flesh that the body ther of might be large, or toWhich do constitute the Muscle, and the effectes of those partes in the Muscle. confirme & hold together those partes as sayth Fernelius: wt Nerues, that it might cary with it the moitiue vertue that springeth frō the brayne: with the Ligamēt, that in mouyng it might be the strōger: with the vayne, to be nourished: with theFer. Lib. Cap. 5. Vesal. Lib. 2. Cap. [...]. Arterie to possesse vital caliditie: and the Membran enwrappeth, and holdeth all these together, seuering also one Muscle from another.

So, some suppose it to be called a Muscle after the likenes that it sheweth of aWhence it is called a Muscle after the opinion of some. Mouse, whose head is small, the bellye broad, and tayle long and narrow: others likewise imaginyng of the likenes of the litle beast called a Laserte, doe nominate the Muscle Lasertus. Diuers do agayne thinke it liker a Fish, and therforeThe fourmes of Muscles are diuers. call them litle Fishes. But truely none of these fourmes are to be founde in all muscles. For some are broad, some thrée square, some foure square, others round compassed, many thicke, diuers sclender and small, certaine of them short, and sondry long: here, some containyng one maner of Fibres: there, others mixt with all kyndes: in this place, some are endued with two kyndes of Fibres: and in that place many are interwonen with thrée. Thus beyng diuersly fourmed, & diuersly composed, there is no certaine comparison to be made vnto them, accordyng vnto the likenes of any thing, but if it represent one, it is diuers frō others,Muscles ende at tendous, but not all. and shewyng the shape of some perfectly, & is reproued of others immediatly.

THe endes of Muscles are in tēdons, or as we cōmonly say, chordes: yet not all, for you shall sée many without thē. Cōtrariwise some Muscles haue tē donsWhat Muscles receiue their tendon in the middest. in their begynnings, & some in the middest: although Galen maketh mētiō of the fourth Muscle onely that openeth the neither iaw, wheras takyng occasiō to speake therof, he geueth great prayses, & commendatiōs vnto Nature: but he might also haue [...] [...] (sayth Collumbus) the fourth Muscle, which draweth Hyoides downewardès, and receiueth his tendon of Nature in the middest.

[Page]There are yet some Muscles which haue but onely one tendō, others ij. someThe number of [...] [...] Muscles. iij. or iiij. or moe. As the long Muscle of the backe, and the fift of the brest. Some haue long and round tendons, some haue roūd but shorter tendons, others haueThe figures of tendons. tendons both long and broad: others likewise broad and short: so that many, and sondry are the differences of Muscles, as lately I sayd, and more aptly shall appeare in the peculiar History.

Moreouer Muscles, although commonly they haue their begynnyng from theThe ri [...]g and in [...] o [...] Muscles. Bones, and also end at Bones, yet not all of them obserue that rule: for some spryng from Cartilages, others from Membrans, hauyng their begynnyng, and haue likewise decréed in Membranes euen so to haue their endynges: diuers after their exorture descend: diuers so contrarily ascend: many are sited ouerthwartly, and many in crooked, or oblique sort are placed. Neither do the Muscles obserue one rite or order in their exorture or begynnyng, but some long, some short, some sclender, some thicke: some tendinous, some fleshy: and some shewyng the tendons mixt with slesh. Agayne of the tendons of Muscles, some be perforated,The perforatiō of tendons. some not, others with one hole, many with moe.

But heare perhapes, so oft namyng this word Tendon some will be desirous to know what a tendon is, which I haue no where hetherto declared. Note therforeWhat is a tēdon. that a tendon is the white part in the Muscle beyng hard, thicke, and shynnyng: and newly vncouered, draweth the beholders into admiration of the fayre and pleasaunt fourme therof, And although a tēdon be endued which much sense,The differēce betwene the Muscle and Nerue. as dayly experience approueth vnto vs, yet is if not the same matter as is a Nerue, but differreth much: for, although the Nerue be, white, yet is it nothyng so hard as the tendon but rounder, and not so shynnyng, and beyng cut, the body is endewed with many stryngs, and clothed with a Membran: as also beyng cut, is very hard and Solid, but the Nerue contrariwise. Furthermore a Muscle (euē A Muscle is the organ of [...] mouing. as lately we sayd) is the Organ of voluntary mouyng brought vnto them by the benefite of Nerues, and this power is geuen vnto the Nerues from the brayne: [...]ence y• Muscle receueth his [...]ng. which is the foūtaine of féelyng and mouing, as throughly in this our History of mans body is alledged, and approued. Although that renowmed Peripatecian Aristotle (who in Anathomaticall assertions wandred wide) sayth in his booke De Aristotle much [...] in the partes of mans body. somno & vigilia, that the hart is author of féelyng and mouyng in euery creature: which is as certaine as that the hart is the fountaine of bloud also.

BUt to returne agayne, it is most necessary that euery Muscle in considerationNerues to be disse [...] [...] into the sub [...]unce of Muscles. of his office haue a Nerue, although that a small one, and some tyme Nerues. And here note, that when we describe a Nerue caryed to a Muscle, we [...]. 2. C [...]p. 3. meane not that it is brought neare vnto the Muscle, neither yet to passe straight through the middest of it, but such Nerues vnderstand to be disseminated, and sowen through such Muscles substaūce. Wherfore in that Vesalius would néedes affirme, that there were some Muscles destitute both of the Ueyne, Arterie, and Nerue, & namely the foure square Muscle nighe the wrest, which moueth Radius The errour of Ves [...]ius in the distributiō of Nerues through the muscles. directly downward, to know no [...]ewe at all, Collumbus not vnworthely reproueth him (in my [...]gement) as one, that hauyng sclender skill in this, resisteth reason: for (sayth he) I am certaine, that in this Muscle is a Nerue as euident, and perspicuous as in any other, and not difficult at all to be found. The like also he willeth to estéeme of that Muscle which maketh the broad tendon and of othersColumbus agaynst Ve [...]lius. that Uesalius excepteth. Wherein he séemed rather willyng to deride Nature, then to open his owne no obscure negligence.

BUt to prosecute the particular treatise of Muscles, and to speake of them orderly,What part to called the [...]ce. let vs begyn with the face: which is ment that whole space betwene the heare of the head and the chinne.

It is declared in the proper place how the fleshy Membra su [...]ected vnder the [Page] skinne through out the body, is somewhere encreased with fleshy Fibres, and degenerateth 1 Of the Musculons [...] of t [...]e Membra [...] of the [...]. as it were into a Musculous substaunce, all whiche is now to be approued and verified in the skinne of the forehead, which to be endewed with voluntary mouyng who doubteth to be néedefull. For the eyes open largely byGal. [...]. 2. [...] p [...]t. drawyng vpward the browes, and that when the partie at one instant desireth to sée many thynges, and do shut agayne by the constrainyng and bindyng together of all the partes circumiacent. To both those vses therfore nature hath bestowedThe [...]litie of the [...] [...] in the face. voluntary mouyng, ech where on the skinne both aboue in the forehead, and beneath in the cheekes, to the end that sometyme by extension and stretching, otherwhiles by replication and enfoldyng therof, within it selfe, the eyes may both open and shut, which that it might be done, because no part without Muscle hath voluntary mouyng, by Natures benefite the substaunce beyng vnder the skinneGal. Lib. 9. vs. p [...]rt. of the forehead and nose, is made Musculous. For the fleshy Membrā (as is sayd)The flesh [...] membran in the face hath [...], and braunches of [...]ues. beyng here made Musculous, is also encreased whiche very many fleshy Fibres, and store of braunching sinewes lent frō the brayne, as is not obscurely taught in the History of the Nerues. Furthermore this Membran of the nose and forhead is to the skinne more fast, and holding (without the interuenture of any fat or very small) then in any other part of the body: so that it seemeth as if the MembranVesal. lib. 2. Cap. 8. Col. Lib. 5. Cap. 3. & skinne there were made one body. Which is so put into the mindes of some Anathomistes,The Muscles of the forehead. that they suppose the skinne of the forehead to be of carneous and Musculous substaunce and the seruyng Muscles to those partes are many.

First, ij. sited in the forehead, rising from the superiour part, doe end in the 2 Vesalius. inferiour part, in the common seame that seuereth the bones of the head from the Bones of the vpper iawe. Moreouer the Fibres of that Musculous stocke, mutually lying to the sides, that is from the toppe of the nose to the middest of the forehead, that consisteth betwene the first rootes of the heares and the eye browes, and vnto the sides therfore of this place they séeme more fleshy, all runnyng vpward (sayth Uesalius) with a straight pathe: except a very fewe that chuse an oblique rase. But here I marueile how he was deceiued, for Collumbus hath agaynst himCollumbus. The [...] of the ij. first [...] are oblique. these wordes. The Fibres of these Muscles are no where straight as Vesalius holdeth, but oblique, that is to say from the toppe of the nose towardes the temples, and their action is to lift vp eye browes: although neither Galen so well deseruyng in the Art of Medicine, nor yet Vesalius in our tyme a man of great name in the Art of dissectyng, neither any that write before me haue acknowledged it. Who, if they had vsed greater viligence, might as easely also haue found it. These ij. Muscles occupy the whole forhead, and as much of the temporall Muscles,There situation. as how much they obliquely assēde beside the middest of the forehead, where we contract and wrinckle the skinne, as oft as we are much styrred to anger, or sodaine admiration: and that so much in some men, as that the eye browes séeme mutually to touche together. Whiche contraction of the forehead might by noThere are ij. muscles of the forehead and not one onely. meanes be, if there were but one Muscle onely. For the more perspicuous proofe wherof, Collumbus maketh mention of a certaine Cardinall, in whose forehead these Muscles might euidently bene sene: of which, the least sufferyng cōuulsionOne of these muscles wounded halfe the forhead moueth not. by the meanes of a wounde, halfe of the forehead moued, the other halfe refused. But lettyng this passe, let eche man iudge accordyng to truth and reason, since it is aptly to be found without any great a do. For if you take away the whole skin of the forehead, in the middest of the forehead you shall sée no Muscle, but in the toppe of the nose, where the right with the left Muscle is so conioyned, as thatHow the eye browes are drawne vpward. they séeme there but one, beyng also more sleshy then any where els. Likewise the higher that those Muscles ascend, by so much the more thinne and sclender they become, yet are not the eye browes drawne vpward by the meanes of theseThe Muscles of the nose. onely, but also by the helpe of ij. Muscles, which hereafter we will describe: beyng [Page] not well knowne (as I suppose) of any other Anathomist saue Collumbus.

Also there are ij. dilatyng the nose. And although Galen & others haue ma [...] 3 mention of the ij. Muscles that serue to dilate the nose, yet haue they confusedly mingled them together with the Muscles of the vpper lippe. Besides these, Vesalius describeth ij. that serue to shut the nose, and that he imagineth them [...] lye in the inner part of the no [...]rels vnder the tunicle that compasseth them within.There are not ij Muscles seruyng to shut the nose. Which to be so, Collumbus by no meanes may acknowledge: for how (sayth he) may that be séene, which can no where be found?

THe ij. Muscles therfore that dilate the nostrels, spryng from the aforesayd seame, so that the rising of them is sharpe and fleshy, mixt with the end of theThe [...], progresse, four [...]e and ende of the Muscles of the nose. Muscles of the forehead and downewardes stretchyng or made broader, and caried aloft on the Bones of the nose, to end at the pi [...]es or wynges of the nostrels. It is almost made iij. square, wherof [...]. sides are long, but the thyrd short. These draw vpward ye said wings of the nostrels, & haue straight Fibres, therfore they dilate: but those which other Anathomistes haue described are a portion of those Muscles which are placed in ye vpper lippe. As by & by shalbe sayd. The nose is shut by ye muscles assistaūt to ye vpper lippe, therfore not of any proper muscles addicted to no other vse. Which the more manifest to make you vnderstād, note, ye whēsoeuer we are willing to draw any thing vnto our nostrels, or vnto vs by ye nostrels: we are constrained immediatly to pull & draw together ye vpper lippe.

THere are besides, others almost foure squared Muscles sited in ye necke, which [...]ow the nose is shut. beare their office to the lippes seruyng to draw them obliquely downward, and of these Galen was the first inuentor. The substaunce of them is a carneousTwo broad Muscles in the necke. or fleshy Membran, begon about the region of cannell bones, and posteriour part of the necke, so as that their Fibres obliquely ascend, and there at length do méeteSubstaunce. and touch whereas the superiour with the inferiour lippe is ioyned. Wherefore since that these broad Muscles are seruiceable vnto the face, yea although their chief situation be in the necke, yet are they to be numbred among the Muscles of the face, beyng much coherent with the chinne. And therefore to the openyng [...]. of the mouth séeme much assistaunt.

THe nūber of the Muscles seruyng to the lippes are iiij. that is, ij. in the vpper,The fower Muscles of the lippes Ri [...]ng. and as many in the neither. The originall of the superiour Muscles is foure maner of wayes, rising from the extreme Suture of the iugall bone, as also from the same that distinguisheth the first bone of the vpper iawe from the thyrd: the other ij. are brought from the bone of the chéeke, and all go obliquely towardesThe cause of [...] in such as would haue the nose dilated by a Muscle. the lippe, among whiche there is one that cleaueth to the wyng of the nostrels: & for that cause, they would haue it the Muscle, that should dilate the nose. But Collumbus calleth it a portion of the Muscles aforesayd mouyng the lippe. NotwithstandyngFower Muscles of the nose. sayth the same authour, because I will not séeme s [...]bburne in my one opinion, for that I haue alway abhorred, if any man please to separate this, & estéeme it to be in the place of a peculiar Muscle, it shalbe lawfull vnto him for me, which beyng graunted, then there shalbe iiij. Muscles of the nose, whiche all shall serue to dilate the same.

The other ij. constitutyng the neither lippe, do spryng from that part of theThe exor [...]ce of the ij. Muscles constituting the nether lippe. chinne, where is a certaine conspicuous asperitie, or roughnes in the bone. But now the Fibres of these foure Muscles are diuers myxed, and enfolded withinThe va [...]ietie of Fibres mak [...]th varietie of motion. them selues: and therefore (as Galen rightly hath noted) show diuers sortes of mou [...]nges beyng for the most part mingled with the skinne.

VNto the sayd Muscles come other ij. of the chéekes, sited betwene both theTwo Muscles of the cheekes. iawes, both springyng from the gummes, and also endyng in the gummes. Therfore where it pleaseth you it is lawfull to appoint the beginnyng, that is to say, whether aboue, or beneath, it forceth not. They be sufficient sclender, and in [Page] the maner of a circle intersected with diuers Fibres, and therfore endewed withThe ex [...]rture and end of the Muscles o [...] ye cheekes are con [...]sed. diuers giftes: for like handes they serue to thrust the meate hether and thether, not vnprofitable in tyme of speach, when we will either puffe vp the chéekes, orFourme. blow forth the breath. A further vtilitie of these Muscles, is dayly proued of thē [...]. that with trumpets, and shalmes do dayly exercise their blast. [...]se.

THere are ij. Muscles, yet hether to be reuoked and brought to light which negligenceCollumbus [...]auded. The Muscles to the eye browes of none before Collumbus noted. (before my authors tyme) hath passed. They are to be seene in the posteriour part of the head, rising aboue the Mammillar Processes at the Labdal Suture. They are informe triangled or iij. square, and endyng in the fleshyExorture. Membran, which also admitteth the Muscles of the forehead. Neither are theirFourme. [...]se. vses and vtilities (in drawyng the forehead and skinne of the head toward the hinder partes) to be neglected, as I suppose it doth in euery man. And Collumbus (besides Iohannes Anthonius Platus his master, whose skinne of the head he reporteth euery where and euidently to moue) sayth likewise, that in him selfe beyng bald it is most porspicuous.The Muscles of the eye [...]des are [...]e.

BUt to come vnto the eyes, the Muscles of the eye liddes are vj. in number, that is to say iij. on either side. Wherof ij. are situated without the compasse of the eyes whiche most certaynly may be supposed to be the onely cause, why all AnathomistesThe cause of e [...] rour in other [...]. (before Collūbus) were so deceaued; in supposing those sited within the compasse of the eyes to serve not to the eye liddes, but the eyes.

The first therfore are r [...]d cōpassing hauyng also circled Fibres. They spryngFourme. Fibres. in the great corner of the eye, in the cōmon [...]uture both to the head & vpper iawe.Situation. Their beginnyng is sharpe, but are dilated vpward toward the forhead, in which place they are mixed together with the Muscles of the forehead. Afterward stretchyng toward the eare; the nearer they come to the lesser corner of the eye, the more they are amplified, and downewardes reflected about the roundell, of the eye, that at length neare to there beginnyng they might finish with a sharpe end. And these are made strongly to shut, and bynde together the eye liddes, whoseThe Muscles shutting the eye [...] force we dayly proue when we winke, to preuent any outward iniurie.

The second are ij. streight Muscles, broad and fleshie in ye superiour region of the eyes, beginnyng within the roundell at the visible Nerue like vnto the otherMuscles opening the eyes. Muscles of the eyes. These Muscles do cease with a litle broad end in the vpper eye lidde, and their office, by drawyng the eye lidde vpward, is to open the eye.

The third Muscles seruing to open the eyes, are in figure round and sclender, springyng from the same place as the aforesayd: doe end towardes the great corner of the eye obliquely in the eye lidd [...] with a tendon almost round. Though aThe Muscles drawyng the eye lidde. portion thereof in some men is inserted to the tunicle corner, for that they are thought to helpe the [...]ouing of the eye vpward: but for this vse they are especially ordained, that is, to draw the lidde vp, and open the eye.

Herein rashly iudge me not (gentle Reader) that I séem [...] wholly to subscribe vnto the sentence of one mans opinion, for therein thy selfe shall, but séeme more affectionate to Vesalius, then equall in iudgement, and more [...]orne to Galen his authoritie, then desirous of the true light. For I follow not Collumbus fanta [...] cally, but omittyng to say what due proues I haue often made of many his assertiōs, I am forced to subscribe vnto him in sondry places, since nothyng then truth may be truer. And other places as this which I was not able to search, I haue folowed for his likely reasons. And sure my hope is, that thou shalt reape asmuch commoditie (frendly Reader) by the description of such partes as here by hym I haue inferred, as by any Anathomist that euer writ before him. For among the Muscles of the eyes all the Anathomistes before acoumpt the foure last recited. Which he approueth seruiceable to the eye liddes, as you haue hard, althoughThe er [...]r of Gal. Vesal, and ye oth [...] Anatho [...]stes. they by situated within the compasse of the eye, whiche he suspected to be the [Page] onely cause of their errour.

But to make regresse, it followeth yet further to prosecute the eyes, I meane,The Muscles of the eyes. to describe the Muscles appertaynyng vnto the mouyng. For no man may deny the eyes (which are so copiously endued with voluntary mouyng) to haue MusclesNo vertue without his propper organ. to them at ech poynt seruiceable, since no vertue is voyde of his propper organ. But contrariwise if the eyes were without Muscles, so were they alsoHow necessary [...] is to the eyes. without mouing, & beyng vnmouable, we should perfectly sée but few thynges, and those straight forewardes. For perfect sight is had of nothyng neither vpwardes,Gal. Lib. 10. vs. part. downewardes, sidewayes, nor obliquely, but the rectitude of the appleThe motion of the eyes is arbitratious. of the eye guided and moued accordyng to the will of the body which is voluntary: as eche motion els of euery exteriour part and visible member.

But to say what Muscles, and what number of them are seruiceable vnto theAuthors in the muscles to y• eyes not agreeyng. eyes, for asmuch as neither in this do the Authors accord, I shalbe perhaps misliked agayne for swaruing so much from the auncient Authors: yet vnto the wiseThe intent of the author. I meane to giue no such occasion. For in expressing of both, I leaue vnto eueryTruth is y• most auncient authoritie. one that readeth the best to be chosen. The circumstaūce therfore equally wayed, yeld auncientie vnto the truth whether the Author therof was first or last.

The eyes therfore hauyng foure maner of mouyngs voluntary (sayth Galen)Gal. Ibid. The descriptio of the Muscles of y• eyes after Galen and [...]. as one vpward, an other downeward, and other into. to either side, it is méete they had as many Muscles also as guides of their mouyng. Wherfore there is one resident in either side of the eye, and the other two placed one aboue, and an other beneath: for all these beyng dissolued into Sinewy Filamentes, make one circle of a broad tēdon endyng in Iris. But besides, that the circumaction of the eye might be the surer, Nature made two other Muscles and placed them in oblique sorte, one in one eye lidde, and the other in an other, extended both aboue, and beneath towardes the lesser angle or corner.

Furthermore of these vi. Muscles the first iiij. euen as they yeld straight motions [...]. [...]. 2. Cap. 11 to the eye, euē so are their seates accordyngly set straight, and all ech where answerable one to an other. The heades of them haue their begynnyng, as from the hard Membran of the brayne, coueryng the visible Nerue, and from the Sinew of the second payse of the brayne, immediatly after the commyng forth of the visible Nerue out of the Scule. Moreouer their belly is more ample and large, then déepe and profound, yet in sight is most round, lying to the posteriour region of the eye and visible Nerue, after the longitude of it in goyng from the Scule vnto the roote of the eye: and whereas the same belly approcheth neare the middle seate of the eye where it is broadest, there it maketh an end with a broad Membraneous eneruation. Which is in déede beyond the middle part of the eye, and directed to the hard tunicle therof, like as if it were to the mouing of a bone: but beyng brought after the longitude of the body of the eye: it is setled to the line neare Iris or the greater circle of eye, as in the former part of the eye appeareth separatyng the blacke from the white.

Agayne, the Muscles of circumduction, or they that lead the eye about are in fashion lyke to the first, and also in begynnyng, yet lesse, and in the manner of their situation and insertion differyng from them. For the first hath his begynnyng from Dura Membrana clothyng the visible Nerue from the region of the lesser corner, and is inserted to the lower seate of the eye with his sinewy thinnes, and with an oblique lyne neare to Iris after the manner of the rest. The other spryngeth from the Membran of the visible Nerue, out of the region of the greater angle of the eye, and sustayneth his sinewie tenuitie to the hard tunicle of the eye, with a more [...] lyne, at the vpper seate of the eye. Hereby it appeareth, that the Muscles of the eye do varie among them selues onely in situation, and by insertion to the hard tunicle of the eye. For the iiij. first (as is sayd) [Page] are wholly straight, and with a more strayght line inserted. The other ij. more crosse, or slopwise, attempt their insertion with an oblique line. Which although they are auayleable for circumuertion, yet besides they moue the eye both vpward and downward.

Further those Muscles together whilest yet they obserue their propper place, are reckned in figure like a Peare made sharpe beneath and broad aboue: whose sharpe end is their begynning, but the broad part or seat, their insertion. In their short space they are knit together to the visible Nerue, conteyning in the capacitie (which by méetyng together they make) much hard fatte, which other where, in the description of the eyes we haue spoken of at large. Briefly all these sayd sixe Muscles, produced from the hard Membran of the brayne, coueryng the visible Nerue, or in compassed sort inserted with Membraneous tendons in the anterior seat of the hard tunicle, neare to the sides of Iris. The first therfore, which is in the great corner, draweth the eye inward towardes the nose: the second lying in the lesser angle, leadeth the eye there towardes: the thyrd lying beneath, bringeth it downewardes: the fourth aboue, toward the eye browes: and the fift, and sixt circumuerte, and turne the eye about ech way.

Besides those vj Muscles, there is yet an other great one hid on ech side byGalen. Ibid the others, and compassed about with the aforesayd fat. This sheweth the same likenesse that the other vj. do figure together: for from the hard Membran mouyng the visible Nerue, it hath his begynnyng, but somewhat more forward thē the first sixe. His begynnyng is fleshie, as the rest of the bodye therof, that round compasseth the visible Nerue, and beyng stretched forth from the begynnyng to the foure partes like a Peare or pine apple, increaseth, and enlargeth by litle and litle untill it touch the posterior part of the eye, whereto it is emplanted as a circle. Neither doth it assay this insertion neare this visible Nerue, but almost where the eye begynneth to encrease the largest. This Muscle lifteth the eye vpward, and downward, and therewithall turneth it.

Netherto (as briefly as I might) thou hast to consider of the Muscles of the eyes, abstract sensibly from Galen, Uesalius, and the rest of Anathomistes, [...] all described the eyes of beastes, & not of men. Because I wilbe purged of all superstition of partiall iudgement, thou shalt thy selfe (frendly Reader) discusse the case, and since both the wayes are layd before thy face, sée if thou caust separate the eye of man from beastes: the worthiest of both beyng most diligently practised by Collumbus.

Who in stéede of xiiij. Muscles which they attribute to the eyes, accomptethCol. Lib. 5. Cap. [...]. The descriptiō of the Muscles of the eyes after Realdus Collumbus. x. sufficient to them both, that is, for seuen, fiue in euery eye: neither are those iiij. placed (as appeareth) most fit for the opening of the eye liddes, to be numbred at all amongest the Muscles of the eyes. But there are iiij. long Muscles, which appeare towardes the roote of the visible Nerue, hauyng straight Fibres, and end in sinewy tenuities, and are knit in round compasse to the Membran corner,How y• Muscles of y• eyes ate situated to [...]. there constitutyng an other Membran, which is not so farre extended as to touch Iris. They are placed like foure corners, wherof ij. aboue, the rest beneath. And these Muscles either vpward, or downward, from the right side, or from theSubsequent mouing that is, one Muscle following another. left do turne the eye, that is to say, when any of them by them selues, or a sunder do labor, els ij. at once. But if altogether worke with a subsequent mouyngHow the circled mouing is made. then turnes the eye in circular sort. Neither estéeme this as a new saying, since the like is proued in the iiij. Muscles seruyng to the wrest of the hand. MoreouerHow the eye is stayed. they are mad to stay the eyes, that is, when [...] & at one tyme do worke together.

And the fift Muscle, whiche onely he and first of all inuented, is thus described.The [...] Muscle of the eye newly [...]. It is sited vnder the other iiij. betwene which, and this, the fat is entercedent. It is placed ouerthwartly, and complecteth the halfe of the eye: it springeth [Page] from the Membran corner, and also endeth in the same. So that, which is the end, or which is the begynning, it is not easie to finde. He therfore iudgeth it a Muscle maruelous, both begynnyng at the eye, and also endyng in the same: so that it is hard to say what is the propper mouing of this Muscle of the eye. YetA con [...]ectirall knowledge of the motion of the fift [...]. (sayth he) if the begynnynges of Muscles should procéede from Nerucs. I durst then truely affirme the begynnyng of this Muscle to be in the middest, for there goeth in a notable braunch sufficient thicke (if it be compared vnto the Muscle) brought from the second coniugation of the brayne, which Nerue I graunt me to haue oftē suspected to be the tēdon of this Muscle: & this Nerue if that you draw, the eye turneth vpward and round about, although the Muscle be vnder it. And peraduenture this is the vse of that marueilous Muscle, that by the helpe therof we behold the heauens, and worke of his Diuine maiestie, whereto we be borne, to the fulfillyng wherof, this sayd Nerue is no litle, or meane helpe. This same Muscle thus described, hath on the side (for it forceth not now whether you call it the side end or beginnyng) a litle broad tendō, wherewith it cleaueth to Cornea.

Truly I could now wishe that some great searcher of natures secretes wereCollumbus here bursteth [...] a ve bement desire to know this [...] Muscle. geuen vnto me, of whom I might learne the vtilitie of this excellent muscle. In the meane tyme it is sufficient, that I haue inuented and described it. I speake now of man; for Vesalius, and Galen haue described the eyes of beastes, and not of men. As whosoeuer conferveth their descriptions with the thyng it selfe, shallVesalius and Galen described the eyes of beastes. easely know.

Betwene this and the other iiij. is fatnesse, lyke as betwene it and the visible Nerue: but that the muscle which Galen, Vesalius, and others haue described, accomptyng it now in the first, and then in the seuenth place, is no where in the eye of man to be found, and may be deuided into iij. muscles or moe: yet not withstanding they haue elegātly described it, and so, as in Oxen, Horses, Weathers, and such like fourefooted beastes is easie to be sene and found. Thus far Collumbus of the muscles of the eyes, which I now commit to iudgement, hauyng dosté my part therein with sufficient prolixitie.

NOw it séemeth time to go forwardes with the Muscles of other partes, ther fore those of the nother iawe let vs sée how they may be deciffered. For the eares haue no propper mouyng but in beastes, neither therfore any muscles bearyngMuscles of the eares. dutie vnto them. Albeit Collumbus reporteth in a certaine man to haue foūd a muscle springyng from the chéekes, and endyng at the lappe or wyng of the eare, to giue voluntary mouing toward the Anteriour partes, an other also some tyme in the posteriour part, procéedyng from the Mammillar Processe. But surelyThe Muscles of the eares in man are very rare. these in men are so rare as that they deserue no notable description.

The nether iawe not onely in man, but also in all creatures moueth, and not the vpper iawe, exceptyng the Crorodile: who (as Plinie sayth) deuoureth withPlinie. Lib. XI. Cap. 37. the vpper iawe without any mouyng propper to the nether: and the PopiniayeThe Crocodile mo [...]eth the vpper [...] onely. whom Collumbus first espyed to moue both at once. In figure the nether iawe and vpper in man differeth from beastes, the one for the shortnes, the other for theCol. [...]ib. 1. Cap. 8. [...]ib. 5. Cap. 2. length therof: because so it behoued that beastes in not hauyng handes, should toCol. [...]ib. 1. Cap. 9. helpe them, for the receipt of meate in their mouthes, haue longer iawes, natureThe [...] stureth both at [...]. not beyng carefull for their proportion: which contrariwise in man be most roūd and short both for the bewty of the face aunswerable to the rest of the body, as alsoThrée boluntary mouynges of the nether [...]awe. that he hath handes to reach, and put forth at his pleasure, albeit that the Ape somewhat nearely counterfaiteth the same: with handes, and all after a sorte.The Muscles to the nether [...]awe. And there be iij. voluntary mouynges chauncyng to the nether iawe, that is, it openeth, shutteth & turneth round. The Muscles therof are iiij. on both sides.

The first of them is called the temporall muscle, beyng so strong, and famous 1 The temporall Muscle. because it is next vnto the brayne, and hath many Nerues inserted thereunto, [Page] and therfore that deuine Hipocrates in his bookes of Woundes in the head, saythHippociates. Dextro Temp ore vulnerato, sinistrum conuellitur. That is, the right temple beyng wounded, the left is drawen together. Wherfore Nature, not vnaduisedly vsed such deligence, and care towardes this Muscle. It springeth therefore from theThe rising of the tēporall Muscle. first bone of the vpper iawe, from the Cannell bone, from Frons, from Sinciput, and from the bone of the temples called Lapidoides, and occupieth the side of the head euen to the posterior part of the eare, and ye superiour part also by the bredth of iiij. fingers endes. The begynning therof is broad and halfe circle like: and albeit the begynning is broad as is sayd, notwithstandyng it finally endeth sharpe,The Procese called [...]. and in a strong tendon, fastned to the sharpe Processe of the nether iawe called Coronon, which tendon begynneth sufficient déepe, and inwardes. There is beside an other Membraneous tēdon, which maketh the exteriour part of the Muscle blacke, & is caried vnder the Iugal bone. This Muscle hath one office, that is to shut the inferiour iawe, & the Fibres of it runne from the outer borders to theA [...] to Chirurgians. centrée or middle prickle therof. Which thyng is diligētly to be noted of all Chirurgians, whtlest in this part they enlarge woundes, or cut any other abcesse that infecteth the part, least they happen transuersly to separate his Fibres: which beyng done, the vse of them ceasseth: which taken away, the life defecteth.

And because that kynd of mouyng which is to shut and breake ech hard thing,2 The Muscle [...] king in ye mouth. néeded force and dewe strength, prudent nature besides the temporall, made an other Muscle to lye in the mouth, which is susficient strong, and springeth from the cauitie conteined in the winges of the Cuneall bone, and endeth in the anteriour part of the inferiour iawe, where the roughnesse is. The Fibres therof are strayght, hauyng likewise a tendon strong sufficiently, which is endewed with the same office as the temporall Muscle, and is thick and short.

The third Muscle is that which is called Massetores or Mansorius, which moueth 3 The Muscle cal: led Mansorius or Massetores. the nether iawe. In circled sort it springeth from the Iugall bone, and from the first Bone of the vpper iawe, but not from the thyrd and fourth Uertebre of the necke, as Galen would. It hath both a fleshy & tendinous begynnyng, but the end in the inferior iawe is almost iij. cornered. Furthermore it cleaueth to the sharpe Processe of the same, where it séemeth to ioyne with the temporall bone. This hath diuers Fibres, and therfore moueth the iawe forward, backeward, to the sides, and in compassed sort, beyng of it selfe sufficient thicke.

The fourth muscle openeth the mouth and iawe, and is very propper chusing 4 The fourth Muscle openyng the mouth. two fleshy bellyes, the begynnyng and endlesse, for the middle part therof is tendenous: the begynnyng therof from the Processe called Stoides is fleshy: it is caried vnder the iawe, and vnder the eare: it is in figure round, & long, but not very thicke: it leaueth at a fleshy substaūce in the middest of the chinne, where a certaine roughnes is inwardly discerned. Nature made not this so thicke, as thoseWhy nature made not the Muscle to open the mouth so large as those to shutte it. that are chosen for the shuttyng of the iawe. For those two muscles of the iawe beyng relaxed, which we haue sayd to be sited aboue on both sides, by reason that the nature therof is sufficiēt heauy it enclineth or falleth downward, easely therfore contented with a smaller muscle to open, then were behofull to shut. But the middle part therof is made as a tēdon, least it should take to great a rowme: for the place was streite hauyng therein many organs placed. To conclude, this muscle, when it is gathered together of it selfe, the mouth thereby openeth, and it is therfore the Author, of mouing ye nether iawe to the inferior partes, as is sayd.

WHere Hyoides is placed, how it is [...]ourmed, and to what end and vse it was created, we haue not spared to expresse at large in the Hystory of bones. It shall therfore not be in vayne, when thy eye is here, the finger be there. I meane that thou conferre the insertion and situation of the muscles therof, vnto the maner, forme, and fashion of the thyng it felfe, neither in this onely, but throughout [Page] also the whole discourse of Muscles I wish the (Reader) to obserue the sameThe Muscles of Hyoides. rule, for the more assured perfection. The muscles therfore that make the [...] of Hyoides are in number viiij. that is, iiij. on ech side.

The first that appeareth is fleshy, thinne, and straight, springing from the inside 1 The [...] Muscle of Hyoides. of the toppe of Sternon. It iourneth aboue Aspera Arteria and Larinx, and endeth in the inferiour part of the sayd bone without a tendon, hauyng straight Fibres, and therewithall draweth directly downward.2 The second Muscle of Hyoides.

The second goeth out from the chinne, and endeth in the vpper part of Hyoides. This hath no tendon, but is wholly carneous: hauyng strayght Fibres also, moueth straight vpwardes aunswerable in the contrary part to that, which next before I named.

The thyrd muscle is subtill, and litle, begynnyng at the Processe Styloides, and 3 endeth in the laterall partes of Hyoides: sited obliquely, and serueth to draw vpwardesThe third Muscle of Hyoides. obliquely. But the iiij. Muscle cōmeth from the vpper part of the scaple 4 bone, and ascendeth vnder the seuenth muscle of the head obliquely. It is small & The fourth Muscle of Hyoides. long, yet neither lōger nor leaner then other muscles, if we may credit Collumbus. Albeit Uesalius sayth there are no muscles in the body longer or leaner. ItLib. 5. Cap. 12. is ended in the lateral partes of Hyoides. It obtayneth the tendon in the middestLib. 1. Cap. 17. like as the fourth Muscle of the inferiour iaw, although Galen would graūt onely to that, a tendon in the middest, and to no other, extollyng therfore nature as though she had wrought in the Muscle a rare and notable poynt, which she had denyed to all others. Onely this cānot be denyed, that the tendon of this muscle, which we now describe, is not so long as of the other. But the vse of it is to drawThe vse of the 4. Muscle. this bone obliquely downwardes [...] with a contrary mouing to the third muscle. Galen supposed, it lifted vp the shoulder blade, when as (saith Collūbus) he slightlyThe fourth Muscle serueth not to lift vp y• shoulder blade. Witnessing also [...]. marked how impossible it was to be done, or that so small a Muscle springyng frō Hyoides (as he faith) which bone is moueable, should draw or lift vp the great waight of the scapple bone. And these be the iiij. payre of muscles propperly seruyng to Hyoides. The muscles not [...] thereto haue thence their begynning.Of Muscles not propper to Hyoides. Wherof some to Larinx, the rest are streched to the tongue.

THe toūg is the worthy organ of vtterāce, yet, that not all the vtilities [...] The vtilities of the tongue. appertainyng. For in eatyng, drinckyng, & tasting ye office therof is notable,Substance. and most exquisite, the flesh of it is rare, Fistulous, & soft. The magnitude therofGalen. [...] [...]. vs. [...]. agreable to the greatnes, or litlenes of the mouth. The actiuitie therof therforeMagnitude. [...]. Figure. sauereth rightly of the Muscles, thereto seruing. Of the place no man is ignoraunt: the fashion therof is long, and more broad then profound and thicke (albeit that the toung in thrustyng directly forth becommeth almost or altogether round) the roote of the toūg is thicker then the end: which was prouidently done of nature, because it behoued it to moue swiftly. To the furtheraūce wherof are ix. Muscles accordyngly bestowed, besides his own peculiar substaūce, which, inThe Muscles of the tongue are nine, or as some accompt xj. consideration of the substaūce before rehearsed, séemeth not proper to be nūbred amōgest Muscles: yet, by an other reason, which is because it moueth volūtarily, it séemeth not worthy to be seuered frō among their nūber. Which if it be not, ij. moe must be added to the number aforesayd, so that then we must accoumpt xi.

For it seemeth (if so it must be described) ij. muscles, the toung hauyng in the 1,2 The Ligament which is in infantes to [...]. middest a white lyne, to distinguish the right from the left part, vnder which is a Ligament in children (oft tymes) requiryng to be cut, because it is an impediment to their spéech, and at first to suckyng. These ij. muscles attributed to theThe ij. Muscles attributed to the tongue tongue or rather fourmyng the same, rise from the ground of Hyoides, and ende at the extremitie of the tongue, tasting the force of euery kynde of Fibres: whichThe [...] clothing the tongue. also are so intertexed and wouen together, as that one from another, as in other Muscles, cannot be disioyned. There bewrappeth the tongue a certaine tunicle, [Page] which receiuyng of the vertue that is propper to the fourth payre of sinewes ofWhence y• tongue hath the sense of tasting. the brayne, purchaseth thereby most elegantly the facultie of [...]. Therof in like maner is stretched to the funicle of the Palate, as shalbe declared hereafter, the which tunicle is both common to the Palate, Aesophagus, and Larinx.

The thyrd and fourth Muscle of the toung which Collumbus sayth was not 3,4 knowaen to the other Anathomistes, begyn at the middest of the chinne, where be two Asperities or rough places, directly agaynst the roote of the tounge goyng. There Fibres are straight, the Muscles them selues round, and it appertaineth to their office to thrust out the toung beyond the téeth and lippes. Neither is it any miracle (as some suppose) that the tounge can doe this without the helpe of any Muscle.

The fift, and sixt are sclender, begynnyng at the Processe Styloides, and end 5,6 in the sides of the roote of the toung. These haue power whilest both labour, to draw the toung towardes them selues, but one onely mouyng, draweth it vp to a side.

The vij. and viij. go forth from the Processes of Hyoides, and are inserted to the 7,8 sides of the tongue: seruyng to draw it downwardes.

But the ix. and x. rise from the iaw, and are fixed to the sides therof. And haue 9,10 propertie now hether now thether to impell and moue the tongue, when we eate, or swallow.

The last muscle is more rightly to be called a consused muscle of flesh, fat, and 11 glandulous matter together, then truely a muscle. It is put in the roote of the tongue, and is brought from Hyoides. Beyng in eatyng pleasaunt and swéete: asThe [...] in beastes is sweet in eating. is proued in such creatures, whose tounges are vnto vs among the rest, acceptable [...]. Neither shall it be here denyed the name of a muscle, for description sake, although (as witnesseth Collumbus) it be a particle of small price: wherein therfore we will lose no tyme, least the speach of other matters should be ouer long detracted, which are more necessary.

Besides the xi. (therefore) whiche we haue hetherto declared, besides these Nerues, Ligamentes, and membran, there are Ueynes, Arteries, and two other Nerues begotten of the vij. coniugation, and addicted to this part for motionThe partes constituting y• tōgue, sake: which for as much as they be collocated worthely in the inferiour part, great care must be vsed lest together with the Ligament (as oft as it is requisite to be cutte) those also be vnwittingly deuided.

By the Ligament is ment that, which by openyng the mouth, and reflectyngIn cutting the Li gament of the [...] what is to be héeded. the tongue vnto the palate, is to be descerned vnder the same, beyng made for great vse and purpose. For hereto are firmified the Fibres of the tongue, beyng in vse as if a bone were giuen to the tongue, and no lesse to them a stabiliment stay,What is the Ligamēt of y• toūge. or ground. Moreouer were it not for the Ligament, the toung sometimes wouldVesal. Lib. 2. cap. 19 be gathered to much backeward in it selfe, neither beyng once put forth would itThe vse of the Ligamēt of y• toūge. be easely drawen backe agayne. Wherfore it is worthely a bridle vnto the toūg, both forcyng it, and temperyng the same, least it should be either to much pluckedThe bridle of the tongue. together by the muscles (not hauyng therein any bones or other stay) or elsGalen [...] [...]. vsu part. being slaked more then méete, might stray out of course. Besides if in the tongue it had bene stretched but a litle way foreward, or occupied but a small portion, itThe [...] of nature in creating this Ligament. should haue pleasured the tongue as litle as if it had not bene made at all. Contrariwise agayne, if further towardes the end it had bene extended, then neither to the palate, vpper téeth, nor to diuers places in the mouth, the tongue could haue bene stirred. So exacte therfore is the makyng therof, and with such commoderation is it measured, that if you either adde a litle, or diminish a litle, youWith [...] measure is [...] [...] [...]. corrupt the action of whole instrument.Col. [...]. [...]. [...].

[Page]L Arinx beyng the head of the rough Arterie, is the instrument wherein firstWhat [...]arinx [...]. the voyce is formed, which God the worker of all thynges, hath by marueilousWhere voyce [...]s fust f [...]urmed. art compounded. The place therof is in the iawes, vnder the tongue and bone Hyoides. But since the bones therof (for so Collumbus calleth them rather then Cartilages) are before expressed in the History of bones, there remayneth now (because this so necessary instrument, of inspiration, and expiration, as also to the restraynt of euery efflation after the will of the body, stoode in néede ofOf the Muscles [...] to [...]. voluntary mouyng) to speake of the muscles giuen thereto for the mainteinance of his worthy office.

Wherein (that from these my simple labors I may clearely wipe the blotte ofWhy the author som [...]tyme forsaketh Galen and [...]. errour, least by such meanes or infection, they become odious to the hearers, and to me as to the vnhappy husband men: who takyng gladly great toyle with his ground and tillage, in hope of the haruest recompence, reapeth a sorte of blasted eares mingled with that cursed coccle, in stead of the finest flaxen, and whytest wheate which he trusted surely to had sowen), I am forced to abstayne a while both from Vesalius and Galen. Who whilest herein they dissected not the body of man, I know not whether we haue more cause to shunne both their opinions in this respect, or condyngly to commend Collumbus, for his integritie: not in findyng the fault but for hatyng the fault, neither for reprouyng those authors, but for his endeuour to amend the misse. But of the ij. it appeareth he most marueileth at Vesalius, not because his opinion herein is scarce approbable (for whoGalen and [...] haue described [...] according as it is in beastes, and not in men. knoweth not the best may sometyme be deceiued) but for that Vesalius neuer wared wery to reprehend Galen for cuttyng Apes and not men, and shewyng him selfe herein but a ridiculous carper, to describe ye throte of a beast and not of man: neither at all admonisheth the Reader therof. The like negligence is imputed vnto him, where he describeth the eyes, which in man (although the more difficult) Collumbus protesteth onely to haue followed. Wherefore these be his wordes. Marueile not that I (speakyng onely of mākynd) do differ from the writyngCollumbus. of the rest that haue described ye wyndpype of beastes: neither that I meane to resist such excellent men otherwhere, but onely that I might take away those errours (truth beyng my guide as much as in me lyeth) I am forced chiefly in this argument, to depart from their opinions.

The throte therfore or Larinx hath muscles both propper and impropper, butCol. Ibidem. Lib. 2. cap. xij. those not in number as other haue accompted them, although Fuchs. (imitatyngThe number of the Muscles of [...]. the mindes of Galen and Vesalius) would séeme to speake of the humane Larinx. For there be but of propper Muscles ix. and of the common v. beyng a sentence very dissonaunt from those that say xij. propper, and viij. common.

Of which the first two spryng from the toppe of the brest, whence also the ij.1,2 The [...] ij. Muscles of Larinx being of the [...] Muscles. first of Hyoides had their begynnyng: they are fleshy euery where, but without tendons, and endued with sharpe begynninges. They are extended aboue the rough Arterie, and are inserted to the nether partes of the two shield like bones, drawyng downwardes: and are much profitable, for that whilest they moue, they bynd beneth, and dilate the wyndpype aboue.

The second common from the sides of Hyoides, beyng likewise fleshy, and 3,4 (endyng) draw neare vnto the ij. first. So are their Fibres in like maner straight. These can dilate the nether part, and bynd together the vpper: and contrary toThe muscle [...] [...]. the mouyng of the first, do lift the wyndpype vpwardes.

Of these (which we haue called comen) the last muscle complecteth Aesophagus: 5 The [...] of [...] [...] from Galen, and Vesalius. ay [...]yng the deglution, and swallowyng of meate and drinke. It riseth from the shield like bone, and hath transuerse Fibres followyng the fourme of a halfe circle, wherewith the laterall part of the wyndpype is coarcted, & stretned together. [...]uch. ex Gal. et ves. And this is one muscle and not ij. as Galen and Vesalius estemed, who whē [Page] they had considered diligently, imagined that those muscles sprong from the posterior part of Aesophagus, whiche is membraneous, and soft, and had force to draw together ye posteriour partes of the wyndpype: which is a thyng hard, and heauy. Wherfore (sayth Collumbus) there is nothyng in this left wherby to excuse them, when as a great absurditie should be followed, if we should also affirme those muscles to procéede from thence, whose Fibres onely well marked, shall discrie them to be one, and not ij. deuisible muscles.

Beside those, Vesalius writeth of other ij. common muscles, which beyng almostLib. 2. Cap. 20. The other ij. common Muscles which [...] writeth are not in man. round, should spryng from the middest of the interiour part of Hyoides, and either of them on both sides inserted to the roote of the body of the lidde, or couer of Larinx: hauyng the proppertie, and office, as oft as it depressed with meat andCol. Ibid. drincke, to lift it vp agayne immediatly. Which in an Oxe, Cow, or such lyke creaturess iss very true in déede, but not in man, looke thou neuer so diligently.Why they are called commō Muscles. Thus of the eight common muscles iij. beyng taken away, there remayneth but v. common they are called, because their begynnynges are otherwhere, and their endes in this part.

The other ix. which are called propper muscles, because they begyn, and alsoThe nine Muscles of Larinx. end in Larinx, seruyng therfore thereto onely: are made for this cause to openWhich are called the proper Muscles thereof. & shut the Epiglotte. For Glottis is a long rift placed in the middest of Larinx, thē which (sayth Galen) the like substaunce is not to be found in all the creatures.What Glottis is and where it is.

Of these ix. muscles the ij. first go forth from the Anular bone, the rest from 1,2 the nameles Cartilage. They be small, and haue oblique or croocked Fibres, andOf the nine Muscles of [...]arinx whence the firs [...] doe springe. end at the nether part of the shieldlike bones. They serue to bynd together the nether part, and dilate the vppermost. Neither in this place is to be imaginedThe Anular or [...] bo [...]e. of any contrary mouyng: for the bones be hard, and beyng bounde together beneath, it followeth that they dilate & open aboue. The like doth ye shieldlike Gristles in beastes. But of these Muscles you shall finde one on the right side, an otherVesalius e [...]reth in the ij. first Muscles of Luinx. one the left, albeit Vesalius noteth iiij. proper Muscles in this place: of which he beleued the first two to come from the shieldlike Cartilage, and to end in the nameles Gristell. Whereat Collumbus cannot maruail inough, since (sayth he)Euery Muscle worketh towar [...] his beginning. the vnnamed Cartilage hath no mouyng at all, but must néedes haue had if these should come to it: for euery Muscle worketh towardes his beginning. These iiij.Vesalius. Ibidem. Muscles (sayth Vesalius) that is two on eche side, are very like the muscles calledCollumbus denieth them to be like ye intercosta [...] Muscles. Intercostales. But that is denyed not onely in man, but also in heastes to he founde true.

But those second Muscles sited in the hinder partes towardes Aesophagus, are 3,4 long and fleshy, deriued from the posteriour and laterall part of ye Anular bone, & end directly at the fourth and fift bone by a Tendon: that is, in the inferiour part: where it is coarticulated to the third bone. The end wherfore they were createdHow graue or [...]ase voyces are vttered. hauyng strayght Fibres, was to draw straight, and to dilate the aforesayd rift called Glottis towardes the laterall part. Which is oft shewed by the benefit of these ij. muscles. Wherfore by their office, ech graue or bace voyce is vttered.

The thyrd muscles came from the fore part of the Anular bone, and beyng oblique,5,6 are found to end at the fourth and fift bone, neare to that part where the second ij. do end, and not in the shieldlike Cartilage, as Vesalius would. These haue power to bynds the fore partes of the rift, and dilate the hinder partes.

But the fourth muscles begyn at the inner partes of the shieldlike bones, with 7,8 The 4. muscles o [...] Larinx. which they coarticulate, and go obliquely, vntill they are entred into the saydThe constitution of Arytaenoides expressed in ye historye of bones whe [...] Larinx is described. bones which construe, and make Aritenoïdes, that is to say, in the laterall or side partes. These also when they make streite the anterior partes, do amplifie and enlarge the posteriour.

The last muscle of Larinx is so small, that a lesse in the whole body besides [Page] may not be found, it is placed ouerthwartly in the roote of those ij. bones whichThe last And least of all ye Muscles of [...]. we last remembred, hauyng ouerthwart Fibres also, like those of the last of the common muscles which embraceth Aesophagus. This muscle thus described, hath libertie in bindyng together the posteriour parte, there withall to dilaté the Anteriour.

But Vesalius by accomptyng the first ij. propper, iiij. and this last one, ij. made [...]owe [...] [...] 1 [...]. Muscles to [...]. vp the number of his xij. But since that, Collumbus firmely auoucheth it to be but one muscle and to haue continual Fibres. As for my peculiar Ligamentes to this part, there is none, beside membranes enwrappyng round the ioyntes.

THus farre of the vocall organ, in describyng wherof as appeareth, is greatThe authors good will to his countrie and or [...]. dissention amōg the Authors. But for my part, and that my labor might be more frutefully employed, I haue endeuored to folow him that shooteth likeliest at ye marke. Be sapient therfore Reader in iudgemēt, & not captious in caruing aSuspend your indgment till you [...] the truth. fault, least it, beyng not acceptable to his appetite thou geuest it vnto, be restored to thée agayne with blame.

IT hath pleased others to entreate next of the muscles mouyng the head, butOf the Muscles of the shoulder bindes called els the scaple bones. Collumbus, because the greater part of them is contained vnder the muscles of the scaple bones, determined first to speake of these, and after them of the muscles of the shoulder, before he declared how the head is moued.

TTe muscles therefore of the scaple bones (after Galen) be in number vij. onCol. [...]ib. de Musc. Col. [...]ib. 5. Cap. xv. ech side. Albeit the truth is (if Collumbus and Vesalius were worthy professors)Vesal. Li. 2. cap. 26. that by foure, ech shoulder blade is moued. And iiij. maner of mouynges areThe number of the Muscles of ye shoulder blades. The 4. motions of the shoulder blades. appertinent to the scaple Bones, as vpward, or towardes the head, downward, forward, & backeward. That which Collumbus willeth to be the first, Vesalius describeththe second, & the second after Collumbus, is the first with him: but it forceth not it is sufficient onely that they agrée in their propper descriptions.

The first therfore háth the most rare and notable figure of all others in the 1 body. For, being cōpared together with his fellow, it may not vnaptly be likenedThe first Muscle of the shoulder blade, like a Monkes hoode. to a monkes hoode, and is therfore without any absurditie called Cucullaris Musc. It cōmeth forth from Occiput, and from the toppes of the ridge of all the Vertebres of the necke, and downe to the viij. Spondill of the brest: but in the hinder part of the head it hath an ouerthwart lyne, occupying the whole space that lyeth betwene Occiput and the eare: the begynnyng therof is sclēder, and so farre from Occiput, as to the viij. Vertebre of the brest, and endeth in the Processe Acromion, and to the broader part of the canell bone. This muscle beyng compounded with diuers kyndes of Fibres, sheweth likewise diuers maner of mouyngs. For, by theThe diuers motions of this oblique Muscle. meanes of the oblique Fibres of the vpper part, it draweth the shoulder blade obliquely vpwardes: by those in the middest, the same is led towardes the backe: but by the inferiour Fibres, it plucketh downewardes. It is very notable in figure,The hoodlike mus cle in man is not deuided, as in [...]. and accordyng to the raritie of his shape obtaineth a rare & peculiar name, that is a hoodlike Muscle, or more séemely in Latin Cucullaris Musculus as afore sayd. Which Galen deuided into i [...]. for so it is reported to be in Apes.

The second Muscle dedicated to the scaple bone, lyeth vnderneth the first Muscle 2 of the shoulder, and springeth from the second, thyrd, fourth, and fift, but seldome from the vj. ribbe, and endeth at the lesser Processe of the scaple called Ancyroides, both fleshy, and tendinous. Nature begat it to this vse, that by meanes therof the scaple bone might moue forwardly towardes the brest bone Sternon:Collumbus Ibid. but is nothyng seruiceable to the shoulder, what soeuer Galen thought therin.

The thyrd Muscle is reached from the ouerthwarte Processe of the second,3 thyrd, fourth, and fift Vertebre of the necke: and as it fleshy descendeth, so it warethBy the benefitte of the third Muscle the shoulder blade is lifted vp. thicker and strōger, and finally is inserted to the vpper and inner part of the scaple: almost all the Fibres therof are straight, except a few that stād obliquely, [Page] or stopwise. And this is vsed to lift vp the shoulder blade, and to giue helpe vnto the first. For great and heauy is the scaple bone.

The fourth is a broad Muscle thine, and fowersquare, brought from the ridge 4 of the fist, sixt, and seuenth Vertebres of the necke, and from the iiij. vppermost of the brest: it beginneth fleshy, and parteth tendinous, with oblique Fibres: the ende therof is after the hole longitude of the shoulder blade, which is therby caried backwardes.

FUrther, the shoulder hath euery kynd of voluntary mouyng, as for example,Collumbus. Collumbus. vpwardes, downwardes, forward, backward, and round about, to the perfect rulyng wherof nature addicted vij. Muscles,

The first wherof is great and fleshy, occupying the anteriour part of the brest,1 The Muscles of the shoulder and the manifold motions therof. and marcheth forewardes from the middest of the Cannell bone towardes the brest Bone, followyng almost the whole length thereof, and from the Gristels of the vij. and viij. ribbe. The begynnyng hereof is large and great, but it euer after diminisheth, and at length endeth at a Tendon short and broad: which is inserted in the anteriour part of the shoulder vnder the necke therof. This Muscle hath diuers Fibres, and therfore leadeth the shoulder diuersly vnto the brest, that is to say, higher, lower, and in the middest betwene both. Galen supposed thisThis Muscle is not to be deuided into 4. as Galen would. muscle to be deuided in iiij. but that is denyed, albeit somtyme that in the nether part therof (as sayth Collumbus) a certaine portion sharpe stretching out, is foūd in some men as though it were a muscle, when as in déede it is none. But (sayth the same Author) to this absurditie he hath added another more absurd, by thinckyng the arme to be moued obliquely by meanes therof: which in Apes, and not in man is proued true.

The second muscle of the shoulder is iij. square, thicke, and intertexed with 2 diuers Fibres, and is called by Anathomistes [...], and [...], and Humeralis. It springeth out of the middest of the Cannell bone, from Acromion, and the whole great Processe of the shoulder blade: it hath a broad and tendinous begynnyng, but the end of it is sharpe: it is caried aboue the head of the shoulder, and endeth in the middest of the shoulder at a strong and ouerthwarte tendon, which [...]ēdon embraceth the middle thicknesse of ye shoulder: it consisseth of many Fibres, wherewith the arme is lifted aboue, forward, in the middest, and backward.

But the thyrd muscle of the shoulder is carneous and round, which from the 3 inferiour part of the shoulder blade goeth forth which a fleshy begynnyng, with Fibres straight, from the begynnyng vnto the very end: & beyng situated obliquely, goeth foreward aboue the anteriour and bounched part of the shoulder blade, and goeth out into a broad and strong tendon, which planteth it selfe in the posteriour part of the shoulder: and it is the part of this muscle to draw the arme downward towardes the posteriour partes.

The fourth muscle is great and broadest begynnyng at the poynt of the ridge 4 of the vj. Spondill of the brest, and descendeth by the poynt of all the inferiour Vertebres, euen to the halfe of Os sacrum. And this so long a begynnyng is ech where sinewy, but sclender, and endeth at a broad, strong, and short tendon vnderWhat Muscles do constitute the arme hole. the head of the shoulder, neare that place whereto we haue sayd the first muscle cleaueth, that leadeth the arme vnto the brest: betwene which is left the cauitie which we call the armehole. Diuers Fibres hath this muscle, and therfore it is a meane to moue the arme diuers wayes downward, & that rather in oblique sort then in any other kynd of position. It hath iij. corners vnequally sited, forCol. [...]ib. 5. Cap. 16. of them the one is short, the other ij. long, and their originall is thus. The short corner is from the sixt Vertebre, vnto the end thereof: and of the long ones, oneThe descriptiō of the sides of this fourth muscle. stretcheth from this Vertebre, to the halfe of Os sacrum: and the other from that place vnto the end therof.

[Page]The fift Muscle occupieth all that cauitie whiche is betwixt the toppe of the 5 shoulder blade, and the greater Processe therof, springyng from the posteriour part of it. It is fleshy, and endeth at a strong tendon, whilest it is caried vnder the Ligament that knitteth the shoulder and the scaple bone together. It endeth in the head of the vpper part of the shoulder, much cleauyng also to the shoulder blade it selfe.

The sixt Muscle cōpasseth about the hole Gibbous part of the shoulder blade,6 but it issueth forth from the posteriour part after the longitude thereof. It is fleshy, much cleauyng to the scaple bone, and endeth in a thicke and broad tendon, which is inserted toward the hinder partes of the head of the shoulder.

To the seuenth is dedicated all the inner cauitie of the shoulder blade, where 7 it cleaueth and lyeth to the ribbes: but it is begotten from the whole posteriour part of the scaple bone. So that it is situated betwene the ribbes, and the scaple bone: and the end of it is a Tendon sufficient brode, inserted to the inner part of the shoulder.

And finally these iij. Muscles, whiche I haue last made mention of, were ordaynedThe arme turned abou [...] by the sift, sixte, and seuenth Muscles of the shoul [...]er. to the end that the arme might not want the power of circumaction, although the sixt (sayth Vesalius) séemeth somewhat to helpe the eleuation, or liftyng vp of the arme.Vesa [...]. 2. Cap. 23.

Thou hast (Reader) to vnderstand by this word, shoulder, lately described,What is meant by ye shoulder as also in the history of bones is not omitted. the mouyng that is geuen to the vpper bone of the arme, & that is the most propper terme for it, for the samé bone in Latin is called Humerus, which in English is shoulder, although in our domesticall phrase, we say the shoulder, when we meane the highest part aboue the arme, which in déede is the Processe of the scaple bone called Acromiō, in like sort, as by the arme we meane both the shoulder bone, and cubite. Thus for thy better satisfaction.

NOw as it followeth. The head is moued by a first, and secondary mouyng.The Muscles of the head. By the first mouyng is vnderstode the mouyng of the head with the first & The head is moued with a first and secondary mouyng. second Vertebre, but the secondary mouyng is when it styrreth together with the whole necke. It hath iij. propper mouynges, as one forward and backeward, an other to ech side, and the thyrd when it turneth round, albeit these may fitly beThe propper mou [...]nges of y head. reduced into two, as into a straight, and an oblique mouyng. The straight with the first Vertebre, the oblique vnder the second is brought to passe: what soeuerThe sall of Galen. Galen sayth to the contrary, of whose confutation in this matter for the mouyngCol. Lib. 5. cap. xvij. of the head, read before in the History of bones: where is described the first, and second Vertebre of the necke.

The Muscles seruyng to his propper mouynges are seuen on ech side.

The first spryng frō the Spine of the superiour Vertebres of the brest, ascendyng 1 The number of the Muscles to the propper mouing of the head. vp the Vertebres of the necke, vnto the thyrd, are afterwardes deuided, & runne stopwise towardes the hinder part of the head, where they end betwene the posteriour part and the eares. Their Fibres are straight from the begynnyng, vntill they come to the place where ye Muscles are deuided: but afterwardes as they stretch vpward, so farre their race is a slope, or oblique, and sufficient fleshy are these Muscles. Their office is whē both labor with one cōsent together, that ye head might be drawne backewardes to the posteriour partes, but when the one worketh onely, then is the head compassingly turned to the one side. To those Muscles are thrée sides, one from the begynnyng to the place whereas he is deuided from his fellow, an other from thence to the hinder part of the head, and the thyrd from the hinder part of the head vnto their beginning.

The second Muscles are diuers, because they haue diuers figures and impressions,2 consisting of many partes tendinous, and very many fleshy: so that some suppose them to be fiue Muscles. Although in déede it is but one payre, as one [Page] would say the right, and the left. They spryng with a sharpe beginning from the transuerse, or ouerthwarte Processe of the fourth and fift Spondiles of the brest, and ascendyng vpward, are at length fastned in the middest of the hinder part of the head. Their situation is directly strayght, & their office is to draw the head to the posteriour part strayght.

The thyrd Muscles are sclender, whiche spryng from the ridge of the second 3 Vertebre of the necke, and end at length in Occciput, which is the hindermost bone of the head, but by the way, they go somewhat disioyned. The Fibres which they possesse are straight, therfore do they lead the head directly backewardes.

The fourth Muscles are hidden vnder the thyrd, and are all fleshy euen as the 4 thyrd, but short, and spryng from the posteriour part of the first Vertebre, where should haue bene a ridge or Spine vnto the same Vertebre, but that nature tooke it away because it might be no impediment or greuaunce vnto the essence of the thyrd Muscles. In the middest of Occiput is their end, and their office is to draw likewise the head backewardes directly. Neither is it any maruaile, why nature ordained so many Muscles onely to draw the head backwardes, for so it was necessary:Why nature appoynted so many Muscles to the drawing of the head backward. since the Anteriour part of the head is much more heauy because thereto is ioyned both the face and nether iawe. Whereby the forepart becommeth of right heauyer then the hinder.

In oblique sort are situated the fift payre of Muscles mouyng the head beyng 5 risen from the Spinc of the secōd Vertebre, and ended in the ouerthr warte Processe of the first. These Muscles are sclender and all fleshy, seruyng to pull the head in round compasse together with the first Vertebre.

The vi. are also oblique, but cōtrary wayes they make ye fourme of a triāgle,6 & they begyn at the Processe of ye first Vertebre, so do they end in ye hinmost bone (Occiput) of the head, and that in the middest: these draw to the fore partes.

So these ij. last recited the v. & the vj. are the proper Muscles which moue the head roūd or in compassed sort, by the helpe of ye first Muscles, and the last which yet are to describe. But now therfore they whiche are in the vij. place are long.7 round, and strong, sited obliquely. Their Fibres spring from the toppe of the brest and Cannell bone. They haue ij. begynnynges, betwene which lyeth a concauitie, or spare hollow. They are sinewie and broad in their begynning, after also fleshy, and are planted to the Mammillar Processe, which they imbrace. When both of them labor, the head enclineth forward, but as oft as onely one of them moueth, the head goeth to the side. They are further very strong, and able also to how the head directly downward. But this more ouer is to be noted, that theseWhat Muscles doe make a crosse in the head. Muscles together with the iiij. Muscle of Hyoides, do make a great crosse in the necke. These hetherto are propper Muscles seruing to ye first mouing of the head.

NOw to the secondary mouyng, whiche is atchieued by the Muscles of theThe secondary mouing of the head. necke, which mouyng, the head cannot but moue. And the necke it selfe moueth bothe forward, and backward, and to eche side: and the Muscles theretoThe Muscles of the necke. are on eche side foure.Their number.

The first beyng placed in the forepart, produced straight from the body of the 1 sift Vertebre, of the brest, neare to the place where as it is knit with the ribbe, and in ascendyng it is [...] to all the bodyes of Vertebres, saue that the middle part by which Aesophagus iourneyeth they leaue vnseuered. These are the MusclesThe Muscles lucking vnder Aesophagus. whiche are called Latitant es sub Aesophago, that is lurkyng vnder the stomacke: and these bow the necke towardes the Anteriour partes. And note that these last recited Muscles are sometyme (though that very seldome) knit vnto the hinder part of the head, or Occiput, where the hole is, through which the [...] [...] desendeth.

The second beyng large and fleshy, spryng from the first ribbe, but ascendyng,2 [Page] becommen so narrow as that they fashion not so much as a triangle. They are supported by the transuerse Processes of the Vertebres of the necke in the Anteriour part.

The thyrd payre hath his originall from the roote of the transuerse Processes 1 of the v [...]. Vertebre of the brest, and ascendyng vpwardes also from the other trāsuerse Processes of the Vertebres of the brest, are at length knit to all the Processes of the Vertebres of the necke, in ye posteriour part. Their office is the like with the second before named, that is, to bow the necke directly to the shoulder blades, or sides: as when both of them moue at one tyme: but onely, styrreth it obliquely. Betwene these two Muscles go forth the Nerues, produced from the Spinall marey, betwixt the Vertebres of the necke.

The fourth begynnyng at the vij. Vertebre of the brest, goyng aboue all the 4 ridge or Spines of the brest, and necke, do at last end at the Spine of the second Vertebre of the necke, and ordained they were to the drawyng of the necke to the posteriour partes.

NExt now followeth the backe, which is moued with diuers motions, andVesal. li. 2. cap. 3. 8. (generally) that is foure simple: as flection, extention, and inclination toThe Muscles of the backe. the right, and left side. To the atcheuyng of which motions it behoued that natureCol. lab. 5. cap. 19. created viij. Muscles. That is fower on ech side.The number is viij.

The first come from the superiour cauitie and the posteriour part of the bone 1 Ilium, as also from the superior, but interior part of Os sacrum. Their begynning is broad, and fleshy, ascendyng in the inner part of Abdomen, and cleaue to the transuerse Processes of the Vertebres of the loynes, and to the lower ribbes: theyTheir vse. are all fleshy, and in figure foure square: and when both of these moue together, they can bow the backe forward, but seuerally laboryng, do draw it to a side.

The second Muscles are longer then all the Muscles of our body. For they are 2 extended from the lower part of Os sacrum euen vp to the head: their originall is from the extreme part of Os sacrum, with a sinewy begynnyng and strong, then after degenerate into flesh, and cleaue to the trāsuerse Processes of the Vertebres of the loynes, towardes the posteriour part, afterwardes to all the transuerse Processes of the Vertebres of the brest, euen vnto the first, to all which trāsuerse Processes they send a tendon or sinewy hold, in which place Vesalius supposed this Muscle to end, but departyng from those Processes, and ascendyng aboue the Mammillar Processe, it endeth in the temporall bone: which part Uesalius [...]eekened amōg the Muscles of the head, albeit thus Collumbus accompteth it to ye How the body is bowed like a half circle. second payre of the backe, nether are these made without vse: but bowe the whole backe and head also to the posteriour part, whereby the body may imitate the figure of a halfe circle.

The thyrd Muscles spryng from the posteriour part of Os sacrum, beginnyng 3 sharpe, and are knit to the ridge of the Vertebres of the loynes, and sharpely also end in the ridge of the xij. Vertebre of the brest: though sometyme in the xj. furthermore they are endewed with sinewy holdes, as before in the other, and they are authorised to bow the loynes.

The fourth likewise hauyng a sharpe begynnyng, spryng from the ridge of 4 the xij. Vertebre of the brest, and are fastened to all the Spines of the Vertebres The vse of the 4. Muscles of the backe. of the brest, and sharpely also end in the first: beyng broad in the middest about the vj. Vertebre: and haue power to erect the brest. And when the thyrd aforesaydWhen the whole body to turned to a side. do labour together, they hold straight all the whole backe. But if foure styrre together, as one would follow an other, they moue it in compassed sort. And theThe three Muscles called [...] in [...] [...]. Muscles mouyng that be onely on one side, the body then is turned to a side.

The thrée Muscles are of the loynes, which the Greciās call [...] the thrée last are annexed much vnto them, whereby it commeth to passe, that if the Anathomist [Page] be not excellent diligent, they are neither easely found, nor distinguished.Of Muscles mo [...]ing the brest.

NOt naturall but voluntary (sayth Galen) is the respiratiue motion. TheThe descriptiō of the brest. brest therfore is a part within hollow like an egge, wherein are put the instrumentes seruing to life, and consequently to respiratiō, and inspiration: withoutThe brest hath both naturall and volūtary mo [...]ing. When ye brest moueth naturally. the which the life it selfe by no meanes could exist, or stand. But (contrary to the aforesayd Authour) this moueth by nature, aswell as by election or choise: as for example when we sléepe, thē sure of nature the brest moueth, and not of will,When the brest moneth voluntarily. to the which purpose, betwene the ribbes & brest bone are Cartilages put, which easely geue place to the naturall mouyng of the lunges: which cease not of theirWhat malteth the volūtary mo [...]ing. What maketh the naturall mouing. labours, whether the body sléepe or wake. Besides, when we talke or call, then they are more largely moued, because the brest by the Muscles is also more dilated.The propper Muscles of the brest are 81. the common 8. Of these motions the voluntary is made by Muscles, but the other onely by dilatation and construction of the lunges. Wherfore to this end there are of proper Muscles 81. and 8. common. Which although they be put in Abdomen, andIn Inspiration ye inferiour partes of the brest are dilated and the superiour contringed. serue therto, yet are they seruiceable to the brest also. But heare by the way a notable thing, when we inspire or let in breth, the lower partes of the brest are then dilated, and the vppermost compressed. Contrariwise whilst we expire or brethe the nether partes are constringed, and the vppermost dilated.In expiration cō trarywise.

Of the Muscles of the brest the first two that come to hand, that is on ech side 1 one, are produced in the begynnyng from the inferiour part of the Cannell bone,The [...] muscles of the brest. and with a long end are inserted to the superiour part of the first ribbe: whiche they serue to dilate.

The secend Muscle is great, broad, and all fleshy, beginnyng at the seate of the 2 scapple bone, and goyng betwene it and the ribbes is inserted in the first, second, thyrd, fourth, fift, sixt, seuenth, and eight ribbe, and somewhat to the ix. neare vnto the borders of the Cartilages. The endes of this Muscle are lyke vnto fingers. and was made to dilate these viij. ribbes.

The thyrd is a small one, commyng from the Spine partes of the thrée last 3 Vertebres of the neck, and first of the brest, in the begynnyng broad and Membraneous, but endeth at the first ribbe of the brest and sometyme in the posteriour part of the fourth. And thus was it made of nature to dilate those ribbes.

The iiij. Muscle is also small and iiij. square, brought from the Spine of the ij.4 last Vertebres of the brest. And sometyme frō the first of the loynes. In the beginning it is broad, sinewy, & Membraneous, but after becommeth fleshy, & endeth in the iij. last ribbes, after the maner of fingers: so can they dilate those ribbes.

The fift carneous, riseth from the hynder, and vpper part of Os sacrum, and 5 from the inner part of Ilium, cleaning so fast to the second Muscle of the backe, as it may be thought a portion therof. Neuerthelesse when it commeth to the ribbes, it sheweth playnly it selfe to be diuerse from the Muscle of the backe The higher it ascendeth the slender it waxeth, beyng at length inserted by the stay of sinewy holdes, to all the ribbes in the posteriour part, not far from the transuerse Processes of the Vertebres, where the ribbes haue their eminent asperittes. These partes constraine and bynde together the hinder partes of the brest.

The sixt is put within the hollow of the brest all after Sternon, and the viij.6 Cartilages of the true ribbes, it is fleshy, long, and but small: to this vse ordayned, that is, to straiten the anterionr partes of the brest.

AFter followe the intercostall Muscles, so called, because they occupy andThe Intercostall Muscles are on [...] [...] 34. possesse the space places betwene the ribbes, and are one ech side foure and thirtie. For the spaces be xi. vj. of the true ribbes, and fiue of the false ribbes, ij. in the spaces of these, and foure in euery one of those. This differēce makes, that the Cartilages may be turned towardes the brest. In these Muscles the course of the Fibres is turned. For the outer and inner haue obligue Fibres but in contrary [Page] sort, for the outer and inner make together the figure of this letter X.

The begynning of the exteriour Muscles is from the lower part of the ribbes,The outer Interco [...] Muscles. and end in the vpper partes of the next followyng, so that begynnyng towardes the backe, they end at length in the brest bone.

But the inner begyn from the vpper part of the lower ribbes, and end at theThe Intercostall [...] on the inside. nether part of the superiour ribbes.

The Fibres of the exteriour Muscles procéede frō the backe, slopwise towardes [...]. the brest, as it were from aboue descendyng, but in contrary maner be the Fibres of the interiour Muscles, so that they ioyne, and méete together like crosses.

Uesalius hath written that Nature made these xxxiiij. Intercostall muscles onThe errour of other [...] in the vse of the intercostall Muscles manifested by Collum [...]. ether side and all to one end and straitnyng of the brest. But for that he goeth not vntouched of Collumbus, who proueth how also they can dil [...] the brest: that is when ether the interiour or exteriour separately worke alone. But in déede when all moue at once, then they coact, and make straite the brest strongly. For the exteriour pull vpwardes, and the interiour downewardes so drawyng, and constrainyng them very hard together. For so ought the force of constriction toWhy the constriction of the brest ought to be strōg. be strong, beyng oft forcebly put in vre by sodaine efflation, spéech, and vociferation.The cause of the [...] of [...] y• vie of the in [...]costall Muscles. The same Authour inferreth also by what meanes Uesalius was deceiued. For (sayth he) he supposed in this motion that the first ribbe remaineth not moued. But the matter is playnly otherwise. For it is styrred by the first Muscle of the brest, which springeth from the Cannell bone: so that when it is lifted vp,How the ribbes are moued. it draweth the ribbes after in order: whereto the Intercostall muscles are assistaunt: and so they are outward extended, the exteriour Muscles helpyng them: but downeward contrarily by the helpe of the inferiours. For because the last ribbe is drawne downward by the oblique ascendent Muscle of Abdomen: And after this order aforesayd they are dilated. Notwithstandyng when that both do worke together, that is the outer and inner, then followeth construction of thē brest generally, as somewhat before is written.

THere is yet an other Muscle common to both sides, which the Grecians call [...] or S [...]p [...] [...]. [...], the Latines Septum transuersum. This deuideth the vitall from the naturall partes. Aristotle beleued this diuision to be made of nature, to theThe false opinion of Aristotle. end that the vapors of meates and substaunce receiued, might not ascend vp by fumes to the hart, and annoy the same. But that opinion is altogether ouerthrowne by Collumbus. For as touchyng that matter, if Septum transuersum wereLib. 5. cap. Ri. away it forceth not, since the meate hath a close entraunce, and passage into the Uentricle, neither may it by any meanes send, or let passe vapors to the hart: for the substaunce of the stomacke is not so light and Spongy. Agayne if it might, it appeareth the hart should not be offended at all thereby, seyng (for proofe,) in byrdes, and diuers creatures, it is naturally wantyng. But to the purpose.

This Muscle differeth from all other in the body both in situation, forme, andThe Muscle diaphragma how it differeth from all others in y• body. Siniation. noblenes: In situatiō, as lying ouerthwarte the lower part of ye brest: In figure, beyng round compassed, hauyng in the middest a sinewy tendon, compassed about with fleshy partes, and dispersed with Fibres from the middest round about, as aFigure. thyng most comely to behold: the noblenes thereof is such as beyng wounded,Noblenes. the partie seldome, or hardly escapeth. And it is sayd that the auncient Anathomistes [...]. li. 2. cap. 21. and Grecians called it 'Phrenes whiche is by interpretation the mynde. [...]. Plinie, and others after him named it [...].

But besides the sinewy tendon, which before we haue spoken of, and wherebyThe partes entring into [...] [...]. it is partaker of much sense, it possesseth also both Ueynes and Arteries, & those not small, but large.

No lesse moreouer obtaineth it the sortes of diuers Nerues, whiche betwene the spaces of the ribbes do come vnto it from the Spinall marey. Among y• which [Page] are [...]. cōmyng downe from betwene the fourth and fift Spondill of the necke are sowen aboue Per [...]rdium, where the fleshy part of Septum doth degenerate into a Te [...]on, or rather where the tendon endeth at a fleshy nature.

[...]uchsius not in vayne (as it séemeth) describeth therein two circles, which areFuchs. Ibid. The circles of Septum. thus: the middest beyng Mēbraneous, & the outer partes which cōpasse that same more fleshy. And as it is the nearer to the ribbes ye more fleshy, so ye nearer to the centrée of middest, so much the more mēbraneous. In which wordes he meaneth not any dirision therein, but onely speaketh of the middest and outward partes: as the one more Membraneous, & the other more retainyng of a fleshy nature.

Moreouer this Muscle of the brest ministreth both to expiration and inspiration, that is, puttyng forth the breth, and receiuyng it in. Who in vsing this hisCol. lib. 5. cap. 21. propper naturall function withdraweth him selfe towardes the Vertebres, andSeptum [...] serueth both to inspiration, and expitation. asendyng, draweth to him the extreme partes of the brest, and byndeth toge [...]her all the inferiour part: all which effect it worketh whilest we expire, or breath forth. But when we receiue in the breth, it taketh a cleane contrary labour in hand: for then beyng relaxed, and saggyng downward, it suffereth the inferiour partes of the brest to be dilated. And this is the notable vtilitie of Diaphragma, as the same Author reporteth to haue beholden in quicke dissections.

Whereby very fitly (meséemeth) it may be supposed, that whilest in retaynyng the breth it declineth downewardes, the holdyng or straying then of theNow Septum auat [...]th to the excludyng of excrementes. breth receiued, compresseth it hard vpon the subiect partes, very forcibly therewithall compellyng the expulsiue facultie: as when we draw together the bellye to the expulsing of excrementes, we cannot sitly accomplishe the same onely by straying the lower partes, but by enlargyng the brest, and compressyng the midreif together with forcibly retayning of breth. By whiche meanes Diaphragma thrusteth vpon the lower partes: to the end, that in straynyng the nether bellye by the assistaunce of the strong Muscles of Abdomen, none of the intrels might séeke to haue scope or recourse vpwardes, but altogether consentiuely forcyng one an other downward, to make a most strong, and certaine exclusion of the supers [...]uous dregges of the thyrd digestion.

To the better confirmation of this my coniecture Fernel. Ambian hath these [...]. Ambianus. Cap. 8. [...] Partibus [...]. wordes: The midrief called also an ouerthwarte diuisiō, and a girdle to the body, besides that it is the first instrument of inspiratiō, it helpeth also very well to the vnloadyng of the belly, and driuing out dregges.

This Muscle is clothed both aboue and beneath as with a garment: aboue with Pleura, and beneth with Peritonaeum. It springeth from the Vertebres.

Others estéeme the sinewy part to be the begynning therof. NotwithstandingCol. Ibidem. Collumbus ascribeth the begynnyng thereof vnto the ij. litle long partes thereof,The beginning of Septum transuersum. which Vesalius calleth Ligamentes, which litle bodies, come from the side of the body of the xij. Vertebre of the brest, and from the vpper ioyntes of the loynes, and from thence afterwardes doth the sinewy part take his beginning, which is ioyned to the Cartilage, called Gladialis, or commonly Mucronata. Which in theMucronata Cartilago. History of Cartilages is fully described: beyng begotten as a propugnacle to this aforesayd Muscle, but not to the mouth of the Uentricle as the commen crew of Phisitions do suppose. And to this part also the hart lyeth.

Finally the midrief is fleshy on both sides, and is implanted at length to the Ca [...]tilages of the false ribbes, embracyng the last.The perforations of this noble Muscle.

Uesalius hath affirmed the perforation of this noble member to be made thrée [...]. And it is certain, that it yeldeth way to the transiture and course of otherCol. Lib. 5. Cap. 21. Septum transuersum is not iij. tunes pearsed agaynst the opinion of Vesalius. néedefull partes, for the communion of the vitall with the naturall, and the naturall with the vitall members. Yet it is but twise pearsed, or bored through, as once by the hollow Ueyne, which forthwith marcheth into the brest: and the second [Page] tyme, by the stomache, or necke of the Uentricle called also Aesophagus, wherewith likewise do descend two Nerues from the vj. payre of sinewes of the brayne. But the iourney of the great Arterie perforateth not this Muscle: for asmuch as whilest it amplecteth the Vertebres, it embraceth it also, but thereforeLib. 2. Cap. 21. maketh no hole. To this end (therfore) Fuchsius sayth that the way of the great Arterie deserueth not the name of a hole, but rather a halfe circle carued out of the compassing part of the midrief, that is when it embraceth the inner side of the Spondiles, there lying the way of the same great Arterie, called in Gréeke [...] [...]. [...]. and not the same hole where through Aesophagus passeth. For flat agaynst that lyeth the testimony of veritie, had it bene the sentence of Socrates him selfe, as itThe fall of Hipp. and Galen. was of Hipocrates and Galen: though no man can say they were men of no Diuine vnderstandyng.

Thus Septum transuersum is accompted amōg the Muscles of the brest, wherby is shewed how much, and of what efficacy it is in respiration.

But so much as is sayd in that behalfe, tendeth to the sence of naturall respiration.Galen Lib. de Mot. Muse. [...]. For whatsoeuer is vehement, or violent, the same is contrary therto. For if so the qualitie of the heate of the hart do encrease, or occasion serue that, for the spéech, or other lyke, larger breathyng is required, then els could well suffice nature, by & by the first, second, thyrd, fourth, and fift, together with the interiourSeptum trāsu [...]sum is onely y• author of naturall respiration. muscles called Intercostales on both sides, do labour wt Septum transue [...] sum. But if further by bodely causes or sodaine occasion, great and larger respiration be required, as for example to the vse of hollowyng, crying, blowynges of trumpets, shalmes, or other vehement efflations, then the exteriour Intercostales are prouokedNaturall [...]respiration. to moue, which be motions not naturall. For naturall respiration is that which is brought to passe without the helpe of the Intercostall Muscles, and that is it whiche this worthy member sufficiently bringeth to passe: and whatsoeuerE [...]tation. is more, the same hath more helpe, and is naturall, but rather we may terme them necessary for seruyng at néedefull tymes.

As to be playne, this is not naturall, but a very necessary kynde of respiratiō, when a man by earnest study ormuse vnto him selfe, vpon any earnest or waighty matter, by tossyng and turmoyling of his wittes, with continuall inward cogitation of the hart, accenseth and heateth more the spirit then naturall respiration is able to temper: then he at a sodaine maketh a vehement inspiration, and after as large efflation, which with indifferent intermission, proueth profitable to coole the kindlyng heate of the hart: a more vehement then that is proued in trumpettors, pypers, hunters, and such lyke exercises. And therfore necessary, though not accompted of Galen naturall. Whiche argueth that nature hath created our bodyes so carefully, that whatsoeuer is either naturall, or necessary, it is not wantyng. Wherfore these Muscles Intercostales, litle vsed in naturall breathyng yet not to be wanted in extreme efflations, prouoked by néedefull causes such as are rehearsed. It is not obscurely proued by this afore goyng, that the noblenes, and worthy nature of this Muscle may euill be spared in mans body, both for the naturall vse of respiration, as also eiection of excrementes, and it beyng woundedThe midrife woū ded, death ensueth.the hart smoldreth, like the lampe that dyeth for lacke of oyle.

THe Muscles of the lower belly, that is of Abdomen, wherein are cōtained yt Gal. Lib. 5. An [...]t. ad. Vesal. [...]. 2. cap. 3. [...] nutritiue and generatiue partes, are in nūber viij. addicted to the vse therof,Col [...]. 5. [...] 22. although they helpe the brest, in dilatyng the same. But if they compresse andThe Muscles of Abdomen. strayne together, then serue they to the expulsion of childbyrth, vrine, and excrementes, thiesly by the helpe of the last Muscle described. And these viij. Muscles lye iiij. on oche side, and are thus namely distinguished, iiij. oblique, two straight,Number. and two transuerse or ouerthwarte, and of the oblique two are ascendent, and as many descendent.

[Page]The ij. first to be described are the oblique descendentes so called, for that their 1 The ij. fust Muscles of [...] cal'ed the oblique [...]. originall is from aboue, and end obliquely, or slopwise in the inferiour partes, their Fibres running the same race: therfore are they called oblique descendents, beyng broad, and situated in the side partes. They issue forth from the sixt, seuenth, eight, and ix. ribbe, before they begyn to end in a Cartilage, and further from the ribbes followyng, and the toppe of the transucrse Processes of the Vertebres of the loynes, and from the halfe of the Appendaunce of Os Ilium: they haue most broad begynnyng and fleshy, set out like the fashiō of fingers, betwene which endes the secōd Muscles of the brest do enter, which dilate the viij. ribbes. But after they haue gone a good space foreward, they degenerate into a broad, sinewy, and Membraneous tendon, which cleaueth to the other part of the Appendaunce of Ilium and Pubis: Fuchsius sayth in the hucke bone, but Collumbus Fuch. Li. 2. cap. 22. The errout of Fuchsius. holdeth that opinion as false. In the middest of the belly they end, that is to say from Mucronata Cartilagine directly downe to Os Pubis, in which place, is to be discerned the white lyne, where the tēdons of these Muscles together with the oblique ascēdentes, & the trāsuerse are ioyned together. But this part therfore becōmeth white because there lyeth no flesh vnder it. Wherfore ye white line is theCol. Ibidem. end of these aforesayd Muscles sayth Reaidus, although Vesal. hath certified a nū berVesalius [...] by Collumbus. that their insertiō should be in Os Pubis. But such is their vnion of their tendōs, as it séemeth to be onely one Muscle hauyng ij. fleshy partes. But if any mā diligētly marke the end of their Fibres, he shall playnly finde the ij. Muscles knit together in the middest, and lying aboue the other sixe Muscles of the bellye.

The second are the oblique ascendentes, whose Fibres are coursed in contrary 2 sort in respect of the first: for those runne downward, these obliquely vpward,The second ij. Muscles of Abdomen called the oblique ascendentes. and like as is sayd of the Muscles Intercostales they crosse one another, making the figure of this letter X. These spring fleshy from the Appendaunce of Os Ilium, and of the transuerse Processes of the Vertebres of the loynes, in the begynning like a Mēbran, and going vpwardes sleshy, as knit vnto the lower ribbes. Then afterwardes end in a broad, sinewy, and Membraneous tendon, which in ascendyng, as it commeth to the straight Muscles, deuideth in two, whercof the one goeth aboue the straight Muscle, the other vnder it: wherein the policie, and wonderfullThe marueilous arte of nature. wisedome of nature is able to astonishe mans myndes. For the straight muscles, by beyng embraced betwene these two, are made by that meanes stronger, and in the middest of iij. are constituted. And vnlesse this sayd tēdon had bene so deuided, the straite muscles in no wise could haue bene placed in the middest. But these Iendons are vnited together agayne at the white lyne, and here doe end after the same maner, as did the descendentes cleauyng to the sinewy partesThe vse of the ascendent and [...] dent Muscles. of the straight Muscles. The office whereto the ascendent and descendent Muscles do serue, is to compresse and strayne the intrelles, as also by drawyng the ribbes downwardes, to dilate the brest.

The iij. Muscle of Abdomen are these, called the strait Muscles, because they 3 The third Muscles of Abdomen called straight. lye after the rectitude, and length wayes of the body, being replenished also with straight Fibres. The sentence of Galen as touchyng the straight Fibres is denyed:Gal. vs. part. Lib. 5. in that their begynnyng (sayth he) is from the brest, which in déede was ofLib. 5. de. Anat. ad. Col. Ibidem. latter tyme proued to be from Os pubis, hauing ij. beginninges for the most part, the one sinewy, the other fleshy, from the vpper part of Pubis: neuerthelesse somtyme they haue but one fleshy begynnyng. They are ended in Sternon, and in the Cartilages of the last trew ribbes, with a broad endyng, without tendons: yet haue they thrée tendinous, and sinewy intersections, whereto the ascendent oblique Muscles cleaue. And these diuisions Galen in no wise hath marked,The vse of the intersections of the straight muscles. although they were made greatly to strength these Muscles, lest that they should be to deepely drawen into Abdomen. To the end yt belly might be left more roūd [Page] they are in rising very neare together, but the higher they ascende, the [...]rther they are separated. Them also beyng sufficient thicke, and streng, nature made to the compression of the Anteriour partes of Abdomen: although more euidently they draw the brest downward, to dilate it aboue.

The last are called transuerse or ouerthwarte Muscles, because oue [...] thwartly 4 The transuerse Muscles o [...] the [...]. in the body they take their places. They come sincwy from the transuerse Processes of the Vertebres of the loynes, although afterward they go forward fleshy, and hauyng likewise transuerse Fibres, are coherent to Os Ilium, and the lower ribbes. But finally their end is at a broad, sinewy, and Membraneous tendon inThe vse of the tran [...]se Muscles. the white lyne, and cleauyng to Os Pubis, as the oblique ascendentes, and descendentes, though not so adherent. So do they cleaue to Peritonaeum. Their duety is to compresse the belly, and bynd together the Hipogunder.

Furthermore you ought to note that the tendons of the oblique descendent ascendentes,The [...] of the [...]uscles of [...]. and of the transuerse Muscles are perforated. First, at the nauell, secondly neare to Os Pubis, and through those holes do descend the vessels preparyngThe [...] [...] [...]de. [...] to the testicles, and do ascend the vessels bringing [...] called Deferentia The vessells bringing [...]. vasa: which at last are setled into the Glandules called Parastatae. And these be [...]ence the Rupture hapneth. the holes by which the ruptures happen.

Thus the viij. Muscles of Abdomen, besides the cēmon vse of Muscles which [...]. [...]. 5. de vs. Part is to warme the body, are propugnacles, and defences to the subiect partes, andThe vse of the 8. [...]uscles of Abd [...]n. helpe the motions of the brest by their first vse. For if the oblique ascendentes be stretched, in compressing the lower state of the brest, they do streiten the same. But the straite, together which the oblique ascendents, whilest they draw downward the ribbes, they bynd the brest together not a litle.

The ouerthwart, or transuerse Muscles do bowe inward the ribbes, thereby [...]. Li. 2. cap. 22. to straighten the brest. Seruyng also to the body most notably, for the expulsion of hard excrementes. But when all of them labour together, the midreife also by by retainyng of the breth beyng depressed, they so constraine, and presse the intrels together, as out of a straite place into a larger, which is lower, they thrust and expell the dregges, wholly resistyng their returne agayne into the Uenticle.Gal [...] Ibi [...]. And as touchyng generation of voyce, great efflation, restrainte of breth, and propulsation of the byrth in women, nature receiueth by them a large benefite.

BUt here perhaps some (onely Englishmen) will obiect, that I leaue out theThe vse of the muscles of Abdomen according to our English writers before tyme. principall properties of these Muscles: in that they retaine such worthy faculties as to attract, retaine, and expulse. In déede I confesse that our meaner sort of Chirurgians, who are not able to dispence with the Latine Author, haue learned to many such phantasticall imaginations of sundry Englishe workes, which heretofore haue bene Imprinted, whose authors whence they drew their labours for the most part, are not comparable to the founders of this buildyng: and albeit their good willes were commendable [...]et this much must I needesThe authors of this history commended. say, if all of them had sweat more in the workes of Gal. in his administration of Anathomy & vse of partes, their workes had not at this day remained so reprehē sible,Galen sometyme fayled in y• partes of mans body. although Galen we sée himselfe, was in Anathomie now and thē deceiued.

But I much maruaile whence they tooke this fonde opiniō, that the strayght Muscles made the attractiue power in the body, the transuerse the retentiue sacultie, and the oblique an expulsiue operation. Which singulare offices, euery of these should orderly baire vnto the body, without any other cause of their creation. Gemini the principall in this errour. And namely Gemini, after he had thus fallen vpon him selfe, immediatly is about to alledge Galen for his purpose otherwise, whō if he had followed in this [...]. [...]. [...]. [...]. 1. cap. 22. poynt, he should haue missed to commit this so great an errour. Or else Auicen, who in this poynt is agreable with Galen, as appeareth in his Chapiter of the Muscles of the belly. Wherfore I aunswere, that for as much as no worthy writer [Page] would baire me out therein, except Mundinus, whose workes are generally arestedThe cause why y• author writeth not these offices to the Muscles of Abdomen. with errour: I willingly, by thy patience (genlte reader) do abstaine from such an infamous kynde of description. And if thou desirest somewhat to reason with me, & shouldest say? why? is it not likely that the straite Muscles, ly [...]g afterM [...]nus Anatomie for the most part ouergrown with [...]. the re [...]tude of the body, should make the power attractiue, wherby the concoction made in the stomacke, and put forth into the intrelles, is drawne downwardThus Render thou hast bene taught heretofore by Gemini. till it be dreined by the mesericall veynes of all y• best iuyce, and afterward the refuse gathered to the lower partes, by beyng still drawne downeward, till nature be ready to eiect them? So likewise, the transuerse do retayne, and hold backe, till nature haue done to them her kynde and office of digestion, and that to euery part be geuen his dutie? Agayne, that the oblique haue expulsiue propertie, which is to put forth, and expell such thynges as nature commaundeth and prouoketh to be done?

I aunswere vnto thée briefly, that as the Uentricle hath oblique Fibres to retaine,1Col. Lib. 11. Cap. 4.so also transuerse Fibres to expulse the digested matter, which beyng Chilus,The confutation.thinne, and flowyng sayth Collumbus, runneth easely into the spaces and emptie partes of the intrels, which is by the transuerse Fibres comprehended as with handes. In the meane time nature is not idle, but lest it should escape by the subtlenes therof, and slippernes of the intrels, beside the office of Vena Chilis, fetchethThe Mesaicall Deines of Mesenterium.it in by the notable texture of Mensenterium: so that finally all the good iuyce is drawne from the drosse, the ponderous waight wherof cannot stay in the slippery substaūce of the intrels, though the straight Muscles of the belly had not bene.

As touching the retentiue fa [...]ultie, whereby ech thyng should be kept till nature 2 were otherwise willing, answere me to what end the oblique Fibres both in the Uentricle and intrelles serue: as also so many turnes, and wyndynges of the intrelles.

How the expulsiue facultie is made, I haue already frō Galen, Vesalius, and Fuchsius largely described: or (in a word) it is mightely brought to passe by the 3 constraynte of all the Muscles of Abdomen, Diaphragma also depressed.

And this is inough, that the Muscles of Abdomen in falsifiyng their natures, be not robbed of their due [...]. But before I go forewardes with any other partes, I thought good to say thus much out of Collumbus, as touchyng the inuentionCol. Lib. 5. Cap. 22.of moe Muscles then viij. vnto Abdomen.

There are some Anathomistes of my tyme, who beyng desirous them seluesLoco citato. Collumbus against the [...] of [...] Muscles the 8. to Abdomen, to inuent some thyng, do constitutex. Muscles to Abdomen, but certainly they are deceiued. For they would haue the fleshy begynnyng of the strayght Muscles to be a distinct Muscle, which by no meanes can be: for if they should be Muscles as they say, some office must néedes be applyed vnto them.As that they are assistaūt to the erection of the yard, which they can not do because they cleaue not to it, but are fastned to Os pubis aboue. Agayne if the yard were by them to be drawē vpward, so must likewise the [...]ape of women be: sence in women they are séene no otherwise then in men: Neither hath [...] voluntary mouyng: they therfore haue inferred, that by them the strayght Muscles are ayded, which beareth truth no otherwise then the rest. For so strong are the strayte Muscles of Abdomen, that they n [...]de no helpe: and in that they will haue their Muscles to compresseThe [...] is compressed by all the 8. Muscles of Abdomen. the bledder, is all one thyng: for the bleddar by all the viij. Muscles is compressed, which onely they would attribute vnto the offices of these.

But there followeth an other no lesse absurditie, in that these fleshy begynnyngs, which they call distinct Muscles, are not found in all men: therfore belike such persons should wat their vtilities, for which they would haue the sayd MusclesThe opinion of the x. [...]uscles of Abdomen [...]o reproued.be begotten. Which is a playne ouerthrow of all their vayne inuētion [...], therfore sayth he in conclusion, it is a vayne saying that they hold of the x. Muscles of [Page] Abdomen, and may in no wise be defended. But hetherto sufficient.

IT followeth to speake of the testicles, and yard. Euery of the testicles retainyngCol. Lib. 5. Cap. 23. Of the Muscles of the testicles. one Muscle, long, and slender, situated in the Membran called in GréekeThe Membran called Dartos. Dartos. Their begynning is aboue Os pubis, where the hole is apparaūt through whiche the Seminarie vessels descend, enwrapped with the same Membran, yet do they scant imitate the true forme of Muscles, but are certaine strayght fleshyThe Muscles called Cremasteras or suspensores. Fibres put in the same Membran Dartos. The auncient writers haue called these Muscles Cremasteras, as it were Suspensores or hangers vp: made as it séemeth, that the testicles should hang by them, and not sodainly slippe downe.

By the helpe of these Muscles the testicles of man are by litle and litle obscurlyThe vse of these Muscles. drawne vp, least by ouer slacke or lose hangyng downe, the Seminarie vessellesGal. lib. 2. de semine [...]. per. [...]uch. Lib. 2. cap. 30. should be ouerloded. But the foresayd vse of these Muscles are most notable proued in the Acte of generation. For if alway the testicles should draw downe, and load the Seminarie vessels to the perpetuall coarctatiō of their passages, they could not so properly eiaculate the matter of generation, as when the waight beyng subleuated by the attractiō of these Muscles, their passage is made more easie & opē.

THe yard beside his substaunce, and ye thicke Membrā which enwrappeth it,Co. lib. 5. Cap. 24. The fower Muscles of Penis. Ve [...]al. li. 2. cap. 50. hath foure Muscles. Of which the ij. first haue their begynnynges from the orbicular, or roūd compassed Muscle, which lyeth at the extreme end of Rect. intestinum. they are neare one to another, & with their inner sides ioyne mutually together, beyng planted to the vrinary passage: whereas beyng in them selues deuided, do as it were embrace the body of Penis like fingers. And beyng thinne,Their vse. Col. Ibid. are made to this vse, that whē séede or vrine should be put fourth, they then might open the way.

The other ij. Muscles rise from the appendaunce of the huckle bone vnder theThe other ij. muscles of Penis. rising of Penis, which taketh his beginning from the inferiour part of Os pubis. These Muscles are short, but thicker then the aforesayd, and end in the body ofThe vse of the ij. last Muscles of Penis Penis. Whiche as they are also ayding to the course of Vrine, so much more they profit in the tyme of coiture, sustainyng, and holdyng the yard erected, vntill the whole act be finished.

AT the end or necke of the bleddar, in man groweth two Glandules or kernelsOf the bleddar. called Parastatas: which are alway, except in children, old men, & suchThe Glandules called Parastata do conteyne séede. as be consumed by leanesse, full of séede. In the end of these Glandules is put a thinne, round, compassing Muscle with circular Fibres, which serueth to byndThe muscle complectyng ye necke of the bleddar. together the necke of the bleddar, lest the Urine at any tyme agaynst our willes should issue forth. For were not this Muscle, the Urine euery houre would annoy vs, as it chaunceth to them, in whom the same is relaxed: as also to such, in whom the same by wicked Emperickes professyng to take away the stone, isThe errour which our cunning cutters for the most part committe in taking away the stone. cut ouerthwart, who, of the situation hereof beyng altogether ignoraunt, do in steade of takyng one grief away, induce manifestly an other disease, whiche is most filthy and lothsome.

Leonardus Fuchsius maketh this Muscle seruiceable to thrée notable vses, theEuch. Lib. 2. cap. 31. Lib. 5. vs. part. last wherof he taketh from Galen. One is to shut the Orifice, & necke of the bladdar.The vse of this Muscle. The secōd to leaue nothyng in the Urinary way: for when the Urin is gone 1 forth immediatly this Muscle plucketh together, and driueth out the rest of the 2 Urine that remaineth in the way: as commonly there are iij. or iiij. droppes that 3 go forth after the flowyng of ye Urine. The thyrd, which Galen witnesseth to, is for the promptitude and swiftnes of excretion or makyng water, yet not of that whiche is in the bleddar but that which is already in the Urinarie passage: neither so swiftly (as now) the byting Urine could passe through the Urinary way,Galen Ibid. had not Nature placed round about the exteriour part of the same passage this Muscle: so notably seruyng to his vse.

[Page]THe extreme end of the strayght intrell is called the Fundament, endued forV [...]sal. [...]ib. 2. cap. 51. The Muscles of the straight gutte. his propper vses with iij. Muscles, one, whiche prohibiteth ech vntymely and inuoluntary egestion of excrementes, and other ij. which spéedely plucke vp the end of the straight intrell, thrust forth before by egestion.

One of them therfore is round, compassing about the end of the straight intrellCol. [...]ib. 5. Cap. 27. The round compassing Muscle of the strayght gutte called Sphincter. called Sphincter, and beyng broad and thinne, containyng ouerthwarte Fibres, is much vnited together with the skinne and Ligamentes receiued front the tayle bone, and this is comparable to that of the bladder, whiche preuentethThe ij. other muscles of y• straight gutte and their vses. vntymely excretion. The other ij. are also broad and thinne, beginning from the Ligaments of Os sacrum, and from Ilium, and endyng in the vpper part of Sphincter. These in like sort are ordayned of nature to draw vp agayne the straight intrell, lest it should go out in such as straigne them selues, as neuerthelesse in some sometyme no doubt it fortuneth.

DIuers and sundry, great, and necessary motions are appertainyng to theThe Muscles of the thigh. thighe as to extend, to bowe, to moue toward the other legge, agayne outward on the side, & to turne about with a compassing motion. The thigh therforeThe Muscles of the thigh. (saith Galen) is bowed towardes the flancke in li [...]ting the same vpward, & extended in settyng the same directly to go on the earth. But the chiefest extensiō therof is whilest we stand, to the whiche action nature hath geuen many, and strongCol. [...]ib. 5. Cap. 28. Muscles. But the nūber of the Muscles seruyng to the actions of the thighe is x.The Muscles mouing the thigh are te [...]. great, & strong, as it was behofull to the mouyng of a member so thicke and long.

Of these the first is that Muscle that doth constitute the haunches, sufficient 1 The [...]irst Muscle mouing the thigh doth constitut the buttoc [...]es. thicke, and slethy: springyng from halfe the Appendaunce of Os Ilium, from Os sacrum, and Coccix, it hath a broad and halfe circled begynnyng. Neucrthelesse becommyng alway narrower and narrower, it ceaseth at length at a sharpe end, which is committed to the greater Trochāter, and going lower in the thigh, lyeth vpon the ioynt of the hippe with a broad tendon.

The greater part of the second Muscle lyeth vnder the first, beyng somewhat 2 blacke: it springeth from the whole Appendaunce of Ilium with a fleshy, & halfe circled begynnyng, it runneth vpon the same ioynt also, and endeth at a broad and strōg tendon, which cleaueth to the toppe of the great Trochāter or Processe of the thighe, and embraceth it.

The thyrd Muscle of the thighe lureketh vnder the second whole, beyng also 3 blacke, and begynnyng fleshy, and in circle wise. It goeth from Os Ilium, and as is sayd of other two in his progresse it diminisheth, ceassing at a tendon, which to the sayd great Processe is knit, and that in the inner poynt thereof, where it is somewhat inuerted.

These iij. Muscles haue the office to extend & stretch out the thigh, to attract,The vse of these iiij. Muscles. and draw it vpwardes, as also to lead it to the exteriour partes.

The fourth hath an oblique situation, and springeth from the iij. lower hones 4 of Os sacrum, with a fleshy (as it séemeth) and round begynnyng. The end of it is at a round tendon, which in the toppe of the greater Processe toward the posteriour partes endeth, and drawing the thigh to him selfe, hath also power to helpe the circumaction therof.

The fift Muscle is of the loynes sited in Abdomen, beyng round, fleshy, thicke 5 and strong, sited somewhat oblique, and all blacke: his beginnyng is taken from the xi. and xi [...]. Vertebre of the brest, and the iij. vppermost of the loynes, where the body of the Vertebres is: it destendeth vpon Os pubis, and endyng at a round tendon, is to the lesser Trochanter inserted.

The vi. Muscle occupyeth all the whole inner hollow part of Os Iliū: it begynneth 6 from the whole Appendance therof, beyng placed in Abdomen with a semicircular rising: it descendeth aboue Os pubis, and is fleshy almost to the extreme [Page] end therof, where it degenerateth into a tendon, which to the lesser Trochanter isThe vse of the fift and [...]. unplanted. And the vse both of the fift & this, now described, is to bowe the thigh.

The seuenth goeth out from Os pubis, neare vnto the Cartilage thereof with 7 a broad begynnyng, and obligue situation, but endeth on the inside of the thigh, vnder the lesser Trochāter with a slender tendon. And this nature made to draw one thigh toward an other, and to put one thigh vpon an other. And thus sayth [...]ib. 5. Cap. 50. Col. although in déede Vesalius contrarywise sayth it serueth to [...]ow the thigh.

There is no Muscle in the body greater then the viij. (This Galen and Vesalius 8 describ in the sift place) filled with such varietie of Fibres, as if a man coueted to deceiue, and not to teach, be might easely for this shew you iij. or iiij. Muscles. It springeth from the bone Pubis that is, from the inner part thereof. And from Coxendix, ampleaeth the lesser Trochāter and tendeth downwardes cleauyng in that long and rough lyne, and in the hinder partes is fleshy. But at length begetteth a Lendon which to the head of the thighe on the inside is inserted. The vse of which Muscle is to erect the thigh: so doth it ayde the seuenth also, when we intend to put on [...] thigh vpon, or a loft an other.

The ninth Muscle occupyeth all that hole contained in Os pubis, and Coxendix, 9 and that in the exteriour part. His begynnyng is broad and fleshy, it goeth forth toward the exteriour part, lyeth ouerthwartly, and alway becommeth narrower: so that at length it stretcheth forth into a strong tendon to be fastened in a certaine cauitie, in the great Trochanter apparaunt.

The tenth and last Muscle of the thigh is in the interiour part, and the aforesayd 10 hole it likewise occupyeth. This Muscle (sayth Collumbus) is not onely not to be neglected, but chiefly, and most especially to be marked, for it is marueilous therein to contemplate the great prouidence of the high creator. For the begynnyngThe ma [...]ueilous creation of this tenth Muscle. therof is broad and fleshy, as afore is sayd of the i [...]. Muscle, and from within, it is caried without aboue Coxendix, where ye cauitie is made that represēteth the forme of a polley. This Muscle where it boweth to it self in going forth maketh oft tymes iij. tendons, sometyme foure, and fiue, which are at last vnited together, constituting one only notable tendon, whose end in the posteriour part of the greater Trochanter is finished. But ere I end, where this Muscle beginneth first to tast of tendinous substaunce, there immediatly nature by great in dustry hath pre [...]red a [...]leshy purfe or bagge, wherin this tendon is safely placed from any burt by the same bone, which is by this muscle comprehended, neither is the same fleshy bagge being so good a propugnacle, any way to be accompted an a distinct muscle from the [...].

AMbulation (sayth Galen) in man, is made by the one legge fastened one the [...]. vs. [...]. [...]. iij. How ambulat [...]ō is m [...]de. earth, and the other taken from the same, and cir [...]lated. But to fasten and set downe on the earth is the action of the foote, and to circumlate, or fetch about is the action of the whole legge. This is not onely in going, but also in rū ning: the one foote continually being set on the ground & the other together with the whole legge caried forward. But to chaunge the platos of footyng happeneth by the benefite of the legge: albeit that the stay of our fallyng, and firme setlyng on the ground, is brought to passe by the good composition of the foote.

Veselius describeth the legge as though it were onely to be extēded, and bowed,V [...]l. [...]pit. Cap. 2. without any other maner of motiō, and therfore not notably accoumpteth aboue the number of i [...]. Muscles.

But the legge (sayth Realdus Collumbus) extendeth, and boweth, as is openlyThe legge. séene, accordyng to the rectitude, or straight measure therof, and is obliquely also towardes ye exteriour partes moued: although the same motion be obscure, which obli [...]ue motion Vesalius confesseth not. These same motions neuerthelesse areCol. lib. 5. Cap. 29. wrought aplly by x. muscles, wherof v. do bowe, foure extend, and one onely in [Page] the hamme which geueth oblique mouing. And this one Vesalius imagined if it doThe motions of ye legge are made by ten muscles. any thyng, that it doth imitate the motion of the first muscle that moueth Radius directly downeward. For it beyng sited obliquely could not haue or make any straight motion: and because he had denyed oblique mouyng to the legge I omit to say he would not acknowledge the right office of it. But surely he hath left the vse therof to be of other more aptly described, as appeareth by that is sayd. Wher fore so much the rather I giue credite vnto Collumbus, and to his assertion as touchyng this oblique motion.

The first of these Muscles riseth both sinewy, & also fleshy frō the inner part of 1 ye Appendance of Os Iliū, but forthwith goeth forward sleshy, broad, & thinne like a swadle band, & slopwise is delated by the interiour partes of the thigh, but whē it cōmeth to the inner head of ye thigh, it proceedeth, & at a sinewy tēdon is ended, which is not round (sayth Collumbus) as Vesalius would, but broader, & fastened in the fore part of the legge. He also reprehēdeth Galen (vnles his meanyng was onely of Apes) in that he affirmeth, by the benefite of this muscle that one legge is layd vpon an other, as children haue occasion to do in playing.

But to go forward, the second muscle of the legge springeth from the anteriour 2 part neare the Cartilage of Os pubis, the beginnyng therof beyng broad, after the length of Os pubis commissure: it descendeth fleshy, with straight Fibres, at the interiour head of the thigh made round, and ceaseth at a sinewy tendon, also almost round: notwithstandyng it is furthermore dilated, and at length ended in the fore part of the legge.

The thyrd with a sinewy begynnyng long, and also round, springeth from the 3 lower part of the Appendance of Coxēdix, beyng made fleshy afterwardes about the middest of the thigh, and is caried downe by the hinder part of the thigh, with many sortes of Fibres: but commyng to the knée, it maketh a sinewy tendon, wherewith it is implanted to the posteriour but interiour part of the legge.

The fourth from the same place begynneth neare vnto the thyrd, but the be,4 gynnyng is both fleshy, and sinewy, and descendeth downward by the posteriour partes of the thigh with straight Fibres. Neare vnto the knee it goeth out in a sinewy tendon, which before the end is dilated, and ceasseth at length in the Anteriour part of the legge betwene the first and second.

The begynnyng of the fift is from the Appendaunce of Coxendix neare vnto 5 the thyrd and fourth, sharpe at first, then after thicker, and marcheth forward by the posteriour but exteriour part of the thigh. But where it hath wonne the middest of the thigh (a thyng worthy to behold and note) it obtaineth a heape of flesh, springyng from the middest of the thigh, whiche least any body should imagine to be another Muscle, Collumbus assureth vs it is not separable from this fift Muscle neither to be accompted one distinct Muscle from it. Neuerthelesse if any man will call the same fleshy part of the fift Muscle an other new Muscle. He supposeth it sufficient to haue admonished vs of his iudgment. In the same place it begynneth outwardly to degenerate into a tendon, which together with the aforesayd flesh descendeth euen to the end, and in the end is collocated in the head of Fibula. If the cause be inquired why nature added to this Muscle this portion of flesh, Collumbus sayth, that to the end this Muscle might he made the stronger, Nature would that it should come from the middest of the thigh to be the nearerThe vse of yt [...] first Muscles of the legge. vnto it: for on the outside is onely this Muscle, but in the inside be foure. And the office of these fiue Muscles rehearsed is to howe the legge. Although that which Collumbus hath orderly described in the fift place, Galen and Vesalius haue cited for the fourth.

This is that Muscle that Galen sayth he commaunded to be cut in a certaineCol. Ibidem. An vnworthy saying of Galen. currour, who neuerthelesse could runne more swiftly: which thyng is most vnworthy, [Page] for such a prince of Phisic [...]e to imagine, or say. For this muscle being taken away: direct flexion can in no wise be brought to passe: which straight [...]ectiō of the legge, to be in runnyng Galen admonisheth: vs in Lib. secund. de Anat. administrat. And truly this case standeth cleane contrary: for such as be wounded or cut into this muscle, although the wound be not very great, yet when they are healed, it shalve a labour vnto them to bowe the same legge. Thus much of the Muscles bowyng the legge.

Now, to the extensiōs therof there be iiij. in number seruiccable. The vj. muscle 6 therfore of the legge springeth from the middest of the Appendaunce of Os Ilium both fleshy, & also siuewy in the begynnyng. It is a short muscle, but thicke, and is ioyned to the greater Trochanter, there his flesh endeth: but then folowethThe tendon of the [...]. Muscle of the legge the greatest of all tendons. a broad, sinewy, and membraneous tendon, then which there is no greater in the whole body: it comprehendeth almost all the muscles which are placed about the thigh, and hath straight Fibres. This tēdon truly is of great nobilitie, much therfore to be marked of Chirurgians, least at any tyme trāsuersly they deuide it. It complecteth the rotule of the knee, and to the Anteriour part of the legge, and Fibula is at length inserted.

The seuenth hath a sinewy beg [...]nnyng from the greater Trochanter: and 7 wholly compassing it: it cleaueth to the thigh aboue, and outwardly very thicke is this muscle, and all blacke, goyng forward fleshy with straight Fibres to the rotule of the knée, and furthermore endeth at a broad, and membraneous [...]don, which complecteth the same.

The viij. riseth sinewy from the necke of the thigh, and from the greater Trochanter 8 as it were hauyng ij. begynnynges, but is immediatly made fleshy, and cleaueth to the thigh. The progresse thereof is in the Anteriour part inwardly marchyng downe to the rotule, with sundry sortes of Fibres: and the end therof is a tendon, which also complecteth the knée.

The ix. issueth from the anteriour part of Os Iliū aboue the ioynt of the hippe,9 sinewy and sharpe is the egression of this muscle at the first, but afterward fleshy, and round. The figure of it is as appertayneth to a muscle. It goeth straight vpon the forepart of the thigh betwene the seuenth and viij. muscle. B [...]t before it come to the knée, it engēdreth a strong sinewy tēdon, which fr [...]m a narrow becō meth broader, and ioyneth together with the tēdons of the seuēth & viij. muscles, which together embrace the rotule of the knée, though their endes be inserted toThe Muscles exteding the legge. the anteriour part of the legge. These foure muscles last described do extend, & stretch directly forth the legge, euen as by the other v. it was directly bowed.

The x. muscle lyeng vnder the hamme, cōmeth out with a sinewy and round 10 begynnyng from the outer head of the thigh, but afterward puttyng on a fleshy nature, and situated obliquely, with oblique Fibres implanted fleshy to the posteriour and interiour part of the legge. Wherfore this muscle obliquely serueth to moue the legge towardes the exteriour partes sayth Collumbus: denying what soeuer Vesalius hath sayd to the contrary.

THe foote it behoued not to be round and hard (sayth he, that wrote the vse ofG [...]l. vs. par [...]. Iib. 8. The foote and of the necessary figure therof. partes) but long, broad, soft, and oft deuided, because such lyke construction is méete for all difficulties of places: as clymin of trées, wales, rockes or such lyke. And I haue knowne (sayth he) whose toes haue bene mortified with snow,The defecte in such aswant their toes. and cut of, and yet these in standyng, walkyng, nor runnyng, would giue placeThe want of the plant. to sound persons, vnable (notwithstandyng) to go downe, any hollow, or stéepe place. And such as had the next part called the plant corrupted, might not go inThe lacke of [...]. plaine places: but Tarsus so spoyled, neither could they stand, much lesse go at all. [...]. [...]. 5. c [...]p 30.

The construction of the whole foote is therfore most propper and necessary toThe Muscles of the foote. nature, so that it can both bowe, extend, and moue to the sides, by the helpe of his [Page] muscles. Which are deuided into Posteriores, and Anteriores. Beyng in number xij. or at the most xi [...]. albeit I know Vesalius there reckneth but nine.V [...]l. Li. 2. cap. 50.

The first springeth frō the in [...]er head of ye thigh, aboue the knée backwardes,1 The [...] Muscle of the foote. and begynneth fleshy and narrow. But in goyng forward is dilated, and about the middest of the legge endeth at a broad and sinewy tendon, which alway after is made narrow, and ceasseth at the superiour, and posteriour part of the heele.

The second is like vnto the first. For although it go out of the outer head of the 2 thigh, yet in all the other space it doth the like that is reported of ye first, so that it seemeth to be onely one Muscle with two begynnynges. And albeit Vesalius hathLib. 2. Cap. 59. these wordes, when as both these sayd Muscles stretchyng from the head of the thigh downward, not farre from their begynnyng do méete together, and cleaue with Fibrous knittinges, & the lower they descende, the stronger they grow together, so that now the tendon which either of them produced is altogether as one, sprong from both the muscles: the interiour or first muscle (notwithstandyng) is somewhat longer fleshy caried downward, then the second: yet Collumbus (withLib. 5. Cap. 30. Collumbus affirmeth the first and the second both one. out any such wordes) sayth, that in déede it is one body and one tendon. And further, if it were not that he endeuoreth to shun by all meanes, what soeuer might make the mynde of the Reader perplexed, he would not fayle to affirme these ij. muscles (as they describe them) to be one, and onely a muscle, with a double begynnyng as is already sayd.

But in the meane tyme these two, whiche may so worthely be called one, doWhat maketh the calfe of the legge. make the posteriour bellye of the legge called Sura, and by our vsuall phrase, the calfe of the legge.

The thyrd is a small muscle, rising frō the outer head of the thigh neare to ye 3 ioynte. The goyng forth of it is sharpe in the begynnyng, after it stretcheth forth with a bellye, and is short: but endeth at a round sinewy Tendon, then which, amongThe longest te [...] don in the body. the round Tendons in the body, is not a longer to be found. This muscle lyeth vnder these two aforesayd, is obliquely placed, and containeth oblique Fibres. It marcheth from the outer partes towardes the inner, cleauyng to the tendon of the two aforesayd, beyng yet at last implanted to the inside of the héele, and hauyng in office to euerte the foote to the interiour partes.

The iiij. is the greater Muscle of the legge, and blacke, and springeth from the 4 posteriour part vnder the Appendance of Fibula, with a strong, & sinewy begynnyng, but after goeth forth fleshy, and cleaueth to both the bones of the legge, excéedyng them in bréedth: but where it is come vnto the middest of the legge, itThe tendon of the fourth Muscle of the [...] ye strongest of all others. stretcheth forth narrow, and maketh out a tendō towardes the héele, then which, through out mā, none is more strong: and this tēdon beyng vnited together with the tendon of the first muscles, is ended in the posteriour part of the héele.

The office of the first, ij. and iiij. muscles is to extend the foote, and set it to theThe Muscles extenoing the foote. earth, to the which thyng yet other foure muscles do minister helpe plentifully.

When Hector should be drawne (as it was sayd) after that violent fashion, asThe tēdon wherby Hector was draw [...] about the w [...]lies of Troye. the History mētioneth, he was boūd by this tendō, & dayly we sée how that boutchers do hāg vp whole heastes therby: which sufficiētly declareth the force therof.

The fift muscle commeth from the two Bones of the legge Tibia, and Fibula, 5 and cleaueth to the Ligament that is put betwene them to deuide the Anteriour, from the posteriour muscles. It is [...]leshy almost to the end of the legge, and neare to the inner ancle: it endeth at a strong, sinewy, and round Tendon: and goyng vnder the inner ancle, as also vnder the botelike bone, at length endeth vnder the sole of ye foote in the part that is called Tarsus. Nature begate this muscle to this vse, to draw the foote inwardly: nether is it without a Ligament.

The vj. muscle floweth from the posteriour part, with a long, and fleshy begynnyng,6 although that afterward it doth degenerate into a round Tendon, and [Page] goeth vnder the inner ancle, beyng endued vnder the héele with a Ligament, The perforated tendons of the foote. sprong from the Appendaunce of Tibia. The sayd Tendon is deuided vnder the sole of the foote into foure round perforated Tendons: whiche procéede forwardThe tendons that [...]ow yt fou [...]e to [...]s of the foote. vnto the thyrd ioynte of the foure Toes (the great one accepted) and are there inserted for no small vtilitie: for they bow the iiij. toes, and strongly bynd them.

The vij, begynneth long, and fleshy frō Fibula the space of thrée fingers vnder the Appendance: it is fleshy, vntill it come vnto the héele, where it is chaūged into a roūd tendon, which from vnder the Ligament vnder the ancle slippeth vnder the sole of the foote, and is inserted to the bone of the great toe, to bowe it. Hitherto of the posteriour Muscles of the foote: now to the Anteriour.

The first of these riseth from Tibia, that is from the Appendaunce neare vnto 1 Fibula, cleauyng much thereto, and beyng sufficient thicke, is also greater thenThe [...] Muscle in the fore part of the foote. the rest of the anteriour Muscles. This, where it is gone beyond the halfe length of the legge, becommeth narrow, and endeth at a round, sinewy, and strong tendon, whose progresse is by the vpper part of Tarsus: it is detayned by a Ligament The tendon in the foote that appeareth so neare. vnder the sainne The tendon [...]ow [...]g the [...]treine foote. which issueth out from the inferiour Appendance of Tibia, and Fibula. This is the Tendon, which is so lifted vp, and euident to be se [...]e vnder the shinne. It endeth at the part of the foote called the Plante, in the Bone that is put before the great toe: and hath the power to bowe the foote.

The second goeth forth with a sharpe begynnyng from the Appendaunce of 2 Tibia, and cleaueth to the Ligament that lyeth (as is sayd) betwene Tibia and Fibula. Moreouer at the end almost of this same Fibula, the roote of this Muscle is fleshy: notwithstandyng it endeth in foure round Tendons, which are detayned vnder that Ligament, that riseth out from the Appendance of Tibia, and Fibula. The tendons extend [...]g the foure toes. These foure Tendons are enlarged, and at last inserted to the vpper part in all the toes of the foote, the great one excepted. So that they can extend, and stretch forth these toes.

The thyrd springeth fleshy from the middest of Fibula, neare vnto the Ligament: 3 then after degenerateth into a round tendon, which is also vnder the ouerthwart Ligament, caried and inserted to the last ioynt of the great toe, which it doth extend. This tendon is into ij. deuided, whereof the one endeth as aforesayd, the other is inserted in the same bone of the plant, yeldyng helpe to the bowyng of the foote. This second tendon springeth also from the muscle: which portion in some seldome bodyes séemeth to be an other Muscle, as some perhappes will suppose. But Collumbus affirmeth it to be but onely one. Neuerthelesse he forceth [...]. Cap. Ibid. not greatly, if any man thinke good to number and accompt it two Muscles. ButThe Muscle which is accompted the [...]. then to the xij. (as before is named) must be added a 13. and so the number of the muscles seruing to the extreme foote, is xiij.

The fourth springeth from the vpper Appendance of Fibula towardes the exteriour 4 partes: it consisteth in the begynnyng both of fleshy, & sinewy substaunce, but is made fleshy afterward: lastly it putteth out a round tendon, and vnder the sole of the foote his endes are cōmitted to the bones of the plant. This Muscle turneth the foote to the exteriour partes & consisteth vnder the transuerse Ligament.

The fift likewise brusteth forth of Fibula, with a long begynnyng, outward it 5 is fleshy, euen as is sayd before of the fourth, and it marcheth on vnder the outer ancle, where together with the fourth it finisheth at a round tendon: and is inserted to the bone of the plant, that is put before the litle toe. So by meanes of this Muscle, the foote is drawne to the exteriour partes.

But finally this is to be noted, albeit we haue sayd that the foote by all theseHow the foote may be set to the grounde. Muscles either is extended, or bowed, els drawne outward, or inward: neuerthelesse it is certaine, that all agréeyng and in one action together concurrant, thenCol. Lib. 5. 31. the same, by all these together, is fixed on the ground.

[Page] MVscles seruyng to the toes, & placed in the [...]trente foote, are the [...] in number.The [...] [...]etning to the toes are 18. Although we haue aboue deso [...]ived other iiij. whorof [...]o [...] bow, & others extend, as we haue admonish [...]d. So it is [...] he iudged, by what [...] itHow yt Muscles seruing to the toes are 22. commeth to passe, that the Muscles [...] to the to [...] of the foote, [...] [...] ij.

The first therfore of these xviij, proposed, [...] [...] the middest of the plante,1 The first [...] to the toes. begynnyng from the inferiour ya [...]t of yt hée [...], that is from his Appendance. To this is added a broad tendon, which Galen estéemed to spryng frō the thyrd Muscle, [...]. dessect. Muse. which we haue accompted the iij. [...] the postoriour Muscles of the legge, Galen the fourth. The beginning of this Muscle is unth [...] and fleshy, vnderThe foure perfotnted tēdons and their vses. the plante it is deuided, and goot [...] footh in iiij. round perfor at [...]d tendons, which are sowed to the second wynter of the iiij. toes: a thyng mar [...]cilous to be spoken, but more marusilous to be sone. Their office is to bow the secōd wyntes of thoseThe brand tendō of yt foote of must exquisite sense. toes. The broad tēdon, which is added vnto this Muscle, is most sharpe of sonse, so end [...]ned of nature to [...] ech outward [...] swiftly.

The second Muscle is produced also from the h [...]e, neare to the first, but is in 2 the inner side almost round, and is ty [...]d to that boue of the plant, whiche before the greater toe is preferred, so it [...] a Tendon, which to the great T [...]e is emplanted. And this was made to the end, that by it the great Toe from the other Toes, might be moue [...].

Also the thyrd Muscle springeth from the héele, n [...]oare vnto the [...]st: the [...] 3 therof is toward the Anteriour part, and is fa [...]oued to the bone of the plāt that is put before to the litle Toe, where the Processe therof is to be sene: and at lengthThe tendon seading the litle toe from the rest. maketh out a tendinous substaānce to the same litle toe, to lead him from the rest.

In departyng from these three, other fours do follow, as are euident vnder the 4 The perforating Muscle. sole of the foote, and bones of the plante, whose begynnyng [...] out from the tendons of the perforatyng Muscle, [...] [...] in the thyrd wynte of the foure fingers, but these Muscles beyng of them selues small, and round, to mutually from the héele receiue a portion of flesh vnto them.

Of these Muscles Galen and [...] do write, & that their office is to plucke away the iiij. toes from the thōve, or great [...]or, because they [...] in the iiij, round, and sinewy tēdons, which goe forward to the outer [...] of the foure toes, and are bound to the superiour tendon, which we haue sayd to haue proportie to extend. But they march forward [...]uē vnto the extreme toes, neither end they [...] the first ioynte as Vesalius would: who in this poynt was smally diligent, when he grantedVesalius and Col. differ in the [...] of these in [...]. Muscles. to these Muscles but onely oblique motion. But know gentle Readers this to be my [...]uiontion (sayth Collumbus) neither is this vse of them knowne to any mā Col. Iab. 5. Cap [...]. that euer writ before vs in [...] for these Muscles moue not with an obliqueThe vse of yt iiij. Muscles [...] the iiij. [...] [...] to Col. to [...] other knowne. motion, but do truly extend, [...] stretch out the foure [...]: [...] so much they extend, as that by them they are more extēded, they by the other tendons: as the eyes beyng iudges, it is easie to be [...] by any expert [...].

Beside these, there be x. Muscles in the [...] of the plante. For to euery toe ij. [...]. Muscles setting to the [...] guler toes of the tóote. Muscles are addicted, which are fetched frō the begynnyng of the fóote, and end in the first [...] of all the [...] [...]. They [...] fleshy, therfore for [...]ed of nature, to obay to [...] more [...]: which thing is brought to passe when two of them moue at one tyme. But otherwise, when onely one of them moueth, then doe they draw the toes obliquely inward, and outward.

The last Muscle that is placed in the extreme foote, that is the [...]. is situated 18 vpon Tarso [...], and Pedium, beginning from the Ligament, that [...] together the legge and Fibula with the foote. It is a broad and thinne Muscle, ending in 5. tendons, and soure tyme in iiij. so is it at length inserted in the extreme part ofThe vse of the 18. Muscle of the toes. all the toes, and in mouyng, those toes thereby are obliquely extended.Col. Lib. 5. Cap. [...].

[Page]THe cubit is both bowed, and also extended strayght without any manner ofThe Muscles seruing to y• cubitte. of oblique motion. Which thing surely euery man may easely practise in him selfe. But these not beyng able to be brought to passe without the organs of volū tary mouyng, let vs sée what store of thē are attributed to ech maner of his actiō.

Two Muscles there be therfore for flection, & as many for extension: althoughTwo Muscles extend the cubitte and [...]. [...]ow [...]. Galen maketh iij. to extension, which is manifest (sayth Vesulius) in Apes.

Of these, the first is a strong Muscle, euident vnder the skume, and sited in the 1 The first Muscle bowing y• cubitte. interiour part of the shoulder: it springeth frō the shoulder blade with ij. distinct begynnynges: wherof the one is sinewy and round, begynnyng from the vpper part of the brow of ye ruppe, or acetable made in ye scapple bone, it goeth further aboue the head of the shoulder, & slippeth through that chincke that is sited in the same superiour part, which chincke in déede nature created of purpose for this tē dons sake. The other beginnyng of this Muscle, goeth out frō the Processe called Ancyroides, partly sinewy, & partly also fleshy: but the fleshy part cleaueth to the shoulder, and séemeth a distinct muscle, & separated, which yeldeth helpe vnto the shoulder, since therby he is drawne towardes the brest. Furthermore these ij. beginninges of the sayd Muscle are vnited vnder the head of the shoulder together, makyng athicke Muscle and almost roūd, strong, and filled with straight Fibres, which in the elbowe leaueth at a sinewy Tendon, which neare to the end is dilated, and knit to Radius, who hath in the inside therof a Tubercle, made propperly for the insertion of this Muscle.

The ij. Muscle from the hone of the shoulder is caried all fleshy, with straight 2 Fibres, and lyeth hid vnder the first Muscle. It is caried fleshy beyond the ioynte of the cubite, and lastly fastened to Cubitus, and Radius. And the cubite by the vtilitie of these two Muscles, is made directly to bow.

The thyrd is produced from the shoulder blade a litle vnder the necke therof & 3 is caried by the hinder partes of the shoulder: it is together with a broad tēdon, & beyng fleshy, stretcheth his tendon to the posteriour Processe of Vlna called the elbow: and also goeth beyond the same. And straight be the Fibres of this Muscle.

The fourth hath two begynnynges from the necke of the shoulder, whereto it 4 cleaueth much, and is so ioyned together with the thyrd, as that the thyrd and fourth séemeth one onely Muscle, with many begynnynges: albeit in déede they are ij: finally this fourth Muscle endeth where the thyrd, hauyng also straight Fibres. And the office both of the thyrd, and fourth Muscle is to extend, and stretch forth the cubite straight.

AS touchyng the hand so notably of the omnipotent creator created, as thatThe hand. it is most apt, and prompt to all, and euery kynde of Art, defence, and safe prouision for the body, so as no mēber more declareth the vnspeakeable power of almighty God in the creatyng of man: because I will nether vse a double labor,Why last of all he speaketh of the hand. nor yet detaine thée with vayne circumstaunce from the summe of the matter, I cōmit thée to the Hystory of Bones, where out of Galen compendiously we haue [...]b. 5. Cap. 33. Of the Muscles of the hand. noted the noble vse and effourmation of this member.

Here the hand is spoken of last of all after the same order, and accordyngly asWhat Muscles will abide longest in dissection. Collumbus vseth, because the end of a tale is the better caried away. And this mē ber is most notable, and worthy longest to be borne in mynde. The Muscles wherThe Muscles of the hand are [...] into inner [...]nd outer Muscles The inner Muscles of the hand are viij. of (sayth he) will, in dissection, the longest endure vncorrupted, both because, whilest we liue, they are more exercised, as also for y• that they are clogged with lesse fat. These, in describyng, are (after the maner of Galen) to be deuided into outer, & inner Muscles, as those that moue the foote, before, are sayd to be deuided.

But to speake first of the interiour Muscles, they be in number viij.1

The first wherof is very proper: it springeth frō the toppe of the inner TubercleThe first [...] Muscle of the hand. which is in the shoulder, with a sharpe and sinewy begynnyng, and forthwith [Page] goeth small & fleshy, but beareth the true forme of a Muscle: for the head therof is small, the belly broad, and the tayle long, & strete, euen downe to the wrest. This Muscle moreouer goeth somewhat obliquely toward the hand, and endeth at a round, and long tendon, which runneth aboue the inner Ligament of the wrest,The balle or palme of y• hand. The vse of the [...] [...] Muscle of the hand. which beyng passed, of the remnaunt is made a broad tendon, which is extended through the hollow of the hand: but leauyng the ij. greater hilles discouered, is at last among the iiij. fingers bestowed. The true vse of this Muscle, is to helpe the fingers in bowyng, and being exquisite of sense, what soeuer we therfore comprehend,This Muscle maketh not the ball of the hand without heare. or gripe in the hand that offereth vs any present hurt, (for in a moment we know it, by the sensibilitie therof) we cast away, and immediatly auoyde it from vs, before it procéede further to hurt vs. Neither is it made to that end, as that theCol. ibid. Th [...]ues for the most part (sayth Collumbus) want this first [...]: our muscle of the hand. ball of the hand therfore should be without heare, as some would imagine, for Collumbus writeth of certaine théeues which had not this Muscle, but onely a tendon brought from the inner Ligament of the wrest.

The second goeth forth from the inner tubercle of the shoulder, tēdyng sharpe in the first begynnyng, both sinewy, and fleshy, it cleaueth fast to the cubite, and 2 marcheth after the length of it vnto the roote of the wrest: and is vnto the cubite as a soft bed, or bowlster: but first at the commyng therof to the wrest, it degenerateth into a Tendon, and both with a fleshy, and sinewy end is implanted to the fourth bone of the wrest of the hand.

The thyrd Muscle begynneth at the same place, with an oblique progresse after 3 the length of Radius: yet in commyng likewise to the wrest, it goeth out into a round, and strong Tendon, which is inserted to that of the Postbrachiall bones that supporteth the litle finger. The office of these two Muscles is, that, if both moue at once, they bowe the wrest, but when one alone styrreth, then doth it moue obliquely, now vp, now downe, by the helpe notwithstandyng of two exteriour Muscles, as we shall come vnto anone.

The fourth hath a marueilous beginning. For it springeth sharpe and sinewy 4 from the inner Tubercle of the shoulder, so that it becōmeth afterward fleshy: & is caried longwise after Cubitus, & Radius. After, when it hath passed the middest of the cubit, it stretcheth out narrow, & is ended in iiij. round tendons, sinewy, & perforated, which are brought vnder the Ligament of the wrest, vnder which neuertheles the iij. first Muscles are not caried. The end of these tēdōs is in yt secōd ioynt of the iiij. fingers, which they serue to bow: & because they were to be penetratedThe perforated tendons of the hand. by the tēdons of the v. Muscle, goyng to the iij. ioynt of the foure fingers as shalbe sayd, therfore nature perforated these: which be sinewy, fayre, & shynning: a thing notable and marueilous to behold. This prudent nature also wrought, to the end that the fingers after a certaine order should follow one an other.

The fift Muscle is much stronger then the fourth, and no meruaile: for that it 5 behoued it to moue after, & with greater force, since it boweth the foure fingers, excellētly constrayning them together. It springeth neare the fourth, but (for the most part) frō the vpper and interiour part of the cubit. It lyeth vnder the fourth Muscle, and straitnyng by litle, and litle, cleaueth to the cubit, before it come vnto the wrest: at last it goeth forth in iiij. rownd, sinewy, and perforating tendons,The 4. perforating tendons of the hand. whiche finally are inserted to the thyrd ioynt of the foure fingers, the thombe in déede being exempted, contrary to Galens mynde, who would haue the v. fingersGal. Lib. vs part. Li. de anat. admim. [...]. & Lib. de motu. Musc. bowed by this Muscle, and that one of the tendons therof should extend vnto the thōbe: which to be true in Apes, Collumbus playne affirmeth. For the thombe in man is moued by his propper Muscle, as shalbe sayd. This fift (moreouer) cleaneth to the Ligament which deuideth the inferiour from the posteriour muscles.

The vj. springeth from Radius beyng likewise adherent to the same Ligamēt and iourneth downe along the length of Radius, endyng neare the wrest at a 6 [Page] round Tendon and sinewy: which together with the Tendons of the fourth and fift Muscle, runneth vnder the coape, or vaulte of the wrest of the hand, and finally is inserted to the last ioynte of the thombe, which it boweth.

The seuenth Muscle with a fleshy begynnyng commeth from the inner Tubercle 7 of the shoulder, and from the vpper, and inner part of the cubit. It créepeth obliquely, and in the halfe space of the length of Radius endeth partly fleshy, partly sinewy, with oblique Fibres.

The viij. beyng foure square, placed neare vnto the wrest, riseth from the cubite,8 and fleshy also endeth in Radius: hauyng transuerse Fibres, and transuerseThe Muscles [...] directly directly downward. situation. And the office of these two last, is in prone order to turne Radius.

Of the outward Muscles. The first begynneth fleshy, and sinewy frō the outer 1 The [...] exteriour Muscle of the hand. tubercle of the shoulder, thē puttyng on more fleshynes waxeth thicke it marcheth betwene Cubitus, and Radius, till it come to the wrest: wherfore sometyme it stretcheth forth in iiij. sometyme in iij. tendons, round, and sinewy, which passe through the hollow which is in the Appendance of Radius, but are gathered together by one of the Ligamentes which spryng from the same Appendance. TheseCol. Lib. 5. cap. [...]. sayd tendons in procéedyng fourth further are broad, and end from the first to the thyrd ioynt of the iiij. fingers. But when it hath onely iij. tendons, then is the litle finger without. But ofter hath it iiij. then thrée: which tēdons are stretched forth euen vnto the extreme endes of the fingers vnder the nayles: but are not inserted to the rootes of them. Hereby commeth the sensible féelyng that cōsisteth betweneWhy such payne hap [...]eth by any solution of continuitye betwen the flesh and nayle. the flesh and nayle, as is proued when any hurt hapneth betwene them, by the great dolour that ensueth, although the same payne lyeth not betwene the flesh and nayle sayth Collumbus, but betwene the flesh and the Tendons. And the office of this Muscle is to extend the foure fingers.

The second Muscle begynneth at the same Tubercle neare to the first with a 2 sharpe begynnyng, and sinewy, so it is borne forward betwene the first Muscle, and cubit after the longitude therof towardes the wrest, but it endeth at a round, sinewy, and sometyme double Tendon. Likewise it is caried aboue the wrest betwixt Radius, and Cubitus, and to the extreme end of the litle finger is inserted.The Muscle that leadeth the [...]tle finger from the rest. This round Muscle hath the office to lead the litle finger from the rest, and is no small vse vnto vs for the makyng of the Paline of the hand.

The thyrd Muscle goeth out fleshy from the middle, very neare, of Cubitus, in 3 what place of Cubitus is a long roughe lyne, made to giue begynnyng to thrée Muscles. The situation of this is oblique, and the end at a roūd Tendon, which is inserted to the fore finger to extend, and stretch forth the same obliquely. But this sayd Tendon chuseth a Ligament from the Appendance of Radius, and this Tendon is deuided in some, into two.

The fourth Muscle with a fleshy begynnyng from the cubite neare vnto the 4 thyrd, is oblique, and caried aboue the Appendance of Radius, then endyng at a round, and sinewy tendon, is to the thyrd ioynt of the thombe, to extend, and lead the same from the other fingers, inserted.

The fift from the same lyne of Cubitus, neare to the fourth Muscle, with a fleshy 5 begynnyng, and long, marcheth obliquely towardes the thombe, with many inscriptions, and ceaseth at diuers Tendons. Wherfore (sayth Collumbus) he that deliteth in the multitude of Muscles, may deuide this into thrée or iiij, albeit he iudgeth it onely one: which is caried aboue the ij. horned Muscle. But it deuideth sometyme into iiij. sometyme into v. tēdons, wherof one to the thyrd ioynt of the thōbe, an other to the second ioynt, the thyrd to the first, and the iiij. to the bone of the wrest which supporteth the thombe: there are sometyme beside in this place found ij. other tendons: and this Muscle hath the office to extend the thombe.

The vj. springeth from the roote of the outer Tubercle of the shoulder: it em-braceth 6 [Page] braceth, and is knit vnto Cubitus, créepyng after the length therof: neuerthelesse in commyng to the wrest it degenerateth into a round sinewy, and strong tendon, which is caryed aboue the Appēdance of the cubite into a certaine hollow, neareThe Pr [...]cesse of the [...] [...] Styloides. to the Processe of Cubitus called (as before is sayd or described in the Hystory of bones) Stylois: from this Appendaunce it taketh his Ligament, which is transuerse: it is inserted moreouer not farre from the wrest, to that Postbrachial bone that sustaineth the litle finger.

The seuenth which is called the two horned Muscle, springeth fleshy, with a 7 long lyne from the inferiour part of the shoulder aboue the ioynt, and creepyng vpon Radius, endeth in the middest therof in a strong, and double tendon, (beyngThe ij. [...] tendon. therfore called two horned) which, after it hath visited ye wrest, is inserted to the Postbrachiall bones, that supporte the foure finger, and middle finger. These ij. muscles last sayd, do extend the hand, or els thus do serue to extend the wrestThe Muscles ex [...]ding the [...]. when both at once do labour. But the seuenth, together with the second of the innerThe [...] or the hand vpward and d [...]wnward. The turning [...]f the hand in [...] compasie. muscles, the other two ceassing, do carye the hand obliquely downeward. So the sixt, with the thyrd inner muscle, do baire it obliquely vpward. And this is their first vse. The second is to circūuerte, or turne about the extreme had: which motiō they shew, whē one in mouyng, doth immediatly follow another. Which vse of other Anathomistes, I perceiue hath bene nothyng so well noted as of Collumbus: whom for his diligence, I accompt no lost labour to imitate.

The viij. muscle, which is called the lōgest, is brought from the shoulder, with 8 a fleshy begynnyng, aboue the outer Tubercle: runneth obliquely vpon Radius, and is inserted into the Appendance therof with a membrancous tendon.

The ninth is produced from the bond, whiche knitteth together the cubite 9 with the shoulder, and passeth obliquely from the superiour part of the cubit called [...] The [...] [...] the hand vpward & Radius outward. Olecranon, and beyng all fleshy, is fastened to the middest of Radius. These two muscles baire the hand vpward: and moue Radius outwardly.

MUscles of the extreme hand are in number xxi. neither at any tyme moe, [...]he Muscles to the extreme [...] o [...] the had are [...]. but sometyme fewer. That is to say xix. Of these muscles seuen (if they be the whole number of xxj. serue the thombe. But if but xix. then are they v. to theThe dis [...] [...] of these Muscles among ye singers. thōbe: foure go to the litle finger, & iij. to euery one els, & one to the broad tendon.

The first is a litle [...]rausuerse muscle, placed vpon the hill of Uenus, & springing 1 from the fleshy [...]bran is filled with fleshy Fibres, and is inserted to the broadThe [...] Muscle of the extreme hand. tendō, which to dilate it was therfore made. And this muscle (as sayth Col.) wasThe [...] of Venus. neither mentioned of Vesalius nor the auncient Anathomistes before him.Col. Lib. 5. Cap. 35. & Vlt.

Foure other long, leane, and round muscles do follow, which goe forth from the tendōs of the fift interiour muscle, which boweth the thyrd ioynt of the foure 4 singers. These are placed in the ball of the hand, neare the first ioynt of the foure fingers. But they end in a round, and sinewy tendon, and are caried by the inner partes of the fingers after their longitude, cleauyng to the tendons of the first exteriour muscle, by which the foure fingers are sayd to be extended. So these with their endes are committed to the thyrd ioynte of the fingers, but Collumbus denyeth that they are fastened to the first, as Galen, and Uesalius haue professed before him, who although they knew these muscles, yet were ignoraunt of their vse and insertiō: and you shall sée how: for they affirme, that by these ye foure fingers are led towardes the thombe: But sayth he (and that not without a playneThe Muscles extending the iiij. fingers of the hand. demonstration of his reason) by these muscles, although they lye in the interiour part of the hand, are the singers. Notwithstandyng, extended better then by the first of the exteriour muscles, or at least asmuch. And they were put of nature in the inside, because she well considered the great perill that should euer be incidētA thing very notable and little knowne. vnto them, on the outside if they were sited. Whereby it fortuneth many tymes, that although the tendons of the outside of the fingers be deuided, and cut in sunder, [Page] yet the partie beyng hole, shall afterward neuerthelesse extend the same finger, neither is the Chirurgian that cureth it, the more to be extolled therfore: as diuers that (hauyng small knowledge in A [...]atho mie) do here and there, greatly estéeme them selues, for the good successe of such cures, purchased more by the benefite of nature, then their rare experience, or singular application.

The sixt muscle goeth forth from the Ligament of the wrest, and frō the forth 6 bone therof, and it constituteth the hill of Venus: it marcheth forth by the inferiour part of Postbrachiale, and is almost round: then endeth it at a T [...]don, which is implanted to the first bone of the litle finger, whereby the same finger is able to moue from the rest.

The seuēth beginneth at the wrest, and is placed in the vpper part: this Muscle 7 is all fleshy, and endeth at the second bone of the thombe.

The eight commeth forth neare vnto the seuenth, is fleshy and placed toward 8 the hollow in the hand: and with a small Tendon, is inserted to the second bone of the thombe.

The ninth is vnder the seuenth, from the same Ligament of the wrest, all fleshy,9 and ended at the first ioynt of the thombe.

These thrée Muscles make that fleshy part of the thombe, which PalmestersThe Muscles cō stituting the hill of Mars. do terme the hill of Mars: and they draw the thombe towardes their begynnyng: that is, do extend the same, and lead it from the rest.

Thrée other follow, whiche go out of the bones of Postbrachiale that supportThree other Muscles in the extreme hand. the forefinger, middle finger, and ring finger: their situation is oblique, or rather transuerse vnder the lyne of lyfe (as the Palmesters terme it) they end in the second ioynte of the thombe: albeit their begynnyng is halfe circle lyke these thrée (notwithstandyng) could Collumbus be content to accompt one Muscle, hauyng a broad begynnyng, a sharpe end, and enterweauynges of diuers Fibres, sauyngA C [...]eat giuen by Collumbus. that he would not séeme to much to dissent from Uesalius, to sh [...]e (if he may) the cauelyng tauntes of straungers. The vse of them is to bowe the thombe towardes the ball of the hand.

The seuenth Muscle of the thombe commeth from the Postbrachiall BoneThe se [...]th Muscle of the thombe. The Muscle that layeth yt thombe aloft on the fore finger. that bayreth the forfinger, occupying the space betwene tho forfinger, and thombe so that the situation therof is ouerthwart, & is inserted to the bone of the thombe, beyng thereby authorised, to plucke the thombe towardes the same finger, and lay it aloft thereon.

Besides these, there be yet other viij. Muscles, springyng from the Postbrachiall Eight other Muscles g [...]en to the fingers the thombe excepted. bones, & inserted to the first ioyntes of the iiij. fingers. Of these, ij. beyng allotted to euery finger, exceptyng the thombe, in which none of them is settled.

These vi [...]. Muscles are thus endued with offices: that ij. of them by mouyngThe Muscles bowyng the fingers both straight and obliquely. together, do bowe straight the first ioynte, wherin they be implanted. But when one styrreth onely, thē obliquely they make their motion in bowing these ioynts.

And now here with myne authour, how mans members moue, I am come to the gole.

❧ An end of the Historie of Muscles.

[Page]

¶ The backe part of the Muscles.

¶ Of the Hihory of Man, the fift booke describyng the instrumentes seruyng to nourishment, which is brought to effect, by meate drinke, that is, Of the nutritiue and naturall partes.

[Page]

WHen as the whole masse of man, for the insited heateGal. [...]. 1. [...]. san. Cap. 1. therein, must néedes haue runne in perpetuall ruine,The necessitie of nour [...]ment. and vastation, vnlesse other lyke substaunce continually in steade of that which wasteth, was restored: the almighty creator, not onely vnto man and liuyng creatures, but also vnto the very Plantes them selues, [...]che growyng. thing hath a certayn pow [...]r to require his necessarye. hath giuen a certaine power, to require that alway, which is wantyng and requisite for them. For neither to eate, drinke, or vse respiration we learne of any body, at any tyme, but immediatly euen from the begynnyng, we haue in vs that worketh all these without any instructer. To this thatLib. 6. Epid. par. 5. aph. 1. Diuine Hipocrates hath this elegant saying: Nature her selfe hath not by reasonNature néedeth no inst [...]. found the instinct to euery her actions: for neither is she of any taught, neither [...]ow the body is maintayned. hath she learned to worke those thynges, which are conuenient: but by meat, what soeuer of dryer substaunce, and by drinke, what so of mo [...]er wasteth, we [...]ow the ayerye [...] [...] substaunce holdeth. restore. And so alway to the old estate we mainteine and reduce them both. No otherwise, then as the commoderation of aerye, and fiery substaunce, we hold by [...]. [...]. 3. [...]ib. [...]p. respiration, and pulsation of the Arteries.

NOw whē that that floweth to euery part, ought to be of such nature as theThe necessitie of instrumentes [...] to nourishment. particle it selfe, and none of all those whiche are eaten, and drunken, are wholly such: it was necessarie vnto Nature, first, that those thynges were conco-cted,Th [...]e hindes of instrumentes seruing to [...]. and chaunged, and (so much as may be) assimulated, and made like to nourish, and restore the body, and after to expell those recrementes, whose generatiō of necessitie followeth such mutations. For this cause [...]hiefly (sayth Galen) NatureLib. 6. de anat. ad. & de n [...]t. [...]. Lib. cap. 10. instituted thrée kyndes of instrumentes seruyng to nutrition.

As, some for the first reason, to conceiue, and labour the nourishment, as alsoThe vse of the first instrumentes. to destribute the same vnto the whole body. Others for the second cause to beThe vse of the [...] [...] [...]. the receptacles of excrementes. The other particles for a thyrd reason, seruyng to the transmittyng of these excretions, vntymely exiture prohibityng, and inThe vse of the [...] [...] tyme dew readely expellyng.

Of the first number are the Uentricle which receiueth the nourishment, and 1 the Liuer, whiche maketh the greatest mutation of the nourishment passyngThe first [...]. through hym, and the Ueynes, which deriue the same confected nourishment into the whole body.

Of the second reason are the intrels, which receiue the dryer excrement, as 2 the Uessicle of Choler, that whiche is thinner, and lighter: the Splene that which is more earthy and thicke: the reynes, and bleddar, the watrish part.

Of the thyrd, the Muscles: for they are vnto egestion seruiceable. All whiche 3 The extreme [...] called [...]. thynges in their places shalbe described, and how they serue vnto nutrition we will declare: begynnyng first somewhat further of with the partes of Abdomen, as, of them in dissection, the Anathomist maketh first demonstration. [...] soone lost & soone [...]red.

THe outmost skinne (therfore) which is in Gréeke called Epidermis, in Latin Cuticula, is the vppermost thinne skinne, which onely most outwardly ofCol. Lib. 13. Cap. 1. [...] [...] is [...]sible. all others enwrappeth the body, beyng very thinne, and of it selfe altogether insensible: growyng swiftely, soone lost, and soone repayred agayne.

The insensibilitie therof is vnto the body very requisite: the outward partes 1 The first vtilitie. beyng thereby fréed from the [...]olour of ech light action, which otherwise we must [Page] néedes haue endured, not onely in applying our handes to the holdyng of any thyng, and passing with our féete continually to goe: but euen in wearyng also our garmentes vpon vs, no lesse then if our Bones were likewise of sensibleBones insensible substance, we should neither be able to go, much lesse frequent such violent actions, in the vse of our lyfe, as dayly we do.

Agayne, as Nature to so good end created it of insensible substaunce, so likewise 2 The tenuitie of Cuticula. she framed it most thinne, to the end the members sense should not thereby (more then was conuenient, to the aforesayd end, and purpose) be dulled. Wher fore we may endure to handle, rubbe, or styrre our members to, or with anyThe thicker Cuticula the dull [...] sense. thyng, which hath not either the sharpnes, or force to excoriate the same outer skinne: which if it had bene thicker, it séemeth certain our sense must néedes haue bene the duller.

Besides, an other commoditie (no lesse néedfull) it oweth vnto the body. For 3 Nature hath endewed the same with an infinite, number of pores, or holes, toPores. expell by them such superfluites, as Nature hath already driuen to the outer partes: and infrication, these manifestly do shew them selues.

In no wise many this skinne be deuided from the second by instrument notwithstandyngHow Cuticula [...] seperated from the trew [...]. the force of fire, or hoate water maketh it by blisters diuisible rise from the other.

NExt vnder this Cuticula appeareth the true skinne, called [...], in LatinThe trew skinne called Derma. and Cutis. Cutis. This couereth ouer all the extreme partes of the body, the eyes, eares, nostrels, and such other places, which nature for other vses most conuenientlyWhat partes are not couered by the skinne. framed.

And the skinne, not onely of all the partes of man, but of his whole substaūceGal. Lib. 1. de temp. Cap. 8. subiect to generation, and corruption, holdeth the meane betwixt hard and soft.The skinne hol [...]eth a meane betwene hard and soft. For the skinne is as it were a Nerue endewed with bloud, reteinyng a certaine meane betwene the flesh, and sinew, as though it were constituted of both mixed together. But the sinew is cold, and without bloud: the flesh hoate, and endewedThe substance of the skinne. with much bloud. In the middest betwene both is the skinne, neither manifestlyThe sinewe. without bloud, as the sinew, nor playnly with bloud aboundyng as the flesh.Flesh.

Realdus Collumbus (therein reiectyng the iudgement of Aristotle, for the notLoc. citato. The skinne [...] agaynst Aristotle. beyng of sense in the skinne) sayth it is of white substaunce, endewed with sense, and filled with Ueynes, Arteries, and sinewy Filamentes, therfore must it of force be marueilous sensible, to haue iudgement of euery qualitie: as in discereyngThe necessitie of sense in y• skinne. the excesse of heate, cold, or such exteriour iniuries, it might minister alway vnto the wittes a ready knowledge therof: so beyng a common meane, to preuent annoyance to the extreme partes of the body. As for example if any man laye his hand or other part sodainely to a hoate péece of yron, or such other, in aThe vtilitie of sense in y• skinne, moment the sensible mixture of the skinne presenteth it to the wittes, whereby he is moued immediatly to plucke away, or remoue hym selfe from that present annoyance.

Moreouer the skinne euery where, cleaueth not alike vnto the subiect partes.Vesal. [...]ib. 2. Cap. 5. How the skinne cleaueth to the subtect partes. For otherwise in the Palme of the hand, and sole of the foote, otherwise to the Muscullous substaunce of the forehead, otherwise to the lippes, eye lyddes, eares, nose, fundament, yard, and otherwise throughout the whole body is it cō mitted to the partes vnder lyeng, and in dissectyng must diuersly be separated.Distribution of Nerues to the skinne.

Agayne among all the partes of y• skinne is not alike distribution of Nerues, neither alike thicknes of the skinne in all partes: for to the skinne on y• inside ofThicknes of the skinne. the hand, very many sinewy Fibres are reached, but to y• skinne of the necke, few.Face.

Likewise the skinne of the face is softer, and thinner, but of the necke, & solesSoftnes of the skinne. of the féete, harder. That which inuesteth the inside of the hand (vnlesse by labourPalme of the hand. it become harder) retaineth an exquisite meane in hardnes, and softnes, betwene [Page] the other skinne, and all the whole body, very neare approchyng to the waight with equall temperature. But euery where the skinne of man, for the magnitude of his body, is thinner then in foure footed creatures: although in manWhere yt suinne to thicke [...]. in the necke, backe, legges, and sole of the foote it chaunceth much thicker, but not in all alike.

Also some partes of the skinne are wholly immouable, and resistant to turne,Of motion in the [...]. as of the palme of the hand, and sole of the foote: others apt to turne and wynde, but not by any volūtary mouyng, as the skinne of the whole body, els that which in déede moueth excepted: as that of the forehead, and all the skinne of the face, and which bewrappeth the forepart of the necke, and sides. And this of motion is participant either by proper Muscles in it seruing, as of the forehead, eye liddes, and lippes, or for the cause of the nigh partes, as the skinne of the ball of the chéekes, which being destitute of Muscles, moueth together with the next vnto it.

Further more some part of the skinne is heary, as of the necke, armeholes,Sh [...]e with beare on it. priuie partes, and chinne in men: others without, as the palme of the hand, and sole of the foote.

Besides such like places before mentioned, whereby the skinne is not left perpetuall,Col. Lib. 13. cap. 1. and generally coueryng all places, it is replenished with certaine pores,Pores in ye sainne. and holes, where through the sweatyng excrementes of the outer partes do passe. But those in some bodyes more large, in others more strete: whereby it commethWhy some sweat lightly or cont [...]ary wayes. to passe that some sweate lightly, and with no labour, others agayne by no exercise may be prouoked to sweate.

NExt vnder this skinne lyeth the fatte of the outer partes, poured out betweneVe [...]l. lib. 2. Cap. 5. the skinne and fleshy Membran. Whiche happeneth by the intercourseFat, and how it is engendred. of Ueynes and Arteries, whiche in those partes sweatyngly poure forth bloud: which immediatly by coldnes of the Membran and slender heate, congealeth, and degenerateth into fatte. It is aswell knowne vnto euery body in colour, as substaunce: wherefore néedeth no other description, nor any such explication as other partes.Collumbus.

But as touchyng the vse therof, it is by softenes a fitte propugnacle to the outerThe vse of fatte. Lib. de [...]. partes, and a perpetuall sustenaunce vnto them: which although Galen affirmedThat fatte is in men aswell as women, contrary to [...]alen. to be plentifull in women, and litle or none in men, yet we sée for certaintie, that it is founde in men euen as in women: more plentyfull in some, and with lesse store: but the truth is that in colder bodyes it is copious, and in hoater veryIn what bodyes [...] abo [...]deth or desecteth. scarse. And fore proofe, laye a part the yard, and purse of the testicles, and in all the other partes fatte may be found: and if you way the vse and mouyng of suchAl ye outer partes saue the yard and tes [...]cles haue their fat. as want fatnes, you shall easely finde out the reason of the diuersitie.

The substaunce of fatte is not euery where alike: for in the Palme, and soleThe di [...]ersitie of fatte according to the place. of the foote it is almost fleshy, and hard, made so for the necessary mouyng of those partes: but is not the organ of sense, as Aristotle imagined.Fat is [...] contrary to [...].

Also Vesalius affirmeth it a coate vnto the subiect partes: to conserue and kéepe their heate in tyme of cold, and to coole them in tyme of heate?Loc. citato.

VNder it lyeth a Membran called fleshy, in Latin Panniculus Carnosus, orAn other vtilitie of fatte. Membrana Carnea. This is the fourth inuolucre, bewrappyng all the bodyThe skinne called Membrana [...]. from the head, vnto the sole of the foote. It is called fleshy, in respect of that in theWhy it is called the [...] Membran. necke, and in respect of all other Pannicles in the body. And the elder sorte called it fleshy (as it seemeth) because that in children it is fleshy, and filled with manyCollumbus. Fibres, which neuerthelesse in tract of tyme do vanish away.The fle [...]hy Membran vnder the armehole.

But vnder the armehole this Mēbran is not fleshy, as Galen affirmeth Lib. 1. de Anat. administr. Wherby appeareth he imitateth to much the bodyes of Apes,Where A [...]ies runne betwene the [...] and [...] [...] [...]. and beastes, but it cleaueth to the Muscles them selues: betwene which, and the skinne small Ueynes do runne, but voyde of Arteries in all places, except in the [Page] temples, head, yard, purse of the testicles, and fingers, in which places certaine Arteries (though fewe innumber) are found runnyng betwene the skinne, and the same Membran.

This Membran is as it were the gate, or entraunce for the Ueynes, & sensible Fibres of the body, to passe through for sense, and nourishment vnto the skinne.

Of force it must be very sensible: not onely in respect of the Fibres that comeOf the sensibilitie of the fleshy Membran. through, but principally because it selfe is most of sinewy substaunce. For it may be that in children it be fleshy, but in elder persons it retaineth small fleshynes, haue that in respect of other Membrans, it séemeth somewhat more fleshy, as partly already is touched.

AFter this appeareth in Abdomen, and as it were deuidyng it in the middest,The descript [...] of the white [...] & nauell. a line, and round pitte, called the nauell, of the Latins Vmbelicus: and the lyne or hollow tyeng from it, for the whitenes therof, Linea Alba, the white lyne, or of some, the Vmbelicall Ueyne.

This Nauell Galen and Aristotle supposed to be situate in the middest of theThe situation of the nauell. body, but Vesalius contrary thereto with many (I will not say friuolous) reasons repugneth, which Collumbus agayne hath surely suppressed, affirming that of right, it occupyeth the middle part of the body, since whilest we are in the wombe of our mother we are nourished thereby, and by the same also put fourthThe vtilitie of the nauell. our excrementes.

The begynnyng hereof is at the Matrice, and springyng vpward to the nauellThe rising and [...] section of the white si [...]e. passeth in therby to the liuer and endeth in Venap [...]rta. But the Arteries (for so it is the receptacle of iiij. notable vessels) inserted to the nauell, and reached downwardFuch. I [...]b. 4. Cap. 4. to the sides of the bottome of the bleddar, are continuall with the braunches of the great Arterie, after the principall diuision therof aboue Os sacrum. For the Arteries makyng entraunce into the nauell, are vnited to the stockes of the great Arterie whiche descend into the legges, as hereafter shalbe expressed more fitly. By the benefite of the vmbelicall Ueyne the child in the wombe is nourished,The vse of the vmbelicall [...] to the infant in the wombe. and by the office of the Arteries is replenished with insited heate, & vitall spirite.

There is a fourth vessell called Orrachos, which begynneth at the bottome of the bleddar, and serueth to draw the Urine from the byrth. And this togetherCol. lib. 11. Cap. 1 [...] [...]. with the other vessels, the midwiues do cut of, neare to the belly, so that after the infant be borne (saue that it remaineth as a certaine corde or bande vnto the body) we finde not any notable vse therof.

AS for the Muscles of Abdomen, which in the Hystorie of Muscles are so copiously handled, I commit thée to the reading of the second booke. But here, because no where els we haue described the nature of fleshes, which so plentifully bewrapped the frame of man, ech where clad therewith, it shall not be amisse to say somewhat, to the end we ouerscape nothyng worthy, or néedefull to be declared vnto the yonger sort.

F [...]esh therfore is a simple member, neither solid, nor absolutely moyste, butWhat is fle [...]. thicker then the moyste partes, and softer then the dry. It is begotten of bloudHow flesh is e [...] gendred. meanely dryed: whereby it hapneth that bodyes aboundyng with bloud be veryGal. 10. de temper. corpulent, and fleshy. So necessary it is vnto the body, as that nature hath left noWhat part is without flesh. part destitute thereof, the brayne excepted, but either is in them conteined orWherto the office of flesh is compared. neare vnto them adioyned: fulfillyng so, all the partes of the body, like the plaster, or dawbe vnto the la [...]ted house.

Of the flesh are sondry diuisions, diuerfly set downe by sondry Authors heretosore:Of the kindes of fleshes. as some of them affirme thrée kyndes, of which, that is the true and simple flesh whiche groweth in the gummes of the téeth, and head of the yard. The second is vniuersally mixed with the Muscles, beyng euery where compounded with sinewy Fibres, and diuerse substaunces according to the nature of the place. [Page] The thyrd flesh is that of the Glandules, or kernels: which thyrd part, because [...] maketh digression to speake of Glandules. it is somuch different from the other I will somewhat digresse to speake of them, that is, the Glandules, not vnueedefull, nor improuidently made of nature.

ANd [...] are no other then a round body somwhat long, (for the most part)Col. [...]. 9. beyng rare, and filled with [...]

For diuers causes in diuers places Nature hath set then [...]: but their generallGlahbule or [...] what it is. proppertie is to turne the [...] which they receiue, into their colour. Notwithstandyng their vses be diuers. Some are [...]wed as beddes vnto Ueynes, andThe office of the [...]. Arteries, to deteute them frō hurt: others fulfill voyde places? others to receiue [...]. [...]. [...]. and conteine humidities, least any place through mouyng [...]ght be dryed [...] others to receiue excrementes. And those kyndes of Glandules are to be found in diuers partes of the body.

The first in the Scull after this sort, one in the brayne, betwene the same and 1 [...] [...]. Cerebellum, which is called Co [...]rion Pineale, described hereafter in the [...] of the brayne and Nerues. This is round but somewhat long.

An other in the cell of Sphenoïdes, lyeng without 'Dura mater, in which endeth 2 Glandules of the [...]. the bason or tonnell. What is ment by the Cuneall cell thou hast learned that in the Hystorie of bones. And this is that Gandule whiche takyng in the excrementes of the brayne, sendeth the same afterwardes to the nose and Palate.

In the roundell of the eyes are foure Glandules, two to euery one, the right 3 Of the [...]. and the left: that is two aboue, and the rest beneath. Where they are placed of nature to receiue the superfluous humiditie that commeth to the eyes, and therewith to moysten, and refresh th [...], lest they by often mouyng should dry vp, and afterwardes giue ouer to mouae. These are they which, beyng by sorrow or otherWhence tea [...]s proceede. cause constrained, do poure out teares.

There are other two Glandules in the iawes called Paristhimia, receiuing also 4 Of the [...]. the humidities of the brayne, to moysten those partes, which is greatly néedefull, when as continually in speaking, eatyng, inspiryng, & expiryng they labour.

Others likewise we finde vnder the roote of the toung, small, and possessing 5 Of the tongue. the same vtilitie as before is sayd.

Two other cleaue vnto Larinx, and the rough Arterie, thicker in women 6 Of [...] and Asp [...] [...]. then in men, whereby it commeth to passe, that the prominent part of Larinx in fewe women is apparant: the thicknes of these makyng euen with the same.Why the th [...]te bouncheth not forth somuch in women as in men.

Under the Cannell bones also, where Vena caua is deuided into two, that is, Axillarem, and Iugularē, are other Glandules slender in vs, but thicker in beastes, called Lactes and Thymus. [...]

Agayne, in the hollow of the brest are other two ioyned to the middest to Aesophagus, 7 Of y• canell bone. to moysten continually the same whereby the meate may passe, and 8 Of AEsophagus. slyde downe more easely.

But in the vale of Abdomen there are not ij. but an innumerable sort found,9 Of Abdomen. throughout Mesenterium dispersed for the diuision both of Ueyne, & Arteries.

Amongest which vnder the Uētricle is a certaine notable one, there set aswel 10 Of the ventricle called Panchreas. for the diuision of Vena porta, as also to be vnto the Uentricle as a propugnacle, lest in touchyng their backe, it should happen to receiue hurt. The name therof is Panchreas, that is Affusio, lying flat, or prostrate.11

At the roote of Penis, and in the necke of the bleddar, are two litle thicke Glandules Of the neck of the bleddar. called Parastate [...] and Assidentes, sittyng downe, or restyng. These receiue,The [...] in substannce [...] little from Glandules. and conteine the séede brought thether by Vasa deferentia, as hereafter among the partes of generation shalbe playnly taught.

And among the Glandules likewise may be accompted the testicles of the mā 12 Of [...] in the [...] [...]. or woman: for in substaunce they differ litle.

And since we haue expressed the Glandules of the inner partes, and that it is [Page] very necessary to be perfectly instructed also of those that Iurke in the exteriour members, we will speake somewhat of them before we passe, although I make hast to come agayne to the fleshes.

It is to be noted therfore, that neare vnto the eares, as also vnder the nether 1 Glandules of the cares and [...] [...]. iaw lyeth many Glandules, which serue both to the diuision of Ueynes, and Arteries, and to the receiuing of certaine supersluities of the brayne, being therforeThe Emunctory places of the brayne. called the Emunctorie places of the brayne. These be sufficient great and thicke: wherein oft tymes chaunce those abscesses, called of the Gréekes Parotides. Where groweth the [...] called [...].

Moreouer vnder the armehole are not a fewe of them, begotten for the causes afore mentioned. Which place is called the Emunctorie of the hart.2

In the flanke besides that, betwene Abdomen and the thighe, are manyOf the [...]. The [...] of the [...]. Glandules to the same end and purpose ordained: this region beyng called the Emunctorie for the liuer.Of the flanke.

Neither is the bought of the cubite, and knée vtterly destitute of these Glandules, 3 The [...] of the [...]. although but small, made for the vessels diuision.

Some agayne haue them in their necke, armes, and legges. But those more 4 The vse of the glandules about the [...] of the [...] and [...]. seldo [...]e.

Albert the whole substaunce of the pappes is Glandulous, and fat, beside the nipple: whiche Glandules nature consented to make white, that thereby accordyngly 5 Where are glan [...]s more [...]. they might conuerte the red bloud into white milke: since euery thyng that is altered in the body, chaungeth into the colour of the same that altered it.6 The vse of the gland [...] [...] the papp [...].

The Glandulous substaunce of the pappes was put so in the interiour part of the brest, both for elegancie of fourme, as also to be yelded more fitly vnto the infant [...] [...] [...] [...] to [...] [...] [...] that [...] [...] [...]. in giuyng sucke: beyng reposed betwene the skinne, and fleshy Membran. And this brief I chose as a sufficient descriptiō of the Glandules: which (now to come againe) as is aforesayd, is accōpted of some, a thyrd kinde of flesh in ye body. [...].

NOtwithstandyng all the soft partes of the body, both inward and outward [...]. are generally comprehended vnder the name of fleshe: as of the outward partes, the Muscles, Glandules, gummes. &c. of the inward partes the hart, brayne, liuer, lunges, splene, reynes, intrels. &c. Among all which, there beyng [...] the soft [...] are [...] [...] [...]. not two alike in substaunce how can the aforesayd diuision stand true? as for example, what part of the body is of such substaunce as the hart? What is like vnto [...] [...] [...] substaunce. the liuer? is any of such matter as the Splene? Which (although I omit to speake of the rest) are sufficient (in my iudgement) to disproue the triple diuision.

Besides this, neither is the head of ye yard, neither the gummes (which theyThe substaunce of the head of the yard and [...] [...] not [...]. would haue to be the onely true fleshe) alike one an other, but differ almost as much as the rest. Galen therfore to this purpose sayth there be many kyndes ofLib. 2. de Temper. fleshes, and that simple flesh is to be foūd no where, without the mixture of otherSimple flesh is no where in the body. partes. Then if we deuide the fleshes into thrée, and almost all the partes of the body so diuersly vary in substaunce, how may this diuision stand: when among diuers partes be diuers substaunces, yea and diuers temperatures, if Galen haueDiuers partes haue diuers substaunces and temperatures. sayd truth, that the sanguin partes are hoter then those without bloud, and so accordyng to more or lesse?

But further to omit long discourse, and therewith the opinions of diuers, Vesalius Epit. most propperly (in my opinion) hath deuided the fleshes into two, that is,Two sortes of fleshes. the propper, and impropper. And truly this is that which my coniecture shooteth at. For consideryng that some is hard, some soft, some inward, some outward, some begotten of bloud meanly dryed, some more hard, some more slacke &c, it shalbe sufficient inough with Vesalius to deuided them into two, and so (if it be lawfull) to call the propper Sanguinea, and the impropper Exanguis. As that to beThe pro [...] flesh. propper, or Sanguinea, which is engendred of bloud: of what sort is the flesh compounded in the Muscles, the hart, and all the rest of sanguin substaunce. And that [Page] impropper, or Exanguis, which conteineth not bloud, but is of nature for other noThe impropper flesh. lesse vse ordained, and created: as is the brayne, the sinewy partes, Glandules &c.

Hetherto all the partes spoken of, together with the Muscles of the belly declared [...]. other where, are comprehended vnder the name of Mirach (for so the Arabians call it) or more propperly after Latins Abdomen.

NOw followeth the Membrā named Siphach, or Peritonaeum, which, enclosingGal. vs. pa [...]t. Iib. 4. [...]. more nearely all the nutritiue partes, that is, betwene Septū transuersum and the thighes, is a thinne coueryng, but strong and toughe, máde of sinewyThe descriptiō of [...]. substaunce, enwrappyng thus the lower belly, from the left to the right side, and goyng by the gutte [...] vnto the turnyng ioyntes of the loynes, compasseth all the bowels and partes within Abdomē. The vpper part wherof cleaueth to the lower part of Septum transuersum, and the nether part, vnto the bones of Pubis, and Ilium. Therfore the Grecians named it Peritonaion, wherehence [...]. [...]ib. 11. Cap. 11. the Latins haue borowed this word Peritonaeum: As that, which foregardeth, and circumplecteth all the subiect vessels and bowels: no otherwise then as the whole cauitie of the brest, together with all the inner partes which the brest conteineth, are clothed, and compassed about with the Membran called Pleura. Peritonaeum is in figure somewhat round, strongly knit vnto the Spine, where itThe [...] of [...]. sheweth it selfe also thicker: and it is so thicker neare the Spine, because from thence it was to be deuided into many partes.

It is a Membran of thinne substaunce, like broad & continuall spider webbes,Vesal. [...]ib. 4. cap. 2. with no Fibres at all intertered. Wherefore is accompted in the number of the [...] one of yt similar partes. first of the simple bodyes, called Similar partes. And it is among all other simpleThe beginning of [...]. Membrans of the body, the largest, and greatest. The beginnyng wherof is taken on ech side from the Ligamentes, which do connect, and knit together the Vertebres of the loynes, and which commit Os sacrum to the bones of Ilium. Thus frō them, as a broad Membrā deriued. And ascendyng immediately from other side, is couered ouer with the Muscles of the loynes, and with these, which occupieng the insides of Os ilium, giue motion to the thighes, and with Fibres cleaueth to them, such as we sée Muscles in them selues committed together withall. But so soone as it hath surmounted the Muscles, it stretcheth forth to the inside of the transuerse Muscles of Abdomen, & to the whole inferiour region of Septum trāsuersum, The end or insertion of it. most firmely growyng to them, or especially to their sinewy tenuities.

Vesalius sayth, Peritonaeum representeth the figure of a long bottell, lyke an [...] compared to a bottell. The length of it. egge, the length whereof pertaineth from Septum transuersum, downe to the lowest seate of the amplitude, whiche Os sacrum together with the other Bones committed to his sides, effourmeth.

Furthermore the inside of Peritonaeum reacheth out certaine Processes to thoseThe [...] of [...]. instrumentes which it conteineth, both bynding them thereby together, and also knittyng them vnto it selfe, not denying to bestow of euery of them an inuolucre, besides their owne peculiar coates, whiche they vnto them selues do propperly possesse. Wherfore, besides that Omentum, and Mesenterium are from it naturallyCol. loc. cit. deriued, and Septum transuersum (as is aforesayd) clothed, it inuesteth theWhat partes [...] clotheth. liuer, and not so alone the liuer, but also the splene, ventricle, intrels, reynes, vrinarie wayes, bleddar, and matrice in women, with Meynes, Arteries, Nerues and Glandulcs.

Galen reciteth sundry profitable vses of Peritonaeum. As first that it couereth [...]. 4 vs part. The vses of periton [...]. all the subiect partes and vessels vnder Septum transuersum: as the Uentricle, intestines, the kell, Mesenterium, liuer, splene, reyues, both the bleddars and 1 (in women) the matrice.

Secondly, that all whiche it embraceth, it deuideth from the outer coursing 2 Muscles, lest any of the small intrcls stippe into the spaces betwene them, and so [Page] (whilest they presse and strayne together) be gréeued with payne, the Muscles hindred of their mouyng, and the excrementes conteined in the intrels, downwardes difficultly transmitted.

The thyrd vse of it is to driue out the excrementes of drye nourishment, together 3 by the helpe and labour of Septum transuersum. For Peritonaeum in the superiour extremities therof, commyng to the brest and false ribbes, after the maner of Septū transuersum, somewhat aydeth the compressiue motion of the UentricleThe vtilitie of Septum [...] [...] and [...] [...] anoydyng excrementes. and intrels. For by this same Peritonaeum and Septum, as by two handes ioyned together aboue, but distaunced beneath, what soeuer lyeth in the middest is compressed, and the excrementes of meate downwardes compelled.

Fourthly, beyng therewith compassed as a coate or inuolucre, it might conserue 4 and bynde altogether, lest the Uentricle or intrels beyng left to slacke, should by euery light occasion be filled with ventositie. For when these become more infirme and weake, then that easely they can be drawne together, immediately with vapourous and windy spirites they are filled from euery meate. InHow [...] [...] [...] and [...]. the meane tyme, of necessitie it followeth that the meate is left destitute of concoction, and distribution therof in the body slowed. [...]. 3. cap. 2.

The fift, and (as Fuchsius sayth) most principall vse of Peritonaeum, is to conteine 5 all the bowels, and vessels vnder Septum transuersum, and as by a certaine skinne euery of them, beyng particularly couered, might safely be bound toge. ther, and in their fixed seates abyde. For the continuitie hereof beyng violatedThe [...] that ensueth [...] be [...]ng ruptured. and broken, bringeth nosmall daunger, especially if any of the interiour partes be also wounded. But it alone broken, the disscase ensueth called in Gréeke [...] in Latin Ramex, and in English a rupture.The Rupture. Loc. cit.

And beyond all this Realdus Collumbus teacheth vs an other vse therof, which 6 A new vse of [...]. heretofore of no man hath bene marked: that is, from the halfe space of Abdomē vpwardes it is a simple Membran, but from the nauell down wardes doubled: the vse of which reduplication is, first for the Arteries called Vmbelicales, for theThe vse of the reduplication of peritonaeum. vessell named Oiragos, for [...]eynes and Arteries ascendyng vnder the straight Muscles of Abdomen, which vessels betwene this same reduplication of Peritonaeum are conteined, all which he reporteth neuer any man to haue found out before him as also for the bleddar: and agayne this same doublenes of Peritonaeum is a meanes, that the intrels might more strongly and safely be conteined.

Peritonaeum finally is in the inside smooth, but without rough, to cleaue vntoThe vse of the asperitye of peritonaeum. the sayd Muscles and their tendons more strongly. In many places it is perforated, but not so oft (sayth Collumbus) as Vesalius imagined.

FRom the partes of this same Peritonaeum, procéedyng on both sides from theGal. Lib. 4. vs. part. backe, commeth this same Omentum, calléd of the Gréekes [...] in EnglishOmentum The compasse of the kell. the Kell. Which méetyng on both sides ouerthwart the bellye, passe vpward euen to the stomache, and vppermost part therof: beyng a fat Pannicle or couerong,The partes constituting the kell. Situation. simple, & without Fibres, but aboundyng with [...]eynes, Arteries, sinewes, and fatnes. It is situated aboue the splene, and in the forepart of all the intrels, and is stretched out to the hollow of the liuer, to the posteriour part of the Uentricle,Vesal. lib. 5. cap. 4. and almost all the whole bottom therof.

The fashion of it is lyke a satchell or bagge, hauyng a round Orifice, andThe figure of the kell. higher in posteriour then in the Anteriour part ascendyng. After the same maner, we call one part of the Kell the Anteriour or superiour Membran, and the other the inferiour or posseriour: although in déede the Kell be onely one Membran, and that especially in dogges, the Anteriour part beyng one and continuall with the posterieur, and so the Kell, after the maner of a bagge, doth constitute a cauitie, which may be filled. All which shalbe more euidently discerned, if the same (deuided from the partes of the backe and bottome of the bleddar, beyng in [Page] no other place broken or perforated) you couet to fill ether with liquid, or Solid substaunce.

Furthermore like a round orbicular circle, beginnyng from the middes of theThe progresse of the [...]ell. backe vnder the posteriour part of the Uentricle, it is caried by the hollow of the liuer, after the bottome of the Uentricle (from whose thyrd coate there it springeth) to the hollow of the splene and so vnto the middest of the backe, as it were with his begynnyng. Therfore the whole inferiour halfe circle, from the hollowThe infer [...] part of Omentum. of the splene by the backe, commyng euen vnto the right side of the Uentricle, doth constitute the inferiour Membran of Omentum. But the superiour is fourmedThe superiour part of Omentum. by that part of the circle, which is brought from the right side of the Uentricle by the bottome therof, vnto the hollow seate of the splene. Hence both mutually méetyng, [...]re also downwardes dilated aboue the intrels, and vnder Peritonaeum, and couereth them both before, and on eche side: stretchyng downe to Os Pubis, with his lower extremitie.

These Membrans are with no tyinges bound vnto the intrels, saue the inferiourWhat partes are tyed to the [...]ell. Membran onely: which in men, is strongly continuall vnto the intestine Colon, and that all the length therof that marcheth vnder the bottome of the Uentricle. Neither may this be negligently in man obserued: when as the inferiourWhy the kell is [...] to Colon. Membran of Omentum serueth to Colon, there in the steade of Mesenterium, whereby the same is reached out to the Uentricle. For Colon in all that space requireth no part of Mesenterium, farre otherwise then in dogges and Apes. For in dogges it cleaueth to no intrell, and in Apes retaineth a meane betwene both,Vesal. L [...]c. cit. which made Galen also differ.

The Ueynes enfolded in Omentum, makyng so the image of a nette, are onelyThe veynes enfolded in the kell. the braūches of Vena porta, but none from Caua commeth to Omentum. They are scattered out from that braunche of Porta, whose principall portion is drawne out vnto the splene: So thence innumerable braunches of Ueynes runne abroad in the Membran of Omentum, not straight forth, or with direct trases, but with aboundaunt oblique courses, and wandryng walkes: like as in the maner of weauyng of nettes is to be sene.

The Arteries of Omentum breake of from those, which to the Uentricle, liuer,The Arteries of O [...]ntum. splene, & vessicle of Choler are distributed. These all together with the Ueynes, Oment is safely leadeth, and to his Ueynes from them obtaineth fellowly mates, so that there are fewe surcles of Ueynes to be found not associated with like portion of Arteries.

Agayne, Omentum is (thyrdly) enterwouen with those Nerues, which fromThe Nerues of Omentum. the portions of the vj. payre of the brayne, reached after the ribbes, are emplanted to the liuer, splene, and Uentricle.

But the fat wherewith Omentum floweth in dull and fat ment, is aboundant,The [...]. but in leane, litle and scant.

Beside that, which is common to both the Membrans, the inferiour Membran therof, where it is strewed vnder the posteriour seate of the Uentricle, hath specially a certaine great, and notable Glandulous body, which because that in dogges it is red, and after a certaine maner like simple flesh, the Grecians therforeGal. 4. vs. p [...]t. Lib. de di [...]s. ve. call it Calicreas, and Panchreas. But in man it appeareth more white thenPanchreas. red: situated there to Vena porta, and to the braunches of Arteries and NeruesThe vtilitie of Panchreas. for their secure deriuation, onely boulstred by the inferiour Membran of Omentum, Gal. vs. part. Lib. 5. and layd vnder the Uentricle to enritch the same with ease. For all the vessels, euē where they begyn to deuide & ramifie, there also do they easely incurre damage, as if any euill be incident vnto them through violent mouyng, that part which was lately deuided, doth immediately incurre the same. Nature therfore not rashly, where (of Ueynes) such distribution, & diuarication ought to be made, [Page] placeth this Glandulous body, to enwrappe thē, and fulfill their diuisions: thatWhy nature in [...]dry pa [...]es lay [...]h Gla [...] lous bodies. none of them for lacke of defense, should be soyled, but restyng in a body soft, and meanely yeldyng, although they happen to be prouoked with a more vehement mouyng, yet because they are not shielded with hard and stubburne partes, but such, as by lightly receiuyng them, do gently exolue the violence of euery motiō, they are from hurt, breakyng, or strayning perpetually conserued.

This body is called Panchreas, that is, all carnous or fleshy, for that it is madeWhy it is called [...] and why [...]. and contexed of Glandulous flesh. But Calicreas, because it is swéete and pleasaunt in eatyng.

To declare briefly therfore the vses of Omentum, it enfoldeth the braunches of [...]. [...]ib. 5 cap. 4. Porta, and them enfolded leadeth to the splene, Uentricle, Duodenum, and Colon. The vsess of O. mentum. And not onely those braunches, but also the Arteries and Nerues, which to the sayd places were also to be inserted. And this Vesalius iudged the greatest and most excellent vse therof.

Agayne this is not the least, that by it the Uentricle is bound to the backe, and agayne the liuer, and splene knit vnto the Uentricle, together with the interuenture of vessels, and sinewes. And beyng to the intrels accidentally made an inuolu [...]re, doth cherish and continue that hart like a cloth, or stomacher. Wherfore such as haue Omentum, or any part therof cut away, they féele the Uentricle, orThe [...] of the [...]ell. stomach (as most the common sort terme it) colder, they digest lesse, and stand in néede of outward helpes: chiefly if the part that is taken away be in great quantitie. Wherfore the Kell is not to be robbed of this benefite it yeldeth to the furtheryng of concoction.

THe instrument of which operation is the Uentricle, which is that part ofThe ventricle. the body, into which liuyng creatures receiue their meate ordained by natureWhy the vētricle was ordained. to make of the same susteinyng, by concoctyng & makyng the first mutation.The situation of the ventricle.

Under the brest and Septum transuersum, next betwene the liuer and splene it is seated, obtaining a passage, which reacheth in the meates frō the mouth, calledThe neck of the ventricle called. stomach. by all these names: as Aesophagus, Stomachus, Gula, and after the Arabians, Meri.

THe begynnyng of the stomache is at the roote of the toung, in the lower partCol. Lib. 11. cap. 4. 1 of the iawes behynd Larinx, to which it is knit, and not to it onely, but alsoThe beginning and progresse of the stomach or necke of the ventricle. to the Anteriour body of the Vertebres of the necke. This receiuyng the meate, compelled thereunto by agitation of the toung, driueth it downe to the dilated partes thereof.

The substaunce hereof is sinewy, and Membraneous, made therfore to dilate,Vesal. Lib. 5. cap. 3. The substa [...]ce of the stomach. & readely gather together agayne, enterwouen with Fibres ministryng vnto his office. The rest of this body is very roūd, and within excellent smooth & slippery.

It consisteth of two propper coates, one specially differyng from an other inTeste [...]tiam Gal. [...]ib. 3. de nat. fac. &. si. 4. vs. part. substaunce, hardnes, thickenes, and kyndes of Fibres. The first of these, or inner coate is more sinewy, hard, & somewhat thinner, & with the conte of the mouth & The contes of the stomach. & palate continuall, endewed with straight Fibres to the attraction of meate, asThe [...]res and ther vse. handes. But the outer coate is thicker, softer, more fleshy, almost participatyng with the Nature of Muscles, and with transuerse or circular Fibres aboundant.

And thus nature intended onely to place two kindes of Fibres in the stomach:Why nature placed but ij. kindes of Fibres in the stomach. as the straight to attract, and draw the substaunce, and the transuerse to driue it down: neither had any moe bene commodious. For had there bene any of oblique race, the meate must néedes with ouer long delay haue taried in the stomach, to the no small greuaunce of the body: for asmuch as the stomach filled with meate, if very long it should be distended, must néedes ouer long also be a let, whilestThe notable d [...]scence of the stomach downe to the ventricle. they are dilated, vnto the lunges, roughe Arterie, and also great Arterie. Nature therfore so prouidently contriued the seate of the stomach, reachyng through the [...]cke and brest vnto the Uentricle, exactely vpon the middest of the Vertebres of [Page] the necke, and the foure first of the brest, inclinyng to nether side, but so [...] vnder the rough Arterie placed, as by no meanes to molest ye organs before named.

Agayne at the begynnyng of the fift [...] of the brest, the stomach, that it might giue place to the greater truncke of the great [...], marchyng after the Vertebres of the backe to the lower partes of the body, somwhat declineth to the right side from the middle region of the Vertebres, créepyng neare to the same Arterie downe to the ninth Vertebre of the brest: from the body of which Vertebre it is immediately eleuated, and departyng further of the same Arterie (lest in swallowyng the meate it might fortune to be compressed) penetrateth at length the sinewy part of Septum transuersum, towardes the left side, but neuerthelesseThe stomach pers [...] not [...] [...] in the way of the great [...]. is altogether estranged from that hole, which the great Arterie, in fallyng downe to the inferiour members, occupyeth: for it hath one peculiar to it selfe, and to the Nerues therewith descendyng, prepared.

After all this, at the begynnyng of the ix. Vertebre of the brest, the stomach, by the interuenture of Membrās, produced from the Ligamentes of the Spondils, is to the bodies of the Vertebres committed, and possesseth from those MembrāsWhence the stomach hath h [...]s [...] coate. a thyrd coate, as it were, of his second an inuoluere, mingled with no Fibres at all. But, that, neare to the fift Vertebre of the brest, the stomach sheweth it selfeWhy the stomach [...] descendyng [...] toward the right [...]. rather on the right then on the left side of the Arterie, the Arterie it selfe is the cause, not as a tyran occupying the middle seat of the backe, but whilest it taketh his begynnyng from the left Uentricle of the hart, and by the rest of his way is subiected vnder Vena caua, towardes the left side, of necessitie in greater part to the left side bendyng: and therfore, somewhat giuyng place to the stomach, admitteth the same a fellow or companion of the seate of the Vertebres, so that the stomach might be lesse obliquate, or crooked, and obteyne also firmer seate then in the left side might be found.

Furthermore the stomach doth not perforate the right side of Septum transuersum, The stomach endeth not in the right side of the [...]. neither is stretched straight into the Uētricle from the right side of the backe, but beyng caried aboue the Arterie, and obliquate or crooked, with an obtuse orWhy the stomach in desc [...]nse [...] into the lest [...]. blunt corner, séeketh the left side, lest the stomach in going to the Uētricle, should haue bene compelled to perforate the liuer, which occupyeth all the right side of the inferiour region of Septum: but fréely findeth out that part in Septum, whereas lesse of liuer beyng, yeldeth easie passage thereto. Such is the thinner portion of the whole liuer, stretched to the left side of Septum, as that in the posteriour regionWhere the liuer [...]th place to the [...] of the stomach. therof, where the stomach goeth through Septum, it hath a cauitie like a halfe circle engrawen for the stomach, whose Anteriour part it ample [...]eth, ther to in proportion agréeing.

But it sufficed not nature to giue vnto the stomach so obliquate, those sayd Fibres, How more spedy passage [...] meate through the stomach was pro [...]ed. for the spéedy passage of meates, but also, to the end his concauitie might alway be with moysture annoynted, she hath placed Glandules both in the iawes, stomach, and Larinx. Which perpetually, left those organs should be dryed, preparethThe [...] called [...]. them humor, and spettle. The Latins terme them Tonsillae.

Also in the middle space of the stomach, where the same is subiect to Aspera The vse of those [...] in the middle space of the stomach Arteria, in that place as it is deuided into two trunkes to the lunges, two others are put, not onely before the stomach, but also cleauyng to the sides and posteriour part therof: playnly aunswerable to those, wherewith nature hath compassed the begynnyng of the necke of the bleddar in men. For euen as these do irrigate, and moysten the way of [...], and seede, so the Glandules fastened to the stomach hume [...] his amplitude, and, lest by drines the meate should with difficultie fall into the Uentricle, do imbrue & washe it with a certaine spettelly humor.

The stomach, immediately as it hath penetrated Septum in the left side of hisWhere y• stomach is with the [...] [...]. sinewy part, is made cōtinuall with the body of the Uentricle, which touchyng a [Page] great part in the left side, of Septum, vseth the whole region or space betwene theThe situation of the Uentricle. liuer and splene. But in the right side, the Uētricle no where toucheth Septū, but all the right side, & whole superiour part therof is hiddē of the liuer: being somuch therfore distaūt from the midrief as the thicknes therof commeth to on that side.

THe figure therof is round, & somewhat therewith long, from the right stretchyng 2 to the left side, assimulated of Collūbus to a gourd long, & round fashioned The figure of the Uentricle. round, because all round thynges are more capable, and lesse subiect to iniuries:Why it is round. but long, because so, both the place wherein it is conteined, and also the twoWhy the Uentricle is long. Orifices therof, one whereby it receiueth meat, the other whereby the same confected is thrust downe vnto the intrels, do require.

In the left side also it is much more ample, and round, a litle puttyng forthThe descriptiō of the Uentricle on both sides. toward the inferiour partes, and thence forthwith turnyng to the right side, is by litle & litle gathered together to a strete, & in the vpper part descendeth, but in the nether ascēdeth: so that in the right side it becommeth much more slender then in the left. Also in the superiour part therof, which pertaineth frō one Orifice to an other, it is more strete and narrow, as in the inferiour, larger and broader.

In the Anteriour part it is equally euery where Gibbous, and no where defourmed. In the posteriour region it sheweth after a certaine maner two Gibbous partes, one on the left side, and the same greater, and longer put forth: an other on the left side lesse, and more depressed. And those bounched partes make aWhere the Uentricle is impressed and the cause of that impression. certaine cauitie, or impression after the longitude of the body, to the posteriour seat of the Uentricle impressed. For in what place the Uentricle respecteth the Vertebres of the backe, and the descendent trunkes of the hollow Ueyne & great Arterie to them stretched, that it might fit it selfe euery where to the place thereto assigned, the posteriour region therof is inwardly, as into his owne amplitude, somewhat impressed: although the Uentricle beyng drawne from the body, and blowne vp, sheweth not the same.

TWo Orifices hath the Uentricle, one whereby the meate and drinke is receiued,3 which consisteth in the highest seate of the left part of the Uentricle,The Orifices of the Uentricle. because the stomach there fitly perforatyng Septum, might first grow vnto the Uentricle, and be made one common body therewith. The auncient Gréekes doThe vpper Orifices of the Uentricle. call this [...], but we (after the Latins) name it the vpper mouth of the Uentricle. And although it be in the left side, notwithstandyng it commeth nearer to the middle seate therof then to the left side. Wherfore Galen sayth it is sited vnder Mucronata Cartilago, as vnder a certaine propugnacle and defence.lib. 7. vs. part.

The other Orifice of the Uentricle, transmitteth the meates chaunged, intoThe nether Orifice of the Uentricle. the intrels. Whence the Grecians call it [...] the Latins Ianitor, but commō ly the nether Orifice, or mouth of the Uentricle. This Orifice is in the right side,What maketh the beginning of the Intrels. and constituteth the begynnyng of the intrels. Hence it hapneth that the first intrell called Duodenum, many haue named the begynnyng.

Moreouer the Orifices of the Uentricle not onely in situation do vary, butThe differences betwene y• vpper and nether Orifices. besides, the nethermost is more strete then the vppermost, because sometyme are swallowed hard, great, and vnbroken lumpes: for whose ingresse, it behoued theWhy the vpper Orifices is larger then the nether. way of the Uētricle to be large, and ample. But beneath (contrariwise) since nothyng passeth that is raw, hard, great, are not turned into iuyce, it is streter, although neither so strete, as that it onely trāsmitteth the thicke iuyce, since not a fewe, & that wtout hurt or damage, do oft tymes, auoyde great swallowed bones.

But in diuers creatures Galen affirmeth a certaine Glandulous flesh in theLib. 4. vs. part. inferiour Orifice of the Uentricle, sited to augment his stretenes, chiefly whenNo glandule compasseth the nether Orifice of the Uentricle in man. the Uentricle for concoction sake, vseth the retentiue facultie. But in man no Glandule circumplecteth the nether Orifice of the Uentricle, as witnesseth Coll [...]mbus Lib. 11. Cap. 4.

[Page]So not onely in the inferiour Orifice of the Uentricle, but also in the vppermost,The thic [...] [...] swelled portion in the Orifices of the Uentricle. the substaunce of the Uentricle is thicker, and the Orifices towardes the interiour partes, obtaine a swelled, or more extuberant part like a circle, wholly aunswerable to the substaunce of the ventricle. Which in dissectyng the stomach beyng yet whole, is to be perceiued by féelyng, but beyng opened, and turned cō meth to sight, manifestly shewyng the begynnyng of the Uentricle, or end of the stomach, and the begynnyng of Duodenum. But this thicker portion of the UentricleV [...]l. l oc. Cit. The vse of this thicker portion. is chiefly made to this end, that the mo [...]the thereof might be made more thicke and strong then the rest of his body, lest by force it be rushed ope, or brokē of those thynges that passe downward.

BUt as the outer face of the Uentricle is smooth, and euery where playne,4 so, or rather more is the interiour concauitie therof, onely the aforesayd [...] circledWhere the Uentricle hath as [...]eritie where not. eminences excepted: for there the Uentricle (if it be vehemently drawne together) sheweth nothyng but wrinkles saue onely a colour darke, & as it wereColour. with cloudes waryng greatly red, intermingled: beyng on the out [...]de (neuerthelesse) almost altogether white.

But very diuers is the quantitie of the Uentricle. For if after the maner of a [...]. bleddar, it be blowne vp, it shall not be any maruaile to thée, that at one tyme, it can receiue such store of meates, and drinkes: albeit, by the constrictiue force itThe ac [...]on of the Uentricle. vseth, whether it conteine litle, or much, it doth complect the whole, so, as no voyde space is left, but alway full as is the bleddar. To this action is the Membraneous substaunce therof agreable, that fitly it might in tyme of néede dilate, as also aptly bynd together agayne when it is requisite.

THe Uentricle consisteth of two broad and thinne coates together ioyned, euen 5 as the stomach or throte, but somewhat vnlike: for the inner coate ofThe coated of the Uentricle. the Uentricle like as of the stomach, is sinewy, and Membraneous, and to the innerWhy the inner coa [...]e of the Uentricle is in the mouth [...]arder thē in the Uentricle. coate of the whole stomach, mouth, lippes, and guttes continuall, though frō the coate of the mouth and stomach a litle, onely in hardnes, differyng. Which was séemely, because we first confect, and make ready in the mouth the rough and hard meates, before they be committed to the Uentricle, by which, the scope of the mouth, were not this tunicle thicke and hard, would be worne, & fretted, & therfore the coate common both to the stomach and ventricle, immediately as it commeth to the bottome of the ventricle, is made softer.

This is with two kindes of Fibres intertexed, or enwouen. Wherein also itThe [...]ibres of the inner coate of the Uentricle. varieth from the inner coate of the stomach. For the interiour part of the coate, that respecteth the concauitie of the ventricle, is endewed with many straight Fibres: for so (sayth Vesalius) it behoued the vētricle by them to draw, & sucke in the meate & drinke by the stomach. Galen before him also made the like affirmation.

Neuerthelesse, Collumbus herein hath not spared to cōfute them both, and thatLoc. C [...]. to vnderstād by what reason, if thou thinke it not tedious (gentle Reader) I willThe inner coate of the Uentricle containeth no [...] Fibres, agaynst Galen and Vesalius. willingly employ my penne to expresse the wordes as he hath written them. Galen, and after him Vesalius supposed that nature had constituted straight Fibres in the inner coate of the ventricle, thereby that it might possesse the power of attraction, but what soeuer is eaten the stomach bringeth into it, & therfore it stode in no néede of straight Fibres. Notwithstandyng it is not destitute of the iiij. naturallThe Uentricle [...] the so [...]re naturall Uertues. vertues, which are also in other members, as attractiue, retentiue, concoctiue, and expulsiue.

But the Fibres due vnto this interiour coate of ventricle, which Vesalius callethThe vse of the Fibres in yt [...] coate. the second kynde, are oblique, sited on the outside of this coate, where it is embraced of the second: by these is purchased vnto the ventricle, the néedefull vertue of retention.The Fibres of the second coate.

After this, as it was expediēt, expulsion of the confected meates should follow, [Page] like as after attraction, retention: so accordyngly nature (put in the second or outer tunicle of the ventricle, transuerse, or ouerthwart Fibres, folden in also with some oblique for the outer coate, which is thicker and softer thē the inner, beyng not so stretely compact and bound together) aboundeth with transuerse Fibres, and aunswereth to the second coate of the stomach, saue that it is lesse flesh y• then this, and enterwou [...]n with some oblique Fibres also.

To these two tunicles of the ventricle hap [...]eth an other or third, as vnto themThe third coate of the Uentricle. a propugnacle, borowed from Peritonaeum, where it commeth to that part of Septum that giueth way to the stomach. Wherfore Collumbus sayd rightly, that there are two propper coates vnto the ventricle, and one common. And this portion of Peritonaeum first couereth the vpper Orifice of the ventricle, and thence after the whole body therof, euen to the begynnyng of Duodenum, beyng of all the coates which it reacheth to other organs, the thickest, yeldyng likewise a begynnyng to the vpper Orifice of the ventricle, as hath be [...]e sayd before.

This coate first receiueth and surmiseth, all the Ueynes, Arteries, & sinewesThe vtilitie of the third coate of the Uentricle. that are reached to the ventricle. All which veynes haue their onely begynnyngWhence spring the Ue [...]es to the Uentricle. from Vena Porta, and none or very few from Caua: but the Arteries all spryng from those, which are scattered from the great Arterie first into the lower MembranWhence spring the Arteries to the Uentricle. of Omentum, and so into the liuer, vessicle of coler, splene, and finally into the ventricle deriued.6

THe first veyne of the ventricle begynneth from Vena Porta, before the sameUeines and Arteries of the Uentricle. be deuided into the two great trunkes, rumyng to the lower Orifice of the ventricle, being thereto at the posteriour part therof conterminate, or very neare 1 ioyning. The Arterie associatyng this veyne is a braunche of Vena Porta, which after the way of Vena Porta, goeth to the hollow of the liuer.

The secōd veyne is euery where accompanyed with an Arterie: it is stretched 2 out to the whole halfe inferiour part of the ventricle, from which both the Anteriour, and posteriour right side of the bottome of the ventricle, boroweth braunchyng surcles. It springeth from the right side of Vena Porta, where the same is deuided into the two greater trunkes: the Arterie being from that deriued, which is effunded into the liuer.

The thyrd veyne of the ventricle is very small, not associated with any Arterie:3 and springyng from the left, and [...]endrer trunke of Vena Porta, is in the posteriour part of the ventricle, in small store of braunches, dispersed.

The fourth veyne, goyng forth from the same trunke, and euery where in his 4 progresse purchasing the company of an Arterie, is, then all the veynes and Arteries ascendyng to the ventricle, far chiefer, and more notable, and ordred in a great number of braunches. From this veyne compassing about the right side of the mouth of the ventricle, a braunch or stocke is put forth, reachyng after the higher side of the ventricle vnto the lower Orifice thereof. But the Arterie, the mate of this present veyne, is plucked out frō that, which by the inferiour Membran of Omentum, is stretched to the splene.

The fift vey [...]e, beyng not depriued of the felowshyp of an Arterie, goeth about 5 the left side of the bottome of the ventricle, and beyng propped vp with the superiour Membran of Omentum, connitteth braunches from his highest seate to the Anteriour, and posteriour partes of the ventricle. The originall of the veyne is from the greater braunch of Vena Porta; where the same to the lower part of the splene is to be inserted: and the Arterie his mate, from the braunch of the Arterie commyng to the splene. Galen séemeth rather willyng to call this veyne a certaine veniall passage or wa [...] and in one place, a short vessell, whereby theVs. part. Lib. 4. splene belcheth vp melancolye into the ventricle, as shalbe sayd hereafter.Vs. part. Lib. 5. 6

The vj. is dedicated vnto the ventricle from those that are reached out to theVesal. Loc. [...], [Page] splene, and commeth to that part of the left side of the ventricle, that is neare the splene. Amōg which veynes that is the chi [...]fest, which taketh his begynnyng frō the greater braunch of Vena Porta, inserted to the higher part of the splene: from which, small surcles like heares commonly do reach vnto the vpper Orifice of of the ventricle. Although there be not one b [...]t many Meynes, which from the splene are to the left side of the ventricle deriued. Not omittyng that to the sayd veynes, commyng to the left side of the ventricle, p [...]petually Arteries are ioyned in felowshyp.

The cōmon vse and office of all the veynes of the vētricle, is to bryng theretoThe office of the be [...]es of the Uentricle. nourishmēt, as also to cary yt confected iuyce thence into the hollow of the liuer, no otherwise thē the veynes of the intrels. Notwithstādyng the principall office of the v. and vj. veynes, is, that by them the splene might poure forth into the ventricle [...]b. 3. cap. [...]3. melancolie iuyce, whereby (sayth Fuchsius) all the functions therof, whichThe way of melancoly to the Uentricle. cōsist in a certaine kynd of embracing, are by his qualitie of tast, which is tarte, & sowre, thereby of necessitie contractiue, & astringent, strēgthned: therfore neitherThe vse of melan [...] to the Uentricle according to Fuch [...]. may the meate, before it be fully consected, preasse to goe forth of the ventricle.

And albeit he proueth this to be the true, and legitimate vse of the melancolie humour to the ventricle, reiectyng wholly the iudgement of Auicen, and consequently all others that speake of naturall appetite to be styrred vp thereby: yet Collumbus since his tyme hath boldly confirmed it. I will not say how doubtfullCollumbus co [...] meth the op [...] of [...]. herein the mynde of Uesalius hunge.

But to proceede. The arteries of the ventricle serue to refresh the insited heat [...]b. [...]. Cap. 7. therof. Beside the which veynes and Arteries, no other vessell is to the ventricle [...]b. 5. cap. 9. implāted: but if any of the wayes deducyng choler, come vnto the bottome of theThe vse of the Arteries of the Uentricle. ventricle, the same is most seldome sene. Wherfore Vesalius protesteth but onelyOf the wayes of colet to the Uentricle. once to haue inuented the same: and that in a man of complexion most cholericke. And Collumbus fréely confesseth, that among all the bodyes that euer he hadLib. cit. cap. 3. dissected, his eyes might neuer attayne the speciall sight therof. Galen testifiethLib. cit. cap. 8. the same in his second booke of Temperamentes and his viij. Chapiter.Galen.

OF sinewes, not a small payre is, from the vj. con [...]gation of the brayne,The nerues of the Uentricle. prolonged downe to the ventricle. For after that the recurrent sinewes (in the Hystory of Nerues expressed) haue poured out Nerues and braunches to the inuolucre of the hart, and by the like also communicatyng with lunges, they immediately hastē downe to yt stomach, the right to the right, and the left vnto the left side: but the Nerues, so soone as they haue a litle space descended with the stomach, committed onely thereto by the interuenture of Fibres, they both are deuided in two and the right with oblique braunches is caried to the left side as the left vnto the right: both which, accompanying the stomach, pearse through the midrief, not offryng thereto any braunch at all. But where the iiij. braunches of the two Nerues do touch the vpper Orifice of the vētricle, with diuers orders of braunchynges they embrace it, reachyng straight downward surcles, with notable space betwene.

From the left Nerue of the vj. payre embracing the right region of the mouth of the ventricle, a certaine notable braunch, after the higher side of the ventricle euen to the lower Orifice thereof, is deduced: which albeit that in the progresse therof it poureth out portions, and enwrappeth the nether Orifice of the ventricle with some surcles, yet is it not there wholly wasted, vntill further it haue crept into the hollow of the liuer.

But moreouer, vnto the lower part of the ventricle commeth two Nerues, purchasing their begynnynges from the stockes of the sixt payre of sinewes of the brayne, brought downe after the rootes of the ribbes: and beyng the mates of those Arteries, supported by the superiour Membran of Omentum, are digested [Page] into the bottome of the ventricle.The vse of the Nerues of the ventricle.

Amongest all whiche sundry portions of sinewes that the ventricle stode in néede of, nature by none shewed such noble prouidence, as in those to the superiour Orifice therof inserted: which are not there in such manifold maner scattered onely to discerne annoyaunce, at any tyme offred thereto by cholericke humors, or other of that kynde, but likewise that by them, as by riuer, the animall force might be thereto dispensed, makyng the stomach to féele the néedefulnes of meate and drinke: and so consequently styrryng it to receiue foode, the same Galen Galen. sheweth in his fourth booke of the vse of partes.

THe Uentricle round about (as great fires to the cauldron) is compassed with 8 heatyng organs, well ayding his concoctiue force. For the liuer complectethHow cō [...]odiously the Uentricle is situated, and how it is assisted by the partes cir [...]cent. his whole superiour region towardes the anteriour partes, and his right side, and the right Gibbous part in the posteriour seate. But the higher part thereof, consistyng to the posteriour seate of the vpper Orifice, and all the whole left side therof, is compassed with the midrief, onely that side excepted, with the splene on the left side of ye vētricle, and lower posteriour part therof, occupieth. But in his hinder part the ventricle obteineth the inferiour Membran of Omentum, and the vessels which therein are diffused.

Beside that, vnder his posteriour part, a part of the midrief, Vena Caua, and the trunke of the great Arterie, beside the backe, and Muscles therof, do consist. But there is notwithstandyng a great part of the Anteriour region of the ventricle, which couered neither with the liuer, midrief, kell, nor splene, obtaineth here an other succour, in heatyng nothyng inferiour to ye kell. For beside Peritonaeum, and the viij. Muscles of Abdomen, there is a veyne from the nauell led vnto theThe Vmb [...]icall ve [...]e. liuer, whereby the child receiueth nourishment within the wombe, and which after tyme of byrth becommeth without bloud, and vse.

To this veyne, where beyng knit to Peritonaeum, it is layd ouer the ventricle in round circuit, much fat springeth, which, that the ventricle in his concoctiue office might more swiftely labour, yeldeth there some helpe.

Neither is the ventricle as some haue fondly supposed, nourished by Chylus, The Uentricle is not nourished by Chylus. which it engendreth, since by the benefite of those faculties, whiche it obtaineth common with the other partes, it draweth to it selfe out of the veynes, and reteineth and laboureth propper nourishment, thrustyng out from it selfe what soeuer is superfluous. This also testifieth Collumbus, saying no part of the body isLib. 11. cap. 4. nourished but by bloud.

Finally by the giftes, by which the ventricle ministreth vnto the whole body,Vesal. Li. cit. cap. 3. and for which, some call it the kyng of the body, it receiueth meate, and drinke,The operation of the Uentricle. by straight Fibres in at the stomach from the mouth, which immediately taken,Recei [...]th. is reteined by oblique Fibres, and all a while embraced, vntill, by engendryng inRetay [...]eth. it selfe the alteratiue facultie, it haue conuerted the same into a thicke creame, or iuyce, in colour aunswerable to his owne substaunce: and at length, endeuouryng to put forth into the intrels that which it hath confected, it openeth the lower Orifice, and then by transuerse Fibres that which it embraced, thrusteth downward.Expelleth. Some tyme it vomitteth: but that motion is violent, and agaynst nature:Col. Loc. cit. for then the oblique, together with the transuerse Fibres do driue out, with great [...]. endeuour, and the straight Fibres of the stomach moue in opposite order to natures first decrée.

ANd sithens the guttes are to this ventricle continuall, it séemeth, immediately 9 to prosecute their description, a thyng of right required. Which asOf the Intrels or g [...]ttes. they take their begynnyng from the ventricle, so séeme they also one substaunceCol. Lib. cit cap. 5. therewith, although a litle thinner. They are situated from the inferiour Orifice of the ventricle euen downe to the fundament, and occupy the greater of Abdomen. Situation. [Page] Their substaunce is Membraneous, yet not euery where alike in thicknes.Substaunce. But such notwithstādyng, as easely might embrace that which it conseineth, and [...]. Li. Cit. cap. 5. agayne apte to be distented, or retched out by the thynges conteined.

They haue two peculiar coates, and one, which they purchase from Peritonaeum, 1 The coates of the Intrels. to make them lesse subiect to iniurious offence. Wherfore Galen affirmeth that the interiour, by Dysenteria or other dayly griefes, sometyme putrifieth, yetIn [...] the inne [...] coate of the Intrelles may putrine and the [...]arry liue. the outer being safe, some so affected do escape. The interiour coate of the guttes is [...]oster then the interiour coate of the ventricle, for that they receiue no rough or vnbroken thynges as doth the ventricle: but their outer coate is more thinne,Lib. 4. [...]. [...]. [...]. Loc. Cit. and sleshy, yet lesse fleshy then the inner coate of the ventricle: because they areWhy, the inner coate in ye intrels is softer then the same in the De [...]tricle. rather the instrumentes of distribution then of concortion. The inner coate of the great gu [...]es is so much harder then the interiour coate of the smal, by how much they conteine matter more hard and voyde of iuyce. For that which is conteinedWhy the inner coate of the great gi [...]es is [...]aroer then of the small. in the small guttes is liquid, flowyng, and watrish: whereas that in the great guttes is hard.

Both the coates of the intestines haue orbicular Fibres, that they might driue 2 forth that which sloweth into them more spéedely: and there the whole iuyce is [...] to the [...]. spéedely sucked to the liuer. But the outer coate of the straight intestine, and ofWhy to the strayt gutte and [...]. are somme strayt Fibres. Colon, obtaineth straight Fibres: whiche are made as a band to the circular Fibres, lest happely they sometyme, in forcyng out the hard excrementes, might also together with them depart, and be plucked away. And for this cause chiefly so many of that kynde are bestowed on the straight gut, for that it amylecteth the dryer excrementes.

The thyrd coate of the intestines is as a propugnacle to the second, by whose 3 The third coate to the intrells. benefite, and interuenture of Mesenterium, the intrels are bounde to the backe. This is taken from the Membrans of Peritonaeum securely carieng the vessels to the intestines. For these Membrās, together with the vesselles commyng to theWhere first the vesselles come to the intrells. hollow seate of the intrels, are dilated, there endewyng them with a thyrd coate. By the hollow side of the guttes is ment the part which the vessell first touch, and by the Gibbous part, the contrary.

They are created round in fourme, to be the more capacious, and lesse subiectThe figure of the intrells. to iniuries. But veynes and Arteries are not in like number giuen to eueryOf the vessells to the guttes. one, like as not in all the intrels is equall store of iuyce to be sucked out. For by how much the intrelles in continuitie are nearer the ventricle, by somuch theyWhy to the small guttes are in [...]e, to the greate fewer. conteine more of the best iuyce: therfore consequently, greater store of vesselles are to the small guttes distributed, and fewer to the great.

So are the guttes endewed with sinewes, that they might giue knowledge ofThe vse of Nerues to ye guttes. euery hurtfull hūger. For, if they were altogether voyde of sense, nothyng might resist, but that the guttes, either by yellow Choler, or other biting humour, might throughly be correated before a man should féele.

Moreouer although the intrels be one continuall body, notwithstādyng, whenThe diuision of the intrells. they are circunduced into diuers, and many enfoldes, and turnynges, and those differyng in figure: neither chuse they in all places the same nature in situation, substaunce, and fourme. And agayne others are made touchyng some peculiar part in man: nether the principall vse of them all alike. The learned Anathomistes, and such as haue bene in dissectiō expert, do number them as though they were mòe. And first they deuide them into small, & great: then either of them agayne into thrée, so that all are in number vj. constituted (although Collumbus ifCollumbus would deuide them into [...]. it were lawfull to starte from the elders, could contentedly stand to the first diuision) that is to say Duodenum, Ieiunum, Tenue, Coecum, Colum, and Rectum. All which in order we will speake vpō, so soone as we haue vnfolded the peculiar properties of the first diuision, that is, the office of the small and great guttes.

[Page]The small guttes (as witnesseth) Gal. Lib. 4. vs. Partium) are chiefly fourmed,1 The vse of the small guttes. that by their benefite, what soeuer iuyce is of the meate laboured by the diligence of the vētricle, the same might be drawne into the liuer, the shoppe or storehouse of bloud. As also that the dregges, and such thynges as are vnapt to be drawne, might be duly excernedor auoyded. Last of all, to the concoctiue and alteratiueThe small gutte [...] ayde ye [...] and alterat [...] force. force the small guttes are somewhat assistaunt: as that the substaunce first confected of the ventricle, they might a litle more absolutely chaunge. Neither is it to be denyed, that the meate, in the passage therof through the intrels, is more concocted, like as also in the veynes the bloud, and in the hart the vitall spirite:The bloud to [...] the veines perfected. which (sayth Collumbus) is engendred by the labour of the lunges in the venialllib. 7. Arteris, but after made perfect in the hart, as in ye History of the spirituall partes is sufficiently touched. Therfore, euen as Nature hath giuen vnto the veynes (which she framed for instrumentes of distribution) of the generatiue facultie of bloud, euen so, and by the same reason, to the small intrels; made for distribution therof into ye veynes, a certaine cōcoctiue facultie of meates is ioyned. [...]lynded,The vse of the foldes and compasses of the g [...]tes. and turned with many foldes & turnynges, hath nature all the scope of the small guttes: to the end, that if any nourishment in the passage of the first anfract or turnyng do escape the mouthes of the vessels, to the inside of the intrels opening, it might chaunce into the second: but if it did passe that also, yet followeth the thyrd, fourth, fift, and others a great number. Wherfore for the streit and long passages, with so many turnes and foldyngs, euery part of the meate is at length constrained to appropinguate the mouth of some one, or other of the vessels. Cuē as the whole gutte euery where round about, is replenished with an innumerable multitude of vessels: whose Orifices penetrate into the capacitie of the intrels, after the maner as shortly shalbe said. Of the which vessels is catched, what soeuer is profitable of the nourishmēt that passeth by. So as it cānot be, that any iuyce fit for the nourishment of the body, may slippe from the same vnprofitable. The foldes and turnynges therefore of the guttes, are to that end made, to yeld exact distribution of all the concocted nourishment, lest the same swiftely passyng away, and so goyng out, the body should be driuen into an vrgent necessitie of receiuyngWhy man is so temperate in [...] kyng of sustenaunce. nourishment: whereby men should lead their liues in continuall néedefulnes of belly chere. As for exāple. The creatures in which none of those foldes or turnyng, spoken of, are founde, but haue one simple intrell, or gutte from theWhy some creatures are vnsatiable in catyng. ventricle to the fundament straight pretensed, we sée to be rauenous, vnsatiable, and such as liue in perpetuall desire of eatyng. Not improuident by them did nature in mans body worke her effect in the intrels, with such anfractuous foldes as are euident, that they might delay, and a while reteine the iuyce which floweth from the ventricle, vntill the meseraicall veynes haue sucked in all that isNow the iuyce [...] carsed to ye liuer. commodious, and caried it to the liuer.

But the great guttes, although they be also to the distribution of the iuyces 1 The vse of the great [...]. conuenient, notwithstandyng particularly, because great is their amplitude or scope, and therfore able to gather together and conteine many thynges, to the end that not immediately, but by long space of tyme we vse egestiō. Also if any thyng shall escape this suckyng in the small guttes, the same whilest with longer delay the excrementes tary in the great, is haled forth by their vessels. But to speake of these particularly, that is to say of the singular partes and diuisions.

First all that part of the gutte, which vnder the ventricle from the inferiour 2 The first parte called Duodenum. Situation. Orifice therof, straight (after a certaine maner) descendeth thither, whereas the gutte first begynneth to be infolded, because in man for the most part it holdethLib. 5. cap. 5. the length of xij. fingers, is called of the Gréekes [...], and of the Latins Duodenum. There are (sayth Vesalius) which thinke not good to call this a gutte, but rather a rising, begynnyng, or a Processe of the intrels. This portion [Page] or part Duodenum is led into no anfractuous foldes, as before of others is sayd,Why Duodenum hath no foldes. for asmuch as vnder the ventricle where it is caried, it obteineth no spare place, or vacant roome in which it might aptly bowe, and infold it selfe. As also that it be [...]oued it to giue place to Uena porta commyng from the hollow of the liuer, as Galen copiously mentioneth in his ii [...]. [...] of the vtilitie of partes. [...].

The originall therof is therfore from the inferiour Orifice of the vētricle, ralled Pyloron, and in diuers from the same Wherfore to this purpose, Galen saythPyloron. Duodenum is the beginning of the [...] and not Pi [...]on in his fourth of the vse of partes. That Duodenū or the begynnyng of the guttes is not part of the ventricle, but soure other part connect and knit thereto.

Fuchsius therfore sayth, that they are much deceiued, which iudge no differēceLib. 3. Cap. 5. betwene Duodenum and Pyloron. Duodenum hath a veyne and an Arte [...]e peculiar [...]. [...]. [...]. ca. [...]. to it selfe, and which is caried directly downward after the longitude therof. [...] & Arterie.

This veyne purchaseth his estate from Venaporta before it be inserted in Mesenterium. Ves [...]lius. But the Arterie procéedeth from that, which is offered to the liuer. Nerues such as it hath, it receiueth from those, which come to the lower D [...]ceNerues. of the ventricle, and to the right side of the bottome therof.

Beside, the intrell Duodenum chalengeth that vnto it selfe, that the way orThe be [...]te of coler to Duodenū. passage carieng yellow coler to the guttes, is implanted to it, that is to say, by the influxe of coler stimulatyng and styrring vp the force of the guttes, to helpe their action vehemently, and to the expulsing of flegme within them insident.

But notwithstandyng that thus Uesalius describeth a peculiar propperty to [...]. Duodenum, that is, the accesse of yellow coler vnto it, whereto Fuchsius not onelyCap. 5. subscribeth, but also sayth further that they are farre deceiued, that affirme this passage of coler to be inserted to any other of the guttes, alledgyng further, with many wordes in the v [...] Chapter of his thyrd booke, that whereas the occasion of this errour seemeth to be takē [...]ut of Gal. [...]b. 13. Therap. method. cap. 13. It happeneth rather through i [...]becillitie of his interpretour Tho. Linacre, not perfectlyTho. Lin [...]e. vnderstandyng the sens [...] or meanyng of that place. But howsoeuer himselfe vnderstode of that place, I will leaue to the learned to discusse. Onely this I say, that I say, that all are not agréed vpon this poynt that Uesalius, and he haue set downe without doubtyng, as more propperly we may declare in describyng the next gutte.

The progresse of this portion Duodenum is thus, after the extorture thereofC [...]. Lib. 11. cap. 5. from the ventricle, it descendeth towardes the Spine, whence agayne afterwardThe progresse of Duode [...]um. it riseth, and giueth a begynnyng to the foldes or turnynges of the guttes, there endyng. So vnder it is layd a certaine Glandulous body to support, and shieldV [...]l. [...]oc. cit. The vse of the glandule vnder Duod [...]num. the vessels propper to the same g [...]tte, as als [...] to irrigate, and moysten the amplitude, or scope of the same gutte with a certaine gentle humour: but because this intrell alone doth not receiue the r [...]hearsed vtilitie, but in like maner also the other intrels: I will deferre their speciall explication till I take in hand to speake of Mesenterium.

Now the second intestine there begynneth, where is made the first conuolution 2 The second portion o [...] y• guttes. [...]. or enfold. The Grecians call it [...] the Latins Ieiunum, and that because from tyme to tyme in dissection, in comparison of the other guttes, it is foundeWhy it [...]s called the hungr [...] gutte. What maketh it euer empty. voyde, and empty. For the iuyce that it receiueth, it trāsmitteth most swiftly: for that choler not mixed with the iuyce floweth to the side of the intrell, styrryng vp by his sharpnes the vertue therof, to the immediate or sp [...]dy propulsation of that therein conteyned.

But then me thinke if it should but flow vnto the side of this, from the aboundaunceCollumbus affi [...] meth the way of [...] to come vnco [...]. of that which Duodenum hath, the chief effect therof should be more sene in Duodenum then in this, that is, Ieiunum should neuer be found so empty as it, whereas alway this beareth the name of emptines aboue any other. And Realdus Lo [...]. Cit. [Page] Collumbus writeth playnly, in telling wherfore it is called Ieiunum, or as w [...] may terme it the hungry gutte, which happeneth (sayth he) because the iuyce cōmyng hither is as yet thinne, and flowyng. Furthermore for the cause of the way of the vessicle of choler, which endeth at the begynnyng of this same gutte: without anyLib. 1. [...]. [...]. mention of commyng to Duodenum. Also Iho. Fernelius sayth it auoydeth speedely frō it, by the sharpenes of choler, that floweth into it. So that it may reasonably be gathered, if choler worke his most speciall effect in this, that then his principall prospect is thereunto.

This gutte Ieiunum is situated iust in the middest of the bellye, beyng th [...]re [...]. [...]. next vnto the centre of Mesenterium, to the end that the armes or braunches ofThe [...]ation of [...]. Venaporta, and the great Arterie, might with a shorter iourney be poured out vpon it. But that Rhazes, Mundinus, Alexander, Benedictus and such others, thatThe [...]rour of [...]ers. supposed this intrell to be no more turned or folded then the last of all called Rectum, were greatly ouertaken with errour, there is no man that knoweth not.

Ieiunum hath his veynes and Arteries in copious sort, from those whiche are [...] and [...]ries. reached forth to Mesenterium, from Venaporta, and from the roote of the Arterie, that frō the great Arterie taketh his beginnyng aboue the Arteries of the reynes. For few braunches are diffused among the smaller guttes, from the arme of the Arterie, which begynneth from the great Ar [...]eries, after the goyng forth of the seminall Arteries. Neither are the vessels, as in Duodenum led after the length of Ieiunum vnder it, but as out of the centre of Mesenterium from beneath stretch vp [...]ow the [...] come vnto [...]. ward, and straight forward into it, beyng thereunto with sundry sortes of braunchyngs, like the roote oftrées, especially into the hollow part therof, implanted, openyng their mouthes into the inside of the gutte. Sinewes likewise obtainethNerues. this hungry intrell deriued from the braunches of the v [...]. payre of the brayne, which are extended to the rootes of the ribbes. For from them two braunches, on eche side, are sent to Mesenterium, and thence agayne into many partes broken, and deliuered to the intrels.

The thyrd intestine succéedyng Ieiunum is called Ileon, of some Tenue, or Gracile, 3 The third port [...] Ile [...]n. but most commonly Ileon, for the many foldes thereof or Vesalius and Collumbus do testifie. It occupyeth the middest of the bellye as Ieiunum for the sameIocis c [...]tat. Situation. [...]uses, & endeth at the beginnyng of the great gutte. But where Ileon begynneth it is no playne matter to expresse. For frō the begynnyng of Ieiunum downe vnto the end of Ileon, is found no manifest matter, wherby to distinguish the end of the one and begynnyng of the other. For (sayth Collumbus) they both be of one substaunce,Now the end of leiunum fr [...]m the beginning of Il [...]ō is distinguished. and colour. And no otherwise he can search the difference betwene them, then that the meseraicall veynes are more plentyfull, and great in Ieiunum then in Ileon. These three intrels hitherto spoken of, are the small guttes, the otherThe smal guttes. three that follow, the great: that is to say Caecum, Colon, and Rectum.

The fourth gutte therfore beyng the first of the great, is called by the auncient 4 Vesal. [...]uch. professours of Anathomic Caecum, that is the blynd gutte, because it is endewedWhy the fourth portion is called Caecum. with one onely mouth. Hence it commeth that Auicen, and some other later professours haue named it Orbus, or Monoculus. And they are farre deceiued, which not yeldyng to the auncient Gréekes, doe deuise two holes or Orifices therein,16. 3. tract. 1. Ca. 1. In Caecum are not ij. holes as some haue deused. when as these two Orifices, which they imagine, are not in the sayd gutte called Caecum but in the extuberant begynnyng of Colon. For this in his left side hath ij. Orifices: wherof the one higher is continuall with the small gutte, but the otherColon i [...] his [...] side hath ij. Orifices. lower is called the begynnyng of Caecum.

Wherfore this Caecum in mā is shorter then all other intrels, and much more narrow, and strete, then the narrowest part of all the other intrels, and like aCaecum i [...] the shortest part o [...] the guttes. [...] worme wound in foldes rather then a gutte: so that it séemeth scarse wort [...]y to be accompted in the place of an Appendance of the guttes, much lesse therforeFigure. [Page] in the number of the thicke intrels. And Iulius Pollux in his second booke, accomptethA [...]chsio citatus. it rather and more rightly an Appendaunce then a gutte. Farre wydeNow, vntruly this gutte is called a lacke. therfore they do stray, which affi [...]me this blynd gutte to be as a certaine large and thicke belly, méete for the receipt of excrementes, and for that cause giue it the name of a sacke. But from the vsed authoritie of Galen, beyng ignoraunt that him selfe was deluded by Apes.

In dogges also this blynd gutte is much more ample and large then in men,In what creatures Caecum is large. but in squirrelles and dorme mise, it is answerable to the amplitude of their ventricle, and in dissection founde swelled out with dregges. And for that cause in such creatures rightly, it may purchase the name of a sacke, but in man other-wise: in whom that small portion of intrell and Appendaunce, not annexed toSituation. Mesenterium, but in it selfe folded, and cleauyng by the benefite of Fibres, is Caecum Intestinum, because that in order, situation, and fourme, though not in largenes,Wherein Caecum [...] [...] is compared to the [...] gutte in other creatures. it agrée with the blynd gutte of the aforesayd creatures, and hath one Orifice, whence (as is sayd) it first tooke the name of Caecum. But Vesalius opinion is suspected by Collumbus, in that he is thought to haue giuen the name of Caecum toWhat Vesalius vnderstood by Cacum and what Collumbus. this gutte for the Appendaunce sake: whereas he supposeth rather the elders to haue vnderstood by the name of Caecum Intestinum, what soeuer is stretched frō the insertion of the small guttes vnto Colon. The which space (sayth he) in Oxen, swine, dorme mise, and squirels is very notable.

Of this (sayth Fernelius) the dregges, and refuse in the belly haue their firstLib. 1. cap. 7. Where first the [...] beg [...]. kynde and name. For from the iuyces, whilest they are caried through the small guttes, is sucked and chosen all the most pure and vtile substaunce, the remnaunt are superfluous dregges: by which name they are first nominated, when as they come to this Caecum Intestinum.

The fift portion is called Colon a torquendo, that is to say of writhyng, for that [...] Poll. teste. Why the 5. portion is called Col [...]. most mighty paynes do consist therein, when as by flegme or grosse spirite, it is obstruct, and stopped.

In the right side of Ilion, at the lower part of the right kidney, as a certaineVesalius. The beginning and progresse of Colon. great gloke swelling out, is that large and round beginnyng of Colon, which from thence by litle and litle straight stretcheth vpward to the liuer, where, beyng strewed somewhat vnder the hollow therof, it toucheth the bleddar of coler, with which touchyng it is sometyme dyed: which perhaps was the cause of errour inThe cause of errour in Mundinus and others. Mundinus and others, supposing therfore the way of coler had bene transposed to the intestine Colon. From the vessicle of coler it is brought forth of the right side, after the inferiour region of yt vētricle, and stretched vnder the bottome of yt same ouerthwartly to Abdomen, but not aboue the ventricle as Mundinus dreamed:Collumbus. Mundinus his [...] surmise. who craftely had surmised, that therfore concoction in the ventricle was hereby assisted, whilest the excremēts in this gutte were deteined. Whēce it cōmeth that herein a hurtfull humour holden, catcheth likewise the vētricle by cōsent, wherbyGal [...] oc. [...]. Lab. 2. How y• ventricle is offended by rousent of Colon. both appetite and concoction becommeth the worse. And somewhiles in déede it so affecteth the ventricle, as that the patient oft falleth into defect of myndeVesalius. whilest he endeuoureth to vnload his belly. This agayne, after it hath touched the left side of the vētricle, it lightly obtaineth aboue the lower part of the spleneCollumbus. certaine foldes, or in [...]ures, and so by litle and litle commeth vpon the left kidney crookedly, whereto it is bound. Forthwith besides inflected, it descendeth, and in commyng to the left side of Ilion maketh two compasses, at length finishyng his course at Rectum Intestinum in the toppe of Os sacrum. Hence also it commethHow it commeth that payne in Colon may seme [...]e be in Re [...]es and contrea [...]se. that by the vicinitie or (more then that) the tyeng of Colon to the kidney, Phisitiōs are sometymes deceiued, imaginyng the payne that is in Colon to be in the reynes, and agayne that which is in the reynes to be in Colon, as plentifully Galen teacheth in his 6. de affec. loc. ca. 2.

[Page]But to the end that the right, or greater trunke of Vena porta might be seatedVesalius. in the smal guttes with shorter iourney, and to transferre the meate to the liuerHow Colon giueth pl [...]ce to the small guttes and why. by more abridged way: this intestine Colon giueth place to the small guttes, and procéedeth as it were by distaunced places much from the centre of Mesenterium. For whiche cause, the principall portion thereof occupyeth the left side of the body.

Moreouer this gutte in men is farre otherwise then in dogges, it is not exactlyThe fo [...]rme of Colon. ly round, but all after the length therof depressed aboue, and beneath, and on [...] side effourmyng a certaine rowe (as it were) of globes, and celles.

To Colon in his whole progresse, from the right side of Ilion almost to the leftVessels to Colon. kidney, veynes and Arteries, like as to Ieiunum and Ilion, are implanted: that is to say, from beneath rising by companies vpward: and to the inferiour part ther, of from the right kidney, euen vnto the straight gutte veynes, and Arteries, lyke as to Duodenum, are reached. And Nerues both Colon, and the other great guttesN [...]. haue, with the small intestines common. Finally when nature had deuised thisCollumbus. fift portion of sufficient largenes and scope, she prepared for the same two LigamentesThe ij. Ligamentes that hold Colon. like ij. gyrdles, of which the did the one higher, the other lower.

The sixt, last, and lowest portion of the guttes is called Longoan or Rectum. It 6 is called straight, for that it is not wynded or turned about in foldes. All of theVesalius. The [...]i. portion of the guttes called [...]. great gutte, that descendeth from the begynnyng of Os sacrum, downe to the fundament or seat, in men vnder the bleddar, in women vnder the matrice, is comprehendedSituation. vnder the name of Rectum Intestinū, in English the straight gutte. ItDe [...]els. hath vey [...]es and Arteries from the braūches of Porta, and the great Arterie: andN [...]ues. of Nerues chalengeth his part amōg those, that are common to the other intrels.

But before I cleane breake of this description of the guttes note (diligentCollumbus. The notable de [...]ce of nature in placing yt guttes in the belly. Reader for so Collumbus willeth) the notable deuise of nature, who in platyng the intrels, first made of the great guttes as it were a certaine valley, and then sightly seated therein the small: the more easely to shunne all extreme iniuries.

The body named Mesenterium, or Mesaraeon, purchaseth both those names 10 by accidentes. As first for the situation thereof, because it is sited in the middestVesal. cap. 6. Testante. Gal. de an [...]t. admi. lib. 7. betwene the intrels, and therefore complecteth them as a band. But it is named Mesaraeon for his propper substaunce, conteinyng all the veynes descending fromMesenterium and why it is so named. the liuer into it, together with the nighe Arteries & Nerues: whēce those veynes happe to be called Mesacaic [...], or Mesaraea. What the veine [...] in Mesaraeon are called.

Therfore in the hynder part of the guttes is placed this band: by whose benefite it might come to passe, that the intrels be bound together to the backe. It risethSituation. from the Spine, and is begotten of two Membrans from Peritonaeum, or isThe originall of Mesenterium. (as Collumbus briefly speaketh) a doubling agayne of Peritonaeum, betwene whichCap. 6. reduplication the aforesayd vessels runne. Notwithstādyng the originall of thoseVesalius. Membrans is not from one and the same seat of Peritonaeum, but diuers, accordyngFou [...]e. to the fourme of the same Mesenteriū, which the guttes almost do make, beyng therewith bound together. For as the maner of euery inflexure of the guttes is not alike: so neither euery where alike shape of Mesenterium. Which Galen as it s [...]emeth diligently noted Lib. de Ven. dissect. For although in déede Mesenterium Di [...]isson of Mesenterium. be euery where one continual, he neuerthelesse hath recited thrée as one the right, an other the left, and the thyrd the middest.

It appeareth that he calleth the middest that part of Mesenterium, whicheWhich is the middest. gathereth Ieiunum and Ilion so the backe: which springing with a narrow begynnyng, is brought forth into a marueilous amplitude and bredth, that it might grow to all the inflexures of Ieiunum and Ilion.

The right and left he might name, where it byndeth Colon and Rectum to theWhich is the right and lefte side. backe. The right in the region of the right Ilium, and left placed in the left. The [Page] part therfore of Mesenterium peculiar to the small guttes, chuseth in all respectHow that part of Mesenterium is begotten that [...]oyneth the small guttes to the backe. the lyke begynnyng as doth the inferiour Membran of Omentum. For from the coates of the great Arterie and hollow veyne, whiche the same vessels in their whole progresse, after the Vertebres of the loynes, obtaine from Periton [...]um, Membraneous Fibres in great number arise, immediately degeneratyng into ij. Membrans, the right into a right, and the left into a left. By these Membrans mutually knit together, that part of Mesenterium is effourmed that byndeth the small guttes to the backe. But the partes conne [...]yng Colon and Rectum togetherWhence spr [...] geth the part knitting Co [...]on and R [...]cum to the backe. to the backe, spryng from those regions of Peritonoeum after whiche these intrels are reached, Peritonaeum alway sendyng forth certaine Fibres thether, whiche do degenerate into Membrans.

Neither is the substaunce of Mesenterium, onely that it might bynd the intrelsWhy Mesentenon is of such sub: staunce. more strongly to the backe, made Membraneous, but also for a certaine other great vse, that it might safely gather together, and shield the secure course of veynes from Porta, and Arteries from Magna, ramifieng in ye intrels, so that neither whilest a man leapeth, or falleth they are cōtused or broken. For the greater trunke of Vena porta, whereas Mesenteriū about the region of the reynes springethHow the truncke of Vena Porta entreth into Mesenterium. from the backe, is led betwene the two Membrans therof, associated with an Arterie, which fetcheth his beginnyng from the great Arteric, before the sameWhence the vessels come. senterium. disperse his braunches vnto the reynes, to the end it might be poured out into the intrels. Hether also are extended two Nerues, on eche side one, made out from those braunches, whiche from the vj. payre of the brayne are reached out to the rootes of the ribbes. So that the same great trunke of Vena porta, and the sayd Arterie, together with the two Nerues do go vnder the centre of Mesenterium, makyng entraunce betwene the Membrans therof, which mutually cleaue togethér: and afterwardes, strayeng throughout all the region of Mesenterium, insertThe distribution of the vessels to the guttes. them selues to the intrels by innumerable braūches. But beside this rehearsed Arterie, there is an other certaine stocke deriued from the great arterie, which entreth into that part of Mesenterium, that vnder the region of the veynes begynneth from the backe. And the exorture of this stocke is taken from the great Arterie, a litle vnder the begynnyng of the seminall Arteries.

Furthermore, euen as man euery where aboundeth with copious fatnes, soFatte in Mesenterium. likewise in Mesenterium the plenty therof is spyed, by bloud there sweatyng out of the vesselles, and after conuerted into fat by the nature of the Membrans. So that beside the sinewes, and vesselles, the Membrans of Omentum conteine likewise much fatnes betwene them.

But beyond all fatnes there is an other thyng by nature added to Mesenterium, Panchreas. that is, a Glandulous body called in Gréeks Panchreas, heretofore spokenThe office of Panchreas. of: so substrewed, and circumposed to the singular scissions of the vesselles euery where, as that none of them by any mouyng may be dissolued or broken.

And therfore at the centre of Mesenterium, where of the vessels the first distributiō Situation. is made, nature hath layd this Glandulous body, with all securitie to lead, & conduct the first deriuations most notable braunches of the vessels. To the restThe vse of all the Glandules to the guttes. of Mesenterium, for euery braunche she hath giuen some Glandule, as a firmament of the same diuision, neuer omittyng their officiall duety in moystening the guttes. So that together with the beneficiall helpe of those Glandules, the Membrans of Mesenterium most safely lead the vessels towardes the intestines, with no lesse vtilitie byndyng the guttes to the backe, and at length formally fashionyng a thyrd coate vnto them all. As when the Membrās of Mesenterium deduceHow the third coate is made to the guttes. the vesselles to the hollow part of the guttes, together with the vessels, they growe vnto them, but thence either of them mutually departyng créepe ouer byThe [...] of the third coate. the sides of the guttes, and degenerate into a thyrd tunicle: by this occasion, both [Page] byndyng them more strongly, as also for the vesselles, constitutyng the safer propugnacle.

THe next, and most notable neighbour vnto the ventricle is the liuer, the retainerThe [...] the [...] of concupiscible facultie. of all concupiscible facultie: whom no man (for his vicinitie) may deny to be greatly assistaunt vnto the same, through his warme complexion, andThe [...] [...] the [...] of bloud and ayde to the [...]. situation with the naturall nourishment of the bloud, wherof who can disproue it the fountaine, although Aristotle would fayne haue proued the begynnyng ofGal. lib. 4 vs. part. bloud to be in the hart.

Wherfore this beyng one of the principall partes in the body, leaueth vs toCol. lib. 6 de. Iecorect [...]. note how that it is first also engendred aboue other members in the body. ForThe [...] [...] first engendred and how. when the Vmbelicall veyne is first engendred, thereto also first cleaueth and encreaseth the liuer, the first instrument of the generation of bloud.

It is collocated immediately vnder the midrief, occupieng the greatest part ofVesal. lib. 5. cap. 7 Situation. his inferiour seate, but in the right side of Abdomen, vnder the false ribbes: inCol. [...]. which place it is fastened with two Ligamentes, of whiche the one is about theTwo [...] of the [...]. hollow beyne, the other is called a Suspensorie of a certaine diuision, wherein the Vmbelicall veyne is inserted. These therfore do fasten the liuer vnto Septum transuersum. And although it be situate in the right side as is sayd, yet neuerthelesse it occupyeth a great part likewise of the left side, whereas by the helpe of a strong Ligament, it is connected and knit to Diaphragma.

It is not in figure exactly round, and in man is a whole substaunce, not deuidedFigure. into lobes as Galen verely supposed, although of that maner it be to be found in foure footed creatures. And the cause why in vs y• litter is whole, and in themWhy mans [...] is not deuided into lobes as us [...]. deuided, Collumbus doth in this maner discusse, that man being of direct & straight figure, fourmed by the hand of the omnipotent, whith the hollow part of the liuerIbidem. couereth next, and immediately the ventricle which coueryng from the right to the left side, occupyeth the whole Anteriour region, & maketh that the ventricleTopic medicinis are [...] applied vppon the sharpe cartilage. suffreth no cold. Wherfore it is easely [...], how finally auayllable are ye vnguētes, which some men minister vpon the sharpe [...], to amend the cold intemperature of the ventricles, whilest they increase but the heate of the liuer vnder lying, and before hoate of nature.

But againe to ye purpose. The liuer of foure footed beastes is deuided into manyWhy the liuer in [...] [...] creatures is deuided into lobes. lobes, the apter to enclapse the ventricle as with the fingers of ones hand: which, if it should be whole, and they goyng prone vpon the earth, might by no meanes be brought to passe. But in byrdes for that they rather stand vpstraight,The liuer in birdes is deuided into [...] partes. then go prone vpon the earth, it is onely into two partes separated. Therfore in man no where deuided at all, but in the Anteriour part, and out side of the liuer.Why the liuer of men hath that onely d [...]usion. Whiche was necessary there to be deuided for the admission of the vmbellicall veyne. Under this also, where Vena porta goeth out, are two small eminences,Two [...] vnder Vena caua. necessary for the defence therof, lest the veyne, by the body of the Vertebres at any tyme, should be compressed. But neuerthelesse these eminences are neither to be called Lobes, Fibres, nor wynges.

The liuer hauyng two partes the one exteriour, and the other interiour, hath the outer Gibbous or vo [...]ed forth, and smooth, but the other hollow, and rougheThe coate that inuesteth ye [...] & [...] it sense. like water bankes. And that because that vnderneath it is placed the round bounched vētricle. It is circundated, and enwrapped with a thinne Membran of Peritonaeum, wherfore the extremities therof are not voyde of féelyng.

It is in substaunce nothyng els but a heape of crudded bloud, intertexed withThe substaunce of the liuer. [...] veynes, and some Arteries, and is a great member, the prince of Abdomen. Wherein some haue supposed naturall spirites to be engendred, but thatNatural spirites are not begotten in the liuer. sentence is not allowed: for, to be the fountaine of bloud (as is aforesayd) nature dedicated his office. Neither do I suppose that any man in these dayes doubteth [Page] it to be the head, originall, and roote of all the veynes.The originall of Vena poit [...].

IN the hollow part wherof spryngeth a veyne, called of the Grecians [...] of the Latins Porta, which, contrary to Vesalius opinion, Collumbus affirmeth continuall with the vmbelicall veyne. The rootes therfore of Vena porta are diuersly sowed in the hollow part of the liuer throughout his substaunce. And they be sufficient thicke, chiefly as touchyng their coates, and at length in one veyne do coite and ioyne together, so constitutyng a thicke trunke, or stocke: which afterward goeth wholly outer betwene the aforesayd small eminences. WhicheWhy it is called Vena po [...]. therfore Hipocrates called Portas, as it were the gates for the issue thereof. But afterwardes vnder the ventricle.

It is deuided into many braunches, whereof the first it sendeth to the vpper 1 The first bra [...]ch of Vena po [...]ta is caried to the vpper orifice of the ventricle. part of ventricle. Of which braunch one part créepeth after the length therof, and an other embraceth aboue his Orifice is a crowne, and is therefore called Vena Coronalis.

The second braunche of Porta goeth to the inferiour part of the Uentricle,Vena Coronalis. 2 and hereafter his longitude is deuided and distributed. And hetherto are theseThe De [...]tricle is nouri [...]hed by bloud not by chilus. braunches of veynes committed, so that by their bloud the Uentricles might be nourished: but not therefore nourished with the iuyce Chilus, as some fondly haue dreamed, whiche beyng ouer thicke, also conteineth in it selfe all kynde ofThe splene onely is nourished with excde [...]étes. excrementes. Neither is any part of the body (the splene excepted which is nourished by melācolie humor) encreased by any excrement. The thyrd braunche 3 of Porta goeth forward to Om [...]itum, and there in sundry sort is scattered.

The fourth is conueyed to the splene, to transport thether the melancolie humour 4 from the liuer. And this is a braunche sufficient great, and runn [...]eth vnder the ventricle, where nature hath boulstred the same with many Glandules compiled together, lest it should touche the bodyes of the Vertebres, or at any tyme be compressed: thence therfore it riseth, and deuideth the longitude of the splene, thereunto entryng. From this veyne springeth an other, small in some, in otherThe beine from the sple [...] to the ventricle carieng sowre iuyce to the stirting vp of appetite. greate, and agayne in others greater: this climeth vp towardes the Orifice of the Uentricle, and there endeth. Although sometyme it is to be noted not to ascende so hygh. The office of this veyne is to drinke, and poure out of the melancolie humour into the Uentricle: and that to this end (sayth Vesalius) to strengthē Vesal. Ibidem. all the functions therof by the qualitie of his tast, which is sharpe and sower, therforeThe vse of Melancoly to the stomach after [...]. byndyng, and drawyng it together in it selfe, and also of nature, forbyddyng the meate to slippe out of the stomach before it be fully confected. And this (saythhe) is ye true, and very lawfull vse of the melācolie humour, brought vnto the stomach, denying to what end, or how it may serue to prouoke, and styrre appetiteThe vse of Melancoly to the stomach after Collumbus. in the stomach continually. Which argument Collumbus hath agayne (notwithstādyng) approued and fortified, saying that without the same, we should in our great affaires and busines forget to take our meate: whiche might purchase decay,Col. Lib. 6. and weakenes in our bodyes. And further affirmyng that in whō this veyneWhy some easely other [...] difficulty doe susteyne hunger. is larger, in such hunger may lest be suffered: and in such as haue it lesser, they may better endure abstinence.

The 5. braunche of Porta is sent to the intrell Colon. 5

And the vj. greatest of all, to the small intestines.6

The vij. to Rectum Intestinum, and these are the principall braunches of Vena 7 porta. Of the which those iij. which are sayd to be transferred to the intrels, wherin they come into Mesenterium, there they are deuided into the infinite numberThe [...]eseraicall be [...]es where they end in the intrels haue Membrans in their extre [...]ties of Meserenicall veynes: whiche do not onely embrace the intrelles, but also pearse through into their inner cauitie: whereas most aduised nature hath giuen to the extremities of euery of them a Membran, like as in the bleddar, to the extreme endes of the vretarie vessels: which both giue passage to the vrine discendyng [Page] into the bleddar, and also prohibite that vpwardes none may returne agayne. The same worke also estéeme that nature hath wrought in the extremities of these Meseraicall veynes. Which no man before Collumbus hath inuented, although all together confesse that the office of these Meseraicall veynes is toThe great [...] [...] of na [...] as [...] the [...] [...] [...] [...] vnknow [...] to oth [...]r [...], [...] before Col [...]. draw the iuyce Chilus from out of the intrels: but in neglectyng to follow the end of them, they fayled also to finde the great industry of nature, that is, by what great pollicie and arte she framed them: first that these veynes might easely receiue, and drawe the iuyce Chilus, and immediately beyng receiued, that these litle. Membrans mentioned, should prohibite the egression therof agayne. And if thou aske what Chilus is, as one not yet possessing ye ful knowledge therof, knowWhat Chilus is. that it is a conuersion of meate and drinke into a matter like to the substaunce of milke, which after it is past the Uentricle, descendeth still the turnyng wayes ofHow the dis [...] bution of [...] is made. yt intrels, vntill these haue sucked forth whatsoeuer iuyce is good and profitable. And for because that to his office neither foure nor yet x. veynes were sufficient, nature created an innumerable sort, and these in the vpper ventricles much moreWhy there are [...]oe veynes i [...] the vpper the [...] in the nether i [...]trels. great, and plentifull, but the more descendyng, so much the more thinne and sc [...]rse. Neither did necessitie require them so much in the last intrelles, because Chilus is there now turned into dregges, and hard excrement.

As yet there remayneth an other braunch to be described, whiche is also to be 8 numbred among the braunches of Vena Porta, notwithstandyng that it is deriued from that which is dedicated to the splene: and descendyng on the right sideThe [...]. d [...]ll veynes. through Mesenterium, goeth downe to the extreme end of Rectum Intestinum, there makyng the Hemorrhoidall veynes, which purge the aboundaunce of melancolie humour. And thus much of the originall and description of Vena Porta is sufficient.

The generall vse both of Vena Porta, and his braunches, is to bryng the iuyceThe vse of Vena porta and his braunches. Chilus into the hollow of the liuer, and throughout his substaunce to disperse it: there agayne to be digested, and conuerted into red bloud like the substaūce therof. In which digestion are two excrementes engēdred, as choler both Citrin, andThe generatiō of yellow and black collor. blacke: Of which yellow choler like vnto the fire, is receiued of a litle vessicle, which nature in the hollow side of the liuer hath collocated and ordained: but the melancolie iuyce is sent by the fourth braunch into the splene, to nourish it.

Further, although these veynes were forgotten for the translation of Chilus, The [...]wresayd beaut [...]s haue a d [...]uble v [...]e. neuerthelesse, they haue also an other vse, no lesse necessarie: since they cary with them the bloud, that nourisheth the vētricle, intestines, Mesenterium, and Omentū. Col. [...]. But this by the way, Collumbus wisheth vs to note (though agaynst the mindeGal. 4. vs. part. of Galen) that in these veynes is not the vertue of makyng, or transformyngWhat veynes to not make bloud. bloud: whiche is easie to discerne, to such as diligently marke the white substaunce, and thinne coate of the veynes. For by what meanes may Chilus, by their tenuitie and whitenes, it beyng also white, and thicke, be turned to pure red, and thinne bloud: whilest nature hath eche where ordained, that euery member ofEuery thing that altereth chau [...] geth that, that is to be [...] into his colour. mans body, that hath the office to conuert any thyng, doth transmute, & chaunge it into his owne colour, as is to be noted by the testicles and womens brestes? Also the Uentricle sheweth it playne, for whether the meates that we eate beThe Dentricle chaungeth all meate [...] into white. white, red, yellow, gréene, or other colours, all those notwithstandyng it conuerteth to white, the colour of his owne substaunce. Here also the testicles. &c.

BUt now in the Gibbous part of the liuer, where the substaunce thereof séemeth greater, and thicker, springeth a veyne called Concaua, Chilis, or Magna, The dey [...] called Concaua, Ch [...]lis, and Magna. beyng the mother of all other veynes in our body. To this are diuers thicke and great rootes, which are inserted in the substaunce therof from the toppe to the bottome, and do all at length constitute that large veyne, which is extended and ramified both vp to the head, and downe to the foote. This veyne is rightly compared [Page] vnto a great riuer. For from thence as there be many dikes issuyng, so veryAll [...]che Partes of the body are nourished by bloud. many braunches are deriued from this veyne, like litle brookes, and runnyng dikes, which are spre [...] abroad throughout the whole body, transposing bloud to euery Membran, of late made, and laboured in the liuer.

This Vena Concaua, in ascending vpward from the liuer toward the head, perforateth the midrief, in what place it is distaunt from the bodyes of the Vertebres, and in that place putteth forth two veynes, whiche, agayne deuided into braunches, are distributed throughout the same Diaphragma. Which done, this Uena Caua, runnyng almost immediately to the right care of the hart, is set vponThe comming of Vena caua to the hart. the Orifice of the right ventricle of the hart connect, and knit therewith, complectyng it euery where on the outside, not beyng caryed into it.

IN this place it bringeth forth a veyne, whiche compasseth, and embraceth theCoronalis vena [...] the hart. hart like vnto a crowne, wherfore accordyngly it is called Coronalis Vena.

FUrthermore this hollow veyne ascendyng vp towardes the head, is caried vp aboue the lunges, & there distaunt from the Vertebres. And aboue the hartThe rising of the veyne without a felow call [...] Axygon. no small space, thrusteth forth the veyne without a mate, called by the Gréekes [...], whiche although it be in the right side, yet hath his begynnyng from the middest, or as it were the centre of the hollow veyne, which is reflected neare the bodyes of the Vertebres, and downe to the extreme part of the brest descendeth, sendyng braūches both on the right and left side to the spaces betwene the ribbes,The Intercostall veynes. for the nourishmēt of those partes. And although this stocke lye in the right side, yet neuerthelesse vnder the lunges, Aesophagus, and great Arterie, are braūches,Weynes sent from [...]he veyne without a fellow to nourish the left side. thence scattered, to cherish and feede the left side.

FRom the same right trunke or stocke, whilest it begynneth to be reflected, breaketh of an other braunch, which ascendyng vpwardes, dedicateth braunches to the superiour spaces of the vpper ribbes, and not onely in the right side, but in the left also, except in some, and those very few, in which a litle braunch is deriued on the left side from Vena Axillaris, and caryed now to two, now to thrée, and sometyme to one of the spaces betwene the ribbes onely.

FRom all these veynes nourishyng the spaces of the ribbes, as is sayd, thereThe veynes that nourish the vertebres and spinall marey. spryng yet other veines, which go in betwene the Vertebres, where the holes be for the production of Nerues. These veynes nourish the sayd Vertebres, and Spinall marey, and enter in at the holes sited behynd the bodyes of the Vertebres. From these further, before they enter in the Spinall marey to nourishe it, veynes are also sent to the Muscles of the skinne and backe.

MOreouer aboue ye veyne without a fellow, the hollow veyne ascēdeth, lyengDeynes, called Axillares. a loft ye rough Arterie, straight vp the height of ye Cannell bone, there putting forth ij. great veynes called Axillaris, because they go vnder ye armehole: which betwene the Cannell bone, & first ribbe, do passe by the cauitie of the brest.

THen after from him stretcheth the humerall veyne called also Capitalis orThe rising of the veyne called [...], or Cephalica. Cephalica, which neuerthelesse ascendeth not to the toppe of the shoulder: but rather is caried after the inner region, and passing forth betwene the first and second Muscle of the shoulder, stretcheth to the outer partes, and there lyeth euident aloft. For when it is passed through the fleshy Membran, it goeth betwene it and the skinne to the cubite, and is caried outwardly neare to the first Muscle that boweth the cubit: at which bought it deuideth in two braunches, wherof one goeth to the inside of the cubite, and in departyng from the bought therof it is vnited with an other like braunch of Basilica: of which two is made the true commonIn what place Cephalia and [...] is vn [...]ted. veyne. But the other bow of the aforesayd veyne, in the outside of the cubit, both aboue & outward produceth many braūches: but at length, the chief braunchWhere is the [...] common, veyne. stretcheth aboue the wrest, and extreme part of the hand, betwene the litle finger and the ryng finger, and this diuision is caryed to the extremities of either of [Page] those fingers. And this is the veyne commonly called of ech Practisioner Saluatella, [...]. the opening of which they beleue to profit much in the effectes of the splene. To which (of truth) me séemeth no reason can consent.

After that this Vena Axillaris is gone from out of the hollow of the brest, and hath committed from him this veyne lately described, it plungeth it selfe déepely [...]. vnder the Cannell bone at the Processe of the scaple called Anchiroïdes: in which place it obtaineth very many braunches, whiche nourish the first Muscle of the arme, and not onely it, but also the second of the scapple bone, and the second of the brest, and the fourth, and seuenth of the shoulder, and the scapple it selfe, and all the space euen to Abdomen. Besides these, in women, you must vnderstand that other braunches are conuenient to the nourishyng of the brestes.

FUrthermore this Axillaris Vena beyng caryed to the shoulder, vnder the first Muscle bowing the cubite, is deuided into iij. and those notable great veynes.The veyne called [...], or [...] [...], and [...] [...]. Wherof one is called Basilica, or Hepatica, the inner veynes (after Hypocrates) of the cubitte.

This veyne, which we haue said to pearse so déepe, cōmeth alost by litle & litle to the extreme end of ye shoulder bone: & where the cubite boweth, like to Cephalica, it is deuided in two, wherof the one is vnited in the inside of the cubite with a braunch of Cephalica: in whiche place is made the common veyne. That is to say, cōmon, because it is partaker of both the veynes. Which braunches constitutyngThe common veyne why it is so called. the same, are called Medianae, most cōmonly opened of euery Practitioner.

But here is to be noted, that neare to Cephalica & his Mediana lyeth no nerue,Med [...]na Vena. [...]. so as there doth to Basilica.

An other braunch is poured forth by the exteriour part, and diuersly conioyned:Anal [...] is a [...] of ij. veynes in [...]ne, and sometyme of an Artery and a Veyne. for now with a braunch of Cephalica, now with the common veyne Per Anastomosin: at length it sendeth braunches aboue the wrest and backe of the hand, as also to the middle finger and forefinger.

THe other apparaunt veyne, which is called common, in the middest and inside of the cubit is caried obliquely aboue Radius, and sōdry wayes deuided, sendeth a braunch betwene the forefinger and thombe, and betwene the forefinger and middle finger, and coaseth at the endes of them. And this bow was wontThe ve [...]ne [...] to be cutte in disseases of the head. to be opened in affectes of the head. But of the other two great veynes called Axillares, the one lyeth sufficient déepe, and vnder it fiue Nerues, it is litle distant, but rather toucheth the bone of the shoulder, and sendeth out braunches to nourishThe progresse of the two great vemes [...]. the two Muscles that bow the cubite: then forthwith runneth betwene the first, and second Muscle, and aboue the bought in tripple sort deuideth: there committyng a sort vnto the inner Muscles of the cubite. Then searchyng further, is inclined to the wrest, and vnder the Ligament haue recourse vnto the ball of the hand, not sparyng there to dedicate surcles for the nourishyng of these Muscles which are in the end of the hand: besides that to euery finger they apply two litle veynes, which after their sides to their extremities are caried. An other braunch passeth at the bought, by that Ligament that is sited betwene Cubitus and Radius, and is distributed to the exteriour Muscles. The other Axillaris in the middes of the shoulder is reflected toward the posteriour part, limityng braunches to the Muscles extendyng the cubite. Afterwardes it tendeth more downeward to the longest Muscle and to the two horned Muscles, and to those Muscles, which haue their begynnyng from the outer tubercle of the shoulder, and so is it among these Muscles dispersed.

IN the same region vnder the Canell bone, where is the begynnyng of the Axillares, The foure vey [...] to the muscles [...] Abdomen. thou mayest also sée spryng foure descendent veynes, whereof two descend vnder the bone of the brest, in the side partes neare the Cartilages of the ribbes: those go downward, and passing beyond the brest do march through the [Page] straight Muscles of Abdomen, whiche in some women are ioyned with an other veyne, whiche from the inferiour part riseth to the same Muscles. These descendyng betwene the fourth and fift ribbe, sometyme higher, & sometyme more crooked,The veynes which in men nourish the anteriour Muscles of Abdomen: in women moreouer engender m [...]ke. direct them selues to the outer part, in men to nourish the Anteriour Muscles, and in women not to that end onely, but for the generation of milke, beyng dispersed in their pappes. The other two go downward aboue the hollow of the lunges, neare to Mediastinum and aboue Pericardium, together with ij. Nerues, which are brought to the Tendon of Diaphragma.

SOmewhat higher appeare foure Iugular veynes, two outer, and two inner: the two outer immediately aboue the Canell bone, scatter the twigges vnto the Muscle Epwmyda. And the stocke or trunke after the scapple bone rising obliquely by the sides of the necke, sprinkleth forth partes to the Muscles seruyng theThe veynes to the Muscles and skinne of y• head, and partes of the face. head, and after the hinder part of the head vpwardes to the skinne of the head, & to that part of the outer Iugularis which is left. Aboue the nether iawe it offreth it selfe to the Muscle called Masseteres, & obliquely is caried through the middest of the face to the greater corner of the eye: neuerthelesse distributing some braunches to the Muscles of the face, sendeth a veyne into the corner aboue the roundell, and that through the Muscle constringing or pullyng together the eye lidde:Of the veynes to the eye browes ioyned & agayne disioyned. the remnaunt ascendeth betwene the eye browes to the skinne of the head. But this note, that in some betwene the eye browes the left with the right is ioyned, and agayne disioyned.

THe other Iugular veyne is sufficient great, caried vpward towardes theThe progresse of Iugularis Vena toward the seat of the skull. seate of the Scull by the Anteriour partes of the ouerthwart Processe of the Vertebres of the necke, neare the rough Arterie.

The veyne whiche we now speake of, vnder Larinx putteth forth a notable braunche, with whose twigges the Glandules and Muscles of Larinx are nourished:The veynes nourishing the Muscles and glandules of [...]. the same veyne is also diuersly deuided vnder the inferiour iawe. Notwithstadyng the diuision therof is lesse whē it cōmeth to the Glādules vnder the eare, seruyng to Hyoïdes, and to the tongue it selfe: and that beneath. This veyne theThe veyne that is opened in the dissease called Angina. Phisitions commaund to be opened in the dissease called Angina: the rest of this veyne is distributed to the iawes & also to that tunicle that inuesteth the mouth.

THe greater truncke of the sayd veyne entreth the Scull through the vnequallThe ve [...]ue sowen in Du [...] mater. hole, by which the vj. payre of sinewes of the brayne descendeth. But beyng entred, immediately it is conuerted to the posteriour partes, and sent into Dura Mater: but carieth his tunicle with him, and ascendeth by the hinder part of the head, vnto the toppe almost of the Labdall Suture, in which place, the right side with the left is ioyned, and Dura mater duplified. From the posteriour part it is caried to the forehead by the supreme part of the brayne, and inserted in the roūd hole betwene the forehead and Ithmoides: in the hinder part of the head, where the veynes did coite and ioyne together in one, it is admitted into the quadruplicationDeynes nouri [...]hing the substance of the brayne. of Dura mater. And frō thence ij. veynes go forth after the whole longitude of the vpper ventricles, which braunchinges nourish the substaūce of the brayne.

But the quadruplication of Dura mater aboue mentioned, is called a presse, & The part in the brayne called the presse. lyeth betwene the brayne and Cerebellum.

Agayne, the veyne goyng by the superiour longitude of y• brayne, cōstituteth aThe veyne consti [...]ing a merualous cauitie. marueilous cell or cauitie. For aboue it sheweth the playne paterne of a halfe circle, but hath beneath iij. corners, whiche in this place are sometyme larger, sometyme streter. It spreadeth it selfe in a diuers fashion: and the braunches of itThe [...] of veynes through the hard & thinne [...] and entr [...] into the substaunce of the brayne. after they haue perforated Dura mater, are ramified abroad through the thinne Membran, all about it, and in diuers sorte now vpward, now downward. But when they are passed through the thinne Membran, they enter the substaunce of the brayne it selfe.

[Page]ANd here my Authour supposeth this will seme newes vnto the Reader, because [...] the other [...] [...] [...] [...]. before him neuer any found out, that veynes and arteries entred the substaunce of the brayne. Under this substaunce of the brayne the inner Iugul [...] ris, before it enter the Scull, sendeth forth his portions by the laterall partes vnto the temporall Muscles, and in the Scull it selfe to the sides of Dura mater next to the Canell bone. This veyne bringeth forth an other litle veyne, whilest it ascendeth after the transuerse Processes of the Vertebres of the necke, and putteth forth braūches to the nourishment of the Muscles of the necke: the same in some booyes springeth from the veyne Axillaris.

But where betwene the Vertebres of the necke Nerues go forth, thether this veyne hasteneth, to the nourishment of the Vertebres and Spinall marey. Upō the first Vertebre it rūneth towardes the hinder part of the head, where the hole is euident that pearseth to the organ of hearyng, which it entreth to nourish allThe veyne nourishing the b [...]nes of the head, [...], vpper [...] and [...]. the same organ. And by this inner Iugularis are all the bones of the head, téeth, vpper iawe, and nether, cherished: neither is there wherfore to expect the description of any other peculiar braunch of a veyne to serue vnto the téeth onely.

CAua Vena, or the hollow veyne, after it hath gone forth vnder Diaphragma The course of [...] [...]. from the liuer his propper fountaine, it cleaueth to the body of the Vertebres on the right side, and after the goyng forth therof a litle beneath the liuer, putteth forth a. small veyne to nourish the partes adiacent, and is diuersly deuided. Afterwardes the same trunke goyng downwardes, putteth forth ij. veynesThe veynes called [...] not allway [...] in number. called Emulgentes, which are ended in the veynes. But beware thou estéeme not these to be alwayes onely two, since sometyme you shall finde them deuided into iij, [...] foure, somewhiles fiue, albeit not commonly so noted of other writers.

Galen principally, and also diuers other Anathomistes haue vsed heretoforeGalen [...] bayi [...]e vsed reasons as touching the situation of the [...] veynes as touching ma [...]s body. lōg discourse of wordes, as touchyng the puttyng forth of the Emulgent veynes, auouchyng the right veyne to be higher exalted then the rest, and for what cause: though in déede in vayne. For since truth is contrary vnto them somuch, as that they would by pollicie inuent the reason of that which is not so, both the proposition, and argumentes of force must fall together, like him that whilest he more endeuoureth to decke the toppe and sight side of his house, then hath care to set firme his foundation, his time, and coste both perish together. Wherfore Collumbus Col. Li. [...]. de I [...] saith, the reasons of Galen are more ingenious then true, as touching the body of man (frō which no part of these my labours by my wil shall swarue) whose veynes Emulgentes thus we will describe.

FRom y• left side of Vena caua vnder the vētricle, sheddeth out a large veyne, & Col. Ibidem. The descriptiō of the [...]mulgent veynes. sufficient long, called Emulgens, which is caried aboue the body of the turnyng ioyntes, and the Arterie Aorta, flowyng to the middest of the left reyne, whichThe situation of the kidne [...]. is in man somewhat higher thē the right, and that for the litlenes of the splene, which not resistyng romthe to it (as doth the liuers greatnes on the other side to the right kidney) leaueth it in the higher state, the right beyng compelled to stand lower. But after it is come vnto the reynes by the aforesayd meanes, it entreth the body therof, there beyng amplified and cut into braunches, which throughout the substaunce of the reynes are distributed. Neuerthelesse, Collumbus would notThere is no such [...]earse in y• reine [...] as others haue seig [...]ed. haue vs thinke of these to be made the searse, whereof Galen estéemed so much, and that through it the Urine is streined, and it beyng dilated bloud to be pissed.

Here in déede nature (sayth he) might haue bene able to place Membrans as to the Misera [...]ul veines, and to the endes of the vreters: but, because this séemed more commodious vnto it, there are certaine eminences begottē of the same substaūce of the reynes, which entring into the same braunches, resist that the bloud,How bl [...]ud hapneth to be made with Vrine. which together with the serous matter is deduced to the reynes, should naturally slippe forth agayne. This notwithstandyng beyng noted, since it is notable, [Page] when nature endeuoreth to thrust downe any stone, that commonly is done with such force, as that it sendeth out great store of bloud together with the brine.The vse of the Emulgent veines. The [...] vessell named vreter.

The vse of these Emulgent veynes is to purgethe bloud of serbu [...] substaunce, and to the reynes to yeld due nourishment. From this veyne springeth a bessell called Vreter, that is Vrinarius: it springeth invery déede from the body of the same reyne, there it taketh Urine, and bringeth it to the bleddar.

In the right side the same Emulgent veyne is sited lower then the left, and shorter farre: for betwirt the hollow veyne and the right kidney is f [...]ial di [...]aued, yet is it set to in the same order as the left.

THere springeth from the left Emulgent a veyne called Seminalis, or a séedeThe left Seminall veyne. veyne, whiche obliquely vnder Peritonaeum descendyng, and caryed aboue Os Pubis, is reposed in the testicle, as more apertly among the generatiue partes is discussed.

But this marke by the way, that this springyng of the Seminarie veyne isThe false opinid of other Anathomistes as touching the beginning of the Seminall veyne. not from the Emulgent to carie the serous humour to the left testicle wherby the feast of Venus might with greater pleasure be celebrated, as many of the aunciēt Anathomistes heretofore haue deuised. For (say they) nature therfore determined the begynnyng of one of these Seminall veynes to be so farre of, to ye end that in the acte of coiture, the tricklyng downe of the humour so long a scope, should onely be to purchase the greater delectation in that present tyme.

But the true cause (sayth Realdus Collumbus, is the litlenes of the sayd veyne,Col. Ibid. The trew cause of the beginning of the Seminall veyne. which if it should haue sprong out from the body of the hollow voyne as the right doth, because it should then haue gone ouer the great arterie, it should euer haue bene in daunger in euery great dilatation, which the same Arterie must néedes make, to be brokē. Which incōmoditie to preuent, prudēt nature deuised a néedeful meane: willing therfore that from the left Emulgent veyne, and not from the body of the hollow veyne, the left Seminall passage should take his begynnyng.

Contrariwise the right Seminall veyne floweth out from the fountaine ofThe rising of the right Seminall veyne. the hollow veyne, the space of ij. or iij. fingers bredth vnder the right Emulgent, which first descendeth obliquely, then is caried vnder Peritonaeum, after aboue Os pubis, but lastly endeth in thé testicle.

And this is the race of the Seminall veynes in men, with a more likely coniecture then among the a [...]cientes was knowne, or imagined: who would by their assertion proue (as it séemeth to me) that the longer the Seminall veynesThe length of the S [...]nall veynes [...] not the gr [...]ater delecta [...]iō in [...]. were, the greater delite had the body in the act of generation. Which if it be so, then proue they also that mon hath more pleasure in the vse of venerie then the woman: whose Seminall veynes hauyng the like beginnyng and endes, yet but halfe towardes the length of those in man, for that her testicles are sited within the body, neuer commyng to the toppe of Os sacrum. But it is marueilous, vnder the right Seminall veyne, to the fourth Vertebre of y• loynes, to be no veyne sent vnto the superiour partes but onely to the inferiour partes. For from the liuer downe to this place, betwene the Vertebres, where the Nerues go fourth, the hollow veyne profereth portiōs, which both nourish the Spinall marey, and the body of the Vertebres. The diuision of Vena [...] at the 4. [...] o [...] the loynes.

NEuerthelesse immediately, as Vena caua is come vnto the fourth Vertebre of the loynes [...] is deuided into ij. notable armes, whiche obliquely beyng caryed aboue Os Ilium, and Pubis, make their iourney downewardes the one to the right, the other to the left legge. From the which diuision, first spryng veynesThe distribution of V [...]na Ca [...] to the inferiour partes. sufficient great, which downwardes abroad, but first towardes the fundament, disperse them selues. For where the same diuision cleaueth to Os sacrum he trāsmitreth his armes through the holes thereinto the Spinall marey, to the same Os sacrum, and to the Muscles sited in the loynes, whiche take their begynnyng [Page] from this Os sacrum. Moreouer committyng his braunches to the Muscles of the buttockes, seruyng to the thigh.

From the same armes those veynes are purchased, whiche are implanted in the extreme end of y• straight intrell. Frō this same veyne go forth those veynes, that visite the sides of the bleddar to nourish it, and the Muscles seruyng to the straight intestine, and that in men. For in women they go to the begynnyng of of the necke of the matrice, out of whiche place their menstruous purgationsWhence [...] do fl [...]we in women. flowe from them. The same braunch that nourisheth the bloddar cherisheth the necke of the matrice. And the same principall diuision sometyme begetteth a veyne, which descendeth, and downe abroad is receiued in that hole which is placed in Os pubis and Coxendix, and to the ix. and x. Muscle turnyng the thigh about transporte themselues, to nourish them: yet further to the vij. and beyng strewed through the inside of the thigh, haue there an end.

This neuerthelesse by the way is to be marked, that the seiuinarie vessels inHow the [...] [...] in women are constituted. women end not in the head of the testicles, but be poured downward to nourish the substaunce of the matrice. Frō these veynes the vmbellicall veyne taketh his begynnyng, whereto is attributed the originall of our generation.The originall of the Vmb [...]call veyne.

The same diuision of Vena caua putteth forth ij veynes, that is to say a right, and a left, which are vpwardes reflected toward the head. Their progresse is betwene the diuision of Peritonaeum, and aboue it, degeneratyng into armes and braunches: & vnder the straight Muscles, euen to the second intersection of them,The veynes of C [...]na nourishing Peritonaum. ar [...] distributed, to cary to the sayd Muscles and Peritonaeum nourishment. These b [...] the veynes, by which Hypocrates, and Galen affirme such cōsense to be in womenWhat veynes make consent betwene y• ma [...]ce and pappes. betwene the matric [...] and brestes, the which sometyme may be found vnited with those ij. veynes, which, downwardes descendyng vnder Ste [...]non, are placed in the end of the straight Muscles.

In some bodyes they are ioyned onely in one part or two with a very small braunch. But Collumbus sayth that in some bodyes of women, what diligence soeuer he vsed, yet might he not possibly finde the vnion of these veynes. But this he sayth, that they come not from the nature, but from that diuision whence the veynes of the matrice do spryng, which are not instituted to cherish the substaūce of the wombe, but to nourish the necke therof.

By those veynes Mestrua are expurged, and not passing through the matrice,Through what veynes Men [...]ua are purged. as Collumbus testi [...]eth in the aboue named place, where he alledgeth the authoritie of very probable dissections, whiche he practised for the purpose. This thicke arme or bowe deuided from the stocke of Vena caua, when it commeth aboue Os pubis without Abdomen, is brought into the [...]ankes, here begettyng very many braunches which nourish the Glandules there reposed, in which Glandules happenThe glandules wherein Bubo springeth. the tumors called Bubones.

FRom the same place veynes appeare which walke through the yard, betwenThe veynes to the yard and purse of the Testicles. the skinne and fleshy Membran euen to the end of Praeputium. His braunches also are through the purse of the testicles disseminated.

Out of the same place whence we haue sayd all these veynes do spryng, goeth forth a veyne most euident, which obliquely ascendeth to Ilium os, marchyng vnner the skinne toward the outward partes of the ribbes, and aboue Abdomen is shed out in diuers braunches.

This notable arme whiche a litle before we haue mentioned after it passed ouer the flanke, it goeth forth in thrée partes, wherof one descendeth obliquely inward towardes the knée betwene the skinne and sleshy Membran, and aboue it on the inside descendyng through the legge, trauaileth aboue the inner ankle, and vpon the foote towardes the toes, especially the great toe where it is diuersly bestowed.The veyne called Saphena. This is that veyne of name called Saphena, out of whiche in disseases of [Page] the matrice bloud is wont to be losed, in the descense wherof very many braunches be here and there sent both to nourish the skinne, as also to engender fat.

The other ij. thicke bowes or armes are caryed couered of Muscles, notwithstandyng that obliquely they descend through the inner partes of the thigh, and passe forth, betwene the ij. lower heades of the thigh, thus caried vnder the knee: first distributyng many braunches, which e [...]ult on the thigh where it is bowed.

But from the greater braūch, which we haue spoken of, riseth a veyne, which vnder the skinne first, then after through the hinder partes of the legge, runneth euē to the foote. Under the same bought of the knee an other veyne breaketh out, which nourisheth the Anteriour Muscles of the legge; and an other also deeper: thus beyng caryed downward, it cleaueth to the Ligament sited betwene Tibia & Fibula, which it perforateth, creeping to the Anteriour partes of the legge, and descendyng aboue the foote, is with the Ligament therof coherent.

A greater braūch goeth so lowe, that it runneth euen vnder the sole of the foote by the inner ankle; sprinklyng in the legge and sole of the foote diuers braunches, surcles, and twigges.

An other braunch likewise very notable is deuided also through the Muscles, and sendeth a veyne vnder the [...]. First Muscles sited behynd in the legge, where their Tendon begynneth. Hence it riseth vp; and vnder the skinne floweth towardes the anteriour partes, beyng finally transmitted to the outer ankle of the foote. And this is that veyne of [...]ne called Vena Sciae, Ischi [...], or Coxendicis, & therforeVena scij, Ischij, or Coxendicis. in such disseases is opened. The braunche that is borne vnder the knée is named Vena poplitis, which in auncient authorities is often mentioned. From whichVena Poplitis. veynes, as also frō others afore described, very many surcles and twigges arise, which beyng small, and dispersed hether and thether diuersly, with vncertaine order, and vnlike at all tymes, for auoydyng vnprofitable prolixitie, my authourAdian. Lib. 14. de Var. hist. all further endeuour willyngly omitteth, and I, not desirous to offend in to much diligence, do here ordaine the foote of this matter, lest it be sayd vnto me as Antalcida Antalcida his answere to the Persian present. aunswered the present of the Persians: Whose kyng sendyng him a garlād of roses, touched ouer besides with some odiferous oyntment, I receiue quoth heCol. Ibidem. the gift & I prayse the promptitude of his mynde, but he hath lost the sauour ofFuchs. Lib. 3. cap 14. The vtilitie of veynes. the roses, and frangrantie of their nature, by deprauyng and falsifieng their Arte.

THis therfore shalbe sufficient to the ingenious reader, waying well, the firstAll partes are nourished with bloud onely. creation of the veynes to be for the trāsportin [...] & conuaying of bloud, the liuelyWhy veynes were made hollowe. nourishment, to all partes of the body, for so sayth Collumbus all members are onely nourished by bloud. Wherefore nature deuised the veynes hollow, to theThe substaunce of the veynes. end that like riuers they should runne throughout the body, hauyng coates made thinne, yet of sinewy substaunce, and made (as Galen affirmeth) of Membrans,Gal. Cap. 2. Lib. de inaequal. intemp. and Fibres, toughe therfore, and able, not in prompt to euery ruption.Fuch Lo. predicto.

Leonardus Fuchs. de humani corporis fabrica comprehendeth all the veynes ofHow all veynes are comprehēded in the number of iiij. the body within the number of iiij. as the rootes of all the rest. That is, one procéedyng from the hollow seat of the liuer, and runneth into the vessicle of choler, into 1 to the ventricle, into the splene, Mesenterium, and Omentum.

The second of the Gibbous part of the liuer, into ye rest of the body (the lunges 2 onely excepted) and is dispersed with an innumerable part of braunches.

The thyrd from the right ventricle of the hart is spread into the lunges, onely 3 that veyne maketh this peculiar chalenge, because it consisteth of the body of Arteries to be called Arterialis.

The fourth is produced from the Nauell into the liuer, and onely serueth to 4 the nourishment of the infant. From these all other veynes, that wander vp and downe in mans body are mutually deriued, and take their begynnynges. And this is the end of Ueynes.

[Page]THe bleddar, that is the receptacle of yellow choler, and called of some Cislis The bl [...]dder of choler. Fellis, of others (though more rudely) the Gall or purse of citrin choler, hathCol. [...]. 11. cap. 8. his seate in the h [...]llow side of the liuer. For on what side the liuer amplecteth theSituation right side of the ventricle, there is a cauitie engrauen exquisitely agréeyng to theVesal. Lib. 5. cap [...]. middle portiō of the gall. And to that cauitie the middle superiour portion of the same vessicle after the length therof groweth: but the inferiour part of it, without the substaunce of the liuer hangeth downward.

It is in fourme long and round, by litle and litle downe to the point of the bottomeFigure. therof like a certaine lōg fashioned peare enlargyng, so that with a narrow mouth, & more ample bottom it cōsisteth. For it being required that the rest of the body therof, should be large & capable, because it could not be made exactly round as a globe, the cauitie is after the lōgitude therof augmēted: therfore nether asfected with any incōmoditie by the stomach, nor ouermuch insinuated in the liuer.

But that being emptied it might flat or shrinke in, like as by filling extend, it is constitute of Membranous and sinewy substaunce, consistyng of one simpleSubstaunce. and peculiar coate, thinne, but hard and firme enterwouen with three fold manerFibres. of Fibres. The straight be inmost, the next are the oblique but fewer then the straight, the outmost are the orbicular or transuerse Fibres. To this tunicleTunicle. of the gall is lent an other from the coate of the liuer, not to the whole vessicle, but to that part onely that hangeth without the body of the liuer, whiche alone néedeth it for an inuolucre and propugnacle.

This vessicle although it growe in déede to the liuer the shoppe of sanguification, [...]. notwithstandyng it taketh vnto it ij. very small veynes from the stocke of Uena porta, in that order diffused into his coate, as we sée the litle veynes scattered into the adherent or white tunicle of the eye. Also from the Arterie reachedArter [...]ss. out to the hollow of the liuer, a very smal braunch is offred out to the same, wandryng ēuen to the very extreme part of the bottome therof.

Neither is the same destitute of sinewy relief, lest likewise of sense it shouldNerues. be frustrate. For the Nerue of the liuer beyng lead by the lower Membran of Omētum, and brought from the right side or stocke of the vj. payre of sinewes of the brayne, reached out to the rootes of the ribbes, deliuereth forth a surcle to this vessicle, in leane bodyes almost no lesse euident then the Arterie.

The wayes of this vessicle made to receiue and put forth are thus. The neckeThe passages or wayes of ye bl [...]ddar of ch [...]ler. of the vessicle (somewhat harder then the bottome) endeth by litle and litle at a streete porie passage, at that part of the liuer, whence Uena porta taketh his begynnyng. Whether when it is come, it deuideth into two Processes, one reachyng vpward, the other downeward. That which is caried vpward lyeng to the Anteriour side of Vena porta, ascendeth into the liuer, and therein beyng in two partes dissected reacheth one to the right side, the other to the left. Euery of theseThe brounches whereby choice [...] drawen i [...]to his Ves [...]cle. also in the liuer are digested into other surcles, and those agayne into others, vntill they haue constituted an innumerable order of braunches, through the bodyThe passage of coler inserted to Duodenum after Vesalius, to [...] after Collumbus. of the liuer betwene the armes of Vena porta and Caua diffused. And these are the surcles or braunches, by whose labour choler is drawne into this vessicle.

But the Processe of that way of the vessicle which reacheth downward, vnderset with the inferiour Membran of Omentum, hasteneth downe somewhat obliquely,Loc. Cit. The vse of the passage to the [...] trelles. and is implanted to Duodenum not farre from the begynnyng of Ieiunum, nay to the begynnyng of Ieiunum sayth Collumbus. This Processe (wherof beforeThe industry of nature in the passage to ye intrells. is made mention) carieth choler expulsed from the vessicle into the intrels, in the meane tyme neither admittyng any of their iuyce or windyncs, nor any of theThe vse of the membrans set to the orifice of this passage to the [...] [...]. choler to regurgitate backe agayne, because they haue into the intrell not onely a writhyng entraūce, but it is brought to passe by the benefite of two Membrans, stackly set to the sides of the Orifice, lightly yeldyng way to the waight of choler [Page] rushyng in, as also wholly inhibityng the returne therof into the passage ag [...]yne.

But the same passage inserted to the gutte is for the most part [...] [...] and in very few two, or deuided. Wherefore there is ouer playne [...] [...] [...] The errour of sundry Arabians. Mūdinus, Ualescus, & Carpus, with others of that Arabia se [...], were exce [...]gly [...] deceiued, who affirmed that nature cōtinually had assigned y. wayes, for the vomittyng forth of choler from his vessicle: as one to the intrels, an other to the veutricle. For if choler should so haue recourse vnto the ventricle, the same should byWhat incommobitie might happē by choler comming to the ventricle. the bityng therof (as Gal. 5. vs. partium affirmeth) perpetually prouoke or rather compell the ventricle to auoyde the meate: nether should it so much vse the retentiue facultie, as whilest the meat were concosted.

Vesalius confesseth he neuer saw it in all his tyme but in one onely man, whoWhat Ves [...]us once sawe as [...]onching the comming of choler to the Wentricle. in diuers other organs, and specially about the ribbes and Muscles of the brest, as he varied from the workemanshyp of other bodyes, so had he one passage also of choler that visited the ventricle, beyng a man of state, and temperature of body, hoate and dry.

Realdus Collumbus neuer foūd it, although he protesreth him very often & diligently to haue searched for the same. But he denieth not whē there is great aboū daunceIt is agaynst nature when cholet belcheth vp to the ventricle. of the same yellow choler, that it accustometh to regurgitate, & belche vp to the Uentricle, albeit the same is agaynst nature, & not accordyng to Nature.

Contrariwise nothyng resisteth the incourse therof into the intrels, since there the gift therof is notable, cuttyng, purgyng, and wipyng away all grosse flegme,The vse of choler to the intrells. or vnprofitable humours heaped in those small passages. Furthermore by styrring and bittyng, prouoketh their proppertie to a finall extrusion of the excrementes. And it selfe also together with the excrementes, yeldyng no hurt (when as in man all thynges are dispensed by the law of nature) but great good purpose, is at length put forth from the body. Of very right therfore the passage carieng choler is in the guttes, not in the ventricle, emplanted.

Choler is, as all sufficiently know, the thinne excrement of bloud: like as melancolieWhat is choler. is the thicke dregges of the same.

THe splene consisteth on the left side of the ventricle, more after the inferiourThe situation of the sple [...]. and posteriour partes. It cleaueth to the lest part of Septum trāsuersum, almost in the middest betwe [...] the left side of the bodies of the Vertebres, and the Cartilages of the false ribbes.

In fourme it is correspondent to the proportion of his seate, and like vnto theFi [...]. liuer impressed in him selfe by the partes adiacent. For where it toucheth the midrief, as the same is their somewhat hollow, so accordyngly the splene in that place is bounched or Gibbous. Where the ventricle after a certaine sort lyeth on the splene, as it is large, and there like a great globe extuberāt, so in like case the splene a litle, and in the vpper part onely is hollow. For in swine, Dogges, and Oxen, whilest it is longer but narrower, and stretched in longer space to the Gibbous part of the Uentricle, it is in them more hollow, and more complecteth the Uentricle in maner of the forth part of a circle.Magnitude.

Contrariwise in man the splene is thicke, great, and broad, though shorter thē in such kynde of creatures, and yet for all that not exactly foure square. The lēgth farre exceedeth the bredth, for ye lower part of it stretched forth more to the anteriour partes of the body, endeth at a blūt corner: but yt vpper part, into a more obtuse corner is cōpressed. The left side is somwhat gibbous, yt right easely hollowed with [...]. light impressiōs. The hollow of the splene, with a more profoūd lyneWhere ye vessells are admitted. reached after the length therof, aboundeth, which directly procéedeth, & vnequally here and there swellyng forth, admitteth the sinuated vessels of the splene.

This bowell moreouer in man is naturally endewed with a certaine blackeCholer of the splene. & very obscure colour, but in a dogge hath for the most part a more splendent red [Page] then the liuer in swine whitish.

The substaunce of the splene consisteth of thicke and much blacke concretedSubstance. bloud, like the more Solid kynde of sponge, and lighter pumeise stone, packed together with the frequented Fibres and filamentes of vessels. It is therfore rare,The vse of the splene his substance. and slacke like a spōge, to draw and receiue the thicke iuyces from the liuer. And for that cause the small twigges or Fibres of the vessels (destitute of hollownes) euery where wouen together, are couered with much thicke and feaculent bloud,Why the substance of the splene is called [...]. which Erasistratus called Parenchina, because it is poured forth about the vessels like as in the liuer.

Ueynes, Arteries, & Nerues vnto the splene are after this sort. The lesser orDeynes. the least trunke of Vena Porta, supported by the inferiour Membrā of Omentum, tendeth ouerthwartly to the splene, and first offring braunches to the posteriour seate of the Uentricle, and the vpper Orifice therof, and to the lower Membran of Omentum, as also to Colon where it commeth to the Uētricle, when it hath put forth these, the rest of it deriued first into two braunches, and those afterward into others, so that at length in copious order of braunchynges, through the lower Membran of Omentum, they might be to middle part of the hollow of the splene, after the rectitude of the straight lyne lately spoken of, implanted. But before these braunches lose themselues in the substaunce of the splene, from one of theThe beginning of the veynes from the splene to the Dent [...]cle. more notable braunches, séekyng into the lower partes of this bowell, a veyne breaketh out, marchyng thence to embrace the lower seate of the Uentricle. Frō the other braunches goyng to the splene, sometyme thrée, sometyme moe braunches spring, runnyng to the left side of the Uentricle, but not to the vpper Orifice therof ascendyng. And euen as the veynes that come vnto the splene are supported by the inferiour Membran of Omentum, so likewise those braunches, that from them are deriued to the Uentricle, by the superiour Membran of Omentum are susteined.

Arteries also, whiche with such frequented course are directed to the splene,Arteries. fetch their begynnyng from the Arterie, which brustyng forth the great Arterie aboue the region of the reynes, groweth into the inferiour Membran of Omentum, and on the left side is especially offered to the splene in equall order with the reynes thereto appertainyng.

Nerues to it are begotten from the braūch of the vs. payre of the brayne, whichNerues to the Splene. ministreth to the rootes of the left ribben, and sendeth a surcle to the lower Membran of Omētum, to be sprinkled in the coate of the splene, rather then in the substaunce therof. Moreouer the splene no lesse then the liuer, is couered with a certaineThe conte of the splene. thinne and simple coate from the Membrans of Omentum, that are tyed to the straight lyne of the splene. For these Membrans, beyng inserted to the hollow of the splene, do degenerate into his coate. And because they haue their originall from Peritonaeum, by their benefite, and interuenture, we may worthely say that Peritonaeum it selfe offreth a coate to the splene.

But beside the knittyng of this bowell to the backe, and to the Uentricle byHow the splene is bound to the midreife. the assistaunce of Omentum, small twistes or Fibres, commyng from Peritonaum where it clotheth the midrief, are in vncertaine number knit to the boūched part of the splene, whereby it commeth to passe that the splene is also bound vnto the midreif. But Vesalius confesseth that these are not alway to be found in man. SoCap. 9. sometyme it falleth out that the Gibbous part of the splene is firmified to the exteriour inuolucre of the left kidney (which floweth with fatnes) by the mediatiō How the splene is sometime tyed to the [...] of the [...]dney. of certaine Fibres: But especially if the kidney (as oft it hapneth) be strewed for the most part vnder the splene.

And this is the true description of ye splene, ordained of nature to be the receptacleThe office of the splene. of the grosse & feaculent part of bloud confected in the liuer. For as the vessicle [Page] of choler serueth to sucke away the thinne & lighter recrement, so the spleneBy what the splene draweth his [...]culent blond. to receiue the thicke and melancolie humor. And this the splene allureth, and draweth vnto him by the trunke of Vena porta commyng vnto him (as is sayd) in sundry braunches.

But this same iuyre beyng drawne, it doth not immediately put forth, butThe operation of the splene. first with great diligence doth labour and confect the same, making it lose & spongious, apt for his own nourishmēt, to which thyng are chiefly assistaūt the oft insertedThe vse of the arteries in the splene. Arteries in the splene, by their heat highly helpyng to the exact elaboratiō of his bloud. Neuerthelesse if any part flée from the same elaboration, beyng vnapt for his nourishment, or to be made equall to his substaunce, it is euomitte [...] inThe vse of melancoly euomitted to the ventricle. to the Uētricle to a great purpose and vse, as before in the Uentricle is shewed, Fuchsius flatly affirmyng that by his sowrenes he assisteth the holdyng and contractiue functions of the Uentricle: although Vesalius in his description of the splene (seyng the sundry opinions of men) durst affirme nothyng. But Collumbus doth iterate old Auicens his opinion, notwithstandyng Vesalius doubtes, and Fuchsius affirmation.

THe reynes, which strayne the bloud sent of the liuer into the hollow veyneV [...]l. Cap. x. together with serous and watrish humiditie, which in plenty surmountethThe kidneis ij. in number. both choler and the feaculent bloud, are made of nature two in number.

And that more spéedely the serous humor, which we call vrine, might by themThe reason of their situation. be separated frō the bloud, they were both placed so neare vnto the liuer as was possible. For the right kidney in his vpper part toucheth the lower region of the liuer, and the left seateth him selfe so hye, that on some side it lyeth vnder the splene. Ether of them lyeth neare the sides of the bodyes of the Vertebres, in the lower regiō of the midreif, where the same couereth the x. xi. and xij. ribbes, especially in that part where the ribbes are most of all to the posteriour partes obliquate and crooked. For that bowyng of the ribbes to the posteriour partes offrethHow the seat for the kidneis is so fitly prepared. to the reynes a fit seate, whereby they are both safely fenced, as also notably preuented, lest they being towardes the anteriour partes, yea but a litle, prominent, should occupy the seate of the other organs of nutrition.

Galen (sayth Collumbus) vsed much vayne labour, in searchyng out the cause [...]b. 11. Cap. 9. [...] in vayne disputed of the situation of the reynes. why nature left the right kidney higher then the other, as though the right were situated higher thē the left, but his study and reasons therein are fallen together: vnlesse (sayth hee) yet dissect beastes: for then you shall finde him not to haueIn beastes the right reyne surmounteth the lefte, but in man contrariwise. written rashly: in them the right kidney surmounteth the left, but in man contrary altogether.

Now I know not playnly where to impute the fault, but betwixt ij. so famous Anathomistes, I meane, Vesalius and Collumbus, (the one writing that where the splene descendeth lower then the liuer, there the right reyne for the most part toThe contrary op [...]ons of [...] & Collumbus as touching the situation of the kidneis. be higher then the left, and contrariwise, the other affirmyng that in man the right is alway lower then the left without any exception) the ignoraunt Reader, and such perhaps as neuer saw dissection, should rather séeme snared in a heape of doubtes, then to passe this point with a cleare resolued mynde. Of Collumbus I maruell that in all his tyme he had not séene it [...], els sene, hath not written it.The author his [...] betwen both. But sure he that diligently shall goe through his whole worke, shall clearely sée that he hath not shot at any thyng with light coniecture, neither set down, which he had not particularly obserued in the body of man: and to him of necessitie (because in my tyme I neuer sawe the right kidney higher then the left) I am constrained to subscribe.The reason why the kidneis must one of necessitie be situated higher the [...] the other.

But that the situation of the reynes must néedes be one contrary to an other Vesalius very elegātly hath remēbred. The greatest occasion (sayth he) not beyng taken of the place wherein they might aptly be seated, but because in opposite order [Page] they might not draw the serous bloud: for so the one fetching it directly to the contrary side, should haue wholly prohibited the office of the other.

In fourme the kidneis are long, but lesse broad, and euery where equallyThe figure of the kidneis. thicke. Before and behynd they are compressed, and on the out side exactly orbicular or round compassed, and Gibbous: but in the inside, which is shorter then the outside, partly hollow. For in the middle regiō of the interiour side they haue a hollow déepely impressed, which in the higher and lower part of it maketh a sharpe corner, but in the middest betwene both an extuberant part. In the vpper side the reynes be a litle broader then in the neither, as also the exteriour side is somewhat thicker then the interiour. Collumbus compareth the kidney to the figure of a litle pulse or grayne, called of the Herbarians Faseoli.

The reynes are endewed with that magnitude or greatnes as might susficeMagnitude. to take away the serous humor vnprofitable to the bloud. Their outer face or shew as it is smooth, and slippery, so also very red and shining. It is of substaunceThe substaunce of reynes. fleshy, thicke, very Solid, and hard, and litle varieng from the substaunce of the hart, saue that it is enterwouen with no Fibres at all. For the substaunce of theThe vse of the Fibres of the [...] vessells. reynes, as also of the liuer and lunges, is destitute of Fibres, onely the Fibres of the vessels poured out into him, seruyng to attraction, retention, and expulsion.

But whē as the whay of bloud ought by the reynes to be strayned out, because they might not so fitly grow to the bodyes of the hollow veyne and great Arterie, as the liuer it selfe vnto the hollow veyne, therfore notable braūches are broughtDeynes offred to the kidneis. from the veyne and Arterie vnto them. And from the hollow veyne two great armes are reached, that is to say, ech of them to ether of the reynes, which breake not out one directly agaynst an other, but alway the one higher then the other accordyng to the situation of the reynes, and these are commonly called the Emulgent veynes. The like reason is of the Arteries, which beyng reached out vnderWhich are the Emulgent veynes. Arteries to the kidneis. the veynes, are together with thē carted ouerthwartly into the bosome or hollow of the reynes, which is fourmed in the inside of them, as lately was declared.

Immediately, and so soone as the veyne and arterie haue come vnto the sayd bosome of the kidney, they are first either of them deuided into ij. braunches, before they make any entraunce at all, one braunch offring it selfe to the vpper corner of the same hollow, and the other to the neither. And in the same progresse of the vessels into the reines, the arteries very seldome scatter from them selues any braunches, but are wholly spent in the substaunce of the reynes. Yet from theWhence begi [...] neth the Seminall veyne. veyne of the left kidney, the Seminall veyne seekyng downe to the left testicle, is sent. And sometyme like the right veyne, springeth a braunche abroad in the fat Membraneous coate of the kidney, which Vesalius sayth is to be found, when the left reyne occupyeth the higher seate, and that is either alway or most commōly.

Now we will vnfold the way of the vessels, and their distribution throughout the body of the reynes, as also the celles, or cauities in the kidney.

THere are therfore in the reynes two cauities, but farre otherwise framed ofTwo c [...]ities [...] the kidney. nature then sondry Phisitions haue supposed. For the veyne & arterie goyng into the body of the kidney do degenerate into one, aunswerable in hardnes and thicknes to the coates of the Arteries. And this beyng hollow after the maner ofThe descriptiō of the distribut [...] of the veyne and Arterie through the body of yt kidney. a veyne or arterie throughout the body of the kidney distributed. For, first by litle and litle beyng dilated, it is separated after a certaine sort into ij. partes: of which we will call the one the anteriour and the other the posteriour. The anteriour after one order and course produceth now sixe, now seuen, and sometyme also moe bra [...]nches of equall thicknes, in which this anteriour part of the Membraneous body or first cauitie is finished. These present braunches after the anteriour part of the kidney, one equally (accordyng to the fourme therof) departyng from an other, do hasten towardes the outside of the same, yet not to the outer face of the [Page] hauyng this peculiar gift vnto it selfe, that in the highest part of the bottom therof,Where the bleddar is harder and thicker. and where it goeth into a necke, for the emplantation and explantation of certaine passages, it is made harder and thicker.

No coate in all the body (sayth Vesalius) more exactly sheweth the iij. Kindes of Fibres then doth the bleddar beyng blowne vp. For the straight are the inmo [...], [...]es. the transuerse the outmost, and oblique the middlemost: through which the bleddarThe action of the bleddar. purchaseth expulsion, retention, and attraction. Hard and thicke ought to be the coate of the bleddar, because of necessitie it must reach forth to so great a quantitie, as also be subiect to vlcerations, stones, sharpnes of Urine, and suchWhy the coate of the bleddar is hard and thicke. kynde of euils: which vnlesse it were hard, would easely teare; eate through, and perforate the same.

It hath an other thicke and strong inuolu [...]re giuen from Peritonaeum: and thisThe second coate of the bleddar. is called the second coate of the bleddar. This Peritonaeum offr [...]th vnto it, where aboue Os pubis the bottome of the bleddar and all the Anteriour region thereof cleaueth thereunto. But the posteriour side of the bleddar, respectyng the straight gutte, is smooth, and slippery, annoynted with a watrish humor.

But sithens the Urine in the bleddar is vnapt for nutrition, nature rightWeynes and [...] to the bleddar. well distributed thereunto veynes, and Arteries, wherewith his heate might be maintained. And first she hath deriued on both sides of the necke of the bleddar one veyne, and one Arterie, from the braunches of Caua vena, and magna Arteria, through the hole in Os pubis goyng downe to the legge, which, thence ascendyng after the length of the body of the bleddar, are wasted into a sort of small twistes and hearelike surcles.

Of Nerues nether is the bleddar destitute. For albeit that Urine, with a certaineMe [...]ues to the bleddar. familiar substaunce, no lesse then choler into his propper vessicle, willyngly floweth, nether whilest it is naturall is any thyng at all iniured thereby: sometyme notwithstanding so much [...]holericke excrement is mixed therewith, wherebyThe vtilitie of the sense to the bleddar. it becommeth so sharpe and bityng, that vnlesse the bleddar by sense could iudge the qualitie of Urine, in retainyng the same long it should be greuously affected. Therfore amongest the other partes of the body the bleddar obtaineth not the least Nerues, onely for the sense of touchyng, reached from the braunches of the vj. payre, lent out to the rootes of ribbes, as also from the lower payres produced from the spinall marey.

Beside these vesselles and Nerues, out of the higher part and middest of the bottome of the bleddar a way springeth (that is to say, infantes whilest they yet are in the mothers wombe) called Urachos, which goyng forth at the nauell andCol. Lib. 11. cap. 10. The way educing Urine from the infant as yet ut the wombe. through the innermost inuolucre, is the passage whereby the Urine is conuayed from the child, whiche after it is brought forth to light, serueth no more to any vse, but beyng bound to the nauell susteineth the bleddar.

So also to the sides of the bleddar [...]. Arteries are attendaunt transportyng toVesal [...]. Ibid. the infant vitall breth, which afterward, no lesse then the sayd way of Urine, dryThe vse of the Arteries to the sides of the bleddar. vp and become vnprofitable.

Moreouer into the lower seate of the bleddar, beside the veynes, Nerues, andThe insertion of the vessells bringu [...]g brine into the bleddar. arteries, into the hollow therof two others passages are inserted deducyng Urine from the reynes, & called Vreteres. Nether were they rashly deuised of nature. For when the reynes (as most behouefull) must be placed neare vnto the liuer, but contrarywise the bleddar in a lower region: it was necessary that certaine passages were made whereby to conuay the vrine out of the reynes into the bleddar, & those nature effourmed very like vnto the body of reynes. For they consist of one simple coate, a litle harder then the coate of the veynes, and enterwouenThe [...]ate of the vessels bringyng [...]te. with fewer oblique Fibres. For so they are made more apt to beare out iniuries, and both easie to stretch out, as also to yeld agayne, and the oblique Fibres do nothyng [Page] hinder, whereby the Urine should not swiftly passe into the bleddar. TheseF [...]es. are explanted from the second cauitie or cell in the kidneys, leadyng thē through the middest of the first cauitie: hence beyng extended to Peritonaeum aboue the Muscles of the loynes, securely créepe downeward to the bleddar. In their progresse they growe to Peritonaeum, and by gettyng from hym certaine Fibres, take on them an other coate, enter wouen with litle veynes and ArteriesWhe [...]ce the [...] nary vessels haue the second coate. as is Peritonaeum.

These by the way are very litle, anfractuous, or turned. For out of the cauitie of the kidneys they are downeward a litle towardes the inner partes deduced, the better to come vnto the bleddar. But lest they should hang, and not firmely be inserted to the bleddar, or should make ouer crooked a way to it, theyWhy the brinary vessells are not [...]planted to the bottome of the bleddar. are not emplanted to the highest part thereof, out of whiche proceedeth the way for the Urine of the infant to the nauell, as before is said: but that side of the bleddar, which is nearer to the posteriour region of Peritonaeum, to the which these vessels in all their progresse securely grow.

But the region, where first on ech side these pores take hold, is in ye posteriour part of the bleddar a litle before the necke, and penetratyng the coate of the bleddar that sprong from Peritonaeum with an oblique anfract or turne, at length pearsing the other coate, do open and enter into the hollow of the bleddar, in like order as the passage of choler is inserted to Ieiunum: that is to say, with lose orIeiunum (sayeth Collumbus) but Vesalius sayeth Duodenum. slacke Membrans on both sides, set to the hole of the passages or pores, from the body of the bleddar appendaunt, like as if to the inner coate of the bleddar such thinne Processes there should growe. The vse of these, is aunswerable to the office of the Membranous Processes growyng to the way that leadeth choler: that is to say, they giue place vnto the Uriue flowyng out of the pores into the bleddar, and whilest the bleddar beyng distended, is willyng to regurgitate the sameThe vse of the Membrans to the insertions of y• V [...]e vessel [...]. into the wayes agayne, these gathered together, and stuffing the pores, wholly inhibite the returne of the Urine. Whiche worke so effectually they bryng to passe, as that by them no ayre at all may issue out, notwithstandyng that the bleddar be filled with wynde, as Galen aboundantly teacheth Lib. 5. de vsu partiū. And that the same oblique goyng in of the insertion of the pores serueth to the same vse, the blowyng vp of the bleddar exquisitely sheweth.

The same experience we dayly sée in bellowes, for by the hole which is on theThe membrau [...] in the [...] vessells compared to the deuise in bellowes. backe side ayre is drawne, but when the bellow is compressed, the flappe by force of the wynde beyng pressed to the hole, none at all may returne. The insertion therefore of the Urinarie passages consisteth at the inferiour and posteriour region of the bleddar, not farre from the necke therof. But here is to be remembred by the way, that certaine heretofore, beyng ignoraunt altogether of theseCol. Loc. Cit. described Membrans, haue neuerthelesse had the boldnes to affirme that ye UrineThe errour of certayne. was gathered into the bleddar by resudation, or sweatyng through, who here, as in a glasse, may sée the futilitie of their subtill inuention.

Here the lowest part of the bleddar endeth at a narrow issue, whiche we callThe necke of the bleddar. the necke of the bleddar, otherwise in men then in women put forth, as also in those fattened and growyng to other partes then in these, and to conclude shewyngWhat in y• bledbar is common both to man and woman. a diuerse vse in both. First this is common to both, that is, a Muscle lapped round about the necke of the bleddar, which taketh charge that the Urine slowThe vse of the Muscle in the neche of the bleddar. not forth agaynst our will, as aboundantly in the Hystory of Muscles we haue sayd. So likewise both in men and women the Urine goeth forth by that way, but in men it also serueth to the eiaculation of sperme. Therfore to the necke ofThe Slandules called Parastatae to the bledar in man. the bleddar are giuen two Glandules called Parastatae, or Assistentes, which receiue the vessels bringyng séede, and agayne by great desire in coiture put forth the same by the passage to the extreme end of Penis: of which it is at length eiaculated.Col. Loc. Cit. [Page] For this way or passage is common both to Urine and séede. How the [...]ow the séede goeth forth from those glandules [...]. séede from those Glandulous bodies goeth out, is not playne to euery one: for nether is there any open or manifest hole thereto, but very many litle porie places like as pertaineth to a sponge: they neuerthelesse at the first sight not very conspicuous, albeit that by pressyng the Glandules they immediately appeare: for then the séede that lurked within appeareth. The vtilitie of the bleddar (lestThe office of the bleddar. I delay the tyme with ouer many wordes) is first to receiue the Urine brought vnto it from the reynes by the Urinarie vessels called Vreteres, The bleddar [...] to a fountayne. then a while to deteyne the same, and last of all to auoyde it. No maruell therfore if to a fountaine it be compared. In women it cleaueth to the matrice,The bleddar in women wanteth the glandules called [...]. wantyng the Glandules called Parastatae.

❧ An end of the Historie of Naturall and nutritiue partes.

¶ Of the History of Man, the vj. Booke of the instrumentes seruyng to the propagation of mankynd. That is to say, The generatiue partes.

[Page]

WHen Nature, through occasion of the matter, was denyedVesal. Lib. 5. cap. 12 the immortalitie of man, as Gal. Lib. 1. de [...]. sanit. Cap. 1. plenteously teacheth, notwithstandyng, to the consecration of humane kynde, euen from the beginning, the almighty creator made ij. men: the Male,The cause of the c [...]eation of both kindes. to reach out the effectuall begynnyng of generation: the Female, aptly to conceiue the same, and to nourish the infant begotten of that matter. To the which giftes, both the man, and the woman obtaine fit, and peculiar instrumentes. What they be, and how they serue, so farre as from the begynnyng my purpose hath intended, that is to say,The [...] pa [...]tes of the Female are [...] asmuch as of the Male may commodiously be spokē (for more I thought not good to translate into English) shall now specially be declared.

THe Testicles therfore, which first we will opē, are situated so, as is euident toThe Testicles. ech mans sight. They are two in number, round, but there withall somwhatNumber. long: a litle blunter, and larger below, then in the superiour part, although veryFigure. obscure to be iudged. On the outside of the testicles is no maner of cauitie, impression, or inequalitie. They consist of white, milkie, and soft substaunce, euerySubstaunce. where alike, and continuall: saue that it is filled with very many, and most small veynes, whereby it séemeth light, and hollow, as is the substaunce of the splene. But they are hollow, as also Galen witnesseth Lib. 14. de vs. part. cap. 10. thatGalen. the matter, taken in the vessels to be cōcocted, they after receiuyng, might labourUse. it agayne, to make it more perfect, hoater, and fit for generation.

The Testicles are couered with many coates: some common to both, and othersThe coates of the testicles. peculiarly enwrapyng either of them.

As touchyng which coates, or inuolueres (whether I terme them it forcethCol. Lib. 11. cap. 14. not) great strife, and controuersie, I may not say confusion, is found amōgest the Anathomistes, chauncing either through want of skill, or els negligence, or both.

Neuerthelesse, I haue determined to set downe the opinions of the best, and, as playnly as I can, wherein they disagrée, suspendyng myne owne iudgement, for obscuryng the light to the Reader. Wherfore, in hauyng before your eyes, toCol. Loc. cit. dissect Scrotum, for the sight, and administration of the Testicles, first appearethCuticula. Cuticula, thē Cutis, which, in this place, is most thinne, and wrinkled, next Membrana carnea, Cutis. Membrana carnea. betwene which, and Cutis, is not fat, lest it should not extend, andIn the purse of the testicles is [...] fatte betwene Cutis, and Membrana carnea, and why. contract, reatch forth, and wrinckle together, as it now doth.

Proper Membrans to the Testicles are numbred two, whiche particularly enwrap either of them, in largenes, makyng, and thinnes, one varyeng from an other. For the exteriour, or outmost clotheth the Testicle, and his vessels, euenVesal. Ioc. Cit. vnto that part, where they are committed to the large scope of Peritonaeum, beyngThe proper Membrans of the testicles. strong, thinne, and aboundyng with veynes. For where the seminall veyne, and arterie, as also the vessell caryeng séede vpward, are brought forth of the great 1 The descriptiō of the outer coate. Whence the fi [...]st coat of the testicles springeth. scope, or amplitude of Peritonaeum, into the regiō of the flanke, and into the purse or codde, thence Peritonaeum educeth this present inuolucre, which worthely is to be called a part, or Processe of Peritonaeum: for so it is produced from Peritonaeum, The outside of the st [...]st coat how it is. as the codde from the skinne. This coate, on the outside, where Membrana carnosa toucheth it, is thereto growne, by certaine Membranous Fibres.

[Page]Moreouer on what side the coate of the right testicle toucheth the coate of the left, by Fibres likewise both the coates are cōmitted mutually together: so that y• outside séemeth not very smooth, but rough, by meanes of y• Fibrous growyng together of ye Membrās. But the inside, or interiour part of this coate, where it respectethThe inside of the [...]est coate how it is. the Testicle, & his vessels, is smooth, & with a watrish humor annoynted.

Furthermore this coate obtaineth somethyng common with the fleshy Membrā of the body. For as that, in some part, is increased, and enterwouen with certaineWhat the first coate of the testicles hath common with Memb [...]na [...]. fleshy Fibres, and thereby degenerateth into the nature of a Muscle, euen so this coate of the Testicle, after the whole length therof, in the posteriour part, obtaineth from Peritonaeum, downe to the lowest part of the Testicle, fleshy Fibres, and sheweth the nature of a certaine strict, and long Muscle, which to the same coate, or Membran is fastened: no where departyng from it, but, beginnyng with it from Peritonaeum, is also, together with the coate, growne to the infeririour part of the vessell, that carieth séede from the Testicle.

This coate, besides that it fitly couereth the Testicle, and holdeth it suspended,The vse of the [...]est coate of the testicle. by the benefite of that Muscle, draweth vpward the Testicle, as with a certaine voluntarie mouyng. By occasion of this Muscle, that is to say, because it isWhy y• first coate is called [...]. red, as the rest of the flesh, that coate is called Erithroeides.

The second, is vnder this, and nearer to the Testicle, by the meanes, and interuenture 2 wherof, the vessels, to be committed to the Testicle, do grow thereto.The situation of the second coate of the testicles. Wherto the vessels do growe. For there this coate is slacker, thinner, and softer, where yt vessels are fastened to it, then the whole compasse els. For to the higher part of this coate, a veyne, and arterie, bringyng bloud and spirite to the Testicle, do growe: and there also many braunches, perforatyng this same coate, do make incurse into the substaunceWhere are inserted the vessels curieng seede. of the Testicle. In the posteriour part, this coate, all after the length therof, hath strongly growne to it, all the foldes of the vesselles caryeng séede, coueryng the Testicle, there also beyng broken into, with many holes not easie to be sene. Ech where els, on the outside, it is smooth, washed ouer with a watrie humor, and knit wholly to no part: on the inside, it groweth euery where to the substaunce of the Testicle. This coate, with the auncient Gréekes, is called [...] of the second coate of the [...]icles. Dartos. The first professours of Anathomie, which named the Testicles Didimoi, haue called it (sayth Vesalius) Epididimos. [...].

Collumbus not onely not subscribeth hereto, that is to say, that this Epididimos, [...] and next of all encloseth the substaunce of the Testicle, but sayth flatly, there beT [...]e c [...]es to the [...]icles after [...] [...] which in, propper coates to the Testicle, how soeuer Uesalius sought them, as Erithroeides, Dartos (which two are now lately described) and Epididimos: which Epididimos, Which is [...]. he alloweth not to be the auncient name of Dartos, but of the thyrd tunicle, which doth immediatly bewrappe the substaunce of the testicle: beyng whiteThe third coate [...] the [...]icles. in colour, and in makyng thicke, that it might playne appeare, those to haue erred, [...] [...] not the folding of the vessels. which called Epididimos that foldyng together of the vessels, that appeareth aboue the Testicle.

TO either of the Testicles, singular veynes, and arteries are brought, one differyng [...]. from an other in begynnyng: for the veyne commyng to the right testicle,The [...] to the [...] [...]icle. fetcheth his beg [...]nning from the trunke of Vena ca [...]a, lower then the goyng forth of those veynes that are reached to the kidneys, yet goeth not forth at the right side of the same stocke, but out of the superiour, and fore part therof, a litle to the right side declinyng, and by litle, & litle, reached oblique towardes the right side, and stayed by Peritonaeum, is caried downward. The veyne of the left Testicle, doth not borow his begynnyng from the stocke of Vena caua, but, springyngThe veyne of the le [...] testicle. forth much higher then the right, breaketh out of the lower seat of the left Emulgent veyne. Sundry Anathomistes heretofore, seyng such diuersitie in the exorture of these veynes, imagined, that the left seminall veyne, was so begon from [Page] the [...]; for that it was necessary, that a false humour were caried to the testicles, [...]. by the long tricklyng wherof, by the way, to styrre vp, in the tyme of [...],The [...] of [...] [...] [...] [...] [...] [...] the [...] of the [...] [...] [...]. such great delectation.

Collumbus (notwithstandyng) confuteth wholly this opinion, in these wor [...]. I haue knowne many, who, hauyng lost their left Testicle, to [...] whole of that kinde of rupture called Intestinalis, haue confessed, and sworne vnto me diligentlyThe [...] of that [...]. enqu [...]yng, that, in the same act they enioyed the [...] pleasure, as before tyme they had found.

Some Anathomistes therfore, haue not knowne how to discusse this case, I meane, for the vnlike exorture of the seminall [...]eynes: others haue omit [...] to speake therof: but Collumbus (as his custome is) endeuoryng to cure the [...] of doubtfull myndes, hath excogitated a propper reason, and that beareth likelihood of truth. These are his wordes: for asmuch as these seminall veynes are very slender, and litle, and that the great arterie is situated so neare to Vena caua, onThe [...] cause why the [...] [...] veyne beginneth at the le [...]t [...]. the left side, which arterie neuer in liuyng bodies, ceasseth to moue, great, and euident daunger was eminent, that this slender veyne, in those continuall mouynges, should be broken. Which prudent nature waying, to [...] such incon [...] ditie, willed that the left seminall veyne, might frō the Emulgent be fetched, not from the trunke of Vena caua: least in descēse it should lye vpon the great arterie.

THese seminall Ueynes, in this order goyng downeward, are committed to Peritonaeum, by Fibrous knittings, which, in degeneratyng, make thē an other coate. And to either of these veynes, the felowshyp of an arterie is committed: for the begynnyng of both the arterics, is lower then of the veyne goyng to the rightThe beginning o [...] the seminall arteri [...]s. Testicle: they are taken forth in the middest of the anteriour part of the great arterie, one directly agaynst an other, and neare themselues, and the right crossi [...] obliquely ouer the trunke of Uena caua, so descēdeth, and hastneth downwardes,The progresse o [...] the right Artery. to the veyne of the right Testicle. The left commyng to the veyne on his side isLoc. cit. sometyme wantyng (sayth Uesalius) and, for that, the veyne of the left testicle isThe left. larger farre then of custome. But to spryng out of the arterio of the left kidney, is scarse at any tymesene: although, to chaunce sometyme, it is not impossible.

The right veyne, and arterie (the like is to be vnderstode of the vessels on theThe progresse of the right veyn [...] and Art [...] [...] they touch together. left side) beyng together, after a space, so contingent, and mutually growyng together, as that most elegantly this word of the Grecians Anastomosis may be to them applyed (although the like may be sene also in sundry veynes, and arteriesCol. Loc. cit. in the body, and chief [...] in the armes, & legges) they lye to Peritonaeum tyed, with Fibrous or Membranous knittynges, and, in bended sort, reachyng downe theVesalius. right side, are caried aboue that passage, which bringeth Urine from the right kidney to the bleddar: in their progresse, pouryng out very small twistes, and slender surcles, to Peritonaeum: but so soone as these vesselles are come to that part of Os pubis, whereas the [...]. of the Muscles, inouyng the thigh, is caried, aboue the huckbone, downewardes toward the lesser or inner Procèsse of the thigh, there (I say) those vessels, neare to Peritonaeum, do pearse through the side of the same Muscle so, slipping forth of the large scope, or amplitude of Peritonaeū, fall downe to the peculiar coate of the Testicle, together with a litle Nerue, produced sometyme from a braunch of the [...]. payre of sinewes of the brayne, lent out among the rootes of the ribbes, but other whiles from the xxj. payres of the Nerues of the Spinall marey.

Morcouer the hole of Peritonaeum, that thus transmitteth the vessels, with theThe hole through which the vesselss passe out of Abdomen. Nerue, is not so euident, as if one should put a penne in the mouth, or strike it through a paper: but Peritonaeum most exactly groweth to the sides of the vessels, and to that coate, which it reached vnto them, in the progresse, beyng as yet with in the cōpasse or scope therof, safely sendyng them, no otherwise, then as Septum [Page]transuersum, and the Membrans wherewith it is clothed, do offer way to the stomach, and hollow veyne. But so soone as these vessels haue passed the hole of Peritonaum, they are led from the right side, after a certaine sort, agayne obliquely downe towardes the left, so brought to the vpper part of the right testicle, in this last descense, one with an other mutually mixyng as aforesayd, and effourmyng one body like a piller depressed before, and behynd, whose crest, the first méeting, and mixyng together of the vessels make. But the foundation is that part, wherby they are committed to the vpper part of the Testicle.

About this body ten thousand braunches confusedly are packed, nether all of them directly procéedyng downward, but some partly straight partly round compassing, partly ouerthwart, others appeare folded in other order together: and it is impossible to follow one maner or order of their tracyng.

Whilest so many enfoldynges of braūches are made in that Membran, which Peritonaum offreth there to the vessels, wherby they cleaue vnto it with Fibrous knittynges, that body séemeth to represent the skinne in the calfe of the legge of some rusticke, or labouryng person, which is newly swelled, with the tumors called Varices. For as therein we may perceiue the veynes, diuersly, and altogether vnequally, with straying traces, in aboundant sort to wander: so likewise in this body of the seminall veyne, and arterie, innumerable braunches are seattered. For the which similitude certainly the auncient Anathomistes haue called this body [...] as one should say, a swelled body to the Testicles [...] parastates. assistaunt. This, in the seate, or foundation therof, groweth to the vpper part of the inner coate of the Testicle, which we haue sayd to be called [...] and distributethEpididymos. also many braunches, straight pearsing this coate, to the vpper part of the Testicle, many wayes among the substaunce of the Testicle, like as theThe Seminall [...]ynes and [...] are called Vasa praeparantia. veynes of the liuer, into the substaunce therof disseminated, consistyng of a very thinne coate. This is the order of the seminall veynes, and arteries, whiche also are named Vasa praeparantia.

So that mutually foldyng of the vessels together, by a maruailous arte wasCol. Loc. cit. The vse of the folding and wr [...] thing of the Seminall vessels. deuised: for thereby it is brought to passe, that the same matter of séede, whiche first is red, should begin by litle and litle to be prepared, altered, and made white. By which elaboration begon, no doubt, a great part of labour to the Testicles is diminished: which wholly had belonged vnto them, had not the foldyng together of the vessels, ministred vnto them helpe, as more hereafter.

AT the outside of this same Varicosum corpus, where it is to the Testicle applanted,Vesal. Loc. cit. The history of the vessell bringing seede from the testicle to the necke of the bleddar. an other white and hard body, after the maner of a harder sort of sinewes, groweth to the inner coate of the Testicle, and thence begynneth. This on the outside where it is not committed to the Testicle, is Gibbous, and round after a sort: but on that side it groweth to the tunicle itselfe, it is hollow, accordyngIt is not meant round euery way as a globe but long, and therwith round as a staffe. to the conuexed shape of the Testicle. This body is caried, from the outside of Uaricosum corpus to the hinder part thereof, and downe by litle and litle créepyng towardes the interiour partes, after the posteriour region of the Testicle, groweth fast to the inner coate therof, so long, vntill it haue descēded to the lower seate of the Testicle, whence forthwith it is vpwardes reflected, stretchyng forth, and lyeng to the inner coate of the Testicle, but not any more growyng to it, nether reteinyng the same fourme. For all the way whereas that body is knit to the coate of the testicle, it is almost of equall thicknes, and alike figure, which to the tēdrell of a vine, or gourd, which windeth or turneth thicke about any thyng, may be assimulated.Where [...] [...] of the vine, or [...]eping of a snake to compared to the bringing vessell.

Although (notwithstandyng) it turneth not about, or in round compassed wyndynges, as doth the tendrell, but as it were from side to side: like which reuolutions, a snake, or ele in créepyng maketh. For the turnynges, anfractes, or inuolutions [Page] of this body, are very continuall, and together growyng.

After this sort therfore, that body groweth to the inner coate of the Testicle, and is on the outside, the impressions of those inuolutions beyng taken away, smooth, but on the inside, beyng with a sharper instrument remoued, from the inner coate of the Testicle, rough, yet pearsed with no wayes, or pores, that may be sene. Nether is it sene otherwise hollow, not onely where it groweth to the coate of the Testicle, but nether also where, from it departyng, it is caryed vpwardes. For assoone as it hath descended downe to the inferiour part of the Testicle, in the straight reflection thereof vp agayne, it is made, by litle and litle, narrower, & roūder, no more wreathed, but endeth as at a round sinew. And that chiefly in déede it doth, whereas, by clymyng vpward, it surmounteth the vpper part of the Testicle. Whether so soone as it is comme, it is layde to the fore part of the same Uaricosum corpus, towardes the inside, to which, by the interuenture of a thinne Membran beyng knit, it procéedeth somewhat higher, and [...] [...]. cit. is thetherto returned, whereas Vasa praeparantia came forth, entryng through the same hole, which is made in the Tendons of the ascendent, descendent, & oblique Muscles of the belly.

But immediately after it is come into the capacitie of the bellye, it bowethThe progresse of the bringing vessels, after they are come into the capacitie of the belly. downeward, neare Os pubis, and vnder the bleddar, where, more and more it is amplified, and agayne neare the endes, much enfolded and writhen, vntill at length it is emplanted among the Glandules called Parastatae, which, about the roote of Penis, and borders of the bleddar, are placed. This description is to be applyed either to the right, or left of the vessels Deferētia, for so both of them, afterVesal. [...]oc. cit. Where the bringing vessels doe méete, and ioyne together. one prescript order, begyn, & go forward vnder the bleddar, aboue the straight gutte, and at the same Glandule, mutually méexyng, do ioyne together, constitutyng one body. In which their foldes, wrethes, obuolutions, and Glandules, Col. Ibid. so much séede is cōteined, as might suffice to the generation of thrée or foure children,What séede is conteyned in the Glandules and foldes of the vessels. especially in frutefull bodyes.

Wherfore let it be no maruell to vs, which Aristotle propoundeth, as a thyng to be wondred at, in that a Bull did engender, notwithstandyng that his TesticlesIt is no wonder which Aristotle made of the [...]ull that begat and wanting his testicles. had bene cutte of. As therefore the other foure before described, are called commonly Vasa praeparantia, as vessels first preparyng the matter of sperme, so these two last spoken of, are called Deferentia, as we should say, bringyng the the séede. For in déede they receiuyng the same at the substaunce of the Testicles,Why the first, iiij. are called Vasa praeparantia. do bryng it to the yard. The insertion of this kynde of vessell in the yard is not easie to be séene, and is opened onely in tyme of coiture, and excretion of séede.Why these ij. are called Vasa deferen tia.

BUt the Glandulous body, in whiche the vessels Deferentia, after their mixyng together, are inserted, whiche also they call Glandulae Parastatae, as isVesal. Ibid. The insertion of the bringing vessels to the yard. lately sayd, is reposed in the lower part of the bleddar, in the middest after a sort, betwene the body of the bleddar, and necke therof. It is one body, and moreouerThe situation of the Glandulous body called Parastatae Glandulae. greater then the Testicles them selues, albeit not exactly round: for before, & behynd it is depressed, but on the sides, round as a bowle. Through the middest therof the conduit of the bleddar procéedeth, whiche is, in this place somewhatThe magnitude and figure of the [...]landules parastatae. more large, and ample, then in the rest of the progresse: but not pearsed through, of the vessels bringyng séede, that manifestly can be séene, but onely rough, vnequall, and wrinkled, chiefly in the posteriour part, where the goyng in of the bringyng vessels, sometyme to the diligent dissecters, are playnly apparaunt.The vse of the substaunce of the testicles.

NOw it resteth to expresse the vses of these singular described partes. It is euident to all men, that the substaunce of the Testicles, by a peculiar facultic begotten to them selues, doth make séede of that matter, which the veynes, and Arteries bryng, and carie throughout the Testicle, as doe the Ueynes, through the liuer, the bloud. But the best portion of the bloud, and spirite, the [Page] veynes, and arteries of the Testicles do [...], with a long [...] [...], wrethed with innumerable reuolutions, to the perfect [...] of matter, for the makyng of séede. Neither is that same brought into any one large [...], made in the Testicles to receiue it, but is distributed into most small vessels, made of the same so thinne a coate, dispersed through out the substaunce of the Testicle. And like as is sayd of the substau [...] of the liuer, so likewise the substaunce of the Testicle, by his ins [...]ted facultie, addeth vnto the bloud, and spirite, conteined in his vessels, the perfect Nature of s [...]de. And this force, in men, is the cause of strength and manhode, and in women (if so we may say) of womanhode.

Furthermore the séede prepared of the Testicles, innu [...] (though very [...]ow the s [...]de is [...]ched out of the testicles unto the bringing vessels. small) porie wayes do reach into the foldes of the bringyng [...]ell, growyng to the Testicle, thence agayne, out of both the Testicles, [...]yng séede to be [...] iaculated, and cast forth into the matrice. But the bringyng vessell is, aboue the Testicle, writhen with so many turnes, and w [...]dynges to the end, that sooner, and in more copious sort, it might receiue séede from the Testicles, as also that the séede from it might likewise obtaine some-elaboration. But the applantationHow the bringing vessel [...] to the testicle of this vessell to the testicle, with most strete, and small holes, is brought to passe by the interuenture of the inner coate of the Testicle: because the vessell is hard, strong, and thicke, for so it was requisite, to beare out iniuries, but contrariwise, the substaūce of the Te [...]icle to be slacke, and soft. So that prudent Nature either here, or els where, hath not ioyned in one, those which in essenceTwo con [...]ies are [...]ed no where without y• [...] of somo [...] sub [...]ce. were contraries, except onely by the meane of some indifferent substaunce, put as a mediatour, of frendshyp and amitie betw [...] them. In how much therfore, the inner coate of the Testicle is, in hardnes, inferiour to the vessell bringyng séede: therein, the same coate, by so much agayne surmounteth the Testicles: although not round about, but onely in that place, where the seminarie vessels grow to it. For here it is softer then any where els, and pearsed through with small holes, as is sayd.

Neither doth this vessell growe to the Anteriour, but posteriour part of the Testicle, that now, whilest it may reach, or containe the confected séede, for the Testicle alone doth confect it, it might be reposed in a sa [...]er place, vsing the Testicle in place of a propugnacle. And by the same reason, when the vessell entrethWhere the séede [...] [...] perfectly [...]. into Peritonaeum, vnder the Ueyne and Arterie it is worthely hidde, that it might conteine séede, with bloud, and spirite, of which the séede is more perfectly prepared.

Finally, the right vessell doth coite and ioyne with the left, and so both into the necke of the bleddar are insinuated, that, atonce, the séede of both the TesticlesThe vse of the [...] body. might be proiected and cast into the wombe. The vse of the Glandulous body is to moysten the way of Urine, and séede, and to be as an vnderset, or proppe, like as of the wayes digested through it from the bringyng vessels, so also of the Ueynes, Arteries, and Nerues, distributed to the body and necke of the bleddar: yea, and peraduenture may séeme to adde vnto the séede a certaine perfection,Loc. cit. and to be expedient for the generation therof, sayth Vesalius.

BUt besides, vnto man, for the apt acte of generation, the omnipotent maker hath giuen a member (called in Latin Coles, penis, mentula, virga, or Pudend [...] virile, [...]. [...]. 5. cap. [...]. [...] [...] and the office of that [...]. in English the yard) most fit for the effusion of séede into the wombe: which in the tyme of carnall societie, ought to be swelled, stiffe, and erected, butWhy the [...] is [...] [...] ded. so to remayne at all other tymes, it should become vnapt to vse, and easely iniuried, no otherwise, then if the hand should alway be borne extended.

When as therfore it was behofull, that sometyme it should be slacke, slender, [...] cons [...]ction of [...] [...], and how it is erected. and short, and at other tymes extended, and swelled, it séemed expedient that the yard were made of two bodyes, large and hollow within as a sponge, which [Page] should, beyng filled with spirite, be erected, produced, and notably swelled, but the same spirite once dissolued, they incontinent become slacke, narrow together, fagde, and shorter.

The figure, and situation thereof to all is well knowne, but the substaunceCol. [...]. [...], [...]. [...]. [...]. to very fewe, although most worthy to be knowne not consistyng in vulgar speculation.Situation. For in man, the substaunce of the yard is not bony like as in a Wolfe,The substaunce of the yard. Foxe, or Dogge: for in vs if it should haue bene so, it must néedes haue beneWhy y• substance of the yard is [...] [...]. continually stiffe, and hard as a sticke, which in sundry causes must néedes haue bene an impediment vnto vs.

Neither is it Cartilaginous, nor of a Ligamentall substaunce, nor Musculous, nor sinewy, neither a Ueyne, Arterie, nor Membran. Although of these, some appertaine to the makyng therof. But none of these, taken alone, was applied to the makyng of the yard. Neither could they haue shewed, for what cause, parent Nature had begotten the same.

For it was not onely done for the emission of Urine, but to eiaculate séede intoThe vse of the yard. the matrice, for procreation sake. For this cause (as also is sayd before) in man, the yard was made of a certaine substaunce, which may either be erected, or enfeblish, made stiffe, or bendyng.

It is therfore (I say) of very right spongious, rare, and porie, almost like the substaunce of the Splene, albeit Nature hath endewed it with thicke Ligam [...], which together with the rare substaunce of the yard, take their begynnyng from the inferiour part of Os pubis (not from the superiour, as Galen supposed:) and hauyng in the fundament a sleshy begynnyng, stretcheth forthwith towardes the vpper partes, but about the middest of Os pubis, the right begynnyng with the left, is vnited, and ioyneth together: then beyng inflected downward,Glans [...] the head of the yard, the [...] ouer which is called [...]. are implanted to the borders of Glans, whiche Glans is harder then the other partes of the yard. The right Ligament, with the left, after the length of the yard, is vnited.

But because the substaūce of the yard, did then consist but of a rare, and porie ioyning, or settyng together, and for that it could be litle apt to the necessary erection in coiture, (since scarse sufficient helpe was purchaced by the onely benefiteThe arteries to the yard. of the Ligamentes:) prouident Nature poured forth two Arteries, through these aforesayd bodyes, which are, from the roote of the yard, caryed euen to the extremeNow the true erection of the yard hapneth. end of Glans, but so, as that by the way almost an infinite number of braunches are dispersed. When lust therefore styrreth to the generation of a new man, she poureth forth great force of spirites throughout those Arteries, & hearie braunchynges, by whose helpe, the same substaunce before, wrinkled, weake, and bendyng, is now lifted vp, erected, made stiffe, and hardned. ButThe vse of the Ligamentes [...] the yard. the Ligamentes aforesayd, do as it were propper and vnderset the same, beyng of them selues thicke, both for this sayd cause, as also least the spirites should ouer hastely vanish away, beyng wasted. These Arteries, and their offices, Collumbus boasteth no man before hym to haue rightly knowne: by whicheIn the yard is neither veyne, nor [...]. also (sayth he) nourishment is brought vnto the yard, whilest elles, in the yard is no Ueyne, nor any Nerue, notwithstandyng that Uesalius is of cleaneLoc. citat. contrary opinion. [...] to the yard.

Beside these partes hetherto decided, which Nature deuised for the framyngCol. Loc. Cit. of this instrument, there are also foure Muscles, which in the second booke of thisThe passage common to [...] [...] [...]. History, are sufficiently spoken of.

There is besides, that common way, or passage, destined both to séede and [...], which, vnder these two bodyes, is conuayed, nether is it any thyng elsOf what the common passage consisteth. (sayth Collumbus) if it be rightly wayed, saue the substaūce of the bleddar lengthned out to the end of the yard.

[Page]All these are couered ouer, and clothed with Cuticula, Cutis, and Carnea [...], Why there groweth no fatte vnde [...] the samne of the yard. without fatnes altogether: which here for motion sake is wantyng, lest supernaturally therewith encreasing, it might be greuous to the matrice.

The extreme part of the yard is called Praeputium: beyng that skinne wherewithWhat is [...]. Glans is couered, so, in the acte of venerie, now vpward, now downeward,The Hebrewes [...]acke praeputium. to the exceedyng delectation of the Female, moue [...]: this is that, whiche the Hebrues, in tyme of Circumcision, lose. The lyne vnder the yard, marchyngVesal. 1. oc. cit. after the length therof, is called in Latin Sutura, for so it represeuteth [...]. the fashion of a seame. As the part betwene the inuolucre of the Testicles, or purpose of the stones, and the fundament, is called [...] That is Interfoeminium. [...].

But because I am from the begynnyng perswaded, that, by liftyng vp theWhy the partes of women are not here spoken of. vayle of Natures secretes, in womens shapes, I shall commit more indecencie agaynst the office of Decorum, then yeld needefull instruction to the profite of the common sort, I do here ordaine the vi. rest of these my labours.

❧ An ende of the Historie of the Generatiue partes.

¶ Of the History of Man, the vij. Booke: of the makyng of the hart, and of the Instrumentes ministryng to his function: commonly called, The Vitall or Spirituall partes.

[Page]

BEfore you all whosoeuer you are (most attentiue Readers) I fréely protest, that hetherto my penne hath not wauered in the doubtfull balaunce of ambiguitie, but passed the playne pathe of truth, guided by the footesteppes of my forerunners: till now at length, beyng come to a place somewhat ascendyng (as they that will attayne to the scope of their desire, must not refuse the hill with the dale) I finde the steppes of some willingly yeldyng to so tedious a iourney: others, with senses vnappalled, to haue plowed a path directly ouer the moūtaine: here I see one willingly walking a contrary way: and there an other, praysing their endeuours, but protestyng him selfe onely to haue light in the nearest way. So that here, no maruell, though I should stand amased, and as one plunged in the depth of contrary streames.

For Galen, Vesalius & diuers others, as touchyng ye instrumentes that restoreThe opinion of Galen and Vesalius how bloud commeth into the left Uentricle of the hart. the ayrie substaunce, whiche continually waste, and refreshe the innated heate, are contented to affirme, that, of the ayre drawen in by the lunges, part is receiued by the surcles and braunches of the veniall Arterie, and there hence, beyng prepared by the elaboration of the lunges, is by the same vessell caryed into the left ventricle of the hart, where, metyng with the bloud lately strayned through the hedge betwene the ij. ventricles, it doth together by the workyng of the hart, ordaine that famous composition, the vitall spirite.

Contrariwise Realdus Collumbus sayth, that the bloud, sent from the rightThe opinion of Collumbus. ventricle of the hart, by the arteriall Ueyne, into the lunges, there takyng the mixture of ayre, is drawne, by the veniall arterie, into the left ventricle of the hart, whereas, beyng almost made before, it is now perfected vitall spirite.

Albeit I am not ignoraunt, how lately, both these assertions are denyed: Leonardus Leonardus Botallus. Botallus prouyng that bloud is brought into the left Uentricle an other way, that is, by a propper Ueyne that is found somewhat aboue the coronall Ueyne, neare adioyning to the right auricle, thence with direct tract marchyng to the left: which contrarietie notwithstandyng (lest I should séeme to confound the History of the vital members:) I haue thought good to describe the partes after the best approued, and that in such wise, as there shall appeare therein great perspicuitie, and likehode of truth. Yet not that I meane to reiect Botallus, although he hath neither distinctly set downe the deriuation of that Ueyne, neither apertly the insertion therof, but because the labour of him shalbe lesse, that endeuoureth, alone, to stoppe the runnyng streame, accomptyng any duety none (right curteous Reader) in describing the partes, to haue forewarned thée of this late inuention.

To the which description that I may briefly come, I will omit further circū staūces: onely to do away obscuritie, I meane, that the whole be not maymed, by wantyng part, it behoueth to begyn at the pannicle coueryng the ribbes, & thence to the other partes, conteined within the capacitie of the brest.

THe coate therefore or Membran to all the ribbes (beside the xij. on ech sideVesal. lib. 6. cap. 8. Of the Panicle called Pleura. occupyed with the implantation of the midreif) and to the whole brest bone [Page] vnderreached, and coueryng the bodyes of the Vertebres of the brest, and the vp, per part of the midreif, towardes the ampiitude of the brest, is named in Latin Succingens, and commonly called Pleara,

In the posteriour part it toucheth along from the first Vertebre of the brest, downe to the xj. out of which region, consisteth that part of the midreif, that transmitteth the great arterie, but in the forepart, it des [...]udeth from the cannell bone, to the lower part of the brest bone, whereto the midreif groweth. In the sides agayne, from the first ribbe, to the vpper face of the midreif, which respecteth the cauitie of the brest, thus clothyng it, and also the whole amplitude of the brest.

This coate, like as the cauitie of the brest, in figure varieth very much. For inThe [...]ure of [...]. the vpper part, accordyng to the brest, it is streit ended as it were poynted, in the lower part broader then aboue, but in the sides of the brest broader then in the inferiour part. Moreuer in the fore part it is much shorter then behynd, by reason of the obliquely situation of the midreif. It toucheth from the poynte of the brest bone, to the xi. Vertebre of the brest. Also in the fore part, and in the sides, outwardly, euen like to the brest it selfe, it is in figure [...], or bounched forth: but in the posteriour part, longwise, as it were to the amplifyeng, and enlargyng therof, it obtaineth an inward impression, after the order of Peritonaeum. For the bodyes of the Vertebres are apparaunt, or prominent into the cauitie of the brest, like as the rootes of the ribbes, which are somewhat [...] backwardes fro [...] the bodyes of the Vertebres, vntill, forthwith procéedyng towardes the anteriour partes, they are downwardes obliquate. This Membran inwardly is (for the most part) smooth, and as with a watry humor, ouernoynted. Besides, where it reacheth forth certaine Membranous Processes, by which it either yeldeth out other Membrans, or gathereth some peculiar body vnto it.

Sometyme there is found, although very seldome, a harder kinde of fat in the inside of this coate, no otherwise then to Peritonaeum, and that especially, where [...]atte. it is nearer to the Vertebres, and where the chiefest veynes therof are guided.

Moreouer here, and there, on both sides, it putteth forth Membranous Fibres The tying of the lun [...] and [...] to Pleura. to the lunges, whereby the lunges are thereto very fast knit. And to the inuolucre of the hart, where the same coate couereth the midreif, in great scope, is continuated, & tyed. But the outside of this Membran, which groweth euery where to the partes adiacent, is rough, and vnequall, after the maner of Membrans connected and tyed together.

It is perforated as oft as the midreif, since it couereth it, that is to say, twise,The pe [...]tions of [...]. not thrée tymes, as Vesalius would: once for the descense of the stomach or vpperCol. [...]ib. 2. cap. 21. Orifice of the [...]entricle, and the second tyme for the ascense of Vena caua: but inThe great a [...]rie doth not [...] [...]. déede the great Arterie, runnyng close by the body of the Vertebres, cannot perforate the same, but is rather crossed ouer therewith, or to be playne, the midreif rather s [...]meth to giue backe to the side thereof. Under the Cannell bone, it is [...]. [...]. 6. cap. 2. not pearsed with a large and continuall hole, but the vessels which créepe vnto it thether, it containeth with very many holes, and groweth vnto them. Here likewise it transmitteth the braunches of Uena caua, and Arteria magna, as also the stomach, rough Arterie, the Nerues of the vj. payre of sinewes of the brayne, and the Nerues to the midreif. Last of all, in the hinder part, it is perforated, after the longitude therof, and that on both sides, with an orderly consert of Ueynes, and Arteries, entryng forth, that way, to the spaces of the ribbes.

This coate is in substaunce Membranous, to wit, hard, thinne, equall, andThe substa [...]ce of Pl [...]. somewhat, in strength, surmountyng Peritonaeum. And like as Peritonaeum, so also the substaūce of this Membran, is, at the backe, harder, then neare the brest. For the begynning therof, is taken from the Ligamentes, which bynde together,The beginning of [...]. the bodyes of the Vertebres: vpon those, I say, it chiefly doth depend. But it is [Page] not simple, although Uesalius espyed not the contrary, but double: I meane not [...] the right side, and the left, but that euery where this [...]bran Pleura, is two [...] [...] of [...]. fold, or double, or simply two Membrans, the one interne, the other externe, betwene which Ueynes, Arteries, and Nerues do slyde: all which are caryed betwene [...]. [...]ib. 6 A [...]ho. com. 33. the spaces of the ribbes. Whence it happeneth, that, there, many tymes, springeth inflamation, with much tension, and prickyng dolour, called the Pleurisie.Where hapneth the [...]. Collumbus iudgeth the cause of this duplication the deepe dexteritie of Nature,Why [...] consisteth of ij. that so, the outer might defend the inner Membran (then which nothyng is more sensible) from the rigour of the ribbes, which should haue bene pro [...]ered, alway, through the perpetuall motion of the lunges.

Beside this succingent coate, the ribbes haue to them, one peculiar, which is [...]. no other, then the Membran commō almost to all bones, called (in that it couereth the bone) of the Greekes Periosteō. But Pleura, in that it bewrappeth whatThe [...] of [...]. soeuer is conteined within the concauitie of the brest, doth, like Peritonaeum, lend coates to all the partes conteined, firmely thereby knittyng euery organ to other. Last of all, it so propperly prepareth way to the Nerues of Septum transuersum, as that it deduceth them, hid as it were in a scaberth, to it. This, for the [...] Pl [...]ura [...] called a coate [...] how a membran. vse therof, in that it clotheth, defendeth, and strengthneth the inner partes, is called a coate: but as touchyng the substaunce, a Membran.

This Membran, or rather these Membrans, creep [...]th downeward after theCol. Lib. 11. cap. 3. The progres [...] of Pl [...]ura. sides of Sternon, towardes the Spine, the right among thē selues beyng distaunt from the left: and beyng so fastened to the same spine, do deuide the brest into ij. cauities, and the lunges into two partes: neither that rashly, but that, one sideWhy the lunges are de [...]ded into ij. partes. beyng hurt, the other (notwithstandyng) might escape frée, and serue to natures vse, & retaine at the least halfe their action. This reduplicatiō (as we may call it)Medi [...]stinum. of Pleura, is in this place, called Mediastinum, because it midmeasureth the brest, beyng led from the toppe of the brest, to the bottome, or lowest part. BetweneIn Mediastino [...]atter [...] be gathered and also drawne forth. Mediastinum, that is, this double Pleura, deuidyng the brest into two, some matter may be gathered, which, Sternon beyng perforated, may be drawne out, by a diligent Chirurgian, and in Anathomicall practise expert.

WIthin the vpper part of the brest, where the veynes and arteries are deuided, appeareth a certaine Glandulous part, called Thimus, which in Calues,Thimus. and such others creatures, is most pleasaunt to be eaten. I suppose we call it the swéete bread.

About the middest of Aesophagus, are two litle Glandules, placed there of natureThe vse of the [...] of Aesophagus. to [...], and moysten that passage.

THere is a certaine coate, common to the inside of the nostrels, to the palate,Col. Lib. 11. Cap. 1. and to the toung, and it séemeth to be a portion of Dura mater, or the hardThe coate to the nostreles, palate and tongue. Membran of the brayne, which, after it is crept forth of the Scull, is amplified, made thicker, and almost fleshy: wherewith when as the whole palate within, and the mouth is clothed, as the furthest part, or extremitie of the palate, it becommeth double, and somewhat lengthned, constituteth a round, long, and litle thicke pen [...], called by diuers names: as Vna, Vuula, Columella, Gargareon.

The office of it is to deteyne the humiditie fallyng from the brayne, neither 1 that in vayne, but beyng there holden, to moysten those partes, whose motionsVuula, and the office thereof. are perpetuall.

Neither doth it meanly auayle to the vtterauuce of voyce, and pronounciatiō,2 as apparauntly we are taught, by the example of such, as long haue laboured inThe defect of Vuula what en [...]. eth. the Spanish dissease, to the vtter ruine and vastation of this part: how afterward (I say) they speake rather after the maner of crowes, then men.

A thyrd vtilitie also hath this same Gargarion, and that is, lest the dust, which 3 s [...]yme meeteth vs at vnwares, our mouthes beyng open, should infeste and [Page] trouble the rough arterie, whiche this rather incercepteth by the way. [...]eynes, [...]eynes to [...]. V [...]l [...]ib. 6. cap. 6. into the middest therof, it re [...]ueth from those bra [...]ches, sent to the coate of the palate, but, with Nerues, doth participate litle. It is euident also, that, to whatTo whom the drawing of cold ayre much [...]. persons this Gargareon is wantyng, to such, the cold ayre is much more gre [...]us then to other men as testifieth Gal. Lib. 11. de vs partium.

ON both sides of the iawes are two Glandules: one on the right side of Gargareon, [...]. Loc. [...]. and the other on the left: and they haue to name Paris [...]miae: tonsillae, The Glandules [...] [...]. amigdala, fauces: these also (beyng of Glandulous substaunce) were made to the receiuyng of the humiditie of the brayne, & therfore were they placed thus in the iawes (called of the Grecians Pharynx, of the Latins Fauces) to minister vnto [...]. them moysture. But the iawe is conteined within these borders, the foundation of the head, and palate, the anteriour bodyes of the Vertebtes of the necke, in which place, sundry, and many organs appeare: as the toppe of Trac [...]ea Arteria called Larinx, the bone called Hyoïdes, and his Muscles, the roote of the toūg & his Muscles, the vj. payre of sinewes, ye inner veynes called Iugulares, the arteries Carwtides, Gargareon, the neither iawe, and a portion of his Muscle [...], the Pr [...]cesses Styloïdes, and the stomach or Aesophagus. Therfore these same Glandules, beyng vsed in so strete a place, are, from the elders, called Parisihimiae.

Enwrapped they are in the same Membran, wherewith we haue sayd theThe [...] of the Gla [...]uies [...]. mouth and palate to be clothed: which, further descendyng, runneth to Aesophagus, constitutyng his interiour coate: as also the inner clothyng of the Uentricle, and intrels: and yet more downward, behind the toung, inuesteth the Epiglotte, Larinx, and the rough arterie, euen to the extreme partes of his braūches dispersed throughout the lunges. But the outside of this rough arterie is shrouded vnder the succingent Membrā, called Pleura. And thus much, beyng exactly wayed, is sufficient for these partes.

THe lunges are sited in the brest, wherof the greater part they occupy, beyngThe situation of the lunges and [...]itting. bound to the bodyes of Vertebres, to the hart, and to the rough arterie: into two partes this agayne is deuided, a right and a left: wherefore some infer thatDiuision. there be two lunges. The figure of it outwardly is round, inwardly hollow: & Figure. Why the lunges a [...]e inwardly hollow. that necessarily, since so it beho [...]d it to yeld vnto the hart, and Pericardion. But besides that diuision, this instrument, the lunges, is deuided (to the end it mightWhy the lunges is deuided into lobes. both be more agile, and easie to moue, as also, more aptly to embrace the hart) into foure lobes, not into fiue, as in beastes Galen approued. Which diuersitie isCol. Ibid. thought to happē, because in them the liuer is much distaunt frō the hart. WherforeWhy the lunges is d [...]ided into moc lobes in beastes then in men. when the hollow Ueyne, so long way from the Vertebres, is distaunced, it required a boulster, wherewith to be vnderlayd: so that prudent Nature then willed, that the lunges, in beastes, should by one lobe, surmount the same instrument in the body of mā: which lobe, in those creatures, is strewed vnder the hollow Ueyne: but it is hollow, as Galen most excellently hath sayd, because it giueth place to the roundnes of the hollow veyne. But since that in man, betwene the hart, and liuer, onely the midreiflyeth, there was no néede at all of the v. lobe.

The substaunce of the lunges is rare, light, and porie, as a sponge, in colourThe substance of the lunges. somewhat red, which kynde of substaunce the elders haue named Parenchyma. i. The substance of the lunges. A [...]usio. It is inuolued of the Membran pleura, lately described, beyng there veryThe vess [...]ls in the lunges. porie. Through this instrument, the lunges, these vessels are disseminated: so wit, the rough arterie, the veniall arterie, and the arteriall Ueyne.

The rough arterie is caried in through the longitude of the necke, in the fore 1 The descriptiō of A [...] [...]. part vnder Larinx, consisting of gristelly ringes, but not perfect ringes (as in the History of Cartilages appeareth, where the rough arterie is at large described)The vse of [...] [...]. which deuidyng into a right & left first, and those, by litle and litle, into many others, is wasted, in braunches, to the extreme partes of the lunges. The office & [Page] seruice which it oweth to nature, is to carie ayre, both in, and out: and from the vpper partes procéedyng, goeth downe to the lower.

The veniall arterie, from beneath, is caryed almost straight vpward, beying 2 first also deuided into a right, and left part, then diuers wayes ra [...]ed, and approchyng [...]. to the braunches of the rough arterie.

The same likewise doth the arteriall veyne. Thus these thrée vessels are embraced 3 The Arteriall veyne. of a substaunce rare, light, and porie, thus beyng the lunges [...]dred.

Whose vse is, as the Anathomistes rightly write, for the coolyng, and refrigerationThe vse of the [...]. of the hart: this effect beyng wrought, by the bringyng of cold ayre vnto it. And who likewise knoweth not, that the same both serueth to inspiration, expiration, and voyce.

All which offices, of right appertainyng to the lunges, I cā proue by the testimonyA [...] vse of [...] [...]. of euery Anathomist: since herein, as with one co [...]sent, they accord & [...] together: but seuerally Collumbus addeth one of great effect, and nothyng touched heretofore of any other. For it is (sayth he) the preparation, yea almost the generatiō of vitall spirites, which after are perfected in the hart. That is to say, the inspired ayre it receiueth, through the mo [...]th, & nostreles, it beyng brought, by the [...]ow vitall [...] are [...]. conueiance of the rough arterie through the substaūce of the lunges: the which instrumēt ceasseth not to mixe the same ayre, with that bloud, which is brought vnto it, by the arteriall veyne, from the right ventricle of the hart. For this same arteriallBy the larg [...]nes of the Arteriall veyne the vse [...] f [...]d out. veyne, besides that it bringeth bloud, for nourishment, is so large, as that it may serue for other vse also. And this bloud by styrring, through the continuall mouyng of the lunges, is made thinne, and together with the ayre mixed, which thus, by the same refraction, and beatyng together, is prepared: so that, the ayre, & bloud, together mixed, are receiued by the braunches of the veniall Arterie, & at length, by the trunke of the same veyne, sent into the left ventricle of the hart:The vitall spirits p [...]rtected in the hart, are caried by the [...] [...] to all the partes of the [...]. but so wel mixed, and attenuated together, as that to the hart, small labour at all is left: after which small elaboratiō, the hart (as it were) laying to the last hād, to the makyng of the vitall spirites, that, by meanes of the great arterie, they might be distributed to all the partes of the body it was most requisite.

The which [...]w assertion, or late inuention of Collumbus, because it was like to be much spurned at, and by all meanes possible (especially of those that had sworne them selues to the decrées of Galen, and Vesalius) confuted, and reiected:How Collumbus sa [...]eth his opi [...]ion as touching the generation of vitall spirites in the lunges. the same Auth [...]ur hath (as it were) entreated vs willyngly to contemplate, first, the magnitude and largenes of the lunges, which without vitall bloud could not endure, when as there is not the least particle in all the body that is destitute therof. But if this vitall bloud be not begotten in the lunges: from what part might it thether haue bene seut, but from the great arterie: and thence (sayth he) not one braunch, great, nor litle, is conuayed to the lunges. For to this purpose, as touching the veniall arterie, or arteriall veyne, he demaundeth how, by them, vitall bloud should be brought vnto the lūges, whilest nether of them doth beate: but serue for other speciall offices, as shortly more largely shall appeare.

There are litle small Nerues, which touch onely the coate of the lunges, butThe Ne [...]es of the lunges touch his coate but pearse net. pearse not within: which maketh that the lunges are with very small sense endewed: notwithstandyng that it is a member greatly néedefull, and so necessary. The coate wherof, since it is porie, no maruel that in time of ye Pleurisie, & inflamation of the lunges, it receiue bloud into it, which spettle outwardly declareth.How hap [...]eth bloudy sp [...]trie in the [...].

In conclude, the lunges, so needefull to the refreshyng of the hart, nature did not onely deuise, as also, lest it should be serued at any tyme with vnpreparedV [...]l. [...]ib. 6. cap. 7. ayre: but many creatures she would haue breth, for the cause of voyce also, so requisiteThe matter of voyce. to their life and naturall beyng. That therfore, which is giuen out fromGal. Lib. 6. vs. part. the lunges in the tyme of expiration, is the excellent & notable matter of voyce.

[Page]THe Membran enuoluyng the whole hart, with his auricles, & begynnynges [...]. l [...]b. 6. cap. 8. of the vessels, like a certaine casket, or case thereto, is called of the GreekesThe in [...]cre of the hate [...]. Pericardion, in Latin Cordis inuolucrum: some Casula cordis, for that it is as a certaine house vnto the hart: the barbarous number, by the addition of one letter pronounce it Capsula. But we will vse here to say the inuolucre of the hart.

The image, or portraiture wherof is very like vnto ye fourme of a Pine nut,Figu [...]e. hauyng a round orbiculer foundation, and a blunt poynt.

But the foundation of the hart is not continuall with the inuolucre therof,The perforatiōs of [...]. but at least pearsed through with v. holcs, whereof two yeld way to the hollow 1 Ueyne. That is to say, one, where the same doth perforate the midreif. But the second hole is that, where the same Ueyne, rising vpwardes from the foundation 2 of the hart, goeth to the Cannell bone. The thyrd letteth in the veniall arterie.3 The fourth is prepared for the great arterie. And the fift yeldeth way to the arteriall 4 Ueyne. To the partes of these vessels, distaunt a notable space from the vpper 5 face of the hart, this inuolucre groweth, after a sort fetchyng his begynnyng from them. The rest of ye inuolucre, transmittyng no vessell, is whole, and côtinuall, and euery where alike, saue that from the foundation downwardes (as is sayd) it stretcheth into a blunt poynt, after the fashion of the hart.

The foundation, or scate, is meant to be the toppe, and highest part therof,Which is the scate or foundation of the hart. which in man, is placed somewhat higher then the body of the fift Vertebre of the brest, yet lyeng not close thereto, but ouer agaynst it.

Besides, this inuolucre, in the progresse or descēse therof, varieth as touchyngThe situation of pencardium. situatiō. For in mā, whose fore part of the brest nature hath made shorter, is [...] so crooked, towardes the left side, & agayne forwardes, as that the poynt after a certaine maner reacheth more downward, thē that part of ye brest bone, wher [...] to the vpper part of Septū trāsuersum groweth. And againe so much appertaineth to the left side, as that the right part of his poynt scarse attaineth to the middest of the brest. Also to the fore partes the poynt so procéedeth, as that it may touch the left side of the brest bone, and Cartilages coarticulated or knit thereto.

It consisteth of Membranous substaunce, and with the other Membrans therThe substance of pericardium. fore numbred amōgest the similar partes of the body. For it is enterwouen with no Fibres, but is a simple Membran, euery where thicke, very hard, and constitutyng a concauitie, wherein the hart may both vse his dilatation, and constriction casely. For the hart, in it selfe, containeth no portion growyng thereto, but is distaunt euery where equally from it.The concau [...]tie of pe [...]cardium.

This cauitie is altogether smooth, wette with a certaine thinne humor, andPericardium beareth no f [...]tte. destitute of all fatnes. And so is the outer face of this inuoluere, although Aristotle Intersepient membrans are those whiche grow about those vessels betwene the lunges and the hart. farre otherwise supposed, affirmyng the inuolucre of the hart to be fat, deluded peraduenture with the intersepient Membrans, which, growyng to this inuolucre, are very fat, especially in man. But the exteriour face of this inuolucre, for ye Fibrous knittyngs, as Mēbrans growing together, is rough. To the anteriour part of the inuolucre of the hart, whereto those Membrans are not knit, Mē branous Fibres, fulfillyng, or supplyeng the roome of these Membrans, do grow. But to the whole posteriour part, the intersepient Membrās are fréely growyng.

All the poynt, and egregious portion of the right side of this inuolucre, growethWhere pericardium groweth to Septum transuer [...]. very strongly, and in most ample space, to the sinewy circle of Septum transuersum: whiche thyng in déede is peculiar to man, since in Dogges, Apes, and Swine it is much distaunt from the midreif. Also, in man onely, the anteriour part of the poynt cleaueth to Pleura, with Fibrous knittynges, in that part (I meane on the left side) where the Cartilages of the vj. and vij. ribbes are bound vnto the brest. But that knittyng of the inuolucre is brought to passe among the Membrans that deuide the brest in the middest for no where the inuolucre of the [Page] hart excéedeth the middest of them, nether in any part toucheth the lunges, but by their interuenture.

Moreouer there are no arteries dispersed in this inuolucre, neither veines, vnlesseDeyn [...]s and [...] to [...] it be some small ones, springyng from those whiche are deriued to the intersepient Membrans, as others to Omentum. For when it transmitteth Vena [...], it boroweth of it scarse any thing: but where it groweth to the midreif, it chalengeth [...]. to it the vessels cōmonto the midreif. Nerues also it purchaceth, though very obscure, procéedyng from those, out of which there current nerues do braūch. Thus this Membranous inuolucre, beyng as a fine boxe or case vnto the hart, susteineth the same, by the ayde and benefite of the intersepient Membrans.

In the space or distaunce conteined betwene this inuolucre Pericardion, andThe watrie h [...] mor [...] [...] [...], and the vse of it. the hart, a certaine watrie humor is conteined, lest the hart by perpetuall mouynges might be dryed: whiche although Matheus Curtius doubted to be true,Col. l [...]b. 7. the truth notwithstandyng, both in dead, and liuing bodies doth testifie it selfe.

THe hart, within this inuolucre closed, beyng the fountaine of vitall heate,The hart. and perfector of vitall spirites, after they are laboured in the lunges, as before is touched, is also the originall roote of all Arteries, but not of Nerues, neither Ueynes, as fondly some haue fabled.

THe figure of the hart is not much vnlike the pine nutte (but somewhat depressed)1 that is to say, hauyng a broader foundation, but endyng by litle andV [...]sal. L [...]b. 6. cap. 9. The figure of the hart. litle, at a poynt somewhat sharper then the pine nutte, & is much more long then thicke. All the exteriour face therof, from the foundation or seate, to the extremeThe cir [...]scription of the ha [...]t. part of the poynt, is very euen and smooth, growyng to no part at all. Notwithstandyng the braunches of the coronall Ueyne, runnyng from the seate to the poynt of the hart, with the fellowshyp of their Arteries, which swellyng with bloud do cause a litle inequalitie, but not much, because ye greatest portiō of their bodyes, is impressed within the substaunce of the hart: so likewise doth the fat, wherewith mans hart aboundeth, enduce some inequalitie: but the foundation of the hart for the goyng forth of the vessels, is euery where vnequall. For to the right side therof, the right auricle, together with Vena caua, & the arteriall veyne, is committed. But it hath on the left side the left auricle, and besides the veniall arterie, the begynnyng of the great arterie. Of which more at large hereafter.

THe hart, although it was of sapient nature situated in the brest, yet not in the 2 middest of the body, for the centre is onely occupyed of the nauell: nor in theCol. Ibid. V [...]sal l [...]b. 6. cap. 9. middest of the brest, as Aristotle supposed and the common people at this day doThe [...] of the ha [...]t. thinke. For onely the seate of the hart, which, since it is the originall of the vessels, is supposed the most noble part, exactly obtaineth the middest of the right and left side of the brest: both beholdyng the anteriour, & posteriour partes. For so farre it is distaunt from the brest bone, as it is in space from the bodyes of the Vertebres. Of the longitude of the brest, which is constituted of xij. ribbes, it respecteth the body of the fift Verteb [...]e. But in the anteriour region of the brest, which is ended by the longitude of the brest Bone, it obtaineth truly the middest, beyng so much remoued from the Cannell bone, as distaunt from that part of the brest bone, whereto the midreif is inserted. And thus in his seate, this noble part is safely situated, beyng much remoued frō the iniuries which outwardly might happen. From which part, the rest of the body of the hart, by litle and litle, is so reached forth towardes the anteriour partes, and into the left side, as that the posteriour part of his point, bendeth more to the brest, and forwardes, then the centre or [...]ddest of the foūdation: and the right part of the poynt beyng more to the left side, thē the middest of the same seate, excéedeth the middest of the brest bone, into the left side, and the centre or pricke of the poynt respecteth the Cartilages of the vj. or vij. ribbes on the lest side, where they are bound vnto the brest bone. [Page] Furthermore it lyeth so apt for the embracing of the lobes of the lung [...]s, as most readely the vessels might, from the one, to the other be conuayed.

THe chief substaunce of the hart doth consist of flesh not altogether so red as the 3 The substan̄ce of the hart. flesh of the Muscles, but in hardnes, thicknes, & interwearyng of Fibres, much varyeng from it. For the flesh of the hart is much harder, and thicker, to beareGal. quoque. [...]ib. 2. de [...] [...]. Cap. 4. out, iniuries farre more able, (for so it was expedient consideryng his motion) and finally, with diuers kyndes of most strōg Fibres endewed: whereas the fleshFibres. of Museles is not so firme, but contented with foure Fibres, that is for the most part one kynde, and those more strewyngly set, accordyng to their required actiō,Col. Ibid. as in the history of Muscles: whence the errour of those is detected, who soeuerThe substaunce of the hart is not musculous. they are, that affirme the hart to be of Musculous substaunce.

THrée sortes therfore of Fibres are cōteined in ye flesh of the hart, that is to say,4 V [...]sal. Ibid. straight, oblique, and transuerse. The straight we call those, which from theWhich are the strayght Fibres of the hart. foundation, are caried to the poynt of the hart. Those transuerse, which, in crosse or compassing wise, goe about the hart, and those oblique, that choose their courseThe transuerse. more slopewise then the others.The oblique.

The flesh of the hart auayleth to the principall functions therof, which especiallyThe vse of the flesh of the hart. consist in the makyng of vitall spirite, or in makyng perfect the same, after the labour of the lunges, as Collumbus assureth vs.

The Fibres serue to an other function: for by them, the hart, whilest the creatureThe vses of the Fibres. liueth, is dilated, and contrahed, and somewhiles resteth betwene contractiō and dilation. Moreouer they serue to the mouyng of the hart, which is naturall,Cordis motus a [...]. and nothyng subiect to our will, as thus: the straight for attraction, the trásuerseG [...]l. lib. 7. vs. part. G [...]l. Ibid. for expulsion, and the oblique for retention. And these motiōs of the hart are called Diastole, and Sistole: and Diastole, when the hart in his dilatation receiueth inWhat is Diastole. What is Diastole. of spirite, like as Sistole is, when the hart by constriction putteth forth the same.

THe seate of the hart is compassed round about, which the Ueyne called Coronalis, 5 that so the hart might be nourished by his bloud, to the which Ueyne alsoCol. Loc. [...]. The [...] beyne is ioyned in felowship, the arterie called Coronalis, which is yet to describe, and which sometyme are ij. to the end that by meanes and helpe therof, the substaūceThe Coronall, Ar [...]erye. of vitall heat might be quickned. Wherefore (sayth Collumbus) some man may doubt, yea, & by the premisses, frame a sufficient argument to proue, that the vitall spirites are not begottē in the hart, but in the lunges. Albeit he referreth the case to the more sapient Philosophers to discufse. And so it shalbe sufficient, here, truly to describe the partes of the body, how they are, & to what vse created, least I meddle ouer farre in such misteries.

To the seate moreouer of the hart, is offred a litle Nerue, procéedyng from the [...]. Ibid. left sinew of the v [...]. payre from the brayne, whereas it constituteth the left recurrent Nerue. For this pearsing through the seate of the hart, his inuolucre, and reached forth to the left side and posteriour part of the arteriall Ueyne, créepethThe vse of the [...]etue to the hart. very obscurely into the foundation of the hart, and that onely for the féelyng of annoyaunces.

THe coate that groweth closse vnto the substaūce of the hart, is altogether aunswerable 6 The coate next the substance of the hart. to that Membran, whiche fo firmely groweth to the bellyes of the Muscles, I meane that most thinne Membran, which from the substaunce of theThe fatte of the hart. Muscles may not be plucked. Upon which coate, in mā chiefly, groweth plenty of hard fat, but that most commōly, about the seate of the hart: though sometyme it be effused euen downe to the poynt of the hart, by the sides of the Ueynes, and Arteries sprinckled about the body therof. Which fat was for the continuall mouyng [...]. Ibid. of the hart very necessary. For to that end, we finde fatnes also in very manyThe vse of the [...] to the hart. partes of the body, and chiefly about the eyes, and [...]ēporall Muscles, least they should be dryed by labour.

[Page]BEside fatnes, the hart hath litle eares or auricles. For so the authors of dissections,7 [...]. do call those two Appendaūces, growyng to the seate of the hart. They [...] [...] [...]. are called by the name of eares, not for their vse, nor any action, but for [...] sake, which they obtaine, in situation, like vnto the proper eares.

The right eare is set to the right side of the seate of the hart, coueryng all the 1 The [...] of the right care [...] the hart. fore part of the insertion of Vena caua, after his longitude, and with his poynt departyng from the body of the Ueyne, rayseth it selfe vpwardes, somewhat higher then the seate of the hart.

The figure of this auricle is like a poynted stéeple pillour or other buildyng, [...]. whose brodest part is the bottome, and thēce the nearer to the top, the narrower. For so it begynneth, but at a lōg fashioned foūdation, & goeth forth into a sharpe, albeit not very sharpe, nor long. The exteriour face of the auricle varieth, accordyng to the fulnes, or emptines therof. For whē in the constriction of the hart, it swelleth, being filled, then it is Gibbous, euery where equall, & as with a wa [...]rie humor annoynted. But beyng fallen, and emptied, appeareth wrinkled, and set with foldes. Sometymes also, though very seldome, it chaunceth, that the outside of the distended auricle appeareth vnequall, but that is through fatnes then, that groweth vpō it. The inside or interiour Superfice of the eare, [...] a cauitie, is wholly aunswerable to the same side of the Uentricles of the hart. For like as that, where the vessels are inserted & educed, is smooth, but [...] where els rough and full of caues: euen so that eare, where it groweth to the insertion of the hollow Ueyne, is smooth, but in all the other rowme beside, so full of Fibrous foldynges, as that it surmounteth the ventricle of the hart, in inequalitie.

The substaūce of the auricle is litle, but that very hard and skinny flesh, wherinSubstaunc [...]. it much differeth from the hart, but in that it conteineth the thrée sortes of Fibres, Fibres. it is therein aunswerable to the flesh of the hart.

The settyng to of the auricle is much after this sort. The left side of his seate,Situation. groweth to the extreme part of the substaunce of the hart, where the anteriour region of the Orifice of the hollow Ueyne consisteth in the right Uentricle of the hart: or more truly, the auricle goeth forth from that same extreme part. But the right side of his seate, groweth to the body of the hollow Ueyne, after the longitude of his insertion into the hart, and in the anteriour part therof, beyng made, as it were, one body with the veyne. The rest of the auricle is frée frō the knittyng to of any part, beyng conteined also within the inuolucre of the hart, though with no Fibrous knittyng committed thereto.

The left auricle of the hart, is in very many poyntes like vnto the right. For 2 The descriptiō of the [...] eare of the hart. it consisteth in the anteriour seate of the rising of the veniall arterie accordyng to the longitude therof. And so from his seate also, ceasseth at his poynt, as is sayd of the other. Which poynt beyng sharper then the poynt of the right auricle, but is reached more toward the left side. Besides, the left in more aged persons, giueth place to halfe the largenes of the right auricle, like as the Orifice of the veniall arterie, is much lesse then the Orifice of the hollow Ueyne.

As touchyng the inside and outside, the auricles are euery where one like an other. Although the exteriour Supersice of the left, is alway more wrinkled and vnequall. In substaunce also they are agreable, but the left is much harder, and in constriction and distention is lesse obedient. And if it be compared to the right auricle, it appeareth féeble and dryed, and on the outside alway, aboundyng more with fat then the right.

In knitting they agrée altogether. For as the right groweth to the right side of the hart & Vena caua, nigh the insertion therof: so in like sort the left in the right side of his seate groweth to the substaunce of the hart where the veniall arterie goeth forth: but on the left side to the same body of the veniall arterie.

[Page]In vse notwithstandyng they differ, although very litle. For when as the [...] [...]se. with great force, doth receiue his bloud into the right Uentricle from [...], and, as it were in snatchyng wise, doth swallow it, the same Vena caua, not consistyng of any strong or arterious body, should greatly haue bene daungered, I meane for breakyng, in that strong attraction of the hart: saue onely that therfore nature created the right auricle of the hart, which beyng obedient to the mouyng of the hart, and full with bloud, should poure forth the same bloud which it conteineth, into the right ventricle whē the hart is dilated, and that the same should be, after a sort, rowled into that ventricle to dispence with the force of attraction, and to be to the hart, as a ready hand or storehouse. Aunswerable to which vse is the cuticular construction of the auricle which is light, and to the sufferyng of iniuries resistaunt. Hollow it is to conteine the matter, and construct with Fibres, as a thyng subiect to attraction, retention, and expulsion.

Likewise the left auricle of the hart, growyng to the veniall arterie, beareth altogether the like seruice vnto it, and to the left ventricle of the hart, as we haue sayd the right eare to be in vse to the right Uentricle. And so much the lesse is the cauitie of the right eare, by how much the Orifice of the veniall arterie, is narrower then the orifice of Uena caua. In mouyng also, ayre is more ready to folow then bloud, so that for this occasiō also, the left auricle is made lesse thē the right.

THe hart of mā obtaineth within, two notable and large cauities, called of the 1 Latins Ventriculi or Sinus, sited after the sides of the hart, one on the right, the other on the left. Wherof the right excéedeth the other in largenes, and both of them in fourme varie much one from an other.

For the right descendyng more downwardes to the poynt of the hart then the 2 left, hath his cauitie made like the Moone encreasing. As in the right side, anteriour, and posteriour part, like the inside of a halfe circle, there aunsweryng to the exteriour Superfice which is Gibbous. But on the left side of it, it is Gibbous like the outside of a halfe circle, by meanes of the hedge betwene the Uentricles, which as a thyng halfe round, bouncheth into the amplitude of the right Uentricle. And this fourme the right Uentricle of the hart obserueth, from the seate down to the point. No otherwise then as the figure of the hart is made also from his seate narrower.

The left Uentricle also begynneth with a large seate, but by litle and litle becommeth 3 streter towardes the poynt of the hart, obtaining as touching the whole Superfice, a round cauitie like a Pincapple. For the hedge that is betwene the Uentricles of the hart, on the left side, wherewith it maketh the right of the left Uentricle, is hollow contrary to the other side, which bouncheth into the right Uentricle, and hath equall thickenes and nature with the substaunce of the hart, constitutyng the anteriour and posteriour partes of the left Uentricle. But the whole substaunce of the hart, beside of the hedge of the Uentricles, constitutyng the amplitude of the right Uentricle, is very thinne. But that which effourmeth and compasseth about the left Uentricle, surmounteth much in thicknes the substaunce of the right Uentricle, and is euery where a like thicke, sauyng the seate onely, where for the insertion of the vessels, so much substaunce must needes wāt, as the amplitude of the Orifices do occupy space.

The Superfice or inside of both the Uentricles is very vnequall, and beset as it were with many causes, déepely impressed into the fleshy substaunce. Neither do these consist onely in the sides where the right ventricle respecteth the left, but round about, throughout the whole Superfice of the ventricle: and that not onely in new dissected bodies, but perpetually apparaūt as oft as you lust to behold the hart: neither at any tyme not appearyng in a dryed hart besides this inequalitie, which in the left ventricle is something greater: both of them haue inwardly certaine [Page] fleshy explantations or Processes, which are round and slender, and ceasse into Membranous Fibres, continuall or ioyned to the lower seate of the Membrans in their borders reposed. These Processes are chiefly discerned fleshy at the poynt, or lower part of the Uentricles, which make to the strength of the Fibres, which they conteyne.

That through the hedge situated betwene these two Uentricles, bloud shouldCol. Loc. cit. passe, as it were by resudation, from the right into the left Uentricle, almost all Anathomistes hetherto haue affirmed. And that the same in passage also should be made thinner for the more easie generation of vitall spirites. But very wyde they wander, sayth Collumbus. For the bloud through the arteriall Ueyne is caried to the lunges, whence, beyng attenuated, it is caried by the veniall arterie into the left Uentricle of the hart together with ayre: which no man before his tyme noted, or at least haue left extant.

MOreouer about the seate or foundation of the hart, foure vessels are apparaunt:9 [...]essels of the ha [...]. two to the right Uentricle, and two to the left: in the right, the hollow Ueyne, and arteriall Ueyne: but in the left, the great arterie Aorta, and the veniall arterie.

Notwithstandyng, estéeme not (as many suppose) that the hollow veyne doth 1 spryng from thence: for it goeth not into the hart, as falsely they imagine, but beyng deuided or cleft a sunder in that place, cleaueth onely to the Orifice of the right Uentricle.

The arteriall veyne neither springeth from the hart, but from the liuer. For 2 note, if we behold the same whilest the infant as yet is shrouded within the mothers wombe, we shall finde the hollow veyne to be continuall with the arteriall Ueyne. In somuch therfore as it is a Ueyne, it fetcheth the begynnyng from the liuer, but as touchyng that it is arteriall, frō the hart. For of all artcries the hart is the fountaine. It goeth to the lunges to carie bloud for the nourishment of the instrument, and to the end, that the same may be altered for the hart. Sufficient great is this arteriall Ueyne, yea much greater then was néedfull, if the bloud had bene onely to be caried to the lunges, in so small spáce aboue the hart. It is deuided into two trunkes or notable braunches, both to the right, and to the left lunges: thence forth into sundry braunches, as before is sayd in the lunges.

The arterie named Aorta, which of all other arteries is the mother, springeth from the left Uentricle of the hart, and riseth vpward.

But before we prosecute the description of this arterie, it séemeth méete to 3 speake of the veniall arterie, set to the left ventricle of the hart it is called an arterie, in that it serueth to spirites and arteriall bloud: but a veyne, because it hath the body or substaūce of a veyne. It is a vessel sufficient large, which also through the lunges is deuided like the arteriall veyne.

The opinion of other Anathomistes is, that the vse of these diuisions of this vessell into the lunges, is to cary vnto the lunges the altered ayre, which are as a fanwynde to the hart, to coole the same: they supposing also that then the lunges do receiue certaine I know not what fumes frō the left ventricle. And this inuē tion doth meruailously delight them: because they imagine that in the hart surely the like is accustomed to be done as in chimneyes: as though in the hart were gréene stickes, which whilest they burne, do make a smoke or fume. Thus much Collumbus writeth accordyng to the sentence of other Anathomistes. But he him selfe iudgeth cleane an other way: as thus, that this veniall arterie is made to cary from the lunges, bloud mixt with ayre, into the left Uentricle of the hart. Which thyng (sayth he) is as true, as that which is most true: not onely beyng apparant to euery inspection of dissected bodyes, but manifest also in quicke diffections of creatures, how full of bloud this Ueyne is alway founde: which could [Page] not be so, if it had bene made onely for ayre and vapours.

It is to be noted that in the Orifices of the iiij. vessels, at the seate of the hart, xi. Membrās do stand, called Trisulcae or iij. edged that is to say iii. to Vena caua, [...]. to the arteriall veyne, iij. to the arterie Aorta, & ii. to the veniall arterie: which are not all in figure alike. For those which are put to the hollow veyne, & veniall arterie, are diuerse in fourme from the Membrans of the great arterie, and arteriall veyne. For the Membrans of these, are like iij. of those letters which the Latins call C: but the others are like arrowes. The vse of these is meruailous: and by their meanes, we learne and perceiue many thynges, that appertaine to the knowledge of the functions both of the hart and lunges. Know therfore, that as they are in figure diuers, so their vtilitie not all a like. The wickettes therfore (for so they may not much vnaptly be termed) of the hollow veyne and veniall arterie, are sited from within forth, as seruyng to the emission of bloud: but the wickettes of the other ii. vessels, contrariwise, from without forth, or inward, that so they might séeme vnto vs to be made, for the conteining of included bloud. This also note, that those litle wickets, which from within forth are opened, abound here and there with certaine filmentes or threedes, dispersed through the ventricles, made so to hold and strengthen them. By which filmentes peraduenture Aristotle was deluded, supposing them to be Nerues: so therfore he assigned the hart to be the roote of Nerues, and consequently of féelyng and mouyng. But to returne to the foure vessels: two of them are made to carie into the hart, whilest yt hart is dilated: but the other ii. to beare forth in the time of constriction.

When the hart therfore is dilated, it receiueth bloud from the hollow [...]eyne into the right ventricle, as also from the veniall arterie, prepared bloud and spirite into the left ventricle. Therfore those Membrans lye downe and yeld to goyng in. For whilest the hart is coarcted, these are shut: left any thyng they haue receiued, should returne or go backe agayne the same wayes: and at the same instaunt the Membrans, of the great arterie, and arteriall veyne are opened, and giue way to the goyng forth of the ayerie bloud, which throughout the whole body is dispersed, and to the naturall bloud caried forth to the lunges.

The matter therfore is alway so, that when the hart is dilated, the Membrans first mentioned, are opened and the rest shut. So that you shall finde the bloud which is now gone into the right ventricle, not able any more to go backe agayne into the hollow veyne. By which sense we gather that the hart by no meanes is that member wherein bloud is engendred, as Aristotle sayth, when as the bloud is from Vena caua distributed,

This moreouer know for a suretie, that in the hart of man is no bone to be found, although in Oxen, Horses, and such great creatures it may be shewed, but in man no such thyng, except it chaunce, that in very aged persons the like be inuented: as in the History of bones I haue protested my selfe once to haue found. Onely a Cartilaginous substaunce at the roote of the great arterie, towardes the arteriall veyne is sene, whiche a Bone in no wise may be called, although Galen him selfe would haue it so: whose sentence partly I haue set forth in the place afore cited.

Suppose this assertiō most approued in Anathomie, that all arteries procéede from the hart, euen as all [...]eynes from the liuer, & all Nerues from the brayne.

From the left Uentricle of the hart therefore, springeth that arterie named 4 Aorta, of all other arteries in the body the mother. In quantitie it is sufficient large, and in substaunce thicke and white. The cause of the thicknes is first, least the bloud with filled spirite should easely vanishe and wast, and secondly least it in mouyng should be broken. For the Arterie moueth continually, yet not by it selfe but through spirites.

[Page]AFter that Aorta is gone forth from the hart, immediately it bringeth forth 10 a small arterie called the coronall, because it compasseth about the seate of the hart, to quicken and refresh his substaunce, in which it is diuersly disseminated: albeit you haue to note by the way that in some bodyes this coronall arterie is not onely one, but ij. and so Vesalius describeth it: but further ascendyng, it is deuided into ij. trunkes or stockes, one greater, the other lesser: the greater descē deth, the lesser ascendeth, that trunke is made the greater which I say doth descend, for that the great portion of the body was to be reuiued therewith.

The trunke ascending putteth forth an arterie from the left side, which is called 11 the Axillaris arteria, which stretcheth forth obliquely towardes the armehole, and sendeth braunches to the superiour ribbes, and goyng forth to the arme choseth his iourney after the inside, to mate himselfe with the inner Basilica, but sendyng a braunche vpwardes, commaundeth others to all those Muscles, which are about the shoulder, the scapple bone, and his cauitie, not faylyng the anteriour partes of the brest, nor the Glandules vnder the armehole.

But the trunke of Arteria axillaris descendeth straight through the inner region of the shoulder, downe to the boughte of the cubite: and before it passe this part, it giueth out a litle Arterie to accompany the fourth Nerue of the arme, whiche Arterie is among the Muscles distributed, that serue to extend the cubite: but so soone as it hath passed the bought of the cubite, it is deuided into two, sometyme into thrée arteries, yet first it leuyeth litle arteries to those Musc [...]es that are in the shoulder and cubite, and one braunche goeth neare to that Ligament that is set betwene Cubitus and Radius, and being gone forth marcheth to the externe Muscles. The remnant foloweth the longitude of the cubite: which after it hath flowed beyond vnder the inner transuerse Ligament of the wrest, in the palme of the hand, it is diuers wayes deuided, and to the extremities of the fingers deuided: but an other braunch tendeth towardes Radius after his conductyng: and so soone as it is past the mid [...]est of the cubite, it ariseth betwene two Muscles: and goeth vnder the skinne by the inner part of Radius. This is that braunch, whose mouyng Phisitions are accustomed to féele, when they lay hold of the wrest, to take counsell at the pulse.

By the way notwithstandyng I wish thée this to note, that in some persons this braunch is diuersly placed, so that to be the same, whiche hetherto we haue spoken of, thou mayest take occasion to doubt, in that it is sometyme caried on yt outside. So that what Phisition soeuer, vnexpert in Anathomie, shall in the accustomed place (chiefly in a sicke body) onely séeke for the pulse, and can not finde it, he will iudge vntruly death to be neare that person, and so prognosticate falsely.

Albeit no man may deny, but that very seldome it is otherwise situated, for in déede for the most part, it doth occupy the inside. This moreouer so soone as it departeth from the wrest, it procéedeth through the outside, to the extremities of the fingers. An other braunch neare to the Ligament is caried.

This trunke afterwardes ascendyng, this Axillaris arteria beyng now dispersed, it is cut into ij. arteries called Car [...]tidas, or Seporarias, which through the laterallThere are both Internae & Extern [...] [...]. partes of the necke, are straight caried to the seate of the scull, cleauyng to Aspera arteria, & fixed to the inner veynes called Iugulares. But before they enter into the Scull, they send ij. arteries to the face, & beyng deuided vnder the neither iawe, they impart of the smaller sort, to the Muscles of the necke, of the head, of Larinx, of Hyoides, and of the toung. But the two braunches (which are the greater) caried to the toung, are caried throughout his lōgitude to the extremitie therof, which iourney beyng atchieued, they ascend vnder the eare, and both before & beside the same, are to the temporall Muscles eleuated, so then beyng to the forehead, to the skinne of the head, and to the Muscles of the face distributed.

[Page]The other arme or bowe therof, which to be caried backwardes we haue affirmed, is bestowed vpon those i [...]. Muscles, which (accordyng to Collumbus inu [...] tion) are placed in the posteriour part of the head. So is it caried also to the skinne, and Muscles of the head. From the same place, and somewhat higher also two arteries fetch their begynnyng, entryng into the nether iawe, vnder the eare, in at the hole there (if you behold diligently) sited, after the longitude of the iawe: with whiche Arteries a Ueyne and Nerue are ioyned in societie: but then they are dispersed to all the rootes of the nether téeth: a part notwithstāding goeth forth through the hole in the chinne, and marcheth through the lippe. This Arterie [...] 7. Uesalius forgot, in somuch that he hath made no mention at all therof.

BUt before we fall to the description of those arteries which are conteined in the Scull, certaine others are first to be described, of which a part also is taken from the Scull.

It is to be noted therfore, that y• right Arteria axillaris doth spryng frō a placeThe beginning of the left is higher then the ri [...]ht. lesse exalted then the left. Moreouer it marcheth not in oblique order as it doth. But the begynnyng of it is frō the right arterie Soporaria, in the regton of the Canell bone it goeth straight through the armehole vnder the Canell Bone: to the right arme: where it is deuided & marcheth foreward like as doth the left. But from the anteriour part, whence these Soporaria, & Axillaris arteria do spryng, ij. arteries do grow tendyng downwardes, & seno their braunches to the superiour spaces of the ribbes, & to the Vertebres, of which two arteries, Vesalius was ignoraunt:Col. Ibid. also other ij. small arteries do arise, which vnder Sternon are conuerted, & descend, associatyng those two veynes, which tended to the pappes, & to the borders of the straight Muscles. After their maner therfore are deuided.

Almost in the same region, but backwardes, towardes the bodies of the Vertebres, you shall note ij. other arteries, which being caried through y• trāsuerse Processes of the Vertebres of the neckes (for to that end nature left them perforated) as also through those holes, out of which the sinewes do procéede, do commaunde their brannches to the Spinall marey and Vertebres, & to those Muscles, that side wayes do serue to bowe the necke: albeit that in some persons these ij. arteries are not from Soporariae, as in the most, but often from the arteries Axillares, produced. These arteries, which thus we substitute to animall contemplation, betwene the head and first Vertebre, do make ingresse into the posteriour part of the Scull: that is to wit, betwene the same Vertebre and the Spinall marey: first ministryng vnto the caue or laberinthe of the eare ij. arteries, which in their ingresse do mingle together. But in such order the right is vnited to the left, as that of both, one for the length of halfe a finger, is made: Into ij. it is afterward deuided: then agayne into many others, and first they reach to Dura and Tenuis meuinx, and then to Cerebellum. By these the begynnyng of the Spinall marey, Cerebellum, and part likewise of the brayne, are reuined and quickned: and if nature had not begotten, these (sayth Collumbus) the posteriour partes of the Scull had wanted arteries.

These ij. arteries, whiche through the transuerse Processes of the Vertebres do arise vpward, betwene the first Vertebre, & the bone of the hinder part of the head, enter into the inner region of the Scull betwene the same Vertebre, & the spinall marey. But after they are entred into the cauitie of the Scull by the lēgth of halfe a finger, they are ioyned together, and of ij. made one onely arterie.

Neuerthelesse they are agayne forthwith deuided, and that into a right and a left, from which, arteries are to the ij. Membrans of the brayne, and to Cerebellum suborned. And further, through the substaunce of these partes, in the vpper part, through the halfe space of the Scull, most large is the distribution of these arteries. The rest of the Scull is reuined by the ramification of the ij. arteries Carwtides, [Page] or Soporaria, as shortly shalbe sayd. Which before they penetrate into the Scull, imparte of their power by litle Arteries into the laberinthe of the care. But so soone as this trunke of the Arterie is entred into the Scull, as is before sayd, it dispatcheth forth braunches to the Spinall marey, to the hard and thinne Membran, to the brayne, and Cerebellum.

Of these ij. arteries the true distribution, no man hath knowne before Collumbus, Col. [...]. cit. nether did Uesalius inuent it, who, whilest he was practised in the description of the Arteries ascendyng through the transuerse Processes of the Vertebres, was contented to affirme, that they entryng into the Scull, do tend through that camtie of Dura mater, into which the Ueynes Iugulares do enter, but this rather he supposed to sée with his eyes. Wherefore (sayth he) no meruaile, if so much he deuided the description of auncient Anathomistes, as touchyng Rete mirabile: since rather from these Arteries, of whiche he was ignoraunt, then from the Arterie Carwtides, the meruailous net is effourmed: although neitherP [...]te [...]. to Galen these two Arteries haue bene knowne: therefore he sayth Ueynes are caryed through the posteriour partes of the head, and Arteries through the Anteriour.

But these two Arteries whiche we haue described, are vnder the Spinall marey exalted vpwardes, and besides those manifold braunches, whiche are sprinkled throughout the thinne Membran, they passe into the substaunce of the brayne, in that place, whiche is called Cwnarium, or Glandula Pinealis, in theThis glandule in the brayne beareth the shape of p [...]us. extremitie of the superiour Uentricles, and there bringeth to passe a large and notable plicature, or weauyng: which (after Collumbus opinion) may worthely, for the marueilous workemanshyp therof, be called the marueilous nette, whiche is in the posteriour part fastened to Torcular. Into this plicature so notableTorcular is the forth caui [...]e of Dura mater quabruplified betwene Cerebrum and Cerebellum. and worthy admiration, are immitted two Arteries named Caratides, as in their place shall not be omitted. Therfore of foure Arteries this marueilous nette is made, most notable to eche studious Anathomist, both for the dignitie and newnes of the thyng, which before Collumbus was neuer taught or noted.

The Arteries Carwtides, so soone as they are come to the seate of the Scull, they seeme to enter the hole, forth of whiche did passe the vj. payre of sinewes, and whiche doth take in charge the inner Ueynes Iugulares: albeit they arise not vp, nor here do bryng forth two Arteries, as Uesalius affirmeth: who alsoCol. Loc. ci [...], would haue them to enter into the cauities of the hard Membran together with the Ueynes Iugulares. But then thou wilt say peraduenture, what do these Arteries vnder the seate of the Scull? They are conuerted to the Anteriour part, and passe through a hole, which lurketh in the tēporall bone neare that, through whiche the sixt coniugation of sinewes descendeth, and they enter among the inner Iugulares: but before they be receiued of the inner part of the Scull, they deliuer forth two Arteries, whose braunches are diuers, to wit, to the palate, to the inside of the nose, to the vpper téeth: others' enter into the Scull by those holes there sited, and lyke a trée through the sides of the hard Membran, together with those Ueynes therein conspicuous, are explicated, and therefore is Sincip [...]t in that place excaued.

But after that these Arteries haue esfused forth these braūches to the palate, & téeth as is sayd, they rise vp into the Scull through that hole, which is sited betwene Sphenoïdos & the temporal bone, in which place a part of the thyrd payre of sinewes descendeth: although Vesalius for the same doth reprehend Galen. But so sooue as they are passed the seate or sell of Sphenoïdes, they minister ij. Arteries to the eyes a long by the opticke sinewes, to shew lyfe vnto the eyes, and not onely lyfe vnto the eyes, but also to the Muscles of the eyes, and to those by which the iawe is opened, I meane the vpper iawe: wherefore you shall finde the [Page] diuisions of these large and many.

That whiche remaineth of these Arteries Caralides, ascendeth aboue the aforesayd sell coherent with the thinne Membran, and after the callous body toward the posteriour partes, and diuers wayes is sprinkled through the thinne Membran, aboue, within, and to the sides. Also some of their braunches are deduced from the thinne to the hard Membrā, and others from the thinne Membran to the substaunce of the brayne.

After so many distributions of the Soporiferous Arteries aboue the sell of theThe Arteryes called [...] [...] Cuneall bone, they vnderlay the vpper Uentricles of the brayne, immediately after they haue perforated the thinne Membran, the whiche Uentricles areThe cuneal bone is the bone Sphe [...]. [...] men [...]o [...]ed. anfractuous or full of foldes: and whereas at first they seemed but two, they are seuered into very small ones and those innumerable. There therfore you shall behold a most pleasaunt nette contexed and wouen together of Arteries: the whiche Arteries haue their Ueynes to them ioyned in fellowshyp, and in their endes lyeth the Pineall Glandule. These hath Galen described for the netlykeGlandula P [...]ls called also [...]- [...], foldyng, as though it might represent the Secundine.

Collumbus notwithstandyng boldly affirmeth this (if it be any where at all) to be the marueilous nette: for no where (sayth he) shall you finde such foldes, through foldes, and interweauynges of the least, and innumerable Arteries, els. But Galen did describe the marueilous nette whereof he maketh mention, to be aboue Sphenoïdes, where that Glandule, whiche receiueth euery excrement begotten in the braynes, beyng to that office by Nature dedicated, is resident. But whosoeuer shall seeke the same where Galen hath described it, he shalbe frustrate of his purpose. For nothyng els shall he finde there, but certaine litle Arteries, ministryng lyfe to these partes, and to the bone Sphenoïdes. The same Arteries, which thus constitute the marueilous nette, do send their power through the substaunce of the brayne: whiche thyng of no other Anathomist, saue onely of Collumbus, hath bene written.

And this is the end of the description of the superiour trunke of the great Arterie, without you make accompt of those Arteries to be described, which flow forth to the right superiour ribbes. This by the way is worthy to be noted, that not one Arterie tendeth to the lunges, whereby they might receiue vitall spirites from the hart. And this is a sentence most approued in Anathomie, that (exceptyng the lunges onely) all other partes of mans body are endewed with beatyng Arteries. By whiche reason, Collumbus protesteth sufficient authoritie to what seuere disputer soeuer, shall goe about to proue, that in the hart it selfe are not begotten the vitall spirites. But of this matter is other where sayd.

The greater trunke of the great Arterie called (as we haue often sayd) Aorta, tendyng downewardes, declineth towardes the left side, and is to the body of the Vertebres adherent, whiche to the superiour trunke is not incident. For that, no otherwise then Vena caua, is distaunt from the Vertebres. This inferiour trunke therefore, whilest it descendeth, out of his hynder part profereth Arteries to the spaces of the ribbes: and these agayne charge others to the Spinall marey, to the Vertebres, and to the Muscles, in the posteriour part of the brest sited. But where it commeth downe to Septum transuersum, bringyng forth two a lyke Arteries, whiche are into the same distributed, it passeth vnder the same, and still cleauyng to the body of the Vertebres, marcheth downe to the last Vertebre saue one of the loynes. But so soone as it hath passed the midreif, it produceth an Arterie to the liuer, in place whence [...]ena parta went forth, as we haue sayd: beyng there distributed. An other spredeth to the vessicle of choler, an other to the splene, an other to the [Page] Uentricle and Omentum: other litle braunches to the Glandulous body Pancreas, and others also to the intestine Colon. Under this an other appeareth, whereof are very many and large diuisions, both through Mesenterium, and to the small guttes: beyng perpetuall mates to many of the Meseraicall veynes.

Moreouer a litle lower it begetteth two Arteries, and those very notable, called the Emulgent Arteries, which enter into the kidneys. Under the Emulgent Ueynes, a litle more bendyng downe, it produceth the two seminall Arteries, whiche haue their begynnynges from the body of the great Arterie, but not from the left Emulgent (except in very fewe) as to Galen it séemed. These descendyng, are folded together with the seminall Ueynes downe to the Testicles, both in man, and young mayde, and in women to the body of the matrice, yea to the inner part of the matrice: and from these the vmbellicall Arteries of the infant, take their begynnyng.

Under these seminall Arteries, in the middest of the trunke emergeth an other Arterie, whiche is caryed to the Mesenterium of the straight gutte, and to part of the intestine Colon, after the left side of Ileon. But the Arteries of the strayght gutte, downe to the extreme part of the fundament, together with the Meseraicall Ueynes of Vena porta, do descend, wherfore there are made both Ueynes & Arteries called Haemorroidales: in the posteriour part out of the same Arterie vnder the midreif, Arteries make egresse to the Vertebres, to the Spinall marey, to the Muscles of the backe, and to the Muscles of the bellye.

But so soone as it is come to the last Vertebre of the loynes but one, and in some bodyes to the last of all, it is first deuided into two and those great braunches, whiche [...] the right and the left side, but surmountyng the hollow Ueyne in the region of Os sacrum. These two braunches are subdeuided, and descendyng more, are ramified to the sides of the bleddar, to the necke of the matrice, and to the Muscles resident in the concauitie of Abdomen. Two others likewise passe through the holes sited in Os pubis and Coxendix: from whiche holes, so soone as these Arteries are gone forth of Abdomen, they are sent to the two bodyes of Penis, from the toppe to the lowest part, and them do they passe in braunches: they beyng those Arteries, by whiche erection of the yard is made: whiche thyng neither hath any man noted vnto vs but Collumbus. The remnaunt of these Arteries, is dispersed through those Muscles, whiche are put in the inside of the thighe, but they passe not the knée.

From those Arteries whiche the bleddar receiueth, others also are purchased, whiche beyng brought to the inner part of Os sacrum, through whose holes they tend, both to the same, and to the Spinall marey: but without, to the Muscles seruyng the thighe. Lyke as also from the great diuision of the Arterie, some issue forth, whiche with vitall bloud, do nourishe the Muscles of the thighe, whiche are within the belly situated. But of those Arteries whiche after Os sacrum and Coccix do descend, some together with certaine Ueynes of Vena caua, do flowe to the Muscles called Sphincter: the whiche Arteries, may also be called Hemorroides.

Moreouer out of the great diuision of the great Arterie, two other Arteries spryng, whiche are reflected vpwardes, and passing through Peritonaeum, do ascend vnder the straight Muscles aboue the nauell: and in many braunches are ended among the Muscles of Abdomen.

In this diuision two Arteries, called Vmbelicales, are set downe, whiche are the first Arteries that in the infant are begotten. For after that they make apparaunce from the Nauell: they marche through Peritonaeum, in what place it is double, vnto the sides of the bleddar, and doe begette these Arteries, of whiche somewhat before is sayd. But after the begynnyng of the Vmbelicall [Page] Arteries, the hart it selfe is begotten: but to returne agayne to the Vmbelicall Arteries, for of any such partes I determine not further to speake. These, after our bodyes are brought to light, are dryed vp, and vsurpe the office of two Ligamentes.

But furthermore the two armes of the great trunke, whiche are caried downe into the legges, passe vnder the fift Muscle of the loynes bowyng the thigh, and goyng forth towardes Abdomen aboue Os Ilium, and Pubis, are ioyned in fellowshyp with the inner veynes of this place, whiche marche among the Muscles. And like as those veynes are deuided: so in lyke sorte we sée these Arteries to all the Muscles of the legge, foote, toes, and their extremities, disparcled. Finally, they commend their force by braunches, to the Glandules of the flanke, to the purse of the Testicles, and vnder the skinne to the yard.

Now diligent Reader note, that not the Bones them selues are destitute of Arteries, least so they should lacke vitall warmth also: without which, no part in the body lyueth.

❧ Of the History of Man, the viij. Booke, of the brayne, and Instrumentes seruyng to the Animall function.

[Page]

SIthens to the explication of the whole History of Anathoinie, there yet wanteth the fountaine of senses, and voluntary mouyng, & seate of the principall partV [...], Lib. 7. cap. 1. of lyfe, by whose benefite we imagine, reason, and commit to memory: this present booke, beyng consecrated to that end, shal entreate of the brayne and his vniuersall partes, with the instrumentes of sense.

Like as therefore the substaunce of the hart is endued [...] spirite. with vitall force, and the proper flesh of the liuerNaturall. with the naturall facultie of life: moreouer as the liuer maketh the thicker bloud, and that which is calaginous, naturall spirite, at least if there be any, and the hart doth confect & mixe with vitall spirite the bloud runnyng throughout the body. And like as the bowels, through the conduites to them dedicated, do deriue their matters to the relief of all the partes of the body, so also the brayne obtainyng sit matter to his office, by instrumentes in proper seates, and fitly ministryng to his function, doth beget the Animall spirite beyngAnimall spirite. farre the thinnest and most excellent, which partly it vseth to the deuine sun [...]iōs [...]se of the Animall spirite. of the principall part of life: distributyng part to the instrumentés of s [...]lyng and mouyng continually by the Nerues, neuer leauyng the destitute of spirite, which of the action of those instrumentes, is supposed chief author. No lesse the liuer, & hart, doe fustrate no partes in the body (so long as man is in health) of those matters due from them, although not alway in like store and qualitie.

THe Nerues therefore (whose originall to depend vpon the brayne we shall shortly declare) owe thereto like seruice as the great Arterie to the har [...]es, and the hollow veyne to the liuer.

For in lyke sort they deduce the prepared spirite from the brayne, to those instrumentes,The Mer [...]es [...] the messengers of the brayne. to which it is continually owyng by natures commaundement beyng therfore rightly iudged the diligent messengers and garders of the brayne. Which as it is the most excellent of all the partes and members in man, so is itThe [...] of the brayne. most safely enclosed, & stately constituted, hauyng the supremacie of all the members of the body.

And although Aristotle imagined, not that to be contayned in the brayne andAristotle in [...]. The brayne was not made to the cooling of the hart. his facultie as is in déede, and therefore rashly assigned the constitution therof to the coolyng of the hart, and that the hart should be the author of bloud and sense, yet it is most certainly otherwise, and his opinion therein easely refelled. For as in the hart the spirite is made vitall, and in the liuer naturall bloud is forged toThe [...] of [...] Animall spirite. the whole body: so in the brayne is created animall power, the most noble and [...] propertie in the whole body, as it is a part most excellent os all others.

What soeuer therfore some haue inserted to the contrary, Reuldus Collumbus Col. Lib. 8. cap. 1. by [...]ue notable reasons proueth it chief and supreme of all other member partes and offices in the body.

First is, in consideration of the noblenes of the brayne his situation, whichThe first reason of the [...] of the brayne. apertly sheweth the principalitie therof aboue all other members, for asmuch as it possesseth the [...] part of the body, and strongest tower from all iniuries.

The second is the [...]gure thereof, which is round, and partly long, but moreThe secōd reason. r [...]e then long: the whiche figure is rashely made no where of Nature the noble Architecte.

The [...] reason that moueth [...] thereto, is to behold the strong munimentesThe third reason. [Page] and straunge defences and couerynges thereto appertainyng: as first theWhich ate the [...] of the brayne. heare, then the skiune, which there is thickest (what soeuer Aristotle saith,) then a certaine fatnes, nert Membrana carnea, Pericranion, & Periosteon, Afterwardes the strongest of all, beyng the Scull: which is no doubt a notable fort to the noblenes, of the brayne. But this is not all, for vnder the Scull are contained two couerynges or nearer enclosures, one distaunt from an other, made also for the safetie of the brayne. Those Bones of the head (as in the History of Bones is largely declared) are so worthely closed and seamed together, that they can not be separated, nor the brayne hurt without excéedyng violence. Whereof contrarywiseThe hart is more easely hurt then the brayne. to the hart appertaineth no such defēce: forbetwene the spaces of the ribbes, an instrumēt moued with small force may intercept the office and function therof. Wherfore it playnly appeareth that nature was more carefull in constituting the brayne, then in placyng the hart.

The fourth reason is to consider the marueilous vse of the brayne, since it isThe fourth reason. the author of sense and mouyng, without which the body were no otherwise but a stocke, or dead Image, altogether destitute of sense and motion. So is it also the seate of the mynde, endewed with the vertue of reason, which is the greatestCicero. [...]ib. 1. offic. Wherein man most differeth from beastes. signe in déede, to discerne the difference betwene man and beast, which (saith Galen) is an Arte before all Artes. From whēce are obtayned séeyng, hearyng, smellyng, [...]. Lib. 1. tast and speach. To the which actions, what great vtilitie the brayne profereth, it is well to be perceiued by Idiotes and foolish bodyes, who hauyng defect in this, are lame in all the rest.

The fift Argument he proueth by the partes and considerations of this Arte,The fift reason. wherof we entreate, as thus: In the generation of man the liuer is engendred, by the meanes and helpe of the vmbellicall veynes, but the hart by the meanes of the vmbellicall Arterie: and these, both the veyne and Arterie, spryng from the vessell of the matrice, but the Nerues (which to be the instrumentes of sense and motion no man doubteth) spryng from the brayne of the infant which is engendred of the séede it selfe.

Therfore of right the brayne is to be estéemed more noble then all other members,Col. [...]n. tract, de [...]. and as one may safely say, the kyng of all the principall partes.

Wherein is framed by a subtill kynde of operation the most precious & dayntyWhat most adourneth man. iewell which adourneth man with the greatest ornament aboue all other creatures, that is, the spirite animall: not sparingly reserued to some principall part, but accordyng to custome of Nature, (who in her giftes is buntifull yea euen to the basest part) is fruitefully distributed, and poured vpon euery part of the body, to the end they should not liue destitute of sensible action.

But before we speake fully of the function, & princely propertie of the brayne, I thinke good to speake vpon the thrée Membrans whiche first appeare vnto vsThe thicke and thinne Membr [...] [...] the brayne. enwrapping the same, the one of them being without the compasse and enclosure of the Scull, and the other two within the same.

But secondly I will speake of that without the Scull, because it is produced from one of them within.

THe vttermost therfore of these inner Pannicles, which in déede with in forth is next vnto the Scull, & in respect of all other Membrans either of the brayne or other partes of the body, thickest, is of the Grecians called [...], in [...]uchsius. cap. 2. de Cerebro. Latin Crassa, and for the excellent hardnes therof Dura, the hard or thicke Membrans: the barbarous sort call it Dura Mater, which in compassing the brayne about,Dura m [...]ter couereth the brayne as [...] the [...]. doth not gather the same straightly and closely together, but in slacker sort, and remisse order, no otherwise, then after the maner that Pericardium inuolueth the hart: prouided or rather forecasted so by Nature, lest otherwise the straightnes therof might yeld cause of impediment, or depriuation of his motion [Page] in Diastole and Sistole. For though it séeme marueilous, yet it is most certaine, [...]. [...]ib. [...]. cap. 8. [...] and [...] in the [...]. that not onely to the hart belongeth the same Diastole, and Sistole, but likewise to the brayne. As all such diligent Anathomistes as haue employed any trauell to the search of liuely dissections: or if fewe such, yet at the least if they haue but giuē a litle héede to the mouyng therof in woūdes of the head, that haue pearsed Cranium, they shall cōfesse it no obscure mystery, but an euident & playne truth.

This hard Membran (sayth Realdus Collumbus albeit no man euer before his [...] [...] is ij. Membrans, a [...] not known to euery [...]. tyme did finde it) is double, not in respect of the thickenes therof towardes all other Membrans in the body, but two distinct Membrans. Whereof the one inward beholdyng the brayne, and the other outward, next to the Scull, whiche worthely is endewed with lesse sense then the other: for because it is the next, andWhy the exteriour [...] [...] [...] is not so sensible as the interiour. fittest to touch the hardnes of the bones.

But the other agayne inwardly, excelleth in perfect sense. Therefore these Membrans redoubled in the toppe of the head, vnder the straight Suture discendyng, seperate the right part of the head from the left. Notwithstandyng not soWhere [...] [...] is [...]. euen downe to the bottome, or lowest part, but to the halfe of the brayne, as one should say to the centre, pricke, or halfe way of any rounde fashion or fourme, where the callous body is.

This doubling of the Membrās (wherof I haue made mention) in the hynder part therof towardes the brayne is more large thē before towardes the forehead.Where is the fi [...]ure of a [...]. The figure therof is, after the fashion of a sickle.

But agayne in the hynder part of the head these Membranes are [...],Where [...] [...] is [...]. double and why. or to say playnly, Dura Membrana is in this place foure double, & that not in vayne: for asmuch as very properly in that part it deuideth the brayne from Cerebellum. Betwene whiche are foure corners, or rather cauities filled withThe [...] felled with bloud betwene the foure doubtenes of Dura mater. bloud, into which the inner Ueynes called Iugulares make entraunce (of whiche ingresse Uesalius, as one in this poynt iudged litle diligent, was ignoraunt) and go foreward euen to the extreme part. For that cause there is in this place noThe [...] of the veynes called [...]. bloud without the proper vessels, which if it should be (as in déede Vesalius déemed) Dura Mater might be called the begynnyng or originall of Ueynes, then [...] is lede to an [...]. which, what to be more absurdely sayd or thought can not be deuised. But to returne to the foresayd hollowes or cauities.

Of these, the two first are placed at the seate or foūdation of the brayne, whereWhere are the ij. [...]: cauities of Dura mater foure doubled a [...]e. a way is made for the inner Ueynes called Iugulares, whose entraunces are nigh the Bone of the head called Occipitium, and do arise vpwardes to the poynt of the seame called of some Lambdoides, and here ioyne together, that is the right with the left, and make the thyrd hollower: which marcheth foreward after theThe third cauit [...]e. whole length of the head, and endeth in the hole, which is in the toppe of the nose betwixt the forehead, and Os Ithmoides. But this thyrd hollow is not round beneath,The figure of the third cauitie. for the sides therof are in triāgled wise framed: the vpper part resembleth a halfe circle, to whose eminence and roundnes the fore part of the head geueth place, for so doth the same cauitie lye iust vnder the straight seame or Suture.The rising of the veynes dispersed through y• thinne Membran.

From this hollow, or rather from the veyne which we sayd to be reposed therin, very many other Ueynes, both from the sides and also beneath spryng forth, which wander here and there, dispersed throughout the thinne Membran, whichBy what veynes the brayne is [...]. we will speake vpon by and by. Those aforenamed are cut into an innumerable sorte of Ueynes, by which company the whole brayne is nourished. Aboue thisBy what veynes the bones of the head are nourished. hollow cauitie small Ueynes also arise, whiche, to the end the Bones might be nourished, do passe through by the Sutures.The fourth cauitie of Dura [...] doubled.

The fourth cauitie or corner of the hard Membran quadruplified, is iust betwene Cerebrum, and Cerebellum: whiche place the Anathomistes call a presse,Where is the presse. whence the foresayd Ueynes haue their rising. Beyng caryed through the substaunce [Page] of the brayne, and through the thinne [...] where with Cerebe [...] The leading of the [...]eynes from the pre [...]e. is inuolued, they shew them selues mates to the netlike [...].

And albeit we haue sayd, that lyke as Pericar [...] in ample maner couereth the hart, thereby to yeld him large scoape, for continuall pulsation: so this thicke Membran to couer the brayne aptly as was conuenient for Diastole and Sistole. Yet not so disseuered from the brayne, as the h [...]t from Pericardion, whiche are not bound together at all with veynes and arteries.

But D [...]a Mater is tyed almost euery where, to the [...] that lappethVe [...]l. [...]ib. 7. cap. 2. the substaunce of the brayne, and that to no small end and vtilitie. For the braū chesNow Dura [...] is tyed to the brayne. deriued frō the thyrd cautie of the hard Mēbran, with an innumerable fort on both sides; vnto the seate or substaūce of the thinne Membran next vnto it, do [...]ow Dura mater [...]howeth the [...]yne. sustaine very fitly the brayne suspēded, so that it can not fall downe, to compresse the Uentricles, so that by this meanes, the hard Membran is both to the brayne an inuolment, as also an apt proppe to support and hold vp the same.

To which purpose likewise, are maruelously assistaunt the Fibres, that créepe forth at the Sutures from the hard Membran, and fastenyng it agayne, and in like maner, to the Scull, as the thinne Membran to it with veynes and arteries:The vse of the Fibres sent through the seames. so that the brayne thus secondly vpholden, the waight thereof is excellently preuented to force it to much downwardes.

Furthermore, consider that nature hath not onely sent these Fibres through the Sutures in reflected maner, as the Smith that turneth agayne y• poynt of the [...]ayle, but they are also encreased aboue the Scull with a marueilous dilatation, so that all mixyng together in one, do at once degenerate into a thinne PannicleNow pericranium is begotten. or Membran, which, because it couereth the Scull, the Grecians haue nominated [...]. Neuerthelesse, this is not the immediate or fole coueryng to the Scull. For vnder it consisteth yet an other thinne Membran, which is most common also to all other Bones in the body, which bewrappyng them, is thereforePeriosteon to the [...]cull. called by proper appellation of the Gréekes [...].

BUt to returne agayne to the inward Membrans of the brayne, and those wherof we haue not as yet spoken:Col. [...]oc. Cit.

Under Dura Mater, which I haue sufficiently done my part to shewe, lyethWhere is Pi [...] m [...]r. Pia Mater, called also Tenuis memrix, with which indument the brayne and Cerebellum Cho [...]on. are nearely clad, th [...] is close to the substaunce of them, it beyng of someSecundina. called Choriou, that is to saye Secundina. And this thinne Membran is copiouslyWhere lyeth the substaunce of the brayne. stored with veynes, and arteries. But vnder it lyeth, the white substaunce of the brayne, which is soft and marey lyke, although not so, but differeth from the substaunceThe subst [...] of the brayne [...]nd [...]rey [...]o not [...]. of the [...]arey that is found in the cauities of bones not a litle.

NOw to come to the figure and fashion of the substaunce of the brayne, Pia Mater The figure of the brame Pi [...] mater taken away. beyng taken away, it is very like vnto the foldes of the small entrals when Othentum is lifted vp, that is, for the likenesse of the thyng, in thatThe reason of the [...] and turninges in the brayne. the brayne, like to the guttes, séemeth to shew many infoldes and turnynges. Of whiche circumuolutions if any man enquire, the opinion of Collumbus, is thus, that it is so made, both for the lightnes thereof, as also by the same wyndyngThe brayne hath not that Figure for [...] [...]alie as some do [...] say. foldes that the brayne might more easely moue in Diastole, and Sistole.

Notwithstandyng they are not wantyng that haue sayd the brayne was made so for the cause of vnderstandyng: whiche if it were so, Asses and other beastesCollumb. alloweth not this iudgement of V [...]lius but [...] that by veynes that [...] [...] [...] of [...] brayne it is [...] [...] as a [...] [...] [...] sayd. [...]ould be reasonable creatures as is man, since they want not the lyke shape of the brayne.

But Vesalius Lib. 7. Cap. 4. auoydyng that errour, and [...] forth a more [...] r [...]son of truth, thinketh that Nature rather ordayned such foldes in the brayne as a meanes of nourishement to the substaunce thereof: for neither is it so firme in any place, that Ueynes and Arteries, as in other [Page] partes of the body, may be through the same in euery place scatteryngly dispersed: nor yet so small and slender in quantitie, that Ueynes, and Acteries in the toppe onely braunchyng, are sufficient to nourish and warme the same throughout. Which prouident Nature foreseeyng, hath engrauen these cornered implexures, that in them the thinne Membran, replenished with sundry vessels, might insinuate it selfe, whereby to minister nourishment more fitly to the substaunce of the brayne.

And chiefly also for the occasion of this nourishment, was the brayne in two partes dissected, that is to say, that the thinne Membran might fold it selfe in the middle therof, and there made in reflexures, should nourish the substaunce of the brayne: without which diuision of the brayne, and déepe reuolutions, that part of the brayne, whereas the right side beholdeth the left, should not be nourished. Hetherto Vesalius.

It séemeth certaine that Aristotle was not a litle deceaued in matters Anathomicall,Collu [...] c [...]p. cit The [...]inder part of the head is no [...] without brayne contrary to Aristotle. whilest he writeth that the hynder part of the head is destitute of brayne, but euery man knoweth that the hinder part is not empty, and voyde, but hath and containeth therein not onely the brayne, but Cerebellum also.

ANd to come to the middest of his substaunce, we finde two cauities, or ratherTwo Ventricles of the brayne. (for so are they called) ventricles, as one would say, a right, and a left,1 whiche are long, anfractuous or crooked, stretchyng from the anteriour to the 2 posteriour part.

There are whiche call these the anteriour Uentricles, but Collumbus ratherThose which are called the [...] should more rightly be called the [...] ventricles. wisheth to terme them the superiour: for asmuch as they are contained or situated aboue the rest. These therfore are indifferent large, and endowed with the thinne Membran: wherein is reprehended the errour of Vesalius, for somuch as he denyed the same.

Through these vpper ventricles of the brayne the reticular or net like foldesPlexus Coriso [...]. called Coriformes are caryed, whose vses doe belong to the generation of animallThe vse. spirite.

Wherof Realdus Collumbus chalengeth to him selfe, the onely and first inuentionThe inuention o [...] Realdus Collumbu [...]. how the Anim [...] spirites are begotten. after this maner. The originall begynnyng of these ve [...]tricles, is aboue the Bone named Sphenoides, towardes Ethmoides: but the ayre drawen by the nostrels, is conserued a space in that cauitie of the forehead, or Cuneall bone, which beyng there altered, ascendeth into those two ventricles which he calleth the superiour, or vppermost, and that by the holes of the bone Ethmoides: whereas and in whiche ventricles, by continuall labour of the brayne, and motion of the reticular [...], this ayre is mixed with the vitall spirites. And thus are the animall spirites, made of the same ayre lately prepared, and by mixyng with the vitall. To this end Galen sayth thus, the generation of the animall spirite, hath the vitallGal. Lib. 9. vs. part. The vitall spirite the propper matter of the Animall. his proper matter. Wherfore the whole brayne is contexed and wouen together with the diuision and distribution of arteries: of which, many diuisions do go from the grounde, or foundation of the brayne into the Uentricles, no otherwise, then the veynes descendyng from the toppe of the head. And by these dispersed arterics, vitall spirite is effused into the ventricles of the brayne, which, by metyng 3 & mixyng with the ayre prepared, as aforesayd, forgetteth ye animall spirit.

The vtilitie of the animall spirites is not one, or simply to be accompted of,Col. Loc. cit. The vse of the Animall spirites. but is extended, and liberally bestowed vpon all the senses: which beyng begot in the cauities of the brayne, discende vnto the foundation or seate thereof: where the thyrd ventricle is, whiche is a litle, long, and straight cauitie, reachyng fromThe third [...] tricle of y• brasue. the anteriour to the posteriour part of the brayne.

Not farre from this ventricle the Nerues of Spinalis Medula do spring. TherforeThe beginning of the neruess of the spinall marey. an easie matter for the animall spirites to come vnto, & pearse the sinewes, [Page] or to be caryed by them to the organs of sense to giue them helpe, and to ayde the actions of euery member, no otherwise then as, beyng caryed through the optic sinewes into the eyes, they minister vnto them the actions of séeyng. In like sort as it is to be déemed of the hearyng, and tastyng, and of euery action procéedyng from the brayne.

But besides this thyrd ventricle thus lately spoken of, it shalbe requisite likewise 4 The fourth ventricle of the brayne where. The way of the [...] spirites from the third to the fourth ventricle. to describe a fourth, which is betwene Cerebellum and the Spinall marey: in which place there is a small hole goyng from the thyrd to this fourth cauitie now spoken of, beyng but litle, yet not so small but as may suffice the animall spirites to passe thereby from the thyrd, to the fourth Uentricle. And this is the place wherein is sayd to be contained memory.

The fourth ventricle is not much capable, and is comprehended of the thinneThe place of memory. Membran. There the Spinall marey, (as shalbe sayd whē we come to the place)The cauitie in the [...] marey like a writing penne. is endewed with a cauitie figured like a writyng penne, as it were a hole, wherby no man doubteth the contained spirites may passe vnto the Spinall marey. Aboue the thyrd vaentricle of the brayne, you may behold a portion supereminent,The callous bodye. or appearyng ouer it sufficiently white, whiche is called Callosum corpus, a Callous body. Under this lyeth an other portion named Fornix, and Psalloides, The arche or baulted place. in figure of a halfe circle, or rather an arche, or bendyng bridge: which on the hinder part leaneth as it were on two legges, but in the forepart on one onely. NéitherThe vse of the callous body and vaulted place. vnprofitable is this body callous, or hard, or that after the fashion of a compassed arche made, but to the end that the wayght of the brayne might not ruine or fall vpon the thyrd cauitie.

BUt betwene these small portions of the brayne, namely the callous, & vaultedThe glasse in the brayne what it is where, and of what vse. bodyes, is cōtained as it were, a glasse, so truly called, because it is cleare and cristall lyke, beyng nothyng els in this place but the thinne Membran of theThe vse of [...] [...]. brayne here doubled: with which duplication of thinne Membran, the superiour ventricles are enuironed, which thence returne downwardes. Whereto if this glasse were wantyng, it were not euident bow the right Uentricle should from the left be discerned, and called: forasmuch as by the meanes and helpe of this onely Membran, they are deuided.

BEhynd this vaulted part in the extreme part of the brayne towardes Cerebellum, The testicles in the brayne. and in the vpper part of the thyrd ventricle, Nature hath feyned certaine eminent partes, whiche in their vpper partes, represent the likenes or ImageThe baunches or [...] in the brayne. of Testicles, and so called therfore of Anathomistes Testes: neare vnto the which, two other particles yet somewhat greater are to be discerned, called according to their figure clunes, the haunches or buttockes. Betwene which lyeth thatThe hole like the fundament. hole, whiche is already noted to from the thyrd, to the fourth ventricle, and séemeth like vnto the fundament. Furthermore in the forepart of these Testicles (as we call them) stretchyng to the thyrd ventricle, an other part of the brayne appeareth, which not vnaptly, but very elegantly expresseth the shape or priuyeThe image of a womans pri [...]itie in the brayne. part of a woman. With this body is sene a litle hard Glandule, in colour contrary to the substaunce of the brayne, that is to say, somewhat yellow, couered with the thinne Membran.

THis Glandule is called Pinalis, or Conarium, fitly representyng the shape ofGl [...]ndule [...]. The yard in the brayne. the yard. So that in the brayne wanteth nether the figure of the Testicles, buttockes, fundament, womans shape, nor yard. The vse of this Glandule Collumbus Col. [...]. cit. holdeth opinion to be for the diuision of the vessell: othersome haue coniecturedThe vse of [...]. that the makyng and office therof was, to shut in the spirite of the fourthThe [...] of Anathomistes in the vse of [...] [...]. vētricle, but that he alloweth not. Galen sayth, that it hath in this place the same office that others in other partes of the body possesse: but it filleth (sayth he) the diuision of the great veyne wherewith all the foldes Choroides, that are in the anteriour [...] Ibid. [Page] ventricles of the brayne, are filled. In the forepart of the thyrd ventricleThe [...] where [...] [...] and the vse thereo [...]. is to be discerned a déeper cauitie, which goeth at length aboue the seate of Sphenoides, and this cauitie is called Peluis, or Infundibulum, which is to be Englished a tunnell or hopper made to receiue the excrementes begotten in the ventricles, and transmit, and carie them to the Glandule placed in the seate of Sphenoides. Whiche Glandule in deede is sufficiently thicke, beyng put without the [...]ard Membrans, framed so of the deuine workeman to receiue into it the excrementes of the brayne. And this Collumbus affirmeth to be the place, where the thinne Membran riseth to couer and clothe these ventricles.

And not withstandyng all this sayd, yet before we cease or giue ouer the description of the brayne, note thus much, that in the brayne and whole substaunceOnely [...] [...] [...] in the brayne. therof onely foure cauities or hollowes are to be numbred, and moe, or besides them none, (sayth the same Realdus,) although some haue affirmed v [...]. the cause [...]hy some [...] haue imagine, [...]. ventricles. of whiche errour is the anfractuous or crooked deduction of the first v [...]. ventricles, whiche they haue not diligently persecuted or followed forth to the end, but imprudently haue déemed by that meanes, two other ventricles to be contained in the forepart: which certainly are nothyng els but a portion of the first.

NOw the discourse of the brayne, beyng sufficiently handled, it séemeth necessary [...] C [...]r. consequently to speake of Cerebellum. Cerebellum whiche hath his [...]. place towardes the hinder part of the Scul, vnder the hard Membrans: of which,Indument. as also of the thinne Membran it is compassed on eche side: notwithstandyng that his circumuolutions, and turnynges, or wreathes are not the same, but otherwise [...]. then we haue noted of the braynes. And this part (sayth Iohannes Fernelius Iho. Fernel. cap. ix. Ambianus) is much harder then the substaunce of that we call the brayne,Substaunce. and therfore produceth harder sinewes, and also (sayth he) it is moredry: wherof the extreme part falleth downe the hollow pipe, or caue of the spine or backe Bones, euen vnto Os sacrum: but he séemeth in this to subscribe vnto Galen, [...] [...]ffection according to Galen. who sayth, that the end of Cerebellum is the begynnyng of the Spinall marey, & for that cause it is the harder, that to all the hard sinewes of the body, it might be a begynnyng: for asmuch as from this hinder part of the brayne, no soft sinew is produced.

But notwithstandyng that these be the wordes of Galen and Fernelius, two famous men in Philosophicall discipline, yet as men not retainyng the whole [...] and scope of Arte to them selues (for so had neuer man that lyued yet)Of the substance of Cerebellum contracy to Galen. their wordes are not as Gospell in all thynges: to this I say therfore with Realdus Collumbus that the substaūce of Cerebellum is not hard, but with his turnyngs [...]. [...]. [...]. at length endeth downeward in two Processes: the figure of whiche is like theThe wormes in [...] and there vse. white and short wormes found in rotten wood: whose vse is to prohibite, least of the fourth ventricle, pressed by the waight of Cerebellum, the substaunce should be stopped. And whereof Galen thought that from this Cerebellum came harder sinewes, thē from the brayne, the truth is (sayth Collumbus) that there hence procedethNo payre of sinewes springeth from Cerebellum contrary to Galen. not one payre, nor one at all: Wherein to be sure, he purposely marked many tymes and oft: neither is the substaunce thereof any thyng harder at all,The substance of Cerebellum is not harder then of the brayne. then of the brayne.

THus farre we haue spoken of the matter and substaunce of the brayne. But to speake further of the principallitie of his functions, and to argue moreWherein the noblenes of the brayne is most playnly argued. playnly the noblenes of his nature, by explication of the sundry benefites be yeldeth throughout the frame of the body, behold but the organs of smellyng, hearyng, and seeyng: with tast, and féelyng: as also how much he maketh to the motion of members, in strewyng such an infinite number of sinewes throughout theNow man differeth most from growing pl [...]aces. body, and partes therof, without the which, no other could be coniectured of the lyfe of man. Then is to be descerned by trées and spredyng plantes: which onely [Page] florish in growyng, and frutage, but voyde of sense, sight, hearyng, tast, mouyng,How much more exquisite are the sente in man th [...] in other crea tures. and smellyng: whiche are chiefly in the body of man most notable aboue all other creatures, by so much the more, by how much the brayne in man, is different frō all other creatures.

TO go foreward therefore in the description of these aforesayd organs, firstThe first of the common sense called smelling. you shall note that in the forcpart of the brayne about the seate or foundation therof, the rising of two organs are playne to be discerned, which the Grecians Col. [...]ap. 2. Lib. 8. call Olfactilia, but other Anathomistes Processus Mamillares: whiche areThe rising of the Mamillar Processes. long, and small, consistyng of the substaunce of the brayne it selfe, onely inuolued with the thiune Membran. Betwene the brayne, Os Sphenoides, and Os frontis, Progresse. these organs are caried: aboue which the hard Membrans are to be discerned, of which we haue spoken before.

Thus the organs of smellyng do cease at two litle thicke partes, and those agayneEnding. in the Bone called Ethmoides, at the side of a certaine eminent Processe therof. So that of the breath that we draw at our nostrels, part ascendyng vp by [...]se. the nostrels into these sayd litle holes (for so saith Fernelius,) part of the breath receiued [...] Fern [...]l. [...]ib. 1. cap. ix. passeth this way into the brayne, and the rest into Trachea Arteria) we [...]alen Lib. 9. & 11. de vs. pa [...]t. distinguish and finde out the differences, of good and euill sauours.How hapueth [...] of sauours.

The which proper organ, to the end it might not haue lightly default in operation, but retayne his vertue more effectually, Nature hath produced in places mentioned, neare to the Processe lately spoken of, two portions or soft sinewes: not of auncient Anathomistes therefore called sinewes, but we terme them so,Why the Nerues in the organs of smelling are not hard. since, by their rare tendernes, they are the fitter for this purpose to discerne the differences of ayre brought vnto them: which to bene hard, no man would iudge it by reason so fit: since they support a more subtill sense, then any other partes [...]. Ibid. in the whole body.

Agayne, a double commoditie is found by these sayd organs. For besides that they thus present all sauours good and euill, vnto the brayne, so do they also, andThe second vse of the organs of smelling. in like maker, receiue the filthy and [...]lymy excrementes purged from the Anteriour, or vpper Uentricles of the brayne.

To these nostrels appertaine a certaine Cartilaginous substaunce, whiche in the middest of them maketh a seuerall diuision, or hedge: called therfore Nartum The diuision or hedge of the nose. septum, or Interseptum Cartilaginosum, stretched from the bottome, to the top of the nose: as also to the vpper partes of the palate: for all that region, or part, is repleate, with holes, & hollowes, to receiue the sayd superfluities of the brayne.

THe eares beyng in like sort the organs of hearyng, are sited in the extremeG [...]len [...]. Of the organs of hearing. partes of the temples, of whiche the outward partes are called Auriculae. The substaunce of the eares are Cartilaginous or grissely, and not rashly so ordeined,Substance. for asmuch as thereby the entraunces or passages are made, not onely easier, but also (which is notable) continually open, and prest to receiue the sound [...]ernel. Ibid. of euery speach, or other noyse. Therfore Dura Membrana, or the thicker coueryng in clothyng and enwrappyng the déepest corner or wyndyng of the eares, a [...]al. 11. [...]ib. vs. part. certeine soft sinew is brought thereto on eche side, from the fift coniugation of the [...]ernel. Ibid. How hearing hapneth read more elegantly in the history of [...], & namely where yt [...] of the organ of hearing are described. brayne, obiected to the holes transuersely, or ouerthwart: whiche receiuyng the ayre of any sounde, caryeth and presenteth it vnto the brayne, the notable & common begynuyng of sense.

Thus haue I sayd how smellyng and hearyng take effect in the head, and by what meanes the brayne hath knowledge of both. So in lyke maner you shall here how the noble orgás of light, which to the whole body are to be compared as the Sunne vnto the world, are situated in the head, and how with diuers aydes, they obtaine their action.

[Page]THe eyes therefore are assistaunt on both sides, the most delityng and prexiousOf the organs of see [...]ng. partes in the body: which no otherwise then circumspect espialls in a forte, that watche the vppermost tower, to behold a farre of and giue warnyngSituation. of their enemyes: so the eyes are sited in a most highe place, the rather to espye, and discry thynges pleasaunt, or otherwise hurtfull to the body. Fernelius reporteth, [...]. Ibid. takyng his authoritie (as he sayth) from Galen, that for cause of the eyes, the head was appointed in the highest place of the body, because the brayne, for the shortnes of the sinewes opticke, stoode in néede to be situate so neare the eyes. But such reasons are not disputed on, since the brayne to haue his fastest beyng a loft, and eyes there most [...]ightly seate in the head, no man iudgeth rashnes or improuidence, not onely because nothyng may be amisse, that is wrought by the omnipotent creator, but also forasmuch as the same in the weake iudgement of worldlinges, séemeth so notable, as the thyng, which, otherwise then so, could not haue bene the lyke.

Therfore if in markyng the situation of the eyes, you retayne but some seruple of diligence: no doubt, but as you finde how excellently Nature hath engrauen in the head and vppermost iawe two proper celles or cauities for their habitation,Collumbus. [...]ib. [...]. so will it (euē as it were) rauish your senses, to consider how many méete defences and propugnacles are placed round about their cauitie. Whiche albeit they haue to them selues proper vses appointed, yet serue they besides so fit for to gard the eyes, as if they had bene for no other purpofe ordained. For aboueWhich and how many are the propugnacles of the eyes. them is Os frontis and the eye browe, beneath, the first bone of the vpper iawe, the bones of the chéeke, likewise the nostrels, and Os iugale: besides the gristels ofThe eye liddes direct the [...]ight. The fashion of the eye in man. the liddes, and the eyeliddes themselues, which serue to direct the sight.

The fashion of the eyes in man is rounde: which if you marke well, you shall finde that nothyng elles in the body hath a direct rounde proportion. But in other creatures the eyes are not directly round, no, rather oblique or depressed. Neither is that marueilous, whilest the figure of man differeth from all other creatures in no small poynt. Neither more openly, then worthely, hath Realdus Realdus Collumbus reprehendeth all that write of the eyes before his tune. Collumbus reproued such as hitherto haue made description of the eyes, by srequentation of brutish Anathomies: which clearely he noteth in Galen, and after him Vesalius, whose [...] in matters Anathomicall no man neglecteth: yetGalen and vesalius were deceiued in the workmanship of the eye. with no small negligēce is he spotted in this point, since, so carelesly to write in a matter so great, excellent, and oft wished he blushed not.

But now to come to the matter, in what place the eye is sited, and for what cause, that is to say, for sight, no man doubteth, but how the sight is made, that is not with facilitie explicable: the strise therof as yet is vnder iudgement, as touchyngHow vision is made is a difficult question. emission, and immission. Some thinckyng to haue obtained truth on their side, are confuted with the fancyes of their owne foolishe fablyng. So that one so much hindreth an other, as when reason should giue iudgement, conceyt standeth in the light: but of this argument we will make no disputation. It is sufficiētThe blind thinke them selues vnhappie. in this treatise, to shew that the eyes are made for the cause of seyng. Which thyng is so marueilous necessary to man as they that either by nature, chaunce,Whence [...]o the facultie of seeing. Of what substāce are the opticke [...]. or sicknes lose there sight, accompt them selues vnhappy.

The facultie of séeyng commeth from the brayne, brought vnto them from the visible spirites by the opticke sinewes, which sinewes are thicke and soft (as shalbe declared when we come to the description of sinewes) enwrapped withInnoluere. Rising. the hard and soft Membran, and spryng out from within the brayne, to the seateProgress [...]. or soundation thereof: and penetratyng Os sphenoides through the rounde holesInsertion. What doth constitute the membran called [...] or Retina. therof, do end in the inner cauitie of the eyes, whereas they constitute the Membran called [...].

The eyes therefore consist of many partes, that is to say of fiue Muscles, notwithstandyng [Page] that Galen and Vesalius are of much contrary opinion, as in theOf what [...] the eye of man doth consiste. History of Muscles is playnly set out: sire Membrans, and three humours: with Nerues, Arteries, Ueynes, Glandules, and much fatnes round about.

Of the Muscles seruyng to the eyes, whiche we haue sayd to be fiue, foure ofOf the muscles of the eyes. them are so disposed, as that they séeme to be distributed to the foure corners ofThe foure first muscles. the eyes, aboue and beneath, to the right side and to the left. Their rising is from Os sphenoïdes, and Duramater, and are long, consistyng of straight Fibres: and inThe [...]. [...]. their endes explicatyng their owne substaunce, do constitute a tendinous Membran, [...]. which endeth at the pannicle Cornea, behynd Iris: euery which Muscle doyngThe vse of euery of these [...]. muscles. his office by him selfe, and labouryng without the helpe of the rest, [...]rawethCol. Loc. cit. the eye either vpward, or downeward, to the right hand, or to the left: but if atThe vse of the foure muscles labouring together. The vse or the toure [...] [...] [...]. one tyme in mouyng, they go together, then they hold or stay the eye: but agayne at what tyme they vse not their motion all at once, but one of thē successiuely after an other, the eye is turned roūd, or in compasse wise. Which diuersitie of mouynges at vnlike tyme, is also to be sene in the foure Muscles addicted to the mouyng of the wrest. Wherfore, diuerse motions to be shewed by diuerse mouers [...] compareth these foure muscles to the muscles of the [...], as touching their vse. and that in them selues diuersly, let no man thincke it an absurditie to beleue.

But now to come to the fift Muscle, wherof Realdus Collumbus protesteth him selfe to be the first inuentor: it ample [...]eth, or embraseth the halfe and more ofThe fift muscle of the eyes [...] Collumbus [...] [...]. the eyes, in transuerse maner sited: neuerthelesse, is not to be despised or with slight regarde beholden, since the motion therof is not onely exquisite, but accordyng to the prouidence of God ordained, whereby the countenaunce of man, is different from beastes: as the Poet hath versified.

Pronáque cùm spectant animalia caetera terram,

Os homini sublime dedit, caelúmque videre

[...]. [...]. 1. Met.

Iussit, & erectos ad sydera tollere vultus.

When euery beast, with prone aspect, to looke on earthy mould,

He had ordained, yet man he made, the heauens for to behould:

And that he should his countenance vnto the skyes erect.

So by the benefite of this fift Muscle we behold the heauens, and directly cast our countenaūce vpward. By it so is made perfect the deuise of so great a worke begon, which serueth and helpeth at euery turne. For not onely the eye may beThe vse of this [...] [...]. lifted vp by this Muscle, but be likewise stayed: as also turned round, or agayne contained in his seate vnmoueable still, or stedfact, without turnyng this way or that way.

Wherefore I am in this opinion further persuaded, that Nature with great foresight, and prouident skill, gaue vnto the eyes this fift Muscle, participatyng with the propertie of euery action: & placed it so closely, & nearely wrappyng, or claspyng the hinder side of ye eye (as the like she hath done to other partes, whose offices are notable) that if the Muscles of the corners, that is the other foure, or any of them should by outward inconuenience, and hurt, be dispoyled of their vertues, this (which by Nature is sited so secretly, that as it is a hand vnto the eye, so the eye is a shield vnto it, for that the one can not be rightly hurt, and the [...] the [...] of authors as [...] the [...] of the eyes is playnly set forth. other escape) might minister assistaūce, least the eye thence forth should be depriued of mouyng altogether.

The other Anathomistes, I meane, such as haue written before the tyme of Realdus Collumbus, how they haue varyed from him in the description of the Muscles The [...] [...] of [...] of the [...] is [...] among the muscles of the [...]. of the eyes, I haue most diligently, and directly, in the History of Muscles declared. We ought yet in discussing the frame of the bodies light, further to consider: for amongest these Muscles are distributed the secōd payre of sinewes from [Page] the brayne: amongest which, the eye, and opticke sinew, a great portion of [...]at isThe vse of fatte to the eyes. placed, least that by want of such moystnyng, as it yeldeth, the eye, in perpetuall mouyng might dry and consume. Hereto also are ioyned [...]. [...]landules, of whichThe [...] and vse of the [...] in y• eyes. [...] whence they spring. the one aboue, and the other beneath, pouryng forth teares in a perplexed mynde, are made also to water and moysten the eyes the better.

But this sayd, to speake of the manifold Membranes of the eyes, they areOf the membr [...]s of the eyes. sixe in number.

The first of them is the outmost, and hath many names, as all these, Adnata, 1 The names of the first membr [...] of the eye. alba, adhaerens, and coniunctiua: it is a Pannicle thinne, and white, takyng his begynnyng from Pericranium, and endes at the greater circle of Iris: for Iris isThe descriptiō of the membran [...]. that circle in the eye replenished with diuers colours: which varietie of colours, procéedeth not through the humor therein closed, but Vuea membrana, the whichWhat is Iris [...] the eye. Vuea is not in all persos of like colour, but in some blacker, in some more white, [...] is not in euery one of like collour. in some blew, &c.

The name of Iris is taken of the similitude of the raynebowe in the firmament,The [...] of [...] in the eye. so diuersly coloured. But that which you sée in the centre, or middle pricke [...] or the apple of the eye which is [...]. of the eye is named Pupilla, oft called in English the apple of the eye: by the benefite and office whereof, we haue sight.

And notwithstandyng that the same Pupilla appeareth blacke, yet nether it, nor any thyng vnder it (as sayth Collūbus) is blacke at all, but most perfect bright and shynyng: albeit I dare not subscribe to him in that.

But as in the contrarie [...]ie of opinions, when as euery affection throweth a brāde, truth hides her head, whilest reason hath inough to do to defend him selfe: maketh some, not of the simplest Anathomistes, to hold in, and pause in diuerseVesal. cap. 9. de arg. fac. [...]. of their discourses: so some agayne, not regardyng what others affirme, their owne eyes beyng witnesses (though I deny not, the rest to haue vsed dissections, perhaps yet not so oft, in this respect vpon the body of man) haue playnly without bawkyng depainted their iudgementes, vpon such inuentions, as experience hath found them.

For albeit Galen and Uesalius, haue described the eyes farre otherwise, Realdus 2 Collumbus (nothyng terrified with the face of their authoritie) hath a [...]ouchedThe second membran vnknowen to other [...]. contrary to all their myndes nether moe, nor [...] lesse then sixe Membrans.

Of which, the second in number that he reciteth neuer any found before him,The beginning and insertion of this second mem [...]. and therfore goeth vnnamed. This sayth he is begotten of a certaine kynde of sinewy thinnes of the Muscles of the eyes, and lying vnder the tunicle called Adnata, or [...], before spoken of, is ended neare vnto Iris.

The thyrd Membran is called in Gréeke [...], in Latin Cornea, and of 3 Ceratoides. Galen. 10. vs. part. some Dura: so called, for that in cu [...]yng it is like to a horne, but that it forcethFuch. cap. IX. not: in [...] it is both hard, and thicke, springyng from Dura Mater it selfe.Fernel. cap. 13. Li. 6. [...]ratoides constituteth the fashion of the eye. Through this Membran Ce [...]toïdes, the fashion of the eye is constituted. Nether hath it more, then one originall roote, or rising: whiche perhaps hath bene theThe errour of the Arabians in the membran Cornea Cornea is one onely. cause of errour in others, accomptyng the forepart therof Cornea, for that it shyneth like a horne: and the hinder part Sclirotica, onely sor the hardnes thereof. Whereas it is one onely, and not two, brought from Dura Membrana, as I sayd before. Ceratois in the forepart therof is bright, & shinyng, and therewith subtillCornea what kind of one. and smal, in which place Iris and Pupilla is sited: this stayeth the eye, & clotheth,The vtilities of the membran Cornea. both the opticke sinew, and the eye [...] within hallow, containyng likewise thrée humors, and thrée other Membrans.

Now to the fourth Membran of the eye, which is called Vuea, and Chorion, [...], 4 The names of the fourth membran of the eye. and Choriformis, springyng from the thinne Membran of the brayne, and is the first that clotheth the [...]ticke sinew: after dilatyng further vnder Cornea, Beginning. Progresse. [...] forth vnto the forepart. Yet for all that, it doth not enwrappe the eye [...]. [Page] all about as Cornea is sayd to do. But after it hath come to the apple of the eye,The fourth membran enwrappeth not all the eye. Where ye fourth Me [...]bran is double. which this same Uuea fashioned, and maketh, it is reslected towardes the hynder part, and marcheth forth to the begynnyng of Iris, and there is made two sold or double, and departeth from Cornea all that space that is so cleare and cristall like: although in other partes agayne it is not a litle knit thereto. It beareth the nameThe [...]timologie of the Membran Vuea. Vuea, for that the grayne therof representeth a grape, the slalke taken away. In this pointe (as I sayd) that is, as touching the coulours of this Vuea, great diuersitieDiuers colours in [...] in man. The colours of [...] in an oxe are moc then in man. The vse of the variette of colour. Why the eyes being weary we winke. is in creatures to be discerned, yea in man him selfe. For Vuea in man is blacke in colour, red, blew, and yellowish: but in an Oxe, besides those colours, also gréene, and bright, blew. By the which varietie of colours the weryed eyes are recreated, & therfore we shut the eyes, to the ende that after quiet resort of the visible spirites, these coulours may newly be refreshed.

The fift Membran of the eye is called Amphiblistroides, in Latine Retina, thosen of the very substaunce of the visible Nerue. Wherefore if we properly, and 5 The fift membrā called Retin [...]. more directly should speake therof, it is not a Membrā, but in very deede a thyng soft and white: which if you do behold precisely together with the substaunce of [...]. loc. cit. The beginning and substaunce of R [...]. the brayne, you will rather déeme it the substaunce of the brayne then otherwise. This lyeth more inwardly then doth Vuea, and a litle further marcheth forwardThe situation of [...]. to the halfe part of the eye.

The sixt Membran, called [...], in Latin Aranea, for that it séemeth to 6 The sixt Membra called Ar [...]nea. Beginning. represent a Spiders webb, sprynges in like sort from the thinne Membran, beyng of it selfe most thinne and splendent: not farre vnlike the thinne pellicleWherto A [...]nea is compared. founde, vnder the rynde of an onion [...], whose vse is to complect, and retayne theThe vse of the sixt Membran. glassie, and cristalline humours.

Herein the great Anathomist Ve [...]alius séemed perplexed of sense, in his descriptionCol. Loc. cit. [...] obscure in the Membran Aran [...]. of the copweblike Membran. Yet ouer rashly made diuision thereof, not knowyng that therein was enclosed the glassie humor. Galen is no lesse reproued,V [...]l. lib. 7. cap. 14. in so much as he separated it from that whiche is sited before the cristallineThe Membran like y• eye [...] which [...] mentioneth is not any thing dise [...]et from the [...]embrans hith [...] [...]ibed. bumor. Which Collumbus affirmeth to be onely one: although the part whiche is sayd to be placed before the cristalline humor, be a litle thicker then in other partes. And these are supposed to be the true Membrans of the eyes. Vesalius notwithstandyng harped vpon a seuenth, like the eyelyddes, which should be put betwene the glassie and watrie humor. Notwithstandyng in déede that those lines, which close about the cristalline humor, are in Arenea, as before we haue writtē.

After these it followeth fitly to speake vpon the three humours necessarely appertaining 1 Of the hu [...]ors of the eye. to the eyes. That is to say, the watrish, cristalline, & glassie. Amongest which, the watrishe is placed (beyng so of Galen called, for his substaunce andG [...]len. vs. part. 10. The place of the wa [...]ie humor. colour ropresentyng the white watrishe part of an egge) betwene the Membran called Vuea (where it is made double and inuersed) and that which is called Cornea. Co [...] Ibid. Where are suff [...] sions made called [...]. Whiche humor is not much in quantitie: and therein suffusions are made, which the younger sort haue called Cataractes. This, Collumbus proueth to be anThe wat [...]e humor is an excrement. excrement, for that twice he had sene it effused, through woūdes, and yet in space renated or sprong agayne, so as the partie sustained the losse of no eye. To whichThe watrie humor being [...]used may renate or grow agayne. I faythfully subscribe, hauyng proued the like in Anno. 1570. But to returne to our matter.

The second humor of the eye is Christalloides; or Christallinus, called so, for because 2 it shineth like light, and in pure clearenes comparable to the christall. TheThe secōd humor [...] the eye why it [...] [...] the [...]lline. place where it is sited is towardes the forepartes, almost in the centre of the eye, beyng amplected olf the hinder part with the vitrious humor, hauyng no other Membran interiacent or lyeng betwene: but before couered with Aranea. TheSitu [...]tion. [...] [...] of the [...] [...]. figure of the christalline humor is round, but in the fore part depressed: where it respecteth the watrish humor, it is lyke the kynde of a pulse called a lentill. The [Page] substaunce, of this humor is somewhat hard. The vse therof is exiellent & mostThe substaunce of the christali [...]e humor. noble: beyng almost the principall member of sight, pleasaunt to be marked, and worthy to be knowē, not iniuriously therfore called the idole, or Image of seeing.The vse of the christali [...]e humor Now the thyrd humor called Hioloida, of all sortes of Anathomistes Vitreum, because it representeth fused or moulten glasse. The place or beyng, whereof is inThe Eti [...]logie of the name of the gla [...]ie humor of the eye. the hinder part of the eye. Yet not onely holdeth his abode there, but holdeth no small portion also of the forepart, as appeareth, since of foure partes of the eye itSituation of the vitteo [...]s humor. Why y• vitreous humor us hollowed. is sayd to occupy thrée: I meane the hollow part. Besides all this Hialoides is hollow in the middest for good purpose, giuyng place vnto the christalline humor: beyng likewise of it selfe most splendent and pleasaunt to behold. Aranea enwrappeth this together with the christalline humor, neare to which Retina lyesh,R [...] na [...]ourisheth the vitreous humor, the vitreous nou [...]heth the christaline humor. which yeldeth nourishment to the vitrious humor, which vitrious in like maner féedeth the christalline. Therfore no marueile that the vitrious humor shineth so excellently, beyng the nourisher and féeder of the christalline more shinyng. So that by meanes of renewyng these nutricions, that humour is also ingendred,Now the watrish humor is begatten. which is called Aqueus or watrishe, of Galen Alluginius, for the cause before named. And these are the thrée humors in the eyes, helpyng or rather ministryngCal. [...]. [...]. 10. sight: for by their helpe, and by meanes of their round proportion, with the centre in the middest, and their decent situation, with such visible space betwene, we easely and rightly sée. Besides the fiue Muscles seruing to the eye, as also besidesThe Epiglogue of the parte [...] of the eye, and fe [...]uyng to the eye. the vj. Membrans, thrée humors two Glandules, the opticke sinew, the second payre of siuewes, and fat (all which I haue susticiently in this discourse distributed) there are both Ueynes and Arteries, dispersed through the Muscles, fat, and Membrans, among whiche many of them are distributed, as also through Cornea and Vuea.

This is the most proper explication that I can gather of the frame and workmanshypP [...]roration. of mans eye: to speake playnly and without paynted circumstaunces, least I might happen to fall within the daunger of foule obloquie with Vesalius, who is sayd not onely in the Muscles and Membrans fó haue erred, but euen inCol. Ioc. cit. the humors also to haue wandred out of the way, supposing the christalline humorVesalius erreth i [...] the history of the eye. to be exquisitely sited in the centre of the eye, as also the quantitie of the watrish to be equall with the vitrious humor.

HEtherto of smellyng, hearyng, and séeyng. Now of tastyng, whose chiefestOf the sense of tasting. instrumentes (sayth Ioannes Fernelius in his ix. Chap. De partibus corporis humani) are in the palate and toung, although the toung (as saith Vesalius) by theThe tongue the cheife instr [...]ent of [...]ast and how. consent of all Philosophers, is the principall. Which office it purchaseth by reason of the two braunches of the foure payre of [...]selves of the brayne, which discendyngThe foure payre of Nerues set [...]ing to the orga [...] of taste. to the rootes of the toung, are distributed through the vpper coate of it. The other two braunches of the same payre passing through the holes of the fourth Bone of the vpper iawe, march through the coate of the palate, to the Anteriour part therof.

And thus these foure payre (sayth Collumbus) were begotten to be the organ ofOf the sense of féeling. tast. As for the vertue of féelyng, which is equally poured out amōg all the partes of the body, I cā not desine the propper instrumentes therof, vntill the propagationThey are had in decision that affirme one nexue for féeling, another for mouing. of Nerues be absolued, to which Nature resigned the whole libertie of féelyng and mouyng: that worthely, they might be derided, who affirme one portion of an Nerue to be endewed with féelyng, and an other with mouyng and without sense.

But before I fall to the particular description of Nerues, it may be demaundedWhat a nerue [...]. what a nerue is: it is aunswered, that a sinew is an organ, by the which both sense and mouing is caried vnto the whole body. Which maketh that such partes as are voyde of them, are no lesse frustrate of sense.

[Page] Galen sayth that for [...] thrée principall endes Nature hath made such distributionLib. 5. de. vs. part. Why nature made such distribution of nerues. of Nerues in the body. The first was to giue féelyng vnto the sensiue instrumentes, the second to giue motion to the moueable partes, and the thyrd to endue all others with that facultie, whereby to discerne all annoyances. Albeit that to the Muscles beyng the instrumentes of voluntary mouyng the greatest Nerues are giuen therfore, in this consideration nature hath not distributed to euery partWhy nature giueth not to euery part like portion of nerues. like measure of Nerues, to one as to an other: but to some more liberally, and agayne to others more sparingly. Euen as appeareth by the members of nutrion, whilest none of them are instrumentes either of sense, or motion. Nature hath giuen them therfore small Nerues, onely to be partakers of the sense of knowledge in any paynefull annoyaunces.

The figure of a Nerue is long and of round proportion, of substaunce soft, andCollumb. Ibid. The figure of the Nerue. porie also, to giue perfect passage to the animall spirites [...] amōg the partes. And this substaunce of the nerues is endewed with the slender, as also the thickeSubstance. The Nerue is clothed with dura and [...]. Membran of the brayne, to be of more abilitie.

Their distribution is diuers, but their originall is from the seate or foundationThe originale of nerues. of the brayne, neare to the thyrd Uentricle: from whence they spryng, both to the right side and to the left. And for asmuch as all that hitherto haue writtenThe nerues of the brayue haue bene [...] [...] into vij. payre of them, do describe their procéedynges by payres, whiche are in nomber vij. in which point there is not one of them that differ from an other (although in other cases but seldome may we say so,) we will also in this present discourse obserue the like order, as touchyng the vij. payre of sinewes of the brayne.

And to begyn, the first of them therefore are indifferent thicke, and also soft,1 The first payre of Nerues of the brayne. whole rising is somewhat distant from the anteriour seate of the brayne, whereas, aboue the cell of the bone called Sphenoides, they are vnited: but not crossewise,Substaunce. as some haue dreamed. For whereas they ioyne together a litle space, they separateBeginning. agayne shortly, the right one passing to the right eye, and the left, vnto the left eye. But note a litle as touchyng their inuolucres, for from their begynnyng [...]. lately noted, to the hole sited in the roundell of the eye, through which they passe, they are onely bewrapped with the thinne Membran: but from thence to the eye, in which they end, and make the aforesayd Membra called Retina, in that space (IThe [...] of the name of the first payre. say) they are enwrapped both with the [...], and also the hard Membrans.

These are called Nerui [...], that is, the visible sinewes, & that because theyIn the optic [...]e nerue is no pore. The pure spirites may paue through the rare substance of the optiche nerues. bryng the vertue visible vnto the eyes. They do consist of a spongy substaunce of the brayne, but not manifestly replete with pores as some say: yet not to be denied (since their substaūce is both rare and also soft) but that they prepare passage for the purest spirites. And thus much of the first payre of sinewes.

The secōd payre of sine was is brought through their propper holes, & through 2 Of the second payre of y• brayne. Situation Progresse and vse. a rift or chinke of the roundell of the eye, to the fiue Muscles seruyng to the eye, and to these two that open the eyelid: besides that they send yet further (in some) a braunche into the temporall Muscle: whereby in déede many tymes it happeneth, that by the hurt of the Muscle of the temple, the eye also is hurt, as it wereThe temporall muscle hurt [...] [...] to hurt by [...] and [...]. by consent: and so agayne on the contrary part.

The thyrd payre of sinewes rising more backwardes, & as it were sidewayes, hath two begyunynges, wherof the one is greater, the other lesser: this payre perseth 3 The third payre with [...] and vse. the scalpe, and discendyng downe wardes by the same hole which is not onely cōmon to this, but likewise to the fourth coniugation of sinewes, is cut into many brauuches, whose distribution therfore is very diuerse. For the one braunche cr [...]peth to the temporall Muscle, the other to the roundell of the eye, and through the eyebrow to the forehead, as also to the Muscle that closeth the eyelidde, likewise to the Muscle that delateth the nose, and to the nose besides procreateth an infinite nomber of braūches. An other braunche of this thyrd coniugation of Nerues [Page] taketh also the way through the roundell of the eye, but lower. It passeth downewardes by the thyrd bone of the vpper iawe, through that hole whiche is placed about the middle part of the face, as shall readely ariue in the porte of remembraunceThe hole in the middest of the face. by readyng the description of bones: to the which place when thus (as I said) it hath brought it selfe, it is there further deuided into many sinewes, which sowe them selues among the partes of the vpper lippe, through the Muscle named Massetera, and among the Muscles of the chéeke: of whiche small sinewes also, a part enter the cauitie or hollow of the nose. An other braūche fléeth to the rootes of the vpper téeth, an other descendeth the neither iawe, wherof a portion in like sort is distributed to the rootes of the lower téeth. Such store of thē as remaineth, besides these now spoken of, coast about the cōpasse of the chinne, nether leauyng the lower lippe voyde or destitute of sense.

The iiij. payre of nerues ariseth so neare vnto the 3. that the originall of them 4 séemeth a portion of the thyrd. But it is lesse then the thyrd, wherewith it descē dethThe situation of the fourth payre of nerues. towardes the mouth, & is cut into iiij. seueral braūches, which passe through the holes of the v. bone of the vpper iaw, & thence march forewardes through theDiuision. tunicle of the palate towardes the forepartes. Besides these, other two litle braū ches descende vnto the Processes called Stiloides, & so to the rootes of the toung, beyng distributed through the vpper coate therof. And the distributiō of these braū chesUse. to these last recited partes, are to make perfect the organ of tast. Which gift and office, though some Anathomistes not of the playner sort, haue ascribed to the thyrd payre of sinewes (which might happen through the vicinitie of the iij. with the fourth) it shalbe to me no cause of stay in this my present pilgrimage.

The fift payre of sinewes, rising at the same seate or grounde of the brayne,5 and on ye laterall part about the middest, entereth the blynd bone & laberinthe sitedThe situation of the fift payre of Nerues. in the temporall bone, which laberinth (beyng in the history of bones playnly described) endeth at the eares. So when it is come halfe way within this laberinthe, becōmeth thicker, & doth not onely cōstitute a mēbrā. This I say is y• hollow, which we haue described more diligētly in the history of bones, wherein the iij. litle bones so meruailously seruing to the gift of hearyng, are mētioned. The one of which iij. no Anathomist as yet saue Realdus Collūbus hath declared, nether I thinke foūd. To the sharpe Processe of ye litle bone which is like ye similitude ofThe bones of the organ of hearing. y• thighe, a litle nerue endeth deriued frō this v. payre aforesayd, frō which a litle writhē sinew issueth into this laberinthe: but it goeth forth through y• hole of the tēporall bone, which is placed at the rootes of the aforenamed Styloides. This litle nerue is towardes y• forepart reflected, & like a serpēt entreth into y• tēporal Muscle. In y• same place an other litle nerue is foūd, which is it selfe wrethed also.

The vj. payre of sinewes is at the posteriour seate of the brayne, or more backward 6 Galen Lib. 8. 9. 10, vsa. part. discerned, hauyng diuers braunches or rootes: and as (Galen sayth) by how much the nearer they spryng to the Spinall marey: by so much they are also the harder. This payre descendeth through the hole that is sited betwene the bone of the hinder part of the head and the tēporall bone, in place where the inner Ueyne Iugularis ascendeth to the Scull. The vj. payre of sinewes is at the posteriourCol Ibid. The situation of the sixt payre of Nerues. seate of the brayne, or more backward discerned, hauyng diuers braunches or rootes: And (as Galen sayth) by how much the nearer they spring to the SpinallDistribution. marey, by somuch they are also the harder. This payre descendeth through theThe history of the right recurrent nerue. hole that is sited betwene the Bone of the hinder part of the head and the temporall bone, in place where the inner Ueyne Iugularis ascendeth to the Scull.

This vj. coniugation is diuersely distributed, for it carieth sense not onely to all the partes within the breast contained, but stretcheth further, and visiteth all the bowels of Abdomen. After that the right Nerue of this vj. payre is gone out of the place aboue named, it sendeth certaine braūches to the Muscles of Hioides, [Page] and to some of the Muscles of Larinx: then it descendeth betwene Vena Iugularis. and the Arterie [...], nigh the rough Arterie, euen to the Canell bone. In theArterie Carotida. region wherof, is sent a litle sinew vnder the right Axillaris Arteria which after is reflected towardes the head, and cleaueth to the sides of the rough arterie, ins [...] nuatyng it selfe into the cauitie of Larinx, and at length in the formall instrumēt of voyce, named [...] is implāted. And this is the true & brief description of theWhat is Glottis. right recurrent, or reuersiue Nerue.

But agayne vnder the regiō of the Can [...]ll bone it sendeth forth a litle braūch, which runneth not onely to the pannicle Pleura (whiche I haue sufficiently discoursed among the spirituall members) but likewise to the rootes of the ribbes: agayne sendyng an other litle Nerue to the right side of the lunges: the rest discendeth beyng fastned to Aesophagus, downe to the vpper Orifice of the ventricle.

THe left recurrent Nerue, departyng from the place where it begynneth, yeldethThe history of the [...] [...] [...]. litle braunches vnto the same Muscles that the right did, and descendeth likewise in the same sort: and in the region of the left Canell bone sendeth braū ches to the pannicle Pleura, to the rootes of the ribbes, and to the left side of the lunges: Then further discendeth, till it almost touch the greater braunche of the Arterie Aorta: In which place it sendeth forth a Nerue, which vnder this Arterie is rest [...]ed, and after turneth it selfe agayne vpwardes, towardes his originall and fountaine, cleauyng (as by the right is sayd) to Aspera arteria: thence forth entryng in betwene the Bone that is not named, and that which representeth a shield in the inner part of Larinx, and so entreth into the organ of voyce.

These are the noble Nerues, which (sayth Galen) are endewed with the vertue [...]. of fourmyng the speach, and are besides therfore called Vocales nerui. WhoseThe vse of the [...] Nerues offices and vses are to much neglected, & to litle amongest other thyngs knowen: for although few (in comparison of the rest) suppose in them to be conteined theThe vse of the [...] [...] [...] [...] [...] [...] [...]. propper power of vocall vertue, yet (to their great admiration) if they willyngly dissect a liuyng dogge, they shall proue it playne and very truth: for by diuidyng one of them you shall finde him maimed of his voyce, but hurt them both in that order, and he shalbe domme for euer after.

To this I must néedes subscribe, for often haue I of purpose proued it: beyng so playne and a part to all that behold it, as that no doubtfull question can grow therof. Notwithstandyng that, some will scarse beleue their owne eyes. Galen [...] [...]art. [...]. was the first that inuented these reuersiue nerues: albeit he could not satisfie him [...] [...] of [...] [...] [...] [...]. selfe in the reason wherefore nature did not conuert the left recurrent nerue to the left Axillaris Arteria: when as from the left recurrent sinewe, an other litle [...] [...] [...] [...]. [...] [...]. [...] spryngeth, which, followyng the rootes of the great Arterie, is distributed through the coate of the hart, but pearseth not the substaunce thereof for the litlenes [...] [...] [...] [...] se [...]fe. of it. And this is (sayth Collumbus) the true cause why nature reflected the left reu [...]ue nerue vnder the great Arterie, and not vnder the Arterie of the armehole on that side, as the right reuersiue nerue is sayd to haue done on the other side. Whereat (I sayd) Galen stode much amased, neither could sufficiently satisfie him selfe in the reason therof, as appeareth in his vij. booke De vsu partium. [...] [...] [...] [...] [...]. But by this it séemeth that nature, aswell as to create these notable partes, had care to place them from all easie annoyances: as appeareth by this nerue lately recited, which is otherwise reflected then the right recurrent, least it, beyng so very [...], in the mouynges of the hart so continually, should happen in the tyme of breathyng to be broken.

What portion that remaineth of this recurrent nerue, descendeth along Aes [...]gus [...] [...] [...]. downe to the vpper Orifice of the Uentricle. But assoone as the right [...] nerue, and the le [...], are come to the same vpper Orifice of the Uentricle, they are straight way deuided into many litle Nerues, like nettes, and thus do [Page] imbrace the vpper Orifice aforesayd. Which are the cause in griefes & paynes of the mouth of the ventricle, that the hart it selfe is thought to ake. And this diseaseWhy the mouth of the ventricle payn [...] the [...] semeth to ake. is called Cardiacus dolor.

Then agayne the right from this part departyng, stretcheth forth to the Membran that inuolueth the liuer, and an other part also to the vessicle of choler, an other to the left kidney, and to the vpper part of Omētum. Besides all the braūches that it committes to Mesenterium.

After the same maner the left recurrent nerue is braunched to the splene, toAnother di [...] tion. the neither part of Omentum, to the left reyne, and to the bladder. And in men thus end the recurrent nerues. But in women, after all these places, they passe further vnto the wombe or matrice.

NOw to describe the vij. payre or coniugation of sinewes, whose rising isThe situation of the vij. payr [...] of Nerues. more toward the hinder part of the head: but from the brayne, not from Cerebellum as Galen would with many small rootes, whereto is dedicated a properFrom the brayne not from Cerebellum springeth the 7. co [...] of Nerues. hole sited after an oblique maner in the aforesayd part or Occiput: through which assoone as this hath made egresse, it sheweth it selfe first towardes the Anteriour partes, and into many Nerues, delated to the Muscles of the toung, Hioides and Larinx, is deuided: Of which the greater runneth vnder the nether iawe, and so vnder the toung to the extreme end thereof, to make it partaker of sense and mouyng vniuersally. But the fourth payre as we haue sayd before, is it that bringes the sense of tastyng to the toung: and the toung therfore is sayd amongest other giftes to haue the discrētion of tastyng.

These vij. payre or coniugation of Nerues, are all that are remēbred either of the auncient, or later Anathomistes, as touchyng the sinewes coniugated frō the brayne: yet Vesalius séemed to smell an other (sayth Collumbus) but whether itCol [...]bid. were for that he would not go aside from auncient authorities, or otherwise, it isVesalius excused. not knowne: he cōcluded at length that it was in his iudgement, the roote of the fift coniugation. But Collumbus doubteth not, that vnder the seate or foundationThe description of the viij. payre of Nerues of the brayne. of the brayne towardes the fore partes, goeth an viij. payre, which through a proper hole in the bone Sphenoides passeth to the temporall Muscles, to the Muscle lurkyng in the mouth, called therfore of Galen Latitans, and to the thyrd Muscle also of the nether iawe called Masseteres: the originall of this beyng distant frō the fift payre of sinewes sufficient inough.

BEsides all which we haue hitherto yet sayd, in declaryng the originall and distributionThe descriptiō of the [...] payre of [...]newes of the brayne. of the vij. payre of sinewes procéedyng from the brayne: and besides also the viij. and last spoken of, you shall heare the opinion of Realdus: who by his often search and diligence, doubteth not to proue a ix. payre or coniugation of nerues, which no man before his tyme euer write or inuented. And this is (sayth he) a slender payre, begynnyng at those two foldes, or two together Processes of the brayne called Nates, Penes, Testes. These beyng thinne and small, walke towardes the face, and passe also to the secōd payre, and are scattered into the thyrd Muscle of the eye liddes, fitly also braunchyng out to the fift Muscle of the eye.

In déede as he doubteth lest some, or most will not admit his late inuention of these two last payre of Nerues, but, holdyng them selues more stedfast to the fame of authorities, will rather accompt them as the rootes of others: so he professeth not to contende therein, neither will we pretermit any tyme in discussyng the matter. For me thinketh it sufficeth vs to know the braunchyng of the Nerues, as also perfectly from whēce they procéede: which may be well inough, without so many sundry diuisions, namyng (except it please the gentle Reader) neither vi [...]. nor nine payre: onely be diligent to finde out how Nature hath made their distribution.

Galen, in his ix. booke De vsu partium fully affirmeth that the harder sort of [...] ut errou [...]. [Page] sinewes are onely made and ordained for the cause of mouyng, but other wise vnapt for sense: agayne the soft sinewes, in like sorte, to [...]inister sense to the singular partes of the vniuersall body, beyng not so able for mouing as the rest. Wher fore the harder sort of nerues, haue their originall from their Spinall marey, but the hardest of all from the lower partes therof: the sort then agayne are brought from the brayne, but of those likewise, the nearer to the Spinall marey, so much also more harder then the other. So that by this reckenyng, Galen accomptcth this of the sinewes, that the softest are the perfect sensible, the more hard the further from perfection of sense, but the hardest of all, to be not farthest of onely, but (sayth he) altogether vnapt for sense. For which Realdus Collumbus, no otherwiseCollumbus Ibid. All the Nerues (except ye op [...]icke) caty sense & mouyng. then reuerently reproueth him, assuryng vs, that there be no nerues in the body (the visible onely excepted) but carieth with him both sense with mouyng, and mouyng with sense. But now, since we haue laboured sufficiently to prosecute the order of the vij. payre of sinewes, we will presently resort to the nerues of the Spinall marey, called also Cerebrum elongatum.

AS the marey of the Spine or ridge of the backe is estéemed by the consentOf the nemies of the Spinall ma [...]ey. of all Anathomistes, to be of the like substaunce, that the brayne is, whose originall also is the brayne, stretched forth lōg wise through the turnyng ioyntes to Os sacrum: So is it no lesse strongly munited and armed with defensiue propugnaclesCollumb. Lib. 8. called the Vertebres, or turnyng ioyntes, then the brayne by the inclosureCap. 4. [...]. l [...]b. 6. cap. of the Scull, or bones of the head, as I haue sayd before, euen aboundauntlyThe [...]olucres of the Spinall marey. in the history of Bones. And this is to be noted of the Spinall marey, that as the brayne, so this marey thence produced, is couered with the like two Membrans, as Pia mater, and Dura Mater, or Crassa Meminx: which enwrappe the same, and to the outmost end of this elongated body. Wherof the one next the substaunce, and the other on the outer side of that agayne, to defend the same from the ruinous actions of the Vertebres.

This although it is called marey, yet thereby we vnderstand not such marey,The difference of the Spinall ma [...]ey from the marey in ot [...]er bo [...]es. as is the cauities of other bones, for neither is this so fat or flowyng, neither is the other couered with the Membrās of the brayne, as is the Spinall marey, neither is there with it any communion with the instrumentes of sense, or Muscles. Agayne, the Spinall marey differeth from the brayne in two thynges. For first,The differēc [...] betwene the brayne and Spinall ma [...]y. the brayne hath Diastole, and Sistole like the hart, (as before we haue sayd) but so hath not the Spinall marey. Secondly this marey is caryed through Bones which are moued, but stedfast and stable are the Bones of the Scull, compassing about the brayne.

The begynnyng of the Spinall marey is double, or two fold, the one more,The begynnyng of the Spinall is double. and the other lesse: the more part springeth frō the brayne, but the lesse frō Cerebellum. And agayne, that that is brought from the brayne, is onely one maner of way or fourme, but from Cerebellum, two fold, or deuided into the left, and right part. But the greater begynnyng of it procéedeth in such sort from the foundationThe greater begynnyng of the Spinall marcy. of the brayne, as i [...] séemeth to be the very ground therof.

Wherfore to speake apertly, it springeth from the fore part of the brayne: frō The begynnyng of the Spinall ma [...] whence. thence therfore is to be taken the begynning therof (as sayth Collumbus: then not in the place where it first entreth into the Vertebres, as it pleaseth some, in whichThe [...] of some. place it is endewed with no circumscription. And if then the begynnyng thereof be in so high a place to be appointed, are we not forced to graūt the thyrd, fourth, fift, sixt, seuenth, and eight payre of sinewes not to spryng from the brayne, but from the Spinall marey?

This marey entryng forth of the hole of Occiput, into the first of the turnyngWhere the Spinall marey is thicker. ioyntes, is somewhat more thicke then in the whole progresse that it maketh besides. But agayne at such tyme as it commeth to the top of the brest, it is thence [Page] to the toppe of Os sacrum, of equall thicknes. Although some, not of the nearest, supposed it in the meane space to waste by the gettyng of nerues, whē as in deede in Os sacrum onely it becommeth more slender.

In goyng forth of the Scull it is clothed with Pia, and Dura mater, therforeThe [...]olucre of the spinal marey. it clotheth also those Nerues that stretch forth from it. But when it must passe through the mouable Bones, nature added thereto an other thinne Membran, least the same marey should any way be hurt by the hardnes of the Bones. In which Membrau Galen is thought to be deceiued, for because he estéemed this thyrd tunicle to be a Ligament, wherewith the Vertebres should be cōnected andGal [...]n l [...]b. de Osstbus. knit together. Which to be true, thincke how: since the turnyng ioyntes besides are not destitute of the proper Ligamentes, as in the History of Ligamentes appeareth. For no man can surmise, or iudge this thinne tunicle to be fit or apte in colligatyng and byndyng together these bones, whose motions are so great.

The Spinall marey therfore is founde marey like, or medullous onely to theThe spinall marey in marching forward becommeth simory. extreme part of the brest, but then in marchyng thence forwardes, it appeareth sinewy: like whereto are the sinewes thence procéedyng. But this estéeme to be by meanes of the diuision therof. Herehence it is easie to be discerned, why someWhy hurt in the interiour part of the spinall marey is greater. matter descendyng through the Spinall marey, the greater hurt is felt in the inf [...]riour part. The cause is very apparaunt: for that in this place it is sinewy, but in the other medullous, or rather a portion of the brayne elongated, as we haue sayd before. For els it may séeme, that we vse this word medullous improperly: since that is onely marey, which nourisheth the Bones. To which in nothyng this is like: neither yet is the Spinall marey (though Galen him selfeCal. in errour. would haue it so) softer, then that, wherewith the bones are nourished.

And had not the almighty creator thus produced it of two thynges, the oneThe necessitse of the spinall marey. had come to passe. For either all the partes of the body vnder the head, and besides the Nerues of the vi. payre and admittyng no braunches of the sinewes of the brayne, should haue bene destitute of the arbitrarious mouyng, and frustrated of sense, whereby now so exquisitely they haue the knowledge of euery annoyaunce: or els of necessitie to euery part of the body a nerue from the brayne must haue bene deriued. But if they had wanted induyng, then no more had man aunswered the fourme of a liuyng creature, but a picture rather of stone, or clay: and on the other side, from the brayne to reach both small & great nerues to euery part, had bene the part of a workeman, litle wayeng the securitie of the nerues.

Therfore the Spinall marey was prouided, that there hence Nerues mightThe vse of the spinall marey. spring to fulfill all other partes of the body with sence, and mouyng: which are otherwise destitute, for any of the vj. payre of the brayne, that visiteth them. Then that this marey should be of affinitie with the brayne, which prouideth so noble partes to the body, who can doubt, gayne say, or inueigh to the contrary, vnlesse he beare armour agaynst truth.

IT is described by Anathomistés diuersly, as touchyng the partes of sinewes traduced from the Spinall marey: but because we will consume no tyme to aunswere, and reply vpon euery selfe opinion, for séemyng ouer correctiue, as some are ready to obiect, we wil fall to the onely distribution of Nerues. That is when they proceede, and how they are after sowne abroad among the partes of the body.Collumb. Ibid.

The first payre therfore of these Nerues is sent forth betwene the bone of the 1 hinder part of the head, and the first Vertebre of the necke, so priuely, and artificially,The first payre of nerues from the spinall [...]arcy. as that the motions of the head are all together denyed to iniurie them. And to the end this might safely be brought to passe, nature hath engrauen a proper cauitie, as well in the bone of the hinder part of the head, as also in that side of the first Vertebre, or turnyng ioynt of the necke, which ought to end at a spine, [Page] or poynt. This coniugation of nerues thus departing, are afterwardes disparcted into diuers and sundry litle braunches, both by reason that the payre it selfe is but small, as also more commodiously to be distributed vnto the notable company of smal Muscles that serue to the head. For they arose the first Vertebre, and were caried to the hinder part of the head, and agayne, from thence reduced to the second Vertebre. But before it go forth, is reflected aboue the Spinall marey: a thyng notable to behold.

The second payre, or coniugation of sinewes, because of the impossibilitie of 2 commyng forth at the sides of the Vertebres, as appeareth, hath two [...]: whereof the greater appearyng backwardes, is caried here and there by the sides of the Spine of the second turning ioynt, whether once beyng come, it deuideth it selfe into very many partes & braunches, which reflected presently vpwardes, stretch forth to the skinne of the head, to the eares, and to Muscles there aboutes. The other begynnyng lesse then this, commeth forth by the forepartes, betwene the first and second Vertebre, by the sides of the tooth therof, (as appeareth by the description of the second Vertebre, in the history of Bones) and is distributed to the fift Muscle of Larinx, which is common to Aesophagus.

The third payre of sinewes engendred of the Spinall marey, créepeth through 3 the common hole of the second and third Vertebre; & from their sides as you haue heard by the rest. Then after hath a former diuision, which is into foure partes or braūches, but those not so contented are into very many partes, some to the Muscles of the bead, & to that [...]ong quadrāgular Muscle brought from the fleshy Mē bran, which obliquely draweth the lippe downward, some to that lōg Muscle that pulleth the shoulder blade vpward, & others to the skinne of the necke, ramified.

The fourth payre passeth forth betwene the iij. and fourth Vertebre, through 4 the common hole to them both Which in like sort is to be vnderstāded by all thé other that follow: therfore remembre it, for the exiture of the nerues through the hole common to two Vertebres, I will repeate no more hereafter. This payre thus passing forth (as I say,) is into diuers braunches deuided, whereof some ascende, some descende, and others [...] them selues to the hinder part. Further more from this payre are sent small sinewes seruing to the Muscles of the necke, as also to the Muscle called Cucullaris. But among the fore partes or braunches, some are inserted to the Muscle, strewed vnder the stomache, one of the which, being a small one, is vnited with a braunch of the fift payre, and the fift with the sixt: of the which thrée beginnyngs are constitute those Nerues, which march forwardes downe to the Septum transuersum, descendyng by Mediastina, and aboue Pericardium.

The goyng forth of the fift payre is found betwene the fourth and fift. Vertebre, 5 [...] and distribution. deuided thence into many Nerues, both anteriour and posteriour. The anteriour braunches, which is most of the others apparant, is vnited with a braūch of the fourth payre, and in some, taketh a litle braunch from the others that follow. This nerue, thus made and cōstructed of thrée, descēdeth to the sides of Aesophagus by the fore partes of the turnyng ioyntes of the necke, and so downe to the sinewy partes of Septum transuersum: In which part the end thereof is determined. Collumbus sayth that in some this riseth from the fourth payre: but thatCol. Ibid. seldome, for it is most often founde to procéede from the fift.

BUt note when first this commeth to the hollow of the brest, least the continuall mouing of the lunges should be a meane to hurt or breake the same, it is bounde or stayed with certaine Membrans; both aboue and beneath Pericardium. This nerue with a veyne is properly associated.

And no maruell (gētle Reader) that nature so willyngly prouided for the safeconduictThe [...] a noble muscle. of this Nerue, since to the midreif it was destinated: a Muscle so rare [Page] and noble, as in all mās body is none the like. That which remaineth of this fift payre or coniugation is diuersly disparcled: for a braunche thereof accompanied with a Ueyne and Arterie, is sent through the middest of the hole that is [...]ited in the shoulder blade, and there spent amongest the Muscles that from the same scaple bone do spring.

An other braunch descendeth through the sides of the necke, and is distributed to the Muscles called [...] & Cucullares. Other braunches stretch to the shoulder, others to the fouresquare Muscle that draweth the lippes obliquely downewardes, as also to the iiij. Muscle of the bone Hyoides. Sondry others to the cauitie of the shoulder blade, where there are enstrewed to the Muscle there lurkyng, and to the second Muscle of the brest, as also to the skinne there aboutes.

Vesalius numbreth this fift coniugation amongest the Nerues of the arme, becauseVesal. [...]ib. 4. cap. 14. The [...] of Collu [...]bus. it is spread forth vnto the Muscles seruing the shoulder. But Collumbus, because it goeth not together with the v. nerues of the hād, will in no wise so accōpt it. Of the which Nerues of the hād, because of the true Anathomistes it is muchWhy the nerues of the hand are [...] described. wished, we will now addresse vs towardes it, that truth the gemme set in order, the foyle may shew more persite.

THe hand, beyng (as sayth Aristotle) the organ of organes, and an organ beforeThe hand is the organ of organs. all other organs, to the end it might excell in the sharpe sense of touching, nature hath chosen, and geuen thereto fiue proper and néedefull payre of sinewes, [...] payre of [...] to the hand. that is to say, thrée to the extreme fingers, and two to the extreme hād. All which fine payre haue their originall from the Spinall marey, goyng forth by [...]he commonThe beg [...]nning of the fine payre of Nerues to the hand. holes of the Vertebres of the necke, and the first turnyng ioynt of the brest. And these after they be gone forth from their risinges, as is sayd, are so vnited afterwardes together, that one payre from an other it is almost impossible to distinguish. [...]here they are [...]. Neuerthelesse they are at length separated, séemyng to constitute and [...]here they are seperated. frame them selues after the fashion of a net.

These fine payres of sinewes march forth with one consent vnder the chanellWhy woun [...]es to the [...] processe of the scaple bone are deadly. bone, as also to the inner Processe of the shoulder blade. In the which place also they are accompanied with Vena Basilica, & Axillaris Arteria: wherfore no marueile though a wound in this place be fearefull and daūgerous. But to go to euery one of them seperately.

The first payre of Nerues to the handes is brought forth betwene the fift, and 1 the sixt Vertebre, when it is come to the cauitie vnder the armehole, it sendethOf the [...] payre of nerues of the hand. forth a nerue to the first Muscle of the brest, and to the second of the scaple bone, and a [...] in like order to the first and second Muscle of cubite, whereby the same is bowed. Furthermore, if you willyngly follow it further, it runneth vnder the first two headed Muscles through the inner part of the shoulder, but after the bought of the cubite, it accompanieth with the common Ueyne, and both together as it were with one tract, are deduced to the extreme part of the hād. But in that space not ceassing to poure forth sundry litle braunches to diuers partes of the skinne there aboutes.

The going out of the secōd payre is according to the same iourney & place that 2 Of the second payre. we haue described to the first, so then it sendeth thrée Nerues to the Muscles that serue the shoulder, wherof one issueth out at that hole of y• shoulder blade that [...] keth vnder ye armehole, beyng first diuersly distributed, thē after is caried straight forth after the fore part of the shoulder to the bought of the arme, passing thē [...]e betwixt the bone Cubitus & Radius: but note that at what tyme it entreth into the bought, it disperseth it selfe in braūches, which are bestowed on the 4. 5. & 6. Muscle, by whose meanes all the fiue fingers are bowed But so soone as it is passed & gone behynd the middest of the bone Radius, it putteth forth a nerue sufficient apparant and déepe, which cleauyng as it goeth to the Ligament that is set betwene [Page] the Bones Cubitus and Radius, is at length implanted to the quadrated or foureCol. [...]ib. 8. cap. [...]. squared Muscle in the history of Muscles manifest: which beyng sited neare vnto the wrest, moueth the hand directly downewardes in prone maner. The greater trunke or stocke of this same nerue descending further, and lower, créepeth vnder the Ligamēt that lyeth on the inside of the wrest, in which place it bringeth forth sundry braunches duely dedicated to the Muscles of the thombe, and others to a portion of these Muscles, which we haue called lōg Muscles, and shewed to spring from the Tendons of the fift Muscle. Other braunches likewise it sendeth to those Muscles which, rising from the postbrachiall part of the hand, do bowe theI [...] the ball of the hand sometime v. [...] [...]. Nerues. first ioyntes of the fingers. Which done, in the palme of the hand it is cut into v. partes, but some tyme into seuen, though not so often. Of which fiue partes, two marcheth forewardes through the sides of the thombe, to the extremitie thereof, in the meane tyme here and there distributyng their surcles to the skinne: two other poste themselues to the extreme partes of the forefinger, in the meane tyme neither laying wast the skinne & compasse about them. The fift runneth through the inside of the middle finger. And these are the fiue partes: but in such as it is deuided into vij. partes, note the vj. iourneyth through the extreme region of the middle finger, and the vij. through the inside of the litle finger. And thus much of the second payre of sinewes seruyng to the hand.

The thyrd payre so addicted, after the selfe same maner runneth downe after 3 Of y• [...] payre. the side of the shoulder, and inferiour partes of the cubite, as also aboue the ioynt betwene Olechranon, and the inner Tubercle of the shoulder, where it bringeth forth diuers braunches, which through the first Muscle, of which is made a large Tendon, may easely be found scattered, as also to the second and thyrd Muscle of the wrest. Then it marcheth after the length of the cubite on the inside, about the middest wherof, or litle more it is deuided into two partes: the one greater, and the other lesser, & the one agayne taketh his race more déepe, the other more outward. That which runneth inward, passeth vnder ye inner Ligamēt of the wrest, there ramifieng to that first Muscle with a broad Tendon, which Collumbus first obserued, & from thence to the vj. Muscle whiche leadeth the litle finger from the rest: not ceassing to yeld y• like kindnes to those Muscles that extēd or stretch forth the fingers, which (in the proper place) we haue sayd to spryng from the tendons of the first Muscle that boweth the thyrd ioynt of the fingers: neither denying to assist the Muscles that bowe the formost ioyntes, and which cleaue to the postbrachiall bones: this done it seuereth it selfe into thrée, and sometyme into v. which stay their courses at the extremities of the fingers, beyng through the sides of the ryng finger and litle finger delated, although sometyme it is founde to stay aboutWhy the [...] of the hand is so sensible. the middest of the middle finger. Beyond all this it imparteth slender braunchings liberally to the skinne all about, & namely to the palme of the hād, which maketh it become so sharpely sensible, and exquisite in touchyng. But now to come to the lesser bowe or braunch before deuided. This, strayeng through the exteriour partes of the hand, is reflected aboue the wrest, there into thrée proper rames specially deuided. But in some preparyng fiue casteth them through the vpper of the backe of the hand. So through the sides of the litle finger & ryng fingers, and through the halfe of the aforesayd middle finger, and to their extremities committed in like order as is declared by the other on the inside: Onely in this differyng, that the inner are much greater, then the outer Nerues, most nobly done of Nature, who was not ignoraunt that the outer might with more facilitie be hurt then the inner.

The fourth coniugation of Nerues prepared for the handes, is greater then 4 Of the fourth payre of nerues to the hand. all the Nerues thereto distributed, and taketh in hand the like rising and iourney as doth the rest, but when it is come very neare to the middest of the shoulder, it [Page] is reflected to the exteriour and superiour partes thereof, whence and in what place issue forth litle Nerues to the Muscles that bowe the cubite, and further to the exteriour Muscles, not neglectyng the scope of the skinne to the [...]ubite and shoulder appertainyng. Among diuers other Muscles there aboutes, this fourth nerue lurketh, wherfore braunchyng along by the Bones Radius and [...], after that by such meanes the Muscles that rise from the middle of the cubite to serue the thombe, are refreshed, it visiteth forthwith the wrest, whereas like vnto a trunke or stocke deuided into fiue partes, so in like order this is seuered: ij. wherof brustyng into y• forefinger, other two delite the thombe, the fift is se [...]t to qu [...]cken the extreme part of the middle finger, as is sayd of others before. But from those whiche we sayd to go foreward to the thombe, are exiled very sma [...]l surcules, or twigges, whiche yeld that benefite they may to the Muscle that is place [...] betwene the Thombe and forefinger. And truly great is the distribution of this fourth nerue beside among the Muscles of the cubite.

But the fift nerue is very small, of whose braunches some are made out to 5 Of the [...] [...] of nerues to the hand. yeld sense vnto the skinne of the shoulder and cubite: other braunches it sendeth in like sorte vnder the armepit: what remaineth associateth Bas [...]ca Vena, and in the same iourney disparcleth diuersely surcles through the skinne, and at length endeth at the extreme partes of the hand. Moreouer frō this fift nerue certeine are sent vnder y• Cannell bone, to the viij. Muscle of the head, so to the first, and fourth of the bone [...], to the first, and second of the brest, and to the vij. of the shoulder; as also to those Muscles, that serue to draw the necke sidewayes. And this is the place whence small nerues are con [...]ded to the fleshy [...], and so to the skinne of the necke. In this sort consider of the distribution of nerues vnto the hands, with asmuch perspicuitie as breuitie described. But note that in all persons you shall not finds the small surcles and twistes of nerues alike dispersed, yet the bodies, stockes, and bowes of them you shall see in sundry bodies smally disagr [...]yng. But this is not to be marueiled at, if you espy in some bodies a Nerue that runneth through the middest of a Muscle, and the same in an other to goe through the sides of the same. And for because in some that are wounded, some tyme féelyng is lost, and yet the maner of mouyng remaineth still, and in others contrarily, as the mouyng lost, sense seaseth not, in others so both are destroyed together: Some Anathomistes (I say) in this case séemyng astonyed, and deuising to finde the cause, haue made differences in Nerues, that is to say, they will haue it that in euery place where Nerues are distributed in the body, there should be both Nerues sensitiue, and moitie. But [...] in [...] persōs [...] sence sometyme mouyng sometime both is lost. this opinion Realdus Collumbus supposeth none to be of, saue such onely as are ignoraunt of the true distribution of nerues. And therfore that it is sufficient to say, that those surcles of sinewes that disperse abroad in the skinne, do bryng sense, (since the skinne moueth not) and such as are addicted to the Muscles, impart to them both féelyng and mouyng. Wherefore when the Nerues of the skinne are wounded, or that noyfull matter segregated to those partes doth corrode or distroy them, it is no rare matter if the skinne in such places be left destitute of féelyng: as also mouyng is marred, when in place of the Muscles where they are resident, solution of continuitie is made, with breache of the concourse of the Nerues: And both are then maymed, when not onely in the Muscles, but also in y• skinne, the sinewes be dispersed or deuided. Iudge therfore in this wise the causes, when either sense or mouyng perisheth, as also when both be destroyed together. Or if I shall speake playnly, a hurt thatWhē by the hurtyng of a Nerue feelyng or monyng may be lost, when neither. chaunceth vnto the Nerue before it enter into the Muscle, and in place where it should Retrahere, and Contrahere, cannot be any meanes conioyne, or knitte together agayne. But if the like happen in that part whiche is already [Page] entred the Muscle, in that parte shall neither continue amission of sense, nor mouyng.

If the fancie of any reasonable man, that laboureth with no lesse industrie to séeke the truth, shall persuade him to adde a sixth payre of Nerues to the handes, as heretofore it séemed good to Vesalius, let him beware, least in his iudgementV [...]al. cap. 15. Lib. 4. be deceiue him selfe, takyng the deuision of some stocke, for the originall [...]len erreth in nothyng so much as in the partes of mans body. of some Nerue: in whiche absurditie many are weltned, whose names on earth resounde as ecchoes from the rockes, beyng in nothyng so farre deceiued as in the partes of mans body.

THe Nerues of the brest, whiche are lesse then they of the hand, also haueOf the Nerues produced frō the Vertebres of the brest. their originall from the Spinall marey, forth of the twelue Vertebres of the brest: howbeit they are not twelue payre, what soeuer moued Uesalius so to say, who not to haue espyed that to xij. Vertebres appertaine xi. holes, like as toThe Nerues of the brest are xi. payre. xij. ribbes, xj. spaces, it is marueilous.

These twelue therfore of the brest, which issue forth at the common holes ofVe [...]l. in [...]. the Vertebres of the brest, do not immediately constitute the fourme and maner of a net, as do the Nerues of the hand, but after their goyng forth, they all seuerally deuide them selues into two vnequall portions: for the payres, in their [...] and distrib [...]tion of the Nerues of the b [...]est in generall. distribution, some reach forth greater on the one side, the on then other, and some to the fore partes whereas their mates to the hinderpartes are reflected.

Those that delite the fore partes, marche after the inferiour partes of the ribbes, after the cauitie in the lower part long wise engrauen: whiche in the History of Bones and description of the ribbes is more playnly set out, beyng cōuersaunt eche one in course, with a braunche of the veyne that is sayd to haue no mate, and of the great arterie. All which thrée (I meane the nerue, veyne, and Arterie,) passing by one way, euen from the aforesayd Vertebres to Os Sternon after the length of the ribbes, and the Cartilages, vnder the succingent Membran, or Pleura, like lynes equally and proportionably distaunced, do enter among the Muscles intercostales, amongest whiche, both the outward and inward, they are ramified and spread.

Others are thought to bryng sense to the sixth Muscle of the brest, beyng placed in the inside of it, and do bynde together the forepartes thereof. From the foresayd, Nerues flow through the first Muscle of the shoulder, and through the second of the shoulder blade. Furthermore other braunches are caryed to the pappes, and their nipples or teates, brought from these nerues whiche in order follow: then more downward, from the nerues that are placed in the middle region of the brest, surcles are deriued, which are charged with the oblique descendent Muscles of Abdomen, in which place, of these nerues a large distribution is made. But from the last nerues of the brest are others departed, in which the [...]leshy part of the famous Muscle Diaphragma is delited. The re [...]aunt of the Anteriour sinewes are commaunded both to the skinne of the brest and bellye, sendyng also nerues among the Muscles, layed vnder Aesophagus: as also to the rootes of the ribbes. Note further that with these nerues, the vj. coniugation of brayne is interlaced and mingled.

The other diuision of the nerues of the brest is reflected towardes the hinder partes: and nerues from the aforesayd begotten, do carie sense to the first and second Muscles of the head, and to them of the necke: so in like sort to the fift and [...]irt Muscle which circumuerte or turne about the shoulder, some makyng spéede to the first and fourth of the shoulder blade: diuers direct them selues to the thyrd of the [...], and to the skinne about the shoulder blade, many visite the Muscles of the backe, makyng no lesse way to the fourth of the brest, and to the skinne of the backe beyng distributed.

[Page]But of this I would haue euery one that readeth the History of nerues to consider, that this Fibre like braunchyng of sinewes among the skinne partes,The [...] Distribution of nerues [...] [...] [...] [...] [...] [...] is in no wise to be accompted like in euery person: for so they be not in [...], neither is any Anathomiste able to decide perfectly in one speciall description, the crafty créepyng courses of the small twistes, or cutaneous surcles, to serue for all bodyes: For asmuch as they can neither inuent the right order, nor certaine nomber, but in some moe, in other some fewer, now also higher, and now more crooked. Thus seuerally [...]ourneyng, and diuers is their distribution.

THe paynfull Anathomist shall sinde, that in cōparison of the sinewes appertainyngOf the Nerues produced frō [...] Vertebres of the loynes. to the brest, these of the loynes are much greater. And although among fiue Vertebres of the loynes, there is but foure common holes, yet fiue sinewes are from them deriued, that is, as we haue sayd fiue, payre or coniugations: [...] there are v. payres of [...] of [...] [...] and but [...] [...] For because the first payre goeth forth betwene the extreme Vertebre of the brest, and the first of the loynes, giuyng backe from the last ribbe, and is therfore rather nombred among the sinewes of the loynes, then of the brest. And that the more willyngly since it denyeth his seruice to the brest, to yeld the same to the lower belly.

Wherefore nowe to speake briesly of this first coniugation addicted to the 1 loynes, it créepeth forth at the common hole engrauen betwene the twelfth Vertebre Of the first payre of Nerues of the loynes. of the brest, & first of the loynes, whiche beyng of it selfe sufficient small, marcheth forewardes vnder Periton [...]um. After the egresse or goyng out thero [...], it cleaueth into two braunches, whereof the one is greater, and the other lesser: the greater of them is caryed to the fore partes, first preparyng nerues to the begynnyng of Septum [...]ransuersum, whiche we haue sayd to arise from the bodyes of the Vertebres of the loynes: Other sortes it seaseth not to pro [...]er to the endes of the fift Muscle of the thighe, called by his proper name Lumbalis, and many others to the Muscles of Abdomen. But the lesser nerue of this first coniugation, reflected towardes the hinder partes, endeth among the Muscles of the backe.

The second coniugation goeth forth betwene the first and second Vertebre of 2 Of the second payre of Nerues of the loynes. the loynes, marchyng vnder Peritonaeum, and vnder the fift Muscle of the thighe, in whiche Muscle many braunches also from this coniugation are spent. But rising vp at length, notwithstandyng vnder Peritonaeum, dispatcheth a braunche from the toppe of Ilium, whiche leapyng out of Abdomen, profereth both sense and mouyng to the first Muscles of the thighe, and to the sixt of the legge. But an other braunche it commaundeth to the sixt of the thighe; and first of the legge, and mountyng aboue the vpper part of Os Ilium, to the skinne of the thighe. Besides all this, a very small sinew springeth from this same second payre, whiche beyng likewise very long, doth associate the seminarie vessels,The errour of some. and endeth at last in the Testicle. Whiche Nerue, some beyng greatly deceiued, do call Cremasteres, for neither is this Nerue, nor the seminarie vesselsWhat is [...]. to be called Cremasteres, but onely the fleshy Fibres placed in the coate of the Testicle called Dartos.

The thyrd payre of Nerues from the loynes goyng forth betwene the second 3 The thyrd payre of Nerues of th [...] loynes. and thyrd Vertebre, is caried vnder Peritonaeum, and vnder the fift Muscle of the thighe. The first braunche from this payre decided, runneth vnder Os pubis, neare vnto. Os Ilium: where it is into two deuided, the one part through the vpper partes brought to the skinne of the knée, the other followeth the veyne Saphena. And what portion therof remaineth, is committed to the Muscles, and skinne clothyng the backe.

The fourth of these coniugations appeareth betwene the thyrd and fourth 4 Of the fourth payre of Nerues of the loynes. Vertebre, and beyng the greatest of all the nerues produced from the loynes, is [Page] caried vnder the fift Muscle of the thigh and Os pubis, and fellowly accompanieth a Ueyne & Arterie into the flanke: In which place it begetteth a sort of small surcles, which to the skinne and cutaneous partes of Penis and Scrotum are right seruiseable, but no déeper do they runne. Afterwardes in this region of the flanke it is deuided into seuen braunches, whiche are distributed to all the Anteriour Muscles which shew their seruice partly to the legge, and partly to the thigh: Of which braunches, some likewise descend vnto the knée.

The rising of the fift coniugation is in like sorte betwene the fourth and fift 5 O [...] the fift comu [...]ion of the [...]. turnyng ioynt, which like vnto the rest is into two partes deuided: whereof the greater hath his passage vnder Peritonaeum, towardes the fore partes, through the hole betwene Os Coxendicis, Pubis, and Ilij, whence after nerues are profered to the ninth and tenth Muscles of the thigh, that turne it in compassed sort: Others thence straight to the seuenth & eight Muscle of the same thighe, to the Muscles of Penis, and to the bladder, and in women not onely to the bleddar, but also to the matrice: not withstandyng the sinewes that resorte thereto from the vj. coniugation of the brayne. And thus much of the first part of the fift payre of the loynes. But the second part is reflected after the Muscles about the backe, and to the skinne, as is sayd by the iiij. coniugation. And is this the brief description of those fiue payre of Nerues that appertaine to the loynes, whiche in goyngNowe these payres of nerues of the loynes are [...] and [...] together. forth are connected and knitte together, the first with the second, the second with the thyrd, the thyrd with the fourth, & the fourth with the fift, in order comparable to the implications of the sinewes of the arme.

And although the whole packe of the principall Anathomistes haue thus affirmed [...] Collūbus [...]ib. 8 [...]p. 7. fiue payre of sinewes to the loynes, yet Realdus Collumbus confesseth thatThe Nerues of the loynes are not [...] [...] [...]. not alwayes fiue payre are founde, but sometymes foure: for that in some persons (sayth he) the fourth with the fift hath such communitie, that of them both but one payre can be described. Wherefore it auayleth not to meruaile why the grounded opinions of such famous men as haue sustayned great labour and traueil in the pilgrimage of mans body, should in tract of tyme sounde so dissonant, since neither countrey, age, nor nature haue consented, that in the bodyes of creatures should be no dissention. But now to come to the coniugations produced from Os sacrum, whiche may be called, and that worthely, the sinewesOf the nerues of [...] [...], & [...] of the feete.

THese sinewes therefore are founde to issue forth betwene the last Vertebres Their [...] of the loynes, and the foppe of Os sacrum, and from the first, second, and thyrd hole of Os sacrum. They are foure in number, which from their begynnyngs once gone, are so conioyned and knit together, as worthely they may constitute the greatest nerue in the body, which, beyng estéemed no lesse, runneth inThe Nerue the gr [...]est o [...] all in the body. progresse vnder Peritonaeum from the inner part of Abdomen, to the outer, towardes the haunches, and [...] Coxendix, and Coxix, aboue that fourth Muscle that turneth about the thighe. After where it iourneyeth neare the greater Processe trochanter, it sendeth forth nerues then, to the thrée Muscles springyng from Coxendix, and that serue to bowe the legge. Others also to the blacke or leady coulored Muscle, growyng after the same sort from the greater trochanter: but here it ceaseth not, since afterward it casteth about through the hinder partes of the thighe, betwene the fourth and fift Muscle of the legge, almost to the bought of the knée. In whiche place it is after deuided into two notable braunches or bowes, one somewhat greater then an other: whereof as the greater is [...]llently occupyed among the hinder partes, so the lesser with as great [...], sp [...]eth him towardes the forepart of the legge.

The greater agayne with sundry surcles from his body deriued, visiteth the [...]ought of the knee, and the first Muscles to the outside of the foote appertainyng. [Page] But from the lesser it is easie to discerne one litle one deriued, whiche searcheth the body of the Muscle vnder the hāme, and an other that assaileth the thyrd Muscle, whose begynnyng is at the exteriour head of the thigh.

But note by the way, that the greater body of this sinew after it hath passed the bought of the knée, is presently into other partes diuersly deuided: wherof one stretcheth forth vnder the two first Muscles of the foote, whose sleshy partes, when it hath passed, and ouergone, it creepeth along vnder the skinne, hastyng spéedely after that sort to the h [...]der partes of the legge, not neglectyng the extreme partes of the foote. From the other braunches, small surcles ariue at the fourth, and greater Muscle of the legge, from thence to the interiour and posteriour partes of the legge, and kéepeth his course vnder the inner ancle, so stretchyng vnder the sole of the foote, to augment his circuite, strayeth out to the very skinne, and to the first, second, and thyrd extreme Muscle of the foote, then afterwardes to all other sortes of small Muscles, that in the sole of the foote retaine any seruiceable offices. Moreouer, besides the sundry deuisions and distributiōs of this braunche rehearsed, it is after cut into ten portions of nerues, whiche by couples, that is to say, two to euery one, are commaūded to attend vpon the toes of the féete and their extremities, as also to yeld like bountie of their functions, to the skinne and cutancous partes of the toes.

But an other braunche more deepely penetrateth betwene the greater and lesser Focile, cleauyng to the Ligament there intersited, which Ligament is sayd to deuide the anteriour from the posteriour Muscles, and ramifieth not obscurely amongest the fift, sixt, and seuenth Muscles of the foote. An other lesser trunke is intertained among the fore partes of the legge, slidyng vnder the Appendaunce of the lesser Focile, or Fibula, where it profereth nerues to the Muscles, aswell from the greater, as the lesser Focile exorted or sprong. The trunke descendethA Caueat for the applicatiō of cauterie to the legge. still downewardes, notwithstandyng by the anteriour partes of Fibula. Wherfore in this point we are admonished that in the application of a cauterie we presume not so farre as Fibula, but onely to the shinne or greater Focile, neither passe the depth of the first Muscle, for further, shall perish the nerue last recited, after which ensueth most greuous accidentes, and payne in that place perpetually.

That portion of this nerue that remaineth, is caried vnder the Ligament, and fore part of the foote, pearsing vnder the extreme ancle, and through the extreme partes of the foote: out of which seate certaine surcles are sent to the xviij. Muscle of the foote. Then after what remaineth, is separated into x. litle nerues, all which are notably inserted, and surely setled to the extremities of the toes. Yet this is not all: for from the same trunke, one other small sinew is extended, least the extreme skinne partes of the foote, voyde of their company, should be frustrated of sensible propertie. After the iij. holes in Os sacrum, follow the fourth, and in some the fift.

But here before I intermeddle any further, you shall consider a reasonable cause, why the number of these nerues of Os sacrum be not certaine, since as it séemeth eche authour writeth as he founde: which made some describe vj. others fiue, others foure &c. the cause I say is to be alledged in this point, like as in sundry other partes, the varietie of nature, and vnlike construction of the [...]yes of creatures. Wherefore Collumbus willyngly declareth Lib. 8. cap. 8. that he hathOs sacrum con [...] steth no [...] alway of like number of boness. found in diuers bodyes Os sacrum, to consist of foure, of fiue, and of vj. bones, albeit neuer of thrée (sayth he) as Galen falsly affirmeth: howbeit I haue a sceletō to testifie the same at this day: so that whatsoeuer was then, it argueth Collumbus The author hath a Scele [...] wherein Os [...] both consist onely of thrée [...]. was not of natures counsaile what she would do hereafter.

This note therfore, where Os sacrum hath fiue bones, there are foure holes, and where sixe, there fiue betwene bone and bone. Then in these two last holes [Page] are nourished and begon two other payre of sinewes, wantyng in those that lacke the v. and vj. bones. Which after they are egressed or gone forth, beget also, by together knittyng, one notable nerue, which is naturally reflected and distributed amongest the Muscles of the haunches, and their skinne: also inwardly to the partes of Abdomen, as to the Muscles of the straight gutte, and of the bleddar. So in some wemen to the matrice, and necke of the matrice, with like concourse of other surcles to Scrotum and Perineum. Likewise from the hinder partes of Os The [...] of the hinder partes of Os sacrum. sacrum, through the same holes are departed other nerues, small, and short, to the Muscles of the backe, haunches, and other posteriour partes of the skinne.

GAlene rehearseth besides all these a Nerue inconiugated, or hauyng no fellow:Of the [...] inconiugated. but Uesalius denying that, sayth that it may so happen that wherof Os sacrum doth consist of fiue bones, there the end of the Spinall marey slidyng out of the bone may constitute a surcle on eche side. Collumbus also not séemyng obstinately resistaunt in this matter, sayth, if any such be, it is to be imagined at the extreme part of the Spinall marey: notwithstandyng that in all his tyme, albeit very often, and for that onely purpose he protesteth to haue sought, he neuer found wherfore to auouche the same. But sayth he, amongest all which hetherto I haue dissected (almost innumerable) I haue sene the extreme part of the Spinall marey in very many surcles, both to the right, and left side, distributed as also further dispersed through the fourth Muscle of the thighe, and throughout the skinne which is betwene the haunches, and euen downe to the fundament.

So is manifestly argued vnto vs, how deuinely the incomprehensible creator hath made the body of mā, not onely simplie to liue, but aptly to liue, with all requisite partes & parcels thereto. For as no part is destitute of naturall warmthe, tell me what member wāteth the vitall and animall spirite: which as the first by the liuer and veynes, the secōd by the hart & arteries, so the thyrd by the brayne & sinewes is transposed through all the partes. And if nerues be the instruments,Galen de [...]. of féelyng, & voluntarie mouyng, very iniuriously séemeth Vesalius to deny someDissect. No Muscle [...] without one Nerue or moe. Muscles to haue them, since they are no Muscles that are without them, as testifieth Realdus Collumbus Cap. 8. Lib. 8.

¶ An end of the History of the Animall partes.

¶ Of the History of Man the ix. booke, discoursing the marey conteined in the Bones, Periostion, and the heares.

BEsides that in the History of the nutritiue partes are described the skinnes and fattes, and amōgest the Cartilages the nayles, there remaine yet certaine partes to be spoken of, which, in a solid discourse of the body of mā, may in no wise be omitted, as the marey cōteined within the bones, Periostion, & the heares.

The greatest Bones therfore haue within them large capacities, [...]. [...]. 1. cap. 15 Of the marey in bones. whereby, together with their hardnes, they purchace lightenes and agilitie to moue. Notwithstandyng such capacitie is not in themHow marey is [...]. left empty, but with much marey is stuffed, which, flowyng thether from the cō mon nourishment of the Bones by the small penetratyng veynes, is there madeWhere is the chief store of marey. and reposed, and by litle and litle in tract of them receiuyng preparation, doth white, & [...], till it become a substaunce fit to the nourishyng of the bones. Of which sort great store is found in the bones of the shoulders, armes, thighes,What marey smaller bones [...] & how. and legges. All other bones, in which are no such large cōcauities, but are either small, or lesse necessary vnto mouyng, do in small celles or porie places conclude [Page] a humor more liquid thē marey, and more thinne or melted, but which notwithstandyng [...] [...] and [...] [...] [...] of [...] substaunce to thig. aunswereth thereto in a certaine proportion. The brayne and Spinall marey haue an other maner of substaunce, as before in the descriptiō of the Spinall marey is declared. And thus much of marey the proper nourishement ofCol. [...]. 13. [...]. 3. bones, is sufficient. [...] is [...] [...]. Now it hapneth that, some suppose the Bones do [...].

PEriostion is a sinewy Membran, & thinne, which clotheth and enwrappeth the Bones, & is endewed with much sense: wherforè many are deceiued, through the ignoraunce of this Membran, supposing the bones to feele: for this Membran [...] is not on the inside of the [...]. in the inside of the Scull do not séeke. For there is no such thyng, although vnder Pericranium it may be found: neither are the téeth inuested with Periostium. ForThe teeth are voyde of [...]. what stode the [...]th in néede of it? Neither is it layd in the Articulation of bones: for so if it should be, it would excite meruailous paynes in the mouyng of thē, asWhy Periostium may not be in the ioyntes. somewhat also we haue touched before in the beginnyng of the History of bones.

THe heares although they séeme superfluous partes I know not how, yet becauseCol. [...]. 13. cap. 2. they are as a certaine couering of our body, of them also a description isThe vse of the [...]. necessarily required. For besides that they couer the body, as we haue sayd, they serue also in the stéede of a propugnacle. Some do adde a thyrd vse of the heares,The procreation of [...]. that is, that those fuliginous vapours which are eleuated in the thyrd cōco [...]iō of nourishment, whilest it passeth into the substaūce of the mēbers, should be consumed into the nourishmēt of heares: which sentēce Collūbus neither prayseth nor disprayseth. But heares are made also (sayth he) for decencie of fourme. TheyWhence the heares do [...]. spring forth of the skinne in perforatyng the same. The rootes of the heares are thicker then the other partes of them, and are fastened to the fat, which betwene the skinne and fleshy Membran is sited, the purse of the Testicles excepted.

Wherfore the heares take their nourishment from the fat and therefore encrease.Whence heares are nourished. They grow almost in all places, but chiefly where the skinne is hoate and [...]. [...]. 1. [...]. corp. cap. 15. drye: for the cold & moyst is vnapt to the bringyng forth & conteinyng of heare.In what places heares growe most. Where the skinne is hard and drye, as in the head and chinne, there is brought forth the lōger & stiffer heare. The rootes of the nayles and heares are tender and soft: but that which is extant without the skinne, is strong and very hard.

In man the heares are begotten partly together, partly afterwardes. In theThe heares grow not [...] one time or [...] one begyn [...]yng. head they are naturally engendred, but properly in the eyelyddes and browes, which nature frō their first growth euer kéepeth in alike greatnes, hauyng fixed them least they should encrease, into a most hard skinne like to a Cartilage: theseThe vse of the heares of the eye lyddes. are [...]etched and stable, not onely for comlynes, but also to defend the eyes from motes, heares, and such outward accidentall annoyances. The heares which are after begotten first brust forth about Os pubis, & the fundament, next in the armepittes,The opin [...]on of some reproued in yeldyng a reason of the not hauyng heare in the ball of the hand and sole of the foote. and in men last of all in the chinne. In the sole of the foote and ball of the hand grow no heares, and that (say some) because of the broad Tendo [...]: whiche, the foote of the Hare hauing the same, and yet filled with heare, confuteth. But in déede those partes in man to be without heare, both vse and mouyng required: for in the Hare such hearynes furthereth her swiftnes.

Now here I will make an end, since all thynges séeme sufficient playnly expounded,Col, loc. cit. whereby the meruailous workemanshyp, and subtill contexture of the members may be re [...]aled.

❧ An end of the ix. and last Booke of the History of Man.

§

§

[Page]

❧ A Table of the Instrumentes seruyng to Anathomicall dissection.

❧ A Table wherein is quoted the place of euery Principall matter contained in this History, to be sought vnder the Letter Alphabeticall, and to be founde by the direction of the Figure. Wherein the Reader is to be forewarned, that euery Praedicare is to be sought vnder his subiect, not els to be found in this Table: as to seeke the Appendaunces, Veynes, Nerues of the Teeth, he must looke vnder the name of Teeth, not of Veynes, Nerues or Appendances: and this order is obserued in all the other.

[Page]

A.

ABdomen the Muscles therof, described. 54. the Deynes of the Muscles therof. 77

Acetable what it is. [...]2

A [...]gylopa the disease where it chaunceth. 11. 15

Aesophagus the Muscles therof. 58

Altered thynges chaunge into the colour of it that [...]ltereth. 66. 77

Ambulation how it is made. 57

Anathomy in what part it begynneth 1. 6. obser [...]eth not extreme youth or age. 7

Ancles the number, vse, and figure of them. [...]4

Angina the disease, in [...]yng thereof, what v [...]yne [...]ust be open [...]d. 77. i [...] it the membr [...] [...]ay be taken [...]rō the dynges of Ti [...]chea A [...]teria. [...] 39

An [...]uall spirite a new opinion therof. 9. the vse, prima [...]y, instruments therof. 98. the proper matter therof. 100

Apes haue their i [...]isory, and dogge teeth distinguished with a sea [...]ne. 11 their Luinx is a bone. 17

Apophisis what it is. 2

Appendaūce what it is, the substa [...]ce, vse, continuaunce, and nature therof described 2. channged by nature, and nations. 23

¶ Appendaunces of euery bone, looke vnder the proper nam [...] of the bone.

Appetite how it is styrled vp. 75

Apprehensio [...] by the hād de [...]cribed. 31

Ari [...]totle his err [...]ur in Diaphr [...]gma. 53. that fat is sens [...]ble. [...]4. that the skinne hath no sence [...]id. that the bones of Occiput ar [...] thi [...]nest. 8. that the hinde [...] part of the head is emptie [...]old. that the hart is the authout of feelyng and o [...] bloud. 44

Arme holes the [...]uscles thereof. 51. there is no fleshy membrā in them. 64

Arme why it hath a sharpe co [...]nered bowyng. 18. the motion therof 5 [...]

¶ Arte [...]ies, looke vnder those pa [...]tes whose [...] they are.

Arthrodia described what it is. 3

Articulus, or ar [...]culation, the differences, and nature therof. 3

[...] [...] described. 90. 39

Auditorie organ the nature, figure, situation, vse, and names of the bones therof described. 10

B.

BAthe [...]e structure, motions, vertebres, spi [...]all marey, and partes therof. 17. 19. what part is so called 20. what p [...]rt of it is most subiect to hurt. 25. how it is bowed foreward, 2 [...]. the muscles, and motion therof described. 52

Backe, very straunge. 23

Basis what it meaneth. 3

Basil [...]re what it is. 9

Beastes why their iaw is long. 12

Beetles why they haue no heades. [...]

Belly the muscles thereof dèscribed. 55

Bleddar the muscles therof. 56

Bleddar of choler described. 80

Bleddar of vrine the situation, forme, figure, netues, deyn [...]s, fibres, a [...]teries therof. 83

Bloud how it commeth to the vētricl [...] of the hart. 89. how it hapneth to be made with brine: 78. the originall fount [...]ine of it. 75. 44. perfected in the veynes. 72

Body the motions therof. 51. the foū dation, and frame thereof. 1. is not made of one bone continuall. 3. what incommodities it suffereth if nerues should proceede from the brayne. 17. how it is maintained. 63. nourished by bloud. 76. di [...]erse partes thereof haue diuerse substaunce, and temperatures. 66

Bones their nature; substaunce, vse, signes described. 1. howe vnited without appendance. 2. their convticulation at large described. 3 once broken how k [...]it agayne. 4. some partes of them in children séeme Ca [...]tilages. 7. how they differ frō the teeth. 13. were made for the cause of other partes. 14. nourished with bloud. 26. why perforated. 14. their vse. 16. how they differ from Cartilages. [...]7 [...]f they be large, they moue largely and sodēly, but short bones litle, and easely. 18

Boatelike bone of the foote described 36

A Boye in Denice his monstrous head. 6

[...]rachiall bones described. 29

Brayne the principall member of the body. 6. the obstriction, and dilatation therof vnder Bregma. 8. en [...]ironed in y• head as in an hoate house. 6. nerues proceede not from it. 17. how it is helped to forge animall spirites 9. how purgeth humiditie and ex [...]rement 9. 10. 11. 15. the veynes that nourishe it described. 77. the primacy, [...]essengers, membrans therof. 98. the propugnacles therof. 98. 101. how nourished. 99. the substaūce therof where it lyeth. 99. the ventricles, glasse, testicle, b [...]ttockes, yarde, haunches, and holes thereof described. 100. what incōuenience it suffereth not beyng purged. 6

Bregma a bone of the fore part of the head. [...]

Brest the vertebres therof at large descr [...]ed. 19. 20. 21. the mansion place of the hart. 23. the nature, const [...]nccion, ribbes, vertebres, vse, bones thereof described. 23. 24. the Cartilages thereof. 39. the muscles and motion [...] therof. 53. the Cartilages o [...] the ribbes th [...]rof to what vse. 23. 24

Browes why it hath holes. 14

Buttockes how c [...]nstituted. 57

A [...]ull enge [...]dred without testicles. 87

C.

CAecum the [...]ut des [...]ribed. 7 [...]

Canell Bones thei [...] whole nature described. 26

Cartilages their nature described. 38. how they differ from nayles. 40. how they differ frō bones. 17. their vse. 2

Ca [...]tilago mucronata described. 24. 40. 54

¶ Cartilages of Bones, looke vnder th [...] name of the bone whereto they appertayne.

¶ Cauities of bones, looke vnder their bones.

Causties of processes disfer as the pro c [...]sses. 2. how enlarged. 3

¶ C [...]lles, looke Cauities.

Cerebell [...] where it ly [...]th. 6. the nature, substaunce and vse therof described. 101

Checke bone described. 11. the substaunce, & cauities thereof to what vse. 12. 15. the muscles therof. 45

Children onely haue a transuerse suture vnder the palate. 1 [...]. haue their neither iaw bone two. 12. how they become toung tyed. 42

Choler what it is, and how incōmodious to the ventricle. 80. the way of it. 72. the generation of it. 76

Chylus the description therof. 76

Coccix the nature, aetymology, vse, vertebres, holes, figure, colour thereof described. 22. the Cartilages therof. 39

Colou the gut described. 74

Collumbus muentor of the vses of Appendance. 1. impugneth Galen. 6. 45. his nu [...]ber of bones of the head 8. differeth from other Anatho [...]istes in the [...]escription of Tarsus. 35. his opinion what is contained in the cauities of Os frontis. 9. [...]cited the fourth processe of the [...]temporall bo [...]es. 9. [...]prehendeth Vesalius. 10. 44. chalengeth Vesalius. 21. fo [...]d a thyrd bone of the orgā of heatyng. 10. first [...]ound the Popin [...]ay to [...]oue eithe [...] iawes. 11. maketh. 13. bones in the vpperpa [...]. 12. derideth Galens opinion that there should be a bone in the hart. 25. his experiēce that teeth are engendred in the matrice. 14. inuented the mus [...]les of y• eye browes [Page] 46. [...] a rare office of the [...] veynes. 76. first inuentor that veynes and atteries [...] the substaunce of the lunges. 78

Composition and coa [...] of bones described. 3. 5

Conco [...], and alteratiue force ayded by the small guttes. 72

Conu [...]sions a cause therof. 10

Concupiscible facultie the seate therof 75

Coriza the disease why it taketh away the sence of smellyng. 10

Coxendix desetibed. [...]

[...] moueth his vpper iawes. 11

[...] the desctiption therof. 27. the muscles therof. 30

Cucularis [...] 50

Cuneall bone described 9. the processes, and ca [...]ties thetof. 9. the holes therof. 14

[...], and Cutis the nature of it described. 63

D.

DEluge the cause therof. 10

[...] the muscle therof described. 53

[...] and Sistole what it is, where, and when it appeareth. 8

Dogges head distinguished with [...]. 7. their dogge teeth, and [...] teeth distinguished with a seame. [...] their [...] bone consisteth of two bones. 12

Dregges where first they begyn. [...]

[...] the nature therof described. 72

Dura mater. 7 her veynes. 77. their vse to the brayne. 99

[...] what it is. [...]

E.

E [...]es their Cartilages described. [...]. their [...]. 47

Eating insatiable why in some crea [...], and not in man. 72

Effect must cōtent vo, where the cause is not knowne. 11

Em [...] the disease. 24

Emunctory of the hart and liuer. 66

Emulgent veynes described. 78

[...] described what it is. 3

[...] described. 16. why it ought to be [...]. 39

[...] in Anathomy con [...]d: as of Galen 2. 6. 8. [...]. of Vesalius. r. of Celsus. 6. Aristotle. 8. 44. 64 of some [...] [...]. 1. 4. 13. 19. 32. 40. 45. 53

[...] of the [...] how [...]. 6. 9. 10. 11

[...] of the belly excluded, how 54

Experience, that bones art sensible. 1. that there is a bone in the hart. [...]. that [...] are [...] in the [...]. 14

[...], and Inspiration how pro [...]. 53. 54

Eyes [...] [...], [...], [...], [...], [...], [...], & [...] [...] [...]. 102. their [...] [...]. [...] their [...] of what bones it consisteth. 2. why placed in the head. 6. their payne & [...]. 15 how they open & shut. 45. the muscles therof. 46. their motion and stay. 46. 47. the Cartilages of the lyddes of them. 38. their browes drawne vpward. 45. the muscles of their browes by whom inuented. [...]

F.

FAce the veynes therof. 77. why it is round. 12. the holes therof. 15 105. the muscles therof. 45

Fat the vse, generation, and nature of it described. 64

Fea [...]e a cause therof. 10

Feelyng the sence therof described. [...]

[...], looke those partes whose Fibres. they are.

Fibula how it is ioyned to the legge. 34

Fingers the bones, vtilitie, & nature of them described. 30. why composed of bones and ioyntes. 31. their bones hollow. 1. their Ligamentes. 42. their muscles. 61

Fistula lachrymalis what it is. 11. 15

Flegme how it descendeth to moysten the palate. 15. by what wayes purged. 9. 10

Flesh the nature, vse, and properties therof described. 65. 66

Fleshy membran described. 64

Folly a token therof. 6

Foote the bones & nature thereof described. 35. the plant therof described. 36. how it is [...]. 34. the Ligamentes therof. 42. the motions and muscles therof. 58. the nerues therof. 110

Forehead the bones therof. 9. the muscles therof. 45

G.

GAlen what knowledge hee requireth in a [...]. 1. his errours. 18. 9. 10. 11. 12. 19. 26. 27. 29. 51. 54. 58. 81. 89. 64. 69. 78. 109. commendeth the head that hath most sututes. 6. neuer mentioned of the cauitie in Os srontis. 9. ignoraunt of the auditory bones. 10. varyeth from him selfe in the bones of the vpper [...]. 11. wrote not of the holes of the head. 14 marked not Lannx to be a bone. 17. his description of Os sacrum reiected. 11. his iudgement of the bone of the hart. 25. [...] of the inferior head of the shoulder. 27. reproued by Collumbus. 45. desscribed the eyes of the beastes. 47. his negligence reprehended. 49. first [...] of the recutrent nerues. 105

Gemini his crrour in the vse of Abdomen. 55

Generatine partes described. 85

Glandules what they are, & their description. 65. receiue flegme. 9

Glene what it is. 2

Glottis what so called. 17. 105

Glouton what it is. 33

Gomphosis described, what it is. 4

Growyng thynges haue power to require necessaries. 62

Gummes their hardnes serue for teeth. 4

Guttes their situation, vse, coates, stgure described. 7. the muscles of the straight g [...]t. 57

Gynglimon what it is. 4

H.

HAmme the muscles therof 33

Hand the description and [...] thereof. 28. the [...] structure and vtilitie therof described. 31. the partes, motion, muscles, and [...] therof described. 60. the nerues therof. 108. the palate therof why so sensible. 112

[...] what it is. 4

[...] the bone therof described. 25. [...] of it. 66. the situation, sigure, substaunce, fibres, vse, flesh, arteries nerues, coate, fat therof described. 92, the eares and ventricles therof. 93. the vessels therof. 94 the [...] therof 95. more ease [...] [...] then the brayne. 98. it [...]eth when the mouth of the ventricle therof is payned. 106. the [...] thereof. [...]. the veynes therof. [...]. the [...] therof how it receiueth bloud 89. the Cartilage of it degenerateth into a bone. 25

Head the muscles and motion therof. 51 the crosse in the sames and sutures therof described. 3. 7. 8. the structure, figure, bones, vse thereof described. 6. 8. 9. how tyed to the necke with a Cartilage. 8. the distillatiōs therof how purged. 9. 10. 11. the perforations, and holes therof described. 14. how ioyned to the necke. 19. the motion therof. 19. how articulated to the vertebres. 41. the luxation therof is deadly. 41

Head ache the cause therof. 6

Heares the vse, nature, generation of thē. 111. why the in [...]. 64. why not in the bale of the hand. 61

Hearyng, the bones, substaunce, and cause thereof. 101. the bones of the organ thereof. 105. 10. they are porie. [...]

Hector by what part of the body [...] about Troye. 59

Heele bones described. 35

Hippe the articulation therof. 33. the Cartilages therof 40. Ligamentes therof. 32

Hippocrates his errours. 54

Holes of all the Bones of the body described. 44

Humerus the nature thereof described. 26

Humiditie by what meanes purged from the brayne. 9. how it descendeth to the eyes and nostrels. 15

Hyoides the bone of the toūg described. 16. the muscles therof. 48

I.

IAwes the vpp [...], the motion and bones therof described. 11. 12. the [...] therof. 39. the muscles therof. 47

Iawe the neither, the figure, bones, hardnes cauities thereof described. 12. the holes therof. 15. the glandules. 90. the cauitie whereto it is articulate. 9

Ieiunum the nature therof described. 72

Iewes what part they Circūcised. 88

Ileon the gut described. 73

Ilium the bone therof described. 31

Incision vnder a ribbe hurtfull. 24

Infantes in the wombe what vse it hath of the vmbellicall veyne. 65. the passage for their vrine. 83

Inspiration and expiration how procured. [Page] 53

Intercostall muscles described. 53

Intr [...]lles the begynnyng of them. 69. their nature described. 71

Iointes their motion, compo [...], and knittyng described. 2. their Cartilages. 40. their membran. 42

Ithmoides described. 10

Ithmoides the processe like wynges of of balles. 12. the holes of it. 15

Iugall bone the vtilitie, figure, and nature therof described. 9. 10. 11

K.

KEll the vse, situation, partes, compasse, and nature therof described. 67

knee the bones, substaūce, and nature of them. 34

kydneys their situation. 78. their vse, substaunce, magnitude, [...] described. 82

L.

LAmbdoides what it is. 4. 7

[...] the vse, situation, bones, stgure therof described. 16. preued to be a bone. 17. the instrumēt of voyce 18. it consisteth of Cartilages. 39. the muscles and nature therof described. 49. the veynes therof. 77

Legge how it is ioyned to the thigh. the motiōs and muscles therof described. 58. the description therof. 33. cauterie how it must be applyed to it. 110

Ligamentes their vse, generation, production. 2. 3. 4. 5. why created for the body. 41. their nature described. 41. 43

¶Ligamentes particular, looke vnder the bones particular to whom they appertaine.

Lippes the muscles therof. 45

Liuer the nature, vse, figure, coates, veynes therof described. 75. how it receiueth [...]. 72. the [...] of it. 66. where it geueth place to the [...] of the stomach. 68. the Ligamentes therof. 43

Loynes their Cartilages. 21. the nerues therof. 110. the nature, processes, and vertebres therof described. 11

Lunges why de [...]ded into two partes 90. the situation, sigure, substaunce, veynes therof described. 91. imitate the forme of the brest. 23. where they are not there is no necke. 19

Lucatiō why difficult. 23. perillous in the vertebres of the backe. 18. hardly reformed in the shoulder. 40. deadly in the head. 41

Lyne white the nature thereof described. 65

Lyons ribbes are round not flat. 23

M.

MAgitians their deuilish comment of the resurrection. 37

[...] precesse the Etimologie therof. 9

Man his face why it is roūd. 12. moueth not his vpper [...]. [...] why [...] [...] of one bone. 3. his naturall defence in fallyng. 8. his generatiue partes described. 23. 85. why temperate in takyng of sustenaunce. 71. wherin he most differeth frō beastes and plantes. 98. 101

Marey of bones, the nature and generation of it. 111

Meate how it speedely pearceth thorough the stomach. 68

Media [...]num. 90. 43

Melancholy the vse of it to the stomach. 76. the vse of it to the ventticle. 70. 81

Membran of the bones. 1

Membrans interseplent which they be. 91

Membran fleshy described. 64

Memory the place of it. 100

Menstrua how purged. 79

Messenterium the nature and descriptiō therof. 74 the veynes therof. 75

[...] described. 54. 107

Motion voluntary how procured. 44

Month the muscles therof. 9. 48

Mucrenata [...] described. 24. 40. 54

Mundinus full of errours. 56

Muscles whence they spryng. 2. how strengthned. 2. what they are, and their nature described. 44. euery one worketh toward his begyn [...]. 50 none without a nerue. 111

¶Muscles particular, looke the place of the partes which they [...].

Milke how engendred in women. 77

N.

NAture, that is, God. 1

Nature her care for the sorme of [...]. 11. made nothyng in vayne. 2. 3 her singular industry. 8. 15. 19. her marueilous Arte, wisedome, and prouidence in creation. 9. 16. 23. 34. 40. 55. 44. 63. 74. is euery where iust 17. chaungeth by nation, and tymes 23. why he placeth the glandules in sondry partes. 68

Naturall spirite. 98

Nauell the nature therof described. 65

Nayles their figure, vse, handes, and originall described. 40. their payne. 61

Neche, what is meant by it in the description of bones, 2

Necke what it is, the vse, motion, and vertebres therof. 18. 19. the head how tyed vnto it. 19. 8. the muscles therof. 45. 52. 8. where it is wanting the creatures are dumme. 18. the luxation of the vertebres therof. 18

Nerue, what it is, the descriptiō therof. 105. the immediate orgā of sence 1. proceede not all frō the brayne. 17 are disseminated into muscles. 44

Nerues of the brest. 109. of the brayne. 106

Nerue opticke why so called. 14

Nerue the greatest in all the body. 110

Nerue inconsugated described. 111

¶Nerues, looke those partes of the body whereunto they serue.

Nose the bokes thereof inwardly porie. 1. why they seeme to [...]. 4. the partition therof. 10. the spongy bones therof eaten with the Spanish disease. 12. the holes of the same. 19. the muscles therof. 45. the Cartilages therof. 39. the diuision or hedge therof. 101

Nostrels their contraction and dilatation. [...]. the place of the ayre which they draw. 9. why [...] of [...] construction. 12. the [...] therof, why they are shut. 39. how they receiue flegme. 9

Nourishement the necessitie and instrumentes of it. 63. how procured to such pattes as haue no bemes, or atteries. 1

O.

OCciput described. 8. the holes therof. 15. made of many partes in children. 19

Omentum the description therof. 67

Opticke nerue why so called. 14

Os [...] described. 36

Os cuneale described. 9

Os frontis the cauities therof. 15. the description therof. 9

Os [...] the nature therof described. [...]

Os iugale. 9

Os Malae described. 11

Os Nauiforme described. 36

Os Pubis and Coxend [...]is. 32. their Cartilages. 40, 39

Os [...] the description thereof. 22. the Bones thereunto cōmitted described. 32. 1. the [...] therof. 110. is greater then all the other vertebres. 18

Osla squammosa what they be, and why so called. 8

P.

PAlate how moystened by flegme. 15. 9

Panchreas the description therof. [...]

Pappes why they are in the brest. 66

[...], glandules described. 90

Partes [...], and [...]. 1

[...] the weaker are lesse subiect to perill. 8

Partes adiacent nourish one the other hauyng no beynes or arteries. 1

Penis the muscles therof. 56

Perforations of the bones described. 14

Pericardium described. 43. 91

[...] the nature therof described 111. 1.

Peritonaeum a membran. 43. the description therof. 66

[...] described. 90

Philosophy magicke conceruyng the [...]. 37

Pia [...] the vse therof to the brayne. 99

Plant, the want of it how inco [...] dious. 58. it is described. 36

Pleura a mēbran. 43. clotheth the ribbes on the out side. 24. the substaunce, vtilitie, figure, therof described. 89

Pleurisie where it hapneth, and why with bloudy spettle. 90. 91

[...] moueth both the iawes. 11. 47

Pores of the Bones. 1. of the [...]. 64

Postbrachiall Bones what their proper motion is 3. their description. 29

P [...]putium what it is. 88

Processe the nature thereof described. 2. 3

¶Processes of the particular bones, looke vnder the particular descriptiō of bones.

Processe [...] the Etymology therof. 9

Processe Ithmoides. 12

[Page]Processe Odontydes. 19

Processe Ancyroidus. 25

Processe Acromion. 25

Prominence what it [...]. 8

Pubis os described. 32

[...] stone. 1

R.

RAdius the insertion thereof to the shoulder. 27. the descriptiō therof. 21

Reason the habitation therof. 6

Rectum the gut described. 74

Reynes their substaunce and nature described. 82. how they seeme to be payned, when it is colon. 73

Respiration the originall therof. 54

Resurrection the worke therof falsely imputed to bones. 37

Rete mirabile. 96

Rheume cause of the decay and payne of the teeth. 13

Ribbes of the backe and brest described. 20. 23. 24. of the loynes. 21. of the necke. 19. their Cartilages. 39. enlarge and draw together. 3. as many in man as in woman. 23

Ringes gristly described. 39

Rotatores what. 33. seeme appendaunces. 2

Rupture whence it hapneth. 55. 67

S.

SAcrum os why so called. 22. the Cartilages therof. 39. the bones therto committed. 31

Sagittalis, a seame, what it is. 4. 7

Sauours their dignotion. 10. 101

Scaple bones their nature described. 25. not hollow. 1. haue appendaunces. 2. the muscles therof. 50. their cauities. 26. the woundes therof are deadly. 108

Scull the perforations of it. 4. the arteries therof. 95. the bones and seames therof. 4. 7

¶ Seames, looke Sutures.

Seede where it is contayned. 87. the passage therof. 84

Seeyng the sence, orgā, substa [...]ce, and nature therof described. 102

Seminall vesselles where they are inserted. 85. how they passe through [...]. 86. their iourney. 32. they are described. 55

Seminall beynes described. 78. 82

Seminall atteries described. 86

Sence the fountaine of it. 44. the orgā therof. 1. how lost in a wound. 109. how requisite in man. 101

Sences their natures, vse, numbe [...] largely described. 101

Sence in the teeth how procured. 13. why it is vnder the vaynes. 40

Septum transuersum described. 35

[...] are spongy and [...]. 1. falsely sayd not to be subiect to corruptiō 37

[...] what it is. 34

Shoulder blade the bones therof, nū ber, [...], vse, processes, cauities, appendaunces described. 25. 26. 27. o [...]ce [...] is hardly recouered. 40. the Cartilages therof. 40

Shoulder bones the motiō, and muscles described. 50

[...] partes what they are. 1

[...] described. 8. the bones therof, why they seeme to moue. 4

Sinewes where they wāt, there sence wanteth. 1. their coniugation what it requireth. 14

Skinne of the body of two sortes. 63. their natures described. 64

Slepy arterie the hole of it. 15

Smellyng the vse, nature, and ende thereof described. 101. the Nerues thereof are not hard. 101. how, and why taken away. 10

Spanish disease. 12

Spettle how it hapneth bloudy in the [...]. 91

Sphenoides the bone therof. 9

Spinall marey the necessitie of it. 17. the nature therof described. 18. 106. the nerues therof. 100. how nourished. 76

Spine how farre it tendeth downewardes. 22

Spirites naturall are not begotten in the liuer. 75

Spirituall partes described. 89

Splene the situation, figures, and nature therof described. 80. onely nourished by excremēres. 75. the veynes therof. 81. what veyne is commonly opened for the affectes thereof. 77

Standyng straight how it is purchased. 33

Staphoides described. 36

Stephaneia a seame what it is. 47

Ste [...]non the [...] bone described. 24. 26 the Cartilages therof. 39

Stomach the vse, coates, & substaunce thereof described. 68. the Muscles therof. 52

Stone cutters their errour. 16

Stylo [...] the processe. 2. 9

Sutura described what it is. 4. why they are in the head. 6. 7. are conspi [...] without, but not within. 8

Suture transuerse vnder the palate onely in children. 12

Sutures that separate the Bones of the head from the vpper iaw. 11

Suture Coronalis. 4. 7

Sweat why some doe lightly, some hardly. 64

Synchondrosis what it is. 4

Syndesmosis what it is. 4

Synneuresis what it is. 4

Sylsarcosis what it is. 4

Systole, and Diastole. 8

T.

TAlus the description therof. 34

Tarsus the bones and nature therof described. 25

Tastyng the sence therof described. 104

Teares how they spryng and whence they are engendred. 14. 103

Teeth their number, nature, names, situation, payne, and other properties described. 13. 14. they are sensible 1. their beynes. 78. their nerues. 13

Temple the Bones therof described. 9. why, and whence they are rough. 78. the Muscles thereof described. 48. the daunger that ensueth, the Muscles beyng hurt. 10. the seate of the Muscles. 15. the [...] bones thereof how vnited. 4. the seames therof described. 7

Tendon what it is. 44. the largest tendon what. 59

Testicles their number, substaūce, vse, coate, veynes, and membrans described. 85. the [...] therof. 79. differ a litle from [...] [...] substaunce. 65. the Muscles therof. 56

[...] hys head of what figure it was. 6

Théeues sayd to want a part of their hand. 61

Thighe the figure, bones, and nature therof described. 32. the Cartilages therof. 40. why hardly [...]. [...]. the motions and [...] [...] thereof described. 57. the Processes of it. 2

Thimus. 90

Thombe the bones and ioyntes therof described. 29

Throt why it bo [...]cheth not forth [...] women as in men. 65

Tibia the nature and description therof. 33. the appendaunce of it hath Processes. 2

Toes the bones therof described. 37. their want how inco [...]ous. 58. the Muscles thereof described. 60. the Ligamentes therof. 42. their tend [...]s. 59

Toung the Bones therof. 16. the Ligamentes thereof. 42. 49. the vtilities and muscles therof. 48. whenco it hath the sence of [...]. 49

Toung tyed how children so [...] 41

Trochanteres what so called. 2. 33

Tunnell where it is and the vse therof. [...]

V.

VEnice. 6

Dentricle the partes, figure, [...] and nature therof described. 68. the Orifices therof. 69. the veynes and arteries therof. 70. the Nerues situation, & partes [...] therto described. 71. is nourished by bloud. 75. how offended by Colon. 73. chaungeth meates into white. 76. the mouth therof whē it is payned, the hart doth ake. 105. what [...] it [...] by choler. 80. the mouth of it. 24

Vertebres their Ligamentes whence they spring. 42. all haue holes except the first of the necke. 21. haue appendaunces. 2

¶ Vertebres of the necke, brest, and loynes, looke the descriptiō of the necke, brest, and loynes.

Vertue none without his proper organ. 46

Vesalius his diuision of the partes of the body. 1. his errours. 4. 10. 44. 53. 69. 54. mentioneth of a mad boye in Venice with a monstrons head. 6. his opinion what is contained in the cauities of Os frontis. 9. how bloud commeth to the hart. 89. the first inuentor of the organs of hearyng. 10. ignoraunt of the inferiour head of the shoulder. 27. describeth Larinx as it is in beastes. 49. 17. inuented the discourse of the holes of the head. 13. reproued by Collumbus. 21. 55

Veynes their number, names, nature, vse described at large. 75. why made hollow, 79

Veyne Iugularis noutisheth the brayne 15

Deyne Axillaris, and Cephalica. 26

¶ Veynes particular, looke those partes to which they serue.

[Page]Vitall partes described. 89

Vital spirites perfected by the hart. 91 they are described. 98. their propper matter. 100

[...] the description of it. 27. the appendaunce therof hath [...]. 2

Vmbelicall veyne to what vse to the infant in the wombe. 61

Vnaptnes a token therof. 6

Vomit. 71

Voyce the matter and instrumentes of it. 18. 19. graue or base how it is vttered. 50

Vrine the nature, properties, & bleddar therof described. 83. the passage therof. 88. the vessels therof. 78

Vuula the description therof. 90

W.

WOmās priuities the image therof in the brayne. 100

Woundes in what part [...] the body they are deadly. 8. 24. 40. 54. 101

Wounded men why they losse sometyme sēce, sometyme mouyng, sometyme both. 109

Wrest the bones, nature, and description therof. 28. 29. the [...] therof. 40. the Ligamentes thereof. [...]

Y.

[...] the office, vse, substaūce, instrumentes, and whole nature therof described. 88. the veynes therof. 79. the Muscles therof. 56

Young man dead through the payne [...] the head. 6

Youth not to be obserued in Anathomy. 56

FINIS.

§

§

AT LONDON Printed by Iohn Daye [...], dwellyng ouer Aldersgate.

¶ And are to be sold, at the long shop, at the West doore of Paules. 1578.

❧ Cum gratia & Privilegio, Regiae Majestatis.

Information about this book

Title statement

The historie of man sucked from the sappe of the most approued anathomistes, in this present age, compiled in most compendious fourme, and now published in English, for the vtilitie of all godly chirurgians, within this realme, by Iohn Banister, Master in Chirurgerie, and practitioner in phisicke.

Banister, John, 1540-1610.

Edition statement

1578

Publication

Publisher

Text Creation Partnership,

Place of publication

Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :

Date

2003-01 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).

ID [DLPS]

A03467

ID [STC]

STC 1359

ID [STC]

ESTC S106942

ID [EEBO-CITATION]

99842649

ID [PROQUEST]

99842649

ID [VID]

7321

Availability

This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal. The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.

Series

Early English books online.

Notes

(EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A03467)

Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 7321)

Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1475-1640 ; 375:16)

Source

— The historie of man sucked from the sappe of the most approued anathomistes, in this present age, compiled in most compendious fourme, and now published in English, for the vtilitie of all godly chirurgians, within this realme, by Iohn Banister, Master in Chirurgerie, and practitioner in phisicke., Banister, John, 1540-1610..

Extent

[10], 112, [4] leaves : ill.

Printed by Iohn Day, dwellyng ouer Aldersgate [and are to be sold [by R. Day], at the long shop, at the west doore of Paules],. At London :: Anno. 1578. Cum gratia & priuilegio Regiæ Majestatis.. (Bookseller's name from STC, his address from colophon.) (Includes index.) (Reproduction of the original in the Henry E. Huntington Library and Art Gallery.)

Creation

Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.

Editorial practices

EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.

EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).

The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.

Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.

Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.

Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.

The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.

Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).

Keying and markup guidelines are available at the Text Creation Partnership web site.